ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORP/NJ
SB-2/A, 1997-03-25
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: EVANS WITHYCOMBE RESIDENTIAL LP, 10-12G/A, 1997-03-25
Next: WHEREHOUSE ENTERTAINMENT INC /NEW/, 8-K12G3, 1997-03-25






<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 25, 1997
    
 
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-21069
    
________________________________________________________________________________
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                   FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                            ------------------------
 
                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
          (NAME OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>                                         <C>
                NEW JERSEY                                                                              22-3124655
       (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION                     (PRIMARY STANDARD                            (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
    OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                INDUSTRIAL CODE NUMBER)                      IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               1450 ROUTE 22 WEST
                         MOUNTAINSIDE, NEW JERSEY 07092
                                 (908) 789-8800
         (ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                            RICHARD REISS, PRESIDENT
                               1450 ROUTE 22 WEST
                         MOUNTAINSIDE, NEW JERSEY 07092
                                 (908) 789-8800
           (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------
 
                        COPIES OF ALL COMMUNICATIONS TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
                  ALEXANDER BIENENSTOCK, ESQ.                                        STUART NEUHAUSER, ESQ.
                     JOSHUA M. JAFFE, ESQ.                                         BERNSTEIN & WASSERMAN, LLP
                      SINGER ZAMANSKY LLP                                               950 THIRD AVENUE
                       40 EXCHANGE PLACE                                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                   NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005                                       TELEPHONE NO.: (212) 826-0730
                 TELEPHONE NO.: (212) 809-8550                                    FACSIMILE NO.: (212) 371-4730
                 FACSIMILE NO.: (212) 344-0394
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  PROPOSED SALE TO  THE PUBLIC: As  soon as practicable
after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. [x]
 
     If  this Form  is filed to  register additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If  this Form is  a post-effective amendment filed  pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]
 
     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
 
                                                  (cover continued on next page)
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS  THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  ON SUCH DATE  AND
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933 OR  UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

(cover continued from previous page)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                                                                                    MAXIMUM           MAXIMUM
                  TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                       AMOUNT TO BE      OFFERING PRICE      AGGREGATE       REGISTRATION
               SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                      REGISTERED        PER UNIT(1)      OFFERING PRICE        FEE
<S>                                                          <C>                 <C>               <C>               <C>
 
Units, each consisting of two shares of Common Stock, no
  par value per share, and two Class A Warrants(2)........     690,000 Uts.          $ 7.00        $ 4,830,000.00     $ 1,463.64
Common Stock, no par value per share, underlying
  Units(2)................................................   1,380,000 Shs.
Class A Warrants underlying Units(2)......................   1,380,000 Wts.
Common Stock, no par value per share, issuable upon
  exercise of Class A Warrants(3).........................   1,380,000 Shs.            4.25          5,865,000.00       1,777.27
Underwriter's Unit Purchase Options(4)....................      60,000 Opts.           .001                 60.00            .02
Units, each consisting of two shares of Common Stock, no
  par value per share, and two Class A Warrants, issuable
  upon exercise of Underwriter's Options(3)...............      60,000 Uts.            8.40            504,000.00         152.73
Common Stock, no par value per share, underlying
  Underwriter's Options...................................     120,000 Shs.
Class A Warrants underlying Underwriter's Options(3)......     120,000 Wts.
Common Stock, no par value per share, issuable upon
  exercise of Class A Warrants underlying the
  Underwriter's Options...................................     120,000 Shs.            4.25            510,000.00         154.55
Common Stock, no par value per share, to be sold by
  Selling Stockholder.....................................      25,000 Shs.            3.50             87,500.00          26.52
          Total...........................................                                         $11,796,560.00     $ 3,574.73
Amount previously paid....................................                                                              4,494.01
                                                                                                                     ------------
Amount due................................................                                                            $ - 0 -
</TABLE>
    
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 
   
(2) Includes 90,000 Units which may be issued upon exercise of an option granted
    to the Underwriter to cover over-allotments, if any. See 'Underwriting.'
    
 
(3) Pursuant  to  Rule  416, there  are  also being  registered  such additional
    securities as may become issuable  pursuant to the anti-dilution  provisions
    of the Class A Warrants and the Underwriter's Options.
 
   
(4) Represents options (the 'Underwriter's Options') to purchase 60,000 Units.
    


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         FORM SB-2 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION                            CAPTIONS IN PROSPECTUS
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
<C>   <S>                                                                      <C>
  1.  Front of Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover of               
        Prospectus...........................................................  Cover Page
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus................  Cover Page, Inside Cover Page,
                                                                                 Outside Back Page
  3.  Summary Information and Risk Factors...................................  Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors
  4.  Use of Proceeds........................................................  Use of Proceeds
  5.  Determination of Offering Price........................................  Cover Page, Underwriting
  6.  Dilution...............................................................  Dilution
  7.  Selling Securityholders................................................  Concurrent Offering
  8.  Plan of Distribution...................................................  Prospectus Summary, Underwriting
  9.  Legal Proceedings......................................................  Business
 10.  Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons...........  Management, Principal Stockholders
 11.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.........  Principal Stockholders
 12.  Description of Securities..............................................  Description of Securities
 13.  Interest of Named Experts and Counsel..................................                   *
 14.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act  
        Liabilities..........................................................  Management
 15.  Organization Within Last Five Years....................................                   *
 16.  Description of Business................................................  Prospectus Summary, Business
 17.  Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation..............  Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                                                                 of Financial Condition and Results
                                                                                 of Operations
 18.  Description of Property................................................  Business
 19.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.........................  Certain Transactions
 20.  Market for Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters...............  Front Cover Page, Description of
                                                                                 Securities
 21.  Executive Compensation.................................................  Management
 22.  Financial Statements...................................................  Financial Statements
 23.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accounts on Accounting and Financial   
        Disclosure...........................................................  Change in Accountants
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
* Not Applicable
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                EXPLANATION NOTE
 
   
     This  Registration Statement  contains two forms  of prospectus:  one to be
used  in  connection  with   an  offering  of   600,000  Units  (the   'Offering
Prospectus'), and one to be used in connection with the sale of 25,000 shares of
Common  Stock  by  the  President of  the  Company  (the  'Selling Stockholder's
Prospectus'). The offering Prospectus  and the Selling Stockholder's  Prospectus
will be identical in all respects except for the alternate pages for the Selling
Stockholder's  Prospectus included herein which  are labeled 'Alternate Page for
Selling Stockholder's Prospectus.'
    


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                 PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS, DATED: MARCH 25, 1997
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
    
 
PROSPECTUS
                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
   
         600,000 UNITS, CONSISTING OF 1,200,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                   AND 1,200,000 REDEEMABLE CLASS A WARRANTS
    
 
   
     All Communications Corporation (the 'Company') hereby offers 600,000  units
('Units'),  each Unit consisting of two shares of Common Stock, no par value per
share ('Common  Stock'),  and  two  redeemable Class  A  Common  Stock  Purchase
Warrants  ('Warrants'). Each Warrant  entitles the registered  holder thereof to
purchase one share of  Common Stock at  a price of $4.25  per share, subject  to
adjustment, for four years commencing one year from the date of this Prospectus.
The   Common  Stock  and  Warrants  comprising  the  Units  will  be  separately
transferable immediately  upon issuance.  The Company  may redeem  the  Warrants
commencing        , 1998 (18 months from the date of the Prospectus), or earlier
with the consent  of Monroe Parker  Securities, Inc. (the  'Underwriter'), at  a
price  of $.10 per Warrant,  on not less than 30  days' prior written notice, if
the last sale  price of  the Common  Stock has been  at least  250% ($10.63  per
share)  of the  current Warrant  exercise price,  subject to  adjustment, for at
least 20 consecutive trading days ending within three days prior to the date  on
which notice of redemption is given. See 'Description of Securities.'
    
 
                                             (Cover continued on following page)
                            ------------------------
 
     AN  INVESTMENT IN THE  SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES  A HIGH DEGREE OF
RISK AND IMMEDIATE  AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION  AND SHOULD BE  CONSIDERED ONLY  BY
INVESTORS WHO CAN AFFORD TO SUSTAIN A LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. SEE 'RISK
FACTORS' ON PAGE 7 AND 'DILUTION' ON PAGE 14.
                            ------------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAVE  THEY
     PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS. ANY
          REPRESENTATION  TO  THE  CONTRARY  IS  A  CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        UNDERWRITING
                                                                                       DISCOUNTS AND        PROCEEDS TO
                                                                  PRICE TO PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS(1)      THE COMPANY(2)
<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>                 <C>
  Per Unit.....................................................        $7.00                $.70               $6.30
       Total(3)................................................      $4,200,000           $420,000           $3,780,000
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Excludes  additional compensation to  be received by  the Underwriter in the
    form of (i) options (the 'Underwriter's Options') to purchase 60,000  Units,
    exercisable over a period of four years commencing one year from the date of
    this  Prospectus, at an exercise price equal  to 120% of the public offering
    price of  the Units  being offered  hereby; and  (ii) a  3%  non-accountable
    expense  allowance of $126,000 (or $144,900  if the over-allotment option is
    exercised in full) The Company has agreed under certain circumstances to pay
    the Underwriter  a warrant  solicitation fee  of 5%  of the  exercise  price
    received  for  each  warrant exercised.  In  addition, the  Company  and the
    Underwriter have agreed to indemnify each other against certain  liabilities
    under the Securities Act of 1933 (the 'Securities Act'). See 'Underwriting.'
    
 
   
(2) Before  deducting  expenses,  including  the  Underwriter's  non-accountable
    expense allowance and the consulting  fee payable by the Company,  estimated
    at $375,000 (or $393,900 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full).
    
 
   
(3) The  Company has granted to the Underwriter an option, exercisable within 45
    days from  the date  of this  Prospectus, to  purchase up  to an  additional
    90,000  Units on the same terms solely  to cover over-allotments, if any. If
    the over-allotment  option  is  exercised  in full,  the  Price  to  Public,
    Underwriting  Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to the Company would be
    $4,830,000, $483,000 and $4,347,000 respectively.
    
 
                            ------------------------
                         MONROE PARKER SECURITIES, INC.
                            ------------------------
         THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS                         , 1997
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

(cover continued)
 
   
     Prior to this  offering, there  has been no  public market  for the  Units,
Common Stock or Warrants. The offering price of the Units and the exercise price
and  the terms of the Warrants have  been determined by negotiations between the
Company and the Underwriter, and are not necessarily related to net asset value,
projected earnings  or other  established  criteria of  value. The  Company  has
applied  to  list the  Units, Common  Stock  and Warrants  on the  Pacific Stock
Exchange ('PSE') and  Boston Stock  Exchange ('BSE') under  the symbols  'CMNU,'
'CMN'  and 'CMNW,' respectively.  The Company expects to  list its securities on
one of these  exchanges. It  is anticipated that  such securities  will also  be
traded  in the over-the-counter market on the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc.'s  ('NASD')  OTC  Electronic  Bulletin  Board  under  the  symbols
'ACMNU,'  'ACMN' and  'ACMNW,' respectively. There  can be no  assurance that an
active trading  market  in  the  Company's securities  will  develop  after  the
completion of this offering, or be sustained. See 'Underwriting.'
    
 
   
     The  Registration  Statement of  which this  Prospectus  forms a  part also
registers up to 25,000 shares of Common Stock on behalf of the President of  the
Company  (the 'Selling Stockholder'), which  may be sold by  him for his account
from time to time in  open market transactions. The Common  Stock to be sold  by
the  Selling Stockholder is referred to herein as the 'Registered Common Stock.'
The Registered Common Stock  offered by the Selling  Stockholder is not part  of
the  underwritten  public offering.  The Selling  Stockholder  may not  sell the
Registered Common Stock prior  to three years from  the date of this  Prospectus
without the prior consent of the Underwriter.
    
 
     The   Units  are  being  offered  on  a  'firm  commitment'  basis  by  the
Underwriter, subject to prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by
the Underwriter, and  subject to  the Underwriter's  right to  reject orders  in
whole  or in part, and  to the approval of certain  legal matters by counsel and
certain  other  conditions.  It  is  expected  that  delivery  of   certificates
representing  the  Units  will be  made  against  payment therefor  on  or about
                        , 1997.
 
     The Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing  financial statements  audited and  reported upon  by its independent
public accountants after the end of each fiscal year, commencing with its fiscal
year ending  December 31,  1997, and  will make  available such  other  periodic
reports  as the Company may deem to be appropriate or as may be required by law.
The Company has registered  the Units, the Common  Stock and the Warrants  under
the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the 'Exchange Act') and, commencing on the
date of this Prospectus,  will be subject to  the reporting requirements of  the
Exchange  Act and  will file  all required  information with  the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the 'Commission').
 
                            ------------------------
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE  OR MAINTAIN  THE MARKET  PRICE OF  THE SECURITIES
OFFERED HEREBY AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE  OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The  following discussion summarizes certain  information contained in this
Prospectus. It does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its  entirety
by  reference to more  detailed information and  financial statements, including
the notes  thereto, appearing  elsewhere in  this Prospectus.  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  all share  and per  share information  in this  Prospectus (i) gives
effect to  the  conversion  of  $750,000 principal  amount  of  12%  Convertible
Subordinated  Notes (the 'Bridge Notes') by  certain note holders of the Company
(the 'Bridge Unitholders') into 375,000 Bridge Units (the 'Bridge Units'),  each
consisting of one share of Common Stock and one Warrant, prior to the completion
of  this  offering;  and  (ii)  assumes no  exercise  of  (a)  the Underwriter's
over-allotment option; (b) the Warrants;  (c) the Bridge Unitholders'  Warrants;
(d)  the  Underwriter's  Options;  (e)  outstanding  options  issued  under  the
Company's  stock  option   plan;  and   (f)  other   outstanding  options.   See
'Management,'    'Interim   Financing,'   'Description    of   Securities'   and
'Underwriting.'
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     All Communications Corporation (the 'Company'  or 'ACC') is engaged in  the
business  of  selling,  installing  and  servicing  voice  and videoconferencing
communications  systems,  concentrating   on  the   commercial  and   industrial
marketplace.   The   Company's  voice   communications  products   are  intended
principally for  small  to  medium-sized  business  use;  its  videoconferencing
communications  products  are intended  for use  by all  business, governmental,
educational and medical entities. In connection with the sale and service of its
products, the  Company  also  markets  peripheral  data  and  telecommunications
products  obtained from others. Through its headquarters office in Mountainside,
New Jersey  and  nationwide  subcontractors, the  Company  sells,  installs  and
upgrades its communication and information distribution products and services.
 
     VOICE  COMMUNICATIONS. ACC is a  major reseller of Panasonic Communications
and Systems Company's ('Panasonic') digital telephone systems, voice  processing
systems  and computer telephone integration solutions  in the United States. The
Company's principal  voice  communications products  are  multi-featured,  fully
electronic, digitally controlled key systems and hybrid telephone systems, voice
processing  products with  computer telephone integration  hardware and software
and related business products  and services for  commercial distribution. A  key
telephone  system provides each telephone with direct access to multiple outside
trunk lines and internal communications through intercom lines. A PABX  (private
automatic  branch exchange) system, through  a central switching system, permits
the connection  of  internal  and  external lines.  A  hybrid  switching  system
provides,  in  a  single  system,  both key  telephone  and  PABX  features. Key
telephone equipment may be used  with PABX equipment. Voice processing  products
include  voice-mail and  interactive voice response  systems, which  allow via a
single line instrument, access to computerized information. All of the Company's
systems are  software-based  and fully  digital.  This enables  the  Company  to
readily  incorporate a variety of additional features  as well as the ability to
expand a system's capability through software enhancements.
 
     The Company  sells,  installs  and  services  Panasonic  telecommunications
products  throughout the United States both through employees of the Company and
subcontractors. During the fiscal  years ended December 31,  1996 and 1995,  one
customer,  Coldwell  Banker'r',  a  brand  of  HFS  Incorporated,  accounted for
approximately 26% and  approximately 28%, respectively,  of the Company's  total
sales.   The  Company's  current  business  strategy   is  to  focus  on  sales,
installation  and  service  operations.  In  connection  with  implementing  its
business  strategy, the  Company is seeking  to expand its  business by offering
customers and potential customers a broader range of products.
 
     VIDEOCONFERENCING. The  Company began  selling Sony  Electronics Inc.'s  (a
division  of Sony Corporation) ('Sony')  videoconferencing products in the third
quarter of  1994, and  is currently  one of  Sony's largest  United States  Sony
Authorized  Videoconferencing Resellers (SAVR). Videoconferencing communications
systems, utilizing advanced  technology, enable users  at separate locations  to
engage  in face-to-face discussions. In addition to the use of video conferences
as a  corporate communications  tool,  use of  videoconferencing  communications
systems  is  expanding  into  numerous  additional  applications,  including (i)
teachers providing lectures to students  at multiple locations, (ii)  physicians
engaging in
 
                                       3
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

consultations utilizing x-rays and other photographic material, (iii) conducting
multi-location  staff training  programs and  (iv) engineers  in separate design
facilities   coordinating   the   joint   development   of   products.    Sony's
videoconferencing   systems   incorporate  superior   audio  and   data  sharing
capabilities. The  systems expand  the  user's ability  to conduct  business  in
person   while   substantially  reducing   or   eliminating  travel   costs  and
non-productive travel time. ACC  offers what it believes  to be the only  system
with  the built in ability to connect with  four locations without the use of an
external bridge. Videoconferencing communication  is generally considered to  be
more  effective than audio  communication, as information  retention is improved
when presented visually.
 
   
     Through a non-exclusive  agreement with  Sprint North  Supply ('SNS'),  the
exclusive  United  States distributor  of Sony  videoconferencing communications
equipment, ACC provides videoconferencing systems for United States customers on
a global basis,  with a  concentration in  the Northeastern  United States.  The
Company  (i) provides its customers with  components produced by Sony, a leading
worldwide manufacturer of  room based videoconferencing  equipment, and  several
other  manufacturers of ancillary  equipment, (ii) selects  and integrates those
components into complete  systems designed  to suit  each customer's  particular
communications  requirements and  (iii) provides  training and  other continuing
services designed to  insure that  its customers fully  and efficiently  utilize
their  systems. Sony  does not sell  its videoconferencing products  on a direct
basis.
    
 
     To accommodate ACC's  growth in  the videoconferencing  market sector,  the
Company  recently opened offices  and demonstration facilities  in New York City
and Washington, D.C. The Company has  assembled a team of industry experts  with
substantial  videoconferencing communications  expertise and,  over the  past 18
months, has  provided  over  35  videoconferencing systems  on  a  national  and
international  basis. Customers  of the  Company in  this area  include Fedders,
Waterford Crystal, Deutche Bank,  Shearman & Sterling,  The British Ministry  of
Defense, St. Johns University, Banco de Columbia and Tetra Pak.
 
     During the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, approximately 72%
and  70%, respectively,  of the Company's  total sales were  attributable to the
sale  of  voice   communications  equipment  manufactured   by  Panasonic,   and
approximately  27%  and 27%,  respectively, of  the  Company's total  sales were
attributable  to  the   sale  of   videoconferencing  communications   equipment
manufactured by Sony. See 'Business -- Sales and Marketing.'
 
   
     ACC  was organized  as a  New Jersey  corporation on  August 16,  1991. Its
executive offices are located  at 1450 Route 22  West, Mountainside, New  Jersey
07092 and its telephone number is (908) 789-8800.
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Securities Offered...........................  600,000  Units, each Unit consisting of two shares of Common Stock
                                                 and two redeemable Class A  Common Stock Purchase Warrants  (the
                                                 'Warrants').  The Common Stock and Warrants comprising the Units
                                                 will be separately transferable  immediately upon issuance.  See
                                                 'Description of Securities.'
Description of Warrants:
  Exercise of Warrants.......................  Subject  to  redemption  by  the  Company,  the  Warrants  may  be
                                                 exercised at any time during the four-year period commencing one
                                                 year from the date  of this Prospectus at  an exercise price  of
                                                 $4.25 per share, subject to adjustment.
  Redemption of Warrants.....................  The  Warrants are redeemable  by the Company  commencing 18 months
                                                 from the date of the Prospectus, or earlier with the consent  of
                                                 the  Underwriter, at $.10 per Warrant, on not less than 30 days'
                                                 prior written notice, provided that  the last sale price of  the
                                                 Common  Stock is at least 250% ($10.63 per share) of the current
                                                 Warrant exercise price,
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       4
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                                                 subject to adjustment, for at least 20 consecutive trading  days
                                                 ending  within three days  prior to the date  on which notice of
                                                 redemption is given. See 'Description of Securities.'
Common Stock Outstanding Prior to              3,375,000 shares(1)
  Offering(1)................................
Common Stock Outstanding After Offering(1)...  4,575,000 shares(1)
Use of Proceeds..............................  The  Company  intends  to  utilize  the  net  proceeds  from  this
                                                 offering,  estimated at approximately  $3,405,000, for telephone
                                                 systems  inventory,   videoconferencing   equipment   inventory,
                                                 leasing  new corporate headquarters  and leasehold improvements,
                                                 hiring additional employees, the purchase of computer  equipment
                                                 and associated software, marketing and working capital. See 'Use
                                                 of Proceeds.'
Proposed Pacific Stock Exchange and Boston
  Stock Exchange Symbols (2):
  Units......................................  CMNU
  Common Stock...............................  CMN
  Warrants...................................  CMNW
Proposed NASD's Electronic Bulletin Board
  Symbols (2):
  Units......................................  ACMNU
  Common Stock...............................  ACMN
  Warrants...................................  ACMNW
Risk Factors.................................  The  securities  offered hereby  are  speculative, involve  a high
                                                 degree of risk and immediate substantial dilution, and should be
                                                 considered only by investors who can afford to sustain a loss of
                                                 their entire investment. See 'Risk Factors' and 'Dilution.'
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Includes 375,000  shares  of Common  Stock  included in  the  Bridge  Units,
    assuming  the conversion of  $750,000 principal amount  of Bridge Notes into
    375,000 Bridge  Units. Does  not include  an aggregate  of 3,187,500  shares
    which  may be issued upon exercise of (i) the Warrants included in the Units
    offered hereby;  (ii) the  Underwriter's  Options and  underlying  Warrants;
    (iii)  the Underwriter's over-allotment option and underlying Warrants; (iv)
    the shares  underlying  the  Warrants  included in  the  Bridge  Units;  (v)
    outstanding  options issued under the Company's  stock option plan; and (vi)
    other  outstanding   options.   See   'Management,'   'Interim   Financing,'
    'Description of Securities' and 'Underwriting.'
    
 
   
(2) Notwithstanding  listing  on  the  Pacific Stock  Exchange  or  Boston Stock
    Exchange and trading on the NASD's  Electronic Bulletin Board, there can  be
    no assurance that an active trading market for the Company's securities will
    develop or, if developed, will be sustained.
    
 
                                       5
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               ------------------------
                                                                                  1996          1995
                                                                               ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>           <C>
Statement of Income Data:
     Net revenues...........................................................   $3,884,700    $2,641,331
     Gross margin...........................................................    1,383,627       859,612
     Income from operations.................................................      119,235        48,936
     Income before income taxes.............................................       90,209        17,249
     Income taxes...........................................................       38,606         8,029
Net income..................................................................       51,603         9,220
  Net income per share......................................................      $.03          $.01
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding........................    1,977,518     1,884,002
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1996          DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                        ----------------------------    -----------------
                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                          ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                        ----------    --------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>               <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
     Working capital.................................   $  748,250      $4,153,250          $  52,286
     Total assets....................................    2,458,392      $5,472,986            754,640
     Total liabilities...............................    1,912,994       1,162,994            673,345
     Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit).........       80,398        (310,008)            28,795
     Stockholders' equity............................      545,398      $4,309,992             81,295
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Gives  effect to the  subsequent conversion of  $750,000 principal amount of
    Bridge Notes by  the Bridge Unitholders  into 375,000 Bridge  Units and  the
    sale  of the 600,000  Units offered hereby. See  'Use of Proceeds,' 'Interim
    Financing' and 'Description of Securities.'
    
 
                                       6


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     The  securities offered hereby are speculative in nature and involve a high
degree of risk.  Accordingly, in  analyzing an investment  in these  securities,
prospective  investors  should  carefully  consider,  along  with  other matters
referred to herein, the following risk factors.
 
     LIMITED HISTORY OF  PROFITABLE OPERATIONS.  The Company  has operated  only
since August 1991, and generated net income of $51,603 and $9,220 for the fiscal
years  ended December 31, 1996 and  1995, respectively. Although the Company has
achieved revenue  growth and  profitability during  the past  two fiscal  years,
there  can be no assurance that such growth can be sustained or that the Company
will remain profitable. See 'Management's  Discussion and Analysis of  Financial
Condition  and Results  of Operations.'  The Company  may experience significant
fluctuations in future  operating results as  a result of  a number of  factors,
including  delays in product  enhancements and new  product introductions by its
suppliers, market  acceptance  of new  products,  and reduction  in  demand  for
existing products as a result of new product introductions by competitors of the
Company's  suppliers.  Any  of  these factors  could  cause  quarterly operating
results to vary  significantly from  prior periods. In  addition, the  Company's
gross  profit percentage may vary significantly depending on the mix of products
and services contributing to revenues in any period.
 
     DEPENDENCE UPON MAJOR CUSTOMER. During the fiscal years ended December  31,
1996  and  1995,  one  customer, Coldwell  Banker'r',  a  real  estate brokerage
franchisor with  approximately  2,800  franchise  offices and  a  brand  of  HFS
Incorporated  ('HFS'), accounted  for approximately  26% and  approximately 28%,
respectively, of the Company's total sales. In December 1996, the Company signed
a non-exclusive Preferred Vendor Agreement ('Agreement') with HFS for a term  of
four  years expiring December 8, 2000, for  the Company to provide telephone and
voice processing  systems to  the  real estate  brokerage franchise  systems  of
Century 21'r', ERA'r' and Coldwell Banker'r', with an aggregate of approximately
9,000  United States franchise offices. The  Company expects to continue to sell
its telephone and  voice processing  systems to Coldwell  Banker franchisees  as
well  as to franchisees of  Century 21 and ERA pursuant  to the Agreement. It is
expected that sales to Coldwell Banker will continue to be substantial; however,
in view  of  the  Agreement  and the  anticipated  expansion  of  the  Company's
business,  it is expected that sales to Coldwell Banker as a percentage of total
sales will decrease. It is, however, anticipated that sales to HFS  franchisees,
including  Century 21, ERA and Coldwell Banker, will, in the foreseeable future,
account for a substantial portion of the Company's total sales. Any  significant
reductions  in sales to Coldwell Banker  franchisees, or the failure to generate
significant sales to  Century 21 and/or  ERA franchisees would  have an  adverse
impact  on the  Company's total  revenues and  profitability in  the future. See
'Business -- Customers.'
 
   
     DEPENDENCE ON SUPPLIERS. During  the fiscal years  ended December 31,  1996
and  1995, approximately 72% and 70%, respectively, of the Company's total sales
were attributable to the sale of voice communications equipment manufactured  by
Panasonic  Communications & System Company  ('Panasonic'), and approximately 27%
and 27%, respectively,  of the Company's  total sales were  attributable to  the
sale   of  videoconferencing  communications   equipment  manufactured  by  Sony
Electronics Inc. ('Sony').  Termination or  change of the  Company's ability  to
obtain  Panasonic and/or Sony  products, disruption of  supply, their failure to
remain competitive in quality, function or price, or the determination of either
Panasonic or  Sony to  reduce  reliance on  independent  resellers such  as  the
Company   could   have  a   material  adverse   effect   on  the   Company.  See
'Business -- Sales and Marketing.'
    
 
   
     The Company  has an  agreement with  Panasonic authorizing  the Company  to
serve  as its  non-exclusive reseller in  the United States.  The agreement with
Panasonic expires  on  December 31,  1997  and is  automatically  renewable  for
successive  one-year terms  unless terminated by  either party upon  at least 30
days' prior written notice. Sony has recently determined to eliminate all direct
reseller agreements for its videoconferencing products and has designated Sprint
North Supply ('SNS')  as its  exclusive United States  distribution partner  for
such products. On February 21, 1997, the Company signed a non-exclusive reseller
agreement with SNS wherein SNS agreed to provide ACC with Sony videoconferencing
equipment through January 31, 1998, on terms which are more favorable than those
on  which the  Company previously purchased  such equipment  directly from Sony.
While there are  other suppliers of  voice and videoconferencing  communications
equipment who provide products similar to those which the Company purchases from
Panasonic and SNS, respectively, termination of the
    
 
                                       7
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Company's  relationship  with either  or both  of these  suppliers could  have a
material adverse effect on the Company. See 'Business -- Reseller Agreements.'
 
     DEPENDENCE ON  PROCEEDS  OF THIS  OFFERING;  POSSIBLE NEED  FOR  ADDITIONAL
FINANCING. The Company is dependent on the proceeds of this offering to generate
cash  for the expansion of its product  lines and marketing efforts. The Company
anticipates, based on its  proposed plans, that the  proceeds of this  offering,
together with funds generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy its
anticipated   cash  requirements  for  approximately  two  years  following  the
completion of  this  offering. In  the  event that  the  costs involved  in  the
development  of its  expanded operations prove  to be  greater than anticipated,
additional financing  may  be  required.  The Company  expects  to  satisfy  any
additional  capital requirements  with proceeds,  if any,  from the  exercise of
Warrants, or through debt  and/or equity financing. The  Company has no  current
arrangement  with  respect to  such  additional financing  and  there can  be no
assurance that such financing, if available, will be on terms acceptable to  the
Company. See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Business.'
 
   
     DILUTION.  A purchaser of Common Stock  in this offering will experience an
immediate and substantial  dilution of  $2.58 (74%)  per share  between the  pro
forma  net  tangible book  value per  share  after the  offering and  the public
offering price  of $3.50  per share  (assuming  no value  is attributed  to  the
Warrants). See 'Dilution.'
    
 
   
     SALES  OF COMMON  STOCK AT  BELOW OFFERING PRICE;  SALE OF  COMMON STOCK BY
PRESIDENT. On  December  13, 1996,  the  Company's  Chairman of  the  Board  and
President,  two of its Vice Presidents and a Director acquired, upon exercise of
options, an aggregate of 1,010,000 shares  of Common Stock, at a purchase  price
of $.03 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $30,300. See 'Dilution.'
    
 
   
     CONTINUED CONTROL BY MANAGEMENT. Upon completion of this offering (assuming
the  conversion of $750,000 principal amount of Bridge Notes into 375,000 Bridge
Units), the  officers  and  directors  of  the  Company  will  beneficially  own
approximately  66.4% of  the Company's  outstanding Common  Stock. The Company's
stockholders do  not have  the right  to cumulative  voting in  the election  of
directors.  Accordingly, such individuals  will be in  a position to effectively
control the  Company, including  the election  of all  of the  directors of  the
Company. See 'Management' and 'Principal Stockholders.'
    
 
     STAGGERED  BOARD OF  DIRECTORS. In December  1996, the  stockholders of the
Company approved an  amendment to the  Company's By-Laws dividing  the Board  of
Directors  into three classes, each of which shall serve for a staggered term of
three years. Such division  of the Company's Board  of Directors could have  the
effect  of impeding  an attempt  to take  over the  Company or  change or remove
management,  since  only  one  class  will  be  elected  annually.  Thus,   only
approximately  one-third of the existing Board of Directors could be replaced at
any election of directors. See 'Management.'
 
   
     IMPACT ON EARNINGS  RESULTING FROM  ISSUANCE OF BRIDGE  UNITS. In  December
1996,  the  Company  completed  a  bridge  financing  (the  'Bridge Financing'),
pursuant to which it issued to  the Bridge Unitholders an aggregate of  $750,000
principal  amount of  12% Convertible  Subordinated Notes  ('Bridge Notes'). The
Bridge Notes are convertible,  at the option of  the holders, commencing on  the
effective date and prior to the date of the completion of this offering, into an
aggregate of up to 375,000 Bridge Units, and the Company will issue to each note
holder one Bridge Unit for each $2.00 principal amount of Bridge Notes presented
for  conversion. As a  result of the  issuance of the  Bridge Notes, the Company
incurred a total charge of $390,406 of  deferred financing costs at the time  of
such  issuance, reflecting the value of such securities, and its net income will
be reduced or its net loss will increase by such amount during  the  fiscal year
ending December 31, 1997. See 'Interim Financing' and 'Financial Statements.'
    
 
     COMPETITION. The audio and videoconferencing communications industries have
been characterized by pricing pressures and business consolidations. The Company
competes  with other manufacturers and  distributors of voice communications and
videoconferencing systems, many of which are larger, have greater recognition in
the industry, a longer  operating history and  greater financial resources  than
the  Company.  The  Company's  competitors in  the  voice  communications sector
include  Lucent  Technologies,  Inc.,   Northern  Telecom  and  Toshiba.   ACC's
competitors  in the video communications  sector include Picturetel Corporation,
Compression Labs, Incorporated  and VTEL Corporation.  Existing competitors  may
continue  to broaden their product lines and expand their retail operations, and
potential
 
                                       8
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

competitors may  enter  into  or  increase  their  focus  on  the  audio  and/or
videoconferencing  communications market,  resulting in  greater competition for
the  Company.  In  particular,  management  believes  that  as  the  demand  for
videoconferencing  communications  systems  continues  to  increase,  additional
competitors, many of which  also will have greater  resources than the  Company,
will enter the videoconferencing market. Consequently, there can be no assurance
that   the  Company  can  successfully   compete  with  established  and  better
capitalized companies. See 'Business -- Competition.'
 
   
     DEPENDENCE ON  KEY  PERSONNEL.  The  Company is  highly  dependent  on  the
experience  of  its  management  in the  continuing  development  of  its retail
operations.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  certain  of  these   individuals,
particularly  Richard Reiss, Chairman of the  Board, Chief Executive Officer and
President of the Company, would have a material adverse effect on the  Company's
business.  The Company  has entered into  employment agreements  with Mr. Reiss,
Joseph Scotti, Vice President  - Sales and Marketing  of Voice Products and  Leo
Flotron,  Vice President - Sales and  Marketing of Videoconferencing Products of
the Company. Mr.  Reiss' agreement  expires on  December 31,  2002, and  Messrs.
Scotti  and  Flotron's agreements  expire  on December  31,  1999. Each  of such
agreements may be terminated by the employee upon 90 days' prior written  notice
without penalty, subject to a one year non-compete clause. The Company is in the
process  of obtaining key-man life insurance in  the amount of $1,000,000 on the
life of Mr. Reiss, with the Company as the named beneficiary. The future success
of the  Company  will  also  depend  upon its  ability  to  attract  and  retain
additional  marketing and sales personnel for its expansion. The Company has set
aside approximately $450,000  from the  net proceeds  of the  offering for  such
purpose.  The  Company  faces  intense  competition  for  such  highly qualified
personnel from other manufacturers and distributors of voice communications  and
videoconferencing  systems. There can be no  assurance that such individuals can
be hired or retained. The failure to recruit additional key personnel could have
a material adverse  effect on  the Company's business,  financial condition  and
results of operations. See 'Use of Proceeds' and 'Management.'
    
 
   
     BROAD DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS BY MANAGEMENT; CHANGE IN USE OF
PROCEEDS.  Approximately 1,430,000 (42%)  of the estimated  net proceeds of this
offering (including up to $750,000 to be  utilized to repay Bridge Notes to  the
extent  that they  are not  converted into Bridge  Units) has  been allocated to
working  capital.   Additionally,   in   the  event   that   the   Underwriter's
over-allotment  option  is exercised  or  to the  extent  that the  Warrants are
exercised, the Company will realize additional net proceeds, which will be added
to working  capital.  Accordingly,  the Company's  management  will  have  broad
discretion  as to the application of  such proceeds. Notwithstanding its plan to
develop its business as described  in this Prospectus, future events,  including
the  problems,  expenses,  difficulties,  complications  and  delays  frequently
encountered by businesses, as well as changes in the economic climate or changes
in government  regulations, may  make  the reallocation  of funds  necessary  or
desirable.  Any such  reallocation will  be at  the discretion  of the  Board of
Directors. See 'Use of Proceeds.'
    
 
     NO PUBLIC MARKET. Prior to this  offering, there has been no public  market
for  the Units, Common Stock or Warrants. Accordingly, there can be no assurance
that an active  trading market in  any of  such securities will  develop and  be
sustained  upon the completion of this offering or that the market price of such
securities will not decline below the initial public offering price.
 
     ARBITRARY OFFERING PRICE. The  initial public offering  price of the  Units
and  the  exercise price  and  terms of  the  Warrants have  been  determined by
negotiations between the Company and  the Underwriter. See 'Underwriting' for  a
discussion  of the factors considered in determining the initial public offering
price. Regulatory developments and economic and other external factors, as  well
as   period-to-period  fluctuations  in  financial  results,  may  also  have  a
significant impact on the market price of such securities.
 
     POSSIBLE RESTRICTIONS ON MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES IN COMPANY'S  SECURITIES.
The  Underwriter has advised the Company that it intends to make a market in the
Company's securities. Regulation M, which  was recently adopted to replace  Rule
10b-6  and certain other rules promulgated  under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as  amended  (the  'Exchange  Act'), may  prohibit  the  Underwriter  from
engaging in any market-making activities with regard to the Company's securities
for  the period  from five  business days  (or such  other applicable  period as
Regulation M may provide)  prior to any solicitation  by the Underwriter of  the
exercise   of   Warrants   until  the   later   of  the   termination   of  such
 
                                       9
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
solicitation activity or the termination (by  waiver or otherwise) of any  right
that  the Underwriter  may have to  receive a  fee for the  exercise of Warrants
following such  solicitation. As  a result,  the Underwriter  may be  unable  to
provide  a market for the Company's  securities during certain periods while the
Warrants are exercisable.  In addition, under  applicable rules and  regulations
under  the Exchange Act, any  person engaged in the  distribution of the Selling
Stockholder's  securities  may  not   simultaneously  engage  in   market-making
activities  with respect  to any  securities of  the Company  for the applicable
'cooling  off'  period   prior  to  the   commencement  of  such   distribution.
Accordingly,  in the event the  Underwriter is engaged in  a distribution of the
Selling Stockholder's securities, it will  not be able to  make a market in  the
Company's  securities during  the applicable  restrictive period.  Any temporary
cessation of such market-making activities could  have an adverse effect on  the
market price of the Company's securities. See 'Underwriting.'
    
 
   
     UNDERWRITER'S  OPTIONS. The Company has agreed  to sell to the Underwriter,
at an aggregate price of $60, the right to purchase up to an aggregate of 60,000
Units (the  'Underwriter's Options').  Such Options  will be  exercisable for  a
four-year  period commencing one year after the date of the Prospectus, at a per
Unit exercise price equal to 120% of the initial per Unit public offering  price
of  the Units being  offered hereby. For  the life of  such Options, the holders
thereof are given the opportunity to profit  from a rise in the market price  of
the Common Stock or Warrants, which may result in a dilution of the interests of
other stockholders. As a result, the Company may find it more difficult to raise
additional  equity capital if  it should be  needed for its  business while such
Options are outstanding. See 'Underwriting.'
    
 
   
     EFFECT OF  ISSUANCE OF  COMMON STOCK  UPON EXERCISE  OF WARRANTS;  POSSIBLE
ISSUANCE  OF  ADDITIONAL  OPTIONS.  Immediately  after  the  completion  of this
offering, assuming full exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option  and
the  conversion of $750,000 principal amount of Bridge Notes into 375,000 Bridge
Units, the Company will have outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of up
to 1,875,000 shares of Common Stock, including the shares issuable upon exercise
of the Warrants offered hereby, the Warrants underlying the Bridge Units and the
Warrants underlying  the Underwriter's  Options. There  is also  an  outstanding
option,  which  was granted  to the  President  of the  Company pursuant  to his
employment agreement  with the  Company, to  purchase 750,000  shares of  Common
Stock.  In addition, up to 500,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for
issuance pursuant  to the  Company's  stock option  plan,  of which  options  to
purchase  an  aggregate of  262,500  shares have  been  granted to  date. Unless
registered for sale, any  shares of Common Stock  acquired upon the exercise  of
such  warrants or options would be  'restricted securities' for purposes of Rule
144, subject to  the two-year  holding period  (one year,  commencing April  29,
1997)  (which commences  when shares  are issued upon  exercise of  a warrant or
option), volume  and other  resale restrictions  of Rule  144. The  Company  has
agreed to use its best efforts to file and maintain, so long as the Warrants are
exercisable,  a current registration  statement with the  Commission relating to
the Warrants  and  the  shares  of Common  Stock  underlying  the  Warrants.  In
addition, the Underwriter has certain demand and 'piggyback' registration rights
with respect to the securities underlying the Underwriter's Options.
    
 
   
     The  exercise of such  warrants or options  and the sale  of the underlying
shares of Common  Stock (or  even the  potential exercise  or sale)  may have  a
depressive  effect on the market price of the Company's securities. The exercise
of the warrants and options  also may dilute the  interest of investors in  this
offering.  Moreover, the  terms upon  which the Company  will be  able to obtain
additional equity capital may be adversely  affected because the holders of  the
outstanding warrants and options can be expected to exercise them, to the extent
they  are able to, at a time when  the Company would, in all likelihood, be able
to obtain any needed capital on terms  more favorable to the Company than  those
provided   in  the   warrants  and   options.  See   'Management  --  Employment
Agreements --  Stock  Option  Plan,'  'Description  of  Securities  --  Class  A
Warrants' and 'Underwriting.'
    
 
     POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT OF REDEMPTION OF THE WARRANTS. The Warrants may be
redeemed  by the Company commencing 18 months  from the date of this Prospectus,
or earlier with the consent  of the Underwriter, at  a redemption price of  $.10
per  Warrant upon not less than 30  days' prior written notice provided the last
sale price  of  the Common  Stock  on  Nasdaq (or  another  national  securities
exchange),  for  20 consecutive  trading days  ending within  three days  of the
notice of redemption, equals or exceeds  250% ($10.63 per share) of the  current
Warrant    exercise    price,    subject    to    adjustment.    Redemption   of
 
                                       10
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

the Warrants  could force  the holders  to  exercise the  Warrants and  pay  the
exercise  price at a time  when it may be disadvantageous  for the holders to do
so, sell the Warrants at the then current market price when they might otherwise
wish to hold the Warrants, or to accept the redemption price, which is likely to
be substantially less  than the  market value  of the  Warrants at  the time  of
redemption. See 'Description of Securities -- Class A Warrants.'
 
   
     UNDERWRITER'S  LIMITED  UNDERWRITING EXPERIENCE.  The Underwriter  has been
actively engaged in  the securities  brokerage and  investment banking  business
since  1994. However, the  Underwriter has engaged  in only limited underwriting
activities, and this  offering is only  the sixth public  offering in which  the
Underwriter  has acted  as the  sole or  managing Underwriter.  There can  be no
assurance that the Underwriter's limited experience as an underwriter of  public
offerings  will not adversely affect the  proposed public offering of the Units,
Common Stock and Warrants,  the subsequent development of  a trading market,  if
any,  or the  market for and  liquidity of the  Company's securities. Therefore,
purchasers of the securities  offered hereby may suffer  a lack of liquidity  in
their investment or a material diminution of the value of their investment.
    
 
     UNDERWRITER'S  INFLUENCE ON THE  MARKET. A significant  amount of the Units
offered may be sold to customers of the Underwriter. Such customers subsequently
may engage  in transactions  for the  sale or  purchase of  such Units  and  may
otherwise  effect transactions  in such securities.  If they  participate in the
market, the Underwriter may  exert substantial influence on  the market, if  one
develops,  for the Units, Common Stock and Warrants. Such market-making activity
may be discontinued at any  time. The price and  liquidity of the Units,  Common
Stock  and Warrants may be significantly affected  by the degree, if any, of the
Underwriter's participation in such market. See 'Underwriting.'
 
   
     RISKS OF LOW-PRICED  STOCKS. The  Company has  applied to  list the  Units,
Common Stock and Warrants on the Pacific Stock Exchange ('PSE') and Boston Stock
Exchange ('BSE') (and expects to list its securities on one of these exchanges),
and  it is anticipated  that such securities  will also be  traded on the NASD's
Electronic Bulletin Board. If  the Company's securities  were delisted from  the
PSE  or BSE,  they could become  subject to  Rule 15g-9 under  the Exchange Act,
which imposes  additional sales  practice requirements  on broker-dealers  which
sell such securities to persons other than established customers and 'accredited
investors'  (generally, individuals with  net worths in  excess of $1,000,000 or
annual incomes exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 together with their spouses). For
transactions  covered  by  this  rule,  a  broker-dealer  must  make  a  special
suitability  determination for the  purchaser and have  received the purchaser's
written consent to the  transaction prior to sale.  Consequently, such rule  may
adversely  affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell the Company's securities
and may adversely affect the ability of  purchasers in this offering to sell  in
the secondary market any of the securities acquired hereby.
    
 
   
     POSSIBLE  ADVERSE  EFFECT  OF  'PENNY STOCK'  RULES  IN  LIQUIDITY  FOR THE
COMPANY'S SECURITIES. Commission regulations  define a 'penny  stock' to be  any
non-Nasdaq  equity security that has a market price (as therein defined) of less
than $5.00 per share  or with an  exercise price of less  than $5.00 per  share,
subject  to certain  exceptions. For  any transaction  involving a  penny stock,
unless exempt, the rules require delivery,  prior to any transaction in a  penny
stock, of a disclosure schedule prepared by the Commission relating to the penny
stock  market. Disclosure is also required  to be made about commissions payable
to  both  the  broker-dealer  and  the  registered  representative  and  current
quotations  for the securities.  Finally, monthly statements  are required to be
sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account
and information on the limited market in penny stocks.
    
 
   
     The foregoing  required penny  stock  restrictions will  not apply  to  the
Company's  securities if such securities are  listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market,
or listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange, such as the
PSE or BSE, and have certain price and volume information provided on a  current
and  continuing basis  or meet  certain minimum  net tangible  assets or average
revenue criteria. There can be no  assurance that the Company's securities  will
qualify  for  exemption  from these  restrictions.  In  any event,  even  if the
Company's securities were exempt from such restrictions, it would remain subject
to Section  15(b)(6)  of  the  Exchange Act,  which  gives  the  Commission  the
authority  to  prohibit any  person that  is engaged  in unlawful  conduct while
participating in  a  distribution of  a  penny  stock from  associating  with  a
broker-dealer  or  participating in  a  distribution of  a  penny stock,  if the
Commission finds that such a restriction would be in the public interest. If the
Company's securities
    
 
                                       11
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

were subject to the rules on penny stock, the market liquidity for the Company's
securities could be severely adversely affected. In such event, the  regulations
on  penny stocks could limit the ability of broker-dealers to sell the Company's
securities and thus  the ability of  purchasers of the  Company's securities  to
sell their securities in the secondary market.
 
     CURRENT  PROSPECTUS AND  STATE REGISTRATION REQUIRED  TO EXERCISE WARRANTS.
The Warrants are  being registered  pursuant to a  Registration Statement  filed
with  the Securities and Exchange Commission ('Commission') under the Securities
Act of 1933  (the 'Securities Act'),  of which  this Prospectus is  a part,  and
after  its effectiveness  the Warrants may  be traded, and  upon exercise, their
underlying shares of Common  Stock may be  sold, in the  public market that  may
develop  for  the securities  for  approximately one  year  thereafter. However,
unless such Registration Statement is kept  current by the Company and  measures
to  qualify  or keep  qualified  such securities  in  certain states  are taken,
investors purchasing the Warrants in  this offering, although exercisable,  will
not  be able to  exercise the Warrants  or sell its  underlying shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of the  Warrants in the public market. The  Company
has  agreed  to  use  its  best  efforts  to  qualify  and  maintain  a  current
registration statement covering  such shares of  Common Stock. There  can be  no
assurance,  however,  that  the  Company  will be  able  to  maintain  a current
registration statement or to effect appropriate qualifications under  applicable
state  securities laws, the failure  of which may result  in the exercise of the
Warrants and the resale or other  disposition of Common Stock issued, upon  such
exercise, being unlawful. See 'Description of Securities -- Class A Warrants.'
 
     POTENTIAL  ADVERSE IMPACT OF PREFERRED STOCK ON RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF COMMON
STOCK. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of  up
to  1,000,000 shares of preferred  stock with the Board  of Directors having the
right to determine the designations,  rights, preferences and privileges of  the
holders  of one  or more  series of preferred  stock. Accordingly,  the Board of
Directors is empowered, without shareholder  approval, to issue preferred  stock
with  voting,  dividend, conversion,  liquidation  or other  rights  which could
adversely affect the voting power and  equity interest of the holders of  Common
Stock.  The preferred stock, which  could be issued with  the right to more than
one vote per share, could be utilized  as a method of discouraging, delaying  or
preventing  a change of control of the  Company. The possible impact on takeover
attempts could adversely  affect the price  of the Company's  Common Stock.  The
Company  has  no  current plans  to  issue  any shares  of  preferred  stock. In
addition, for a  period of three  years from  the date of  this Prospectus,  the
issuance  of any shares of preferred stock is subject to the Underwriter's prior
consent. See 'Description of Securities -- Preferred Stock.'
 
     LACK OF DIVIDENDS. To date, the Company  has not paid any dividends on  its
Common  Stock, and intends to  retain earnings, if any,  for use in its business
and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See
'Dividend Policy.'
 
   
     SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE. Upon the completion of this offering,  the
Company  will have  4,575,000 shares  of Common  Stock outstanding  (assuming an
aggregate of  $750,000  principal amount  of  Bridge Notes  are  converted  into
375,000  Bridge Units), including 1,200,000 shares included in the 600,000 Units
offered hereby by  the Company,  and 25,000  shares of  Registered Common  Stock
which  are included in the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms
a part. The remaining 2,975,000 shares of Common Stock currently outstanding are
'restricted securities' as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, and may not be sold unless such sale is registered under the Securities Act
or is made pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities  Act,
including  the exemption provided by Rule 144.  Such shares will be eligible for
sale in the public  market pursuant to  Rule 144 at  various times beginning  90
days  after  the date  of  this Prospectus,  subject  to the  three-year lock-up
described below.  The 375,000  shares of  Common Stock  and the  375,000  shares
underlying  the 375,000  Warrants comprising  the Bridge  Units may  not be sold
until two years following  the date of this  Prospectus, during the first  year,
unconditionally,  and during the  second year, without the  prior consent of the
Underwriter. The holders of all of the 3,000,000 shares of the Company's  Common
Stock  currently outstanding (including  the 25,000 shares  of Registered Common
Stock held by the President) have agreed  that for a period of three years  from
the  date of  this Prospectus  they will not  sell any  of their  shares, or any
shares issuable upon exercise of warrants or options exercisable into shares  of
Common  Stock,  without the  prior consent  of the  Underwriter. The  Company is
unable to
    
 
                                       12
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

predict the effect that sales made under  Rule 144 or otherwise may have on  the
market  price of  the Common  Stock. However,  the possibility  that substantial
amounts of Common Stock  may be sold  in the public market  may have an  adverse
effect  on the market price for the  Company's Common Stock. See 'Description of
Securities,' 'Shares Eligible for Future Sale' and 'Underwriting.'
 
     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS  UNDER NEW  JERSEY LAW. Pursuant  to both  the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation and New Jersey law the Company's officers
and  directors are indemnified by the Company for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty,  except for  liability which  arises in  connection with  (i)  a
breach  of duty  or loyalty, (ii)  acts or omissions  not made in  good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct  or a knowing violation  of law, (iii)  for
dividend payments or stock repurchases illegal under New Jersey law, or (iv) any
transaction  in  which  the officer  or  director derived  an  improper personal
benefit. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation does not have any effect  on
the  availability of equitable  remedies (such as  an injunction or rescissions)
for breach of fiduciary duty. However, as a practical matter, equitable remedies
may not be available  in particular circumstances.  See 'Management --  Director
and Officer Liability.'
 
                                       13


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION
 
   
     For  purposes of the following discussion  of dilution and tables, no value
is attributed to the Warrants included in the Units. After giving effect to  the
subsequent conversion of $750,000 principal amount of Bridge Notes by the Bridge
Unitholders  into 375,000 Bridge Units, the pro forma net tangible book value of
the Company as of December  31, 1996 was $822,492 or  $.24 per share. Pro  forma
net  tangible book value  per share is  determined by dividing  the tangible net
worth of the Company,  consisting of tangible  assets (exclusive of  capitalized
public  offering expenses)  less total liabilities,  by the number  of shares of
Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of  the
1,200,000  shares of Common Stock included in the 600,000 Units offered pursuant
to this  Prospectus at  the initial  public  offering price  of $3.50,  and  the
receipt  of the net proceeds therefrom the  pro forma net tangible book value of
the Company  at  December  31, 1996  would  be  $4,227,492 or  $.92  per  share,
representing  an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $.68 per share
to present  stockholders  and  an  immediate dilution  of  $2.58  per  share  or
approximately  74%, to public investors. 'Dilution' means the difference between
the public offering price per  share and the pro  forma net tangible book  value
per  share after giving effect to  the offering. The following table illustrates
the dilution of a new investor's equity as of December 31, 1996.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>     <C>
Public offering price per share.........................................................           $3.50
     Pro forma net tangible book value per share before offering........................   $.24
     Increase per share attributable to public investors................................    .68
                                                                                           ----
Pro Forma net tangible book value per share after offering..............................             .92
                                                                                                   -----
Dilution to public investors............................................................           $2.58
                                                                                                   -----
                                                                                                   -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The following table summarizes, (i) as of the date of this Prospectus,  the
number of shares of Common Stock purchased by investors in the Company; (ii) the
375,000 shares of Common Stock included in the 375,000 Bridge Units to be issued
to  the Bridge Unitholders  upon the conversion of  $750,000 principal amount of
Bridge Notes prior  to the  completion of this  offering; (iii)  the total  cash
consideration and the average price per share paid to the Company for the Common
Stock  outstanding prior to the completion of this offering; and (iv) the number
of shares and consideration to be paid by the public investors for the 1,200,000
shares of  Common  Stock included  in  the 600,000  Units  to be  sold  in  this
offering:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION      AVERAGE
                                           ----------------------      ---------------------    PRICE PER
                                            NUMBER        PERCENT        AMOUNT      PERCENT      SHARE
                                           ---------      -------      ----------    -------    ---------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>
Existing Stockholders...................   3,000,000(1)     65.6%      $   90,000       1.8%      $ .03
                                                                                                ---------
                                                                                                ---------
Bridge Unitholders......................     375,000(2)      8.2          750,000      14.9       $2.00
                                                                                                ---------
                                                                                                ---------
Public Investors........................   1,200,000        26.2        4,200,000      83.3       $3.50
                                           ---------      -------      ----------    -------    ---------
                                                                                                ---------
          Total(1)......................   4,575,000       100.0%      $5,040,000     100.0%
                                           ---------      -------      ----------    -------
                                           ---------      -------      ----------    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Excludes  (i) up to 1,200,000 shares  of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
    of Warrants to be issued to public  investors; (ii) up to 240,000 shares  of
    Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  Underwriter's  Options and
    underlying Warrants; (iii)  up to  360,000 shares of  Common Stock  issuable
    upon  exercise  of the  Underwriter's  over-allotment option  and underlying
    Warrants; (iv) up to  500,000 shares of Common  Stock reserved for  issuance
    upon  exercise of  options granted  pursuant to  the Company's  stock option
    plan, of which options to purchase 262,500 shares have been granted to date;
    and (v) up to 750,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted  to
    the  President  of the  Company pursuant  to  his employment  agreement. See
    'Management  --  Employment  Agreements  --  Stock  Option  Plan,'  'Interim
    Financing,' 'Description of Securities' and 'Underwriting.'
    
 
   
(2) Excludes  up to 375,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
    Bridge  Unitholders'  Warrants.  See  'Interim  Financing'  and  'Concurrent
    Offering.'
    
 
                                       14
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The  net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 600,000 Units offered
hereby,  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and  other
expenses  of this  offering, are estimated  to be $3,405,000  ($3,953,100 if the
Underwriter's over-allotment option is exercised  in full). The Company  intends
to  utilize  the  net  proceeds  of  this  offering  over  the  next  24  months
substantially as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              APPROXIMATE    APPROXIMATE
                                APPLICATION                                     AMOUNT       PERCENTAGE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>
Telephone Systems Inventory(1).............................................   $  475,000          14.0%
Videoconferencing Equipment Inventory(2)...................................      335,000           9.8
Leasing New Corporate Headquarters and Leasehold Improvements(3)...........      240,000           7.0
Hiring Additional Employees(4).............................................      450,000          13.2
Purchase of Computer Systems and Associated Software(5)....................      175,000           5.2
Marketing(6)...............................................................      300,000           8.8
Working Capital(7).........................................................    1,430,000          42.0
                                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                              $3,405,000         100.0%
                                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                              -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Includes telephone common equipment  ($150,000); telephone sets  ($250,000);
    and voice mail ($75,000).
    
 
   
(2) Includes   video  codecs  ($170,000);  monitors  ($85,000);  and  peripheral
    equipment, including cameras and audio systems ($80,000).
    
 
(3) Includes costs in connection with  moving the Company's headquarters  office
    to  larger facilities in the  first half of 1997.  It is estimated that such
    facilities will  contain approximately  10,000 square  feet of  space to  be
    utilized   for  executive,  administrative  and   sales  functions  and  for
    demonstration of the  Company's voice and  video communications systems.  An
    additional  approximately 5,000  square feet of  space will  be utilized for
    warehousing of the Company's inventory. See 'Business -- Facilities.'
 
   
(4) Includes costs associated  with the  planned hiring and  retention over  the
    next  two  years  of  two  branch sales  managers  for  the  Company's voice
    products, who will report directly to the Company's Vice President --  Sales
    and  Marketing of Voice Products; nine voice sales representatives, who will
    report  directly   to   the   voice  branch   sales   managers;   and   five
    videoconferencing  sales representatives,  who will  report directly  to the
    Company's  Vice  President  --  Sales  and  Marketing  of  Videoconferencing
    Products. See 'Business -- Sales and Marketing.'
    
 
(5) Includes  costs in connection with upgrading  both the hardware and software
    of the Company's computer  systems, software and  local area network  (LAN).
    The  new system  will encompass  service order  entry, inventory management,
    billing, accounting,  word  processing  and  administrative  software.  Also
    includes consulting fees for project design and implementation.
 
   
(6) Includes costs in connection with exhibiting the Company's products at trade
    shows  ($100,000), costs associated with a  direct mail campaign directed to
    the approximately 9,000  franchisees of CENTURY  21'r', ERA'r' and  Coldwell
    Banker'r'  ($100,000),  as  required under  the  Company's  Preferred Vendor
    Agreement with HFS  Incorporated, and costs  of telemarketing the  Company's
    videoconferencing   products   to   end-users   accounts   ($100,000).   See
    'Business -- Sales and Marketing.'
 
(7) Working capital will be used to pay general and administrative expenses, for
    general corporate purposes and the  possible acquisition of other voice  and
    video communications systems resellers.
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
     The  foregoing allocations are  estimates only and  are subject to revision
from time to time to meet the  Company's requirements; any excess will be  added
to  working  capital and  any shortage  will be  deducted from  working capital.
Furthermore,  allocations   may  be   changed  in   response  to   unanticipated
developments in the Company's business. The Company may re-allocate such amounts
from  time to time among  the categories shown above or  to new categories if it
believes such to be in  its best interest. In  the event that the  Underwriter's
over-allotment   option  is  exercised  or  to  the  extent  that  the  Warrants
 
                                       15
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
are exercised, including the Warrants  underlying the Bridge Units, the  Company
will  realize additional net  proceeds, which will be  added to working capital.
Pending full  utilization of  the net  proceeds of  this offering,  the  Company
intends  to make temporary investments in  United States government or federally
insured securities.  The  Company  believes  that the  net  proceeds  from  this
offering,  plus working capital from operations  and other sources of funds will
be adequate to sustain operations for at least the next two years.
    
 
                                       16
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The following  table  sets  forth  the capitalization  of  the  Company  at
December 31, 1996; (i) on an historical basis; (ii) on a pro forma basis, giving
effect  to the conversion  of $750,000 principal  amount of Bridge  Notes by the
Bridge Unitholders into  375,000 Bridge  Units and  the recognition  of a  total
charge  of $390,406  of deferred  financing costs  relating to  the Bridge Units
issued in December 1996; and (iii) on such pro forma basis, after giving  effect
to the issuance and sale of 600,000 offered hereby. This table should be read in
conjunction   with  the  financial  statements,  including  the  notes  thereto,
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                         ----------------------------------------
                                                                                                       PRO FORMA
                                                                         HISTORICAL      PRO FORMA    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                         ----------      ---------    -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>          <C>
Long term debt........................................................   $  816,152(1)   $ 66,152     $   66,152
                                                                         ----------      ---------    -----------
Stockholders' equity(2)
     Common Stock, no par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized;
       3,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 3,375,000
       shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 4,575,000 shares
       issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted..................       90,000       840,000      4,245,000
     Additional paid-in capital.......................................      375,000       375,000        375,000
     Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)..........................       80,398      (310,008)      (310,008)
                                                                         ----------      ---------    -----------
               Total stockholders' equity.............................      545,398       904,992      4,309,992
                                                                         ----------      ---------    -----------
               Total capitalization...................................   $1,361,550      $971,144     $4,376,144
                                                                         ----------      ---------    -----------
                                                                         ----------      ---------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Includes an  aggregate  of  $750,000 principal  amount  of  12%  Convertible
    Subordinated  Notes ('Bridge Notes') which were issued by the Company in the
    Bridge  Financing  which  was  completed  in  December  1996.  See  'Interim
    Financing.'
 
   
(2) Does  not include (i) up  to 1,200,000 shares of  Common Stock issuable upon
    exercise of Warrants to  be issued to public  investors; (ii) up to  375,000
    shares  of Common  Stock issuable upon  exercise of  the Bridge Unitholders'
    Warrants; (iii) up to 240,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon  exercise
    of  the Underwriter's  Options and underlying  Warrants; (iv)  up to 360,000
    shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the   Underwriter's
    over-allotment  option and underlying Warrants; (v)  up to 500,000 shares of
    Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted pursuant
    to the Company's  stock option plan,  of which options  to purchase  262,500
    shares  have been granted  to date; and  (vi) up to  750,000 shares issuable
    upon exercise of an option granted to the President of the Company  pursuant
    to    his    employment   agreement.    See   'Management    --   Employment
    Agreements --  Stock  Option  Plan,' 'Interim  Financing,'  'Description  of
    Securities,' and 'Underwriting.'
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company has never paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock and it is
currently  the intention of the Company not  to pay cash dividends on its Common
Stock in the  foreseeable future.  Management intends to  reinvest earnings,  if
any,  in the expansion of the Company's business. Any future declaration of cash
dividends will be at the  discretion of the Board  of Directors and will  depend
upon  the earnings, capital requirements and  financial position of the Company,
general economic conditions and other pertinent factors.
 
                                       17
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following table sets forth selected historical financial data and other
operation information of the Company. The selected historical financial data  in
the  table for the  years ended December 31,  1996 and 1995  is derived from the
audited financial statements  of the  Company. The selected  financial data  set
forth  below  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Company's  financial
statements and  notes  thereto  and  with  the  section  entitled  'Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.'
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                            1996          1995
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                                      <C>           <C>
Statement of Income Data:
     Net revenues.....................................................................   $3,884,700    $2,641,331
     Gross margin.....................................................................    1,383,627       859,612
     Income from operations...........................................................      119,235        48,936
     Income before income taxes.......................................................       90,209        17,249
     Income taxes.....................................................................       38,606         8,029
     Net income.......................................................................       51,603         9,220
     Net income per share.............................................................      $.03          $.01
 
     Weighted average number of common shares outstanding.............................    1,977,518     1,884,002
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                        --------------------------    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ACTUAL      PRO FORMA(1)        1995
                                                                        ----------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>             <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
     Working capital.................................................   $  748,250     $  748,250       $ 52,286
     Total assets....................................................    2,458,392      2,067,986        754,640
     Total liabilities...............................................    1,912,994      1,162,994        673,345
     Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit).........................       80,398       (310,008)        28,795
     Stockholders' equity............................................      545,398        904,992         81,295
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Gives  effect to the  subsequent conversion of  $750,000 principal amount of
    Bridge Notes by the Bridge Unitholders  into 375,000 Bridge Units. See  'Use
    of Proceeds,' 'Interim Financing' and 'Description of Securities.'
    
 
                                       18


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The  following discussion and  analysis should be  read in conjunction with
the Company's  financial statements  and the  notes thereto.  The discussion  of
results,  causes and trends should not be construed to imply any conclusion that
such results or trends will necessarily continue in the future.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 ('FISCAL 1996') COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1995 ('FISCAL 1995')
 
     NET REVENUES. Since 1995, the  Company's revenues have consisted  primarily
of  sales of Panasonic digital telephone  and voice processing systems, and Sony
videoconferencing products. The Panasonic systems  are most suited for small  to
medium-sized   businesses,  particularly  professional  offices.  The  Company's
videoconferencing revenues to date have  been derived principally from the  sale
of  the Sony Trinicom 5000 model, which  is targeted to the large commercial and
institutional user.
 
     Operating  revenue  for  fiscal  1996   was  $3,884,700,  an  increase   of
$1,243,369,  or 47% over  fiscal 1995 revenue of  $2,641,331. Sales of telephone
and voice  processing equipment  increased in  1996 by  53% to  $2,807,170  over
fiscal 1995 revenue of $1,837,930. The increase was due in part to the hiring of
additional  sales personnel in 1995 and into 1996, including a vice president in
charge of sales and marketing of voice products in the third quarter of 1995. In
1995, the Company also began marketing Panasonic products to the Coldwell Banker
real estate brokerage network. In January 1996, the Company and Coldwell  Banker
Corporation  ('CBC'), owner  of the Coldwell  Banker brand at  the time, entered
into a  formal agreement  in  which the  Company  provided trade  discounts  and
favorable terms for an exclusive dealership to sell Panasonic telecommunications
systems  to CBC's corporate-owned offices. In  December 1996, this agreement was
superseded  by  the  signing  of  a  non-exclusive  four-year  Preferred  Vendor
Agreement  with the  new owner  of the  Coldwell Banker  brand, HFS Incorporated
('HFS'), to provide Panasonic products to the HFS-owned brands, Century 21, ERA,
and Coldwell Banker  real estate  brokerage franchise systems.  The Company  has
paid  HFS a $50,000 access fee for marketing rights and will pay HFS commissions
ranging from 2% to 13%  of gross sales, depending  on the products and  services
sold. The agreement obligates the Company to provide various sales and marketing
services,  and to  commit to  a fixed  price schedule  over the  four-year term.
Significant increases  in Panasonic  equipment prices  during the  HFS  contract
period  could  have  a  material  adverse impact  on  the  Company's  results of
operations in the event the Company is  not able to pass along the increases  to
HFS  franchisees. Sales to Coldwell Banker offices  accounted for 26% and 28% of
net revenues in fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively. The Company expects revenues
generated under the HFS  agreement to represent a  significant portion of  total
operating revenues during fiscal 1997.
 
     Sales  of videoconferencing systems increased in  1996 by 48% to $1,039,026
over fiscal  1995 revenue  of $704,343.  The Company's  videoconferencing  sales
program  began in  earnest in the  fourth quarter of  1995 with the  hiring of a
former Sony  executive  to  serve as  vice  president  in charge  of  sales  and
marketing  for videoconferencing and network products. The Company currently has
videoconferencing demonstration facilities in New York City and Washington, D.C.
in addition to its corporate headquarters in New Jersey, and anticipates  hiring
additional  sales personnel for both  videoconferencing and voice communications
products during the first quarter of fiscal 1997.
 
     COST OF REVENUES. Cost of revenues in fiscal 1996 was $2,501,073, or 64% of
net revenues, as compared to $1,781,719, or 67% of net revenues in fiscal  1995.
Cost  of revenues consists  primarily of net  product, installation and customer
training costs. Higher margin sales in fiscal 1996 offset increases in warranty,
depreciation, and compensation costs, to account for the 3% improvement in  cost
of revenues as a percentage of net revenues.
 
   
     Most  of the products sold by the Company are purchased under non-exclusive
reseller agreements with Panasonic and SNS. Both agreements specify, among other
things, sales territories, payment terms,  purchase quotas and reseller  prices.
The Panasonic agreement renews automatically for one-year
    
 
                                       19
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
periods,  but may be  terminated with or  without cause by  either party upon 30
days' written  notice.  The Company  recently  signed a  non-exclusive  reseller
agreement   with  SNS  wherein   SNS  has  agreed  to   provide  ACC  with  Sony
videoconferencing equipment through January 31, 1998. The termination of  either
agreement,  or their renewal  on less favorable terms  than currently in effect,
could have a material adverse impact on the Company's business.
    
 
     GROSS MARGIN. Gross margins increased to $1,383,627, or 36% of net revenues
in fiscal 1996, as compared to $859,612, or 33% of net revenues in fiscal  1995.
The  improvement was due primarily to a decrease in lower margin Coldwell Banker
sales as a percentage of total net revenues,  from 28% in fiscal 1995 to 26%  in
fiscal  1996,  although  the dollar  volume  of Coldwell  Banker  sales actually
increased in 1996.
 
     SELLING. Selling expenses, which include sales salaries, commissions, sales
overhead, and marketing costs, increased to $664,786, or 17% of net revenues  in
fiscal 1996, as compared to $482,470, or 18% of net revenues in fiscal 1995. The
increase  in dollar terms was due  primarily to higher compensation costs, which
related to the hiring of new sales executives in the latter part of 1995, and to
the increase in  1996 sales  volume. Due to  the anticipated  increase in  sales
executive  and staff salaries, as well as higher marketing costs associated with
the HFS contract, the  Company expects selling expenses  as a percentage of  net
revenues to increase at least through the first half of fiscal 1997.
 
     GENERAL  AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General  and administrative expenses increased
to $599,606, or 15% of net revenues in fiscal 1996, as compared to $328,206,  or
12%  of net revenues  in fiscal 1995.  The increase was  due primarily to higher
administrative  salaries  and  fringe  benefits,  depreciation,  and   telephone
expenses  related  to the  growth in  the Company's  operations. The  Company is
planning a relocation  of its headquarters  in 1997 to  accommodate its  growing
sales  staffing,  overhead,  and  inventory  storage  requirements. Accordingly,
general  and  administrative  expenses,  to  the  extent  associated  with   the
relocation,  are expected to increase in fiscal 1997. A new employment agreement
with the Company's  president, effective January  1, 1997, will  also result  in
higher compensation costs (see Notes to Financial Statements).
 
     INCOME  TAXES. The Company's provision for income taxes was $38,606, or 43%
of fiscal 1996 income before taxes, as compared to $8,029, or 47% of fiscal 1995
income before income  taxes. The  exceptionally high  income tax  rates are  due
primarily to the partial nondeductibility of certain marketing costs, which have
caused  the Company's income to be taxed at higher than expected marginal rates,
as well as high flat tax rates at the state level.
 
   
     NET INCOME. The Company generated net income of $51,603, or $.03 per  share
and  $9,220, or $.01 per share for the  fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively. The  increase in  fiscal 1996  was primarily  the result  of
revenue  growth and a slight shift in  the Company's revenue mix, which produced
higher gross  margins. The  shift in  the Company's  revenue mix  relates to  an
increase  in videoconferencing system sales as a percentage of total revenues in
1996.  The  Company  anticipates  that  videoconferencing  product  sales   will
represent  an increasingly greater percentage of total revenues for at least the
next twelve months.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     At December  31,  1996,  the  Company  had  working  capital  of  $748,250,
including  $645,614 in  cash and  cash equivalents.  Net cash  used by operating
activities for  the year  ended December  31, 1996  was $461,287.  Increases  in
accounts  receivable due  to revenue  growth in  1996, as  well as  increases in
inventories to fill the increasing volume of orders on a timely basis, more than
offset cash  flows provided  by net  income, depreciation,  and higher  accounts
payable and accrued expense levels.
 
     Net  cash  used  by  investing activities  for  fiscal  1996  was $119,846,
consisting of purchases  of furniture  and equipment totaling  $67,346, and  the
$50,000 access fee required under the HFS contract.
 
     Net  cash provided by financing activities  for fiscal 1996 was $1,072,841,
consisting  of  $750,000  gross  proceeds  from  a  private  placement  of   12%
Convertible  Subordinated Notes ('Bridge Notes') in December 1996, borrowings of
$562,071 under a new bank line of credit and term loan, and proceeds of  $37,500
from  the exercise of Common Stock  options, offset by repayments of outstanding
borrowings under a  refinanced credit  facility, and  principal amortization  of
long-term debt, totaling $228,824. The
 
                                       20
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Company  also paid  deferred financing costs  of $15,406 in  connection with its
private placement,  and $32,500  in costs  associated with  its proposed  public
offering.
 
     In  May 1996,  the Company  replaced its $150,000  bank line  of credit and
equipment term loans totaling  $92,700 with a new  credit facility from  another
bank  for a $600,000  working capital line  of credit and  an $85,000 term loan.
Advances under the line of credit bear interest at the rate 1% above the  bank's
Alternate  Base Rate (ABR),  and are due  on demand. The  term loan provides for
monthly principal payments  of $1,770.83 plus  interest at the  bank's ABR  plus
1.25%.  Outstanding  borrowings are  secured by  a first  lien on  the Company's
assets, a $100,000  United States  Treasury Bill hypothecated  by the  Company's
President,   and  his  unconditional  personal  guarantee.  Panasonic  has  also
subordinated to  the  bank its  security  interest in  the  Company's  inventory
purchases.
 
     As  of December 1996, borrowings under the line of credit totaled $447,071,
and the  balance of  the term  loan  was $72,604.  The bank  line of  credit  is
renewable  annually. The Company currently expects that it will be able to renew
the line of credit under similar terms upon its maturity.
 
     The Bridge Notes become due and  payable together with accrued interest  to
the  extent not converted, at  the earlier of December 31,  1999 or the date the
Company completes an initial public offering of its securities. The Bridge Notes
are convertible into an  aggregate of 375,000  Bridge Units at  the rate of  one
Bridge Unit per $2.00 of principal amount of Bridge Notes. Each Bridge Unit will
consist of one share of the Company's Common Stock and one Warrant. The terms of
the  Warrants will  be identical to  any Warrants  sold in this  offering. It is
anticipated, but cannot  be assured,  that the Bridge  Unitholders will  convert
their Bridge Notes to Bridge Units prior to the completion of this offering.
 
   
     The  Company  entered into  a  letter of  intent  for a  $4.2  million firm
commitment public offering of 600,000 Units, each unit to consist of two  shares
of  Common Stock and two Class A  Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants. The
primary purpose  of the  offering is  to provide  funds for  the relocation  and
expansion of the Company's facilities, the hiring of new employees, the purchase
of additional inventory, and other working capital needs.
    
 
     Management believes the Company's operations and existing financing sources
will  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  its current
operations for the next twelve  months. However, alternative sources of  capital
will  be necessary in  order for the  Company to finance  its proposed expansion
plans.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION
 
     Inflation has  had  no  material  effect on  the  Company's  operations  or
financial condition.
 
SEASONALITY
 
     The  Company's  results of  operations  are not  significantly  affected by
seasonal factors.
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     All Communications Corporation (the 'Company'  or 'ACC') is engaged in  the
business  of  selling,  installing  and  servicing  voice  and videoconferencing
communications  systems,  concentrating   on  the   commercial  and   industrial
marketplace.   The   Company's  voice   communications  products   are  intended
principally for  small  to  medium-sized  business  use;  its  videoconferencing
communications  products  are intended  for use  by all  business, governmental,
educational and medical entities. In connection with the sale and service of its
products, the  Company  also  markets  peripheral  data  and  telecommunications
products  obtained from others. Through its headquarters office in Mountainside,
New Jersey  and  nationwide  subcontractors, the  Company  sells,  installs  and
upgrades its communication and information distribution products and services.
 
     VOICE  COMMUNICATIONS. ACC is a  major reseller of Panasonic Communications
and Systems Company's ('Panasonic') digital telephone systems, voice  processing
systems  and computer telephone integration solutions  in the United States. The
Company's principal voice communications products are
 
                                       21
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

multi-featured, fully electronic,  digitally controlled key  systems and  hybrid
telephone systems, voice processing products with computer telephone integration
hardware  and software and related business products and services for commercial
distribution. A key telephone system provides each telephone with direct  access
to  multiple outside  trunk lines  and internal  communications through intercom
lines. A  PABX (private  automatic branch  exchange) system,  through a  central
switching  system,  permits the  connection of  internal  and external  lines. A
hybrid switching system  provides, in a  single system, both  key telephone  and
PABX  features. Key telephone  equipment may be used  with PABX equipment. Voice
processing products include voice-mail  and interactive voice response  systems,
which  allow via a  single line instrument,  access to computerized information.
All of the Company's systems are software-based and fully digital. This  enables
the  Company to readily incorporate a variety  of additional features as well as
the ability to expand a system's capability through software enhancements.
 
     The Company  sells,  installs  and  services  Panasonic  telecommunications
products  throughout the United States both through employees of the Company and
subcontractors. During the fiscal  years ended December 31,  1996 and 1995,  one
customer,  Coldwell  Banker'r',  a  brand  of  HFS  Incorporated,  accounted for
approximately 26% and  approximately 28%, respectively,  of the Company's  total
sales.   The  Company's  current  business  strategy   is  to  focus  on  sales,
installation  and  service  operations.  In  connection  with  implementing  its
business  strategy, the  Company is seeking  to expand its  business by offering
customers and potential customers a broader range of products.
 
     VIDEOCONFERENCING. The  Company began  selling Sony  Electronics Inc.'s  (a
division  of Sony Corporation) ('Sony')  videoconferencing products in the third
quarter of  1994, and  is currently  one of  Sony's largest  United States  Sony
Authorized  Videoconferencing Resellers (SAVR). Videoconferencing communications
systems, utilizing advanced  technology, enable users  at separate locations  to
engage  in face-to-face discussions. In addition to the use of video conferences
as a  corporate communications  tool,  use of  videoconferencing  communications
systems  is  expanding  into  numerous  additional  applications,  including (i)
teachers providing lectures to students  at multiple locations, (ii)  physicians
engaging  in  consultations utilizing  x-rays  and other  photographic material,
(iii) conducting multi-location  staff training programs  and (iv) engineers  in
separate  design  facilities  coordinating the  joint  development  of products.
Sony's videoconferencing  systems incorporate  superior audio  and data  sharing
capabilities.  The  systems expand  the user's  ability  to conduct  business in
person  while   substantially  reducing   or   eliminating  travel   costs   and
non-productive  travel time. ACC offers  what it believes to  be the only system
with the built in ability to connect  with four locations without the use of  an
external  bridge.  Video  communication  is  generally  considered  to  be  more
effective than audio  communication, as information  retention is improved  when
presented visually.
 
   
     Through  a  non-exclusive agreement  with  Sony North  Supply  ('SNS'), the
exclusive United  States distributor  of Sony  videoconferencing  communications
equipment, ACC provides videoconferencing systems for United States customers on
a  global basis,  with a  concentration in  the Northeastern  United States. The
Company (i) provides its customers with  components produced by Sony, a  leading
worldwide  manufacturer of  room based videoconferencing  equipment, and several
other manufacturers of  ancillary equipment, (ii)  selects and integrates  those
components  into complete  systems designed  to suit  each customer's particular
communications requirements  and (iii)  provides training  and other  continuing
services  designed to  insure that its  customers fully  and efficiently utilize
their systems. Sony  does not sell  its videoconferencing products  on a  direct
basis.
    
 
     To  accommodate ACC's  growth in  the videoconferencing  market sector, the
Company recently opened offices  and demonstration facilities  in New York  City
and  Washington, D.C. The Company has assembled  a team of industry experts with
substantial videoconferencing  communications expertise  and, over  the past  18
months,  has  provided  over  35 videoconferencing  systems  on  a  national and
international basis.  Customers of  the Company  in this  area include  Fedders,
Waterford  Crystal, Deutche Bank,  Shearman & Sterling,  The British Ministry of
Defense, St. Johns University, Banco de Columbia and Tetra Pak.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
     VOICE COMMUNICATIONS.  Advances  in  telecommunications  technologies  have
facilitated  the development of increasingly sophisticated telephone systems and
applications. Telecommunications
 
                                       22
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

systems have  evolved from  simple analog  telephones to  sophisticated  digital
systems   and  applications.   Users  increasingly   rely  upon   a  variety  of
applications, including conference calling, speakerphones, voice processing  and
automated  attendant, to  improve communications within  their organizations and
with customers and vendors. Digital  technology has facilitated the  integration
of  computing  and telecommunications  technologies, which  has made  possible a
number of new applications that further enhance productivity. Examples of  these
applications include caller I.D., where a caller's telephone number is displayed
on  the telephone, call accounting, which permits accounting for telephone usage
and toll calls, electronic  data interchange between  customers and vendors  and
the  use  of automatic  number identification  coupled with  'database look-up,'
where customer  information  is  retrieved  automatically  from  a  computerized
database when the customer calls.
 
     Historically,  advanced technologies  and applications  have been initially
introduced in large  telecommunications systems. However,  small to medium  size
businesses  and other organizations, as well  as small to medium size facilities
of  larger   organizations,  are   increasingly   requiring  and   seeking   out
telecommunication  systems  with advanced  features and  applications at  a more
effective price-performance point,  in order to  improve efficiency and  enhance
competitiveness.
 
     As  businesses' telecommunications requirements  have become more advanced,
the integration  of the  different parts  of a  system has  become  increasingly
difficult.   The  system  integration,  service   and  support  capabilities  of
telecommunications suppliers  have become  significant competitive  factors.  In
order  to meet the needs of end users, suppliers have been increasingly required
to develop close relationships with end users.
 
     VIDEOCONFERENCING. Videoconferencing communications entails the
transmission of video  and audio signals  and computerized data  between two  or
more  locations through  a digital  telecommunication network. Videoconferencing
communications systems were first  introduced in the late  1970s in the form  of
specialized  dedicated  conference  rooms  outfitted  with  expensive electronic
equipment  and  requiring  trained  operators.  Signals  were  transmitted  over
dedicated   transmission  lines  established  between  fixed  locations.  Market
acceptance of early systems was limited because of the low quality of the  video
output,  as  well  as  the  high hardware  and  transmission  costs  and limited
availability of transmission facilities.
 
     Technological developments in the 1980's resulted in a dramatic increase in
the quality of video communications, as  well as a substantial reduction in  its
cost. The proliferation of switched digital networks, which transmit digital, as
opposed to analog, signals, eliminated the requirement of dedicated transmission
lines.  Advances  in  data  compression and  decompression  technology,  and the
introduction of devices  for separating  and distributing  digital signals  over
several   channels  simultaneously  and  recombining  them  after  transmission,
resulted in products  with substantially  improved video and  audio quality  and
further  reduced hardware  costs. Competition  among telecommunications carriers
during the past decade, together with the expanded use of fiber optic technology
and the  development  of  integrated switched  digital  networks  ('ISDN')  have
further contributed to reduced transmission costs.
 
STRATEGY
 
   
     The Company resells to end user customers a number of the telecommunication
industry's   leading  voice-communication  and   videoconferencing  systems  and
products through  non-exclusive  reseller  agreements with  Panasonic  and  SNS,
respectively,  and is positioned to provide  its customers with the installation
and/or integration of the systems and products as well as continued  maintenance
and  service. The Company believes that continued technological advances in both
the voice communication  and videoconferencing industry  will result in  systems
and  products that  are readily  useful as  well as  cost effective  to a larger
segment of  end  users.  Neither  Sony nor  Panasonic  have  developed  internal
departments  for the direct sale of  telecommunication systems, and instead have
chosen to  engage  resellers such  as  the Company  for  the purpose  of  sales,
marketing,  installation  and maintenance  of  their systems  and  products. The
Company intends to broaden  its marketing focus to  industries that it  believes
will   achieve   significant  benefits   through   utilization  of   both  voice
communication and videoconferencing systems, and  the Company will hold  monthly
seminars  to introduce the voice  communication and videoconferencing systems to
prospective customers. The Company intends  to expand its sales activities  into
additional  geographic  markets  through the  acquisition  and  establishment of
regional reseller offices
    
 
                                       23
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

and the hiring of additional sales personnel. The Company also seeks to  enhance
the  sales and services provided  to end user customers  in a more efficient and
cost effective manner  by maintaining  an inventory of  readily available  voice
communication   and  videoconferencing  systems,  and  upgrading  the  Company's
internal computerized management system. See 'Use of Proceeds.'
 
PRODUCTS
 
     The Company is a reseller of voice communications products manufactured  by
Panasonic  Communications and Systems Company's ('Panasonic') Business Telephone
System Division and videoconferencing products manufactured by Sony  Electronics
Inc.  ('Sony').  The  Company  has  agreements  with  both  Panasonic  and  Sony
authorizing the Company to serve as  their non-exclusive reseller in the  United
States  and the Company sells, installs and maintains the full line of voice and
videoconferencing products manufactured by these companies.
 
     VOICE COMMUNICATIONS.  Panasonic  currently manufactures  digital  key  and
hybrid  telephone systems under  its Digital Business  System (DBS) product line
with a maximum capacity of  192 ports. The systems can  be configured to have  a
maximum  of either  64 central office  (C.O.) telephone lines  and 128 telephone
sets, 56 C.O. telephone lines and 136 telephone sets, or 48 C.O. telephone lines
and 144 telephone sets. The telephone sets can have up to 24 C.O. telephone line
appearances. The telephone sets contain a speaker and microphone in each set for
handsfree intercom conversation and for  an optional price of approximately  $50
contain  a full speakerphone for handsfree conversation on outside lines as well
as intercom. The telephone sets can also have a built-in interactive display for
internal messaging, to measure the length  of time of a telephone  conversation,
to  display  the  number dialed,  or  to  display the  telephone  number  of the
individual calling into the  system where caller identification  is part of  the
telephone service provided on the lines by the local line service provider.
 
     Panasonic  has announced  that it  intends to release  a new  system with a
maximum capacity of 576  ports in the  fourth quarter of  1997. This new  system
will  not replace  the current  DBS product  line; it  will be  positioned as an
enhanced version  of  the current  product  line with  additional  features  and
greater capacity.
 
     Panasonic   also  has  manufactured  for   it,  on  an  original  equipment
manufacturer basis,  a  fully integrated  voice  processing system.  The  system
ranges from two to eight voice ports and 30 hours of message storage. The system
has  automated attendant features which allow  for incoming calls to be answered
electronically and  distributed to  specific  extensions without  the use  of  a
switchboard operator. The system can be interactive with display telephone sets,
which  display the number of new messages  along with the number of old messages
and allow for  one touch commands  rather than multiple  digit codes to  perform
functions of the voice processing system.
 
     The  DBS supports several open  architecture interfaces that allow external
computers to interact and control the DBS through industry standard  interfaces.
The DBS supports an RS-232 system level interface, an RS-232 Hayes based desktop
interface  and a Windows Dynamic Data Exchanges (DDE) interface. The Company has
Developer Toolkits available that include the detailed interface specifications,
application  notes  and  development  tools  to  assist  third  party   software
developers  to develop  vertical market applications  for the  DBS products. DBS
applications include database look-up  (which utilizes caller-ID information  to
retrieve  customer  information  automatically  from  a  computerized database),
automated attendant,  interactive  voice  response and  call  accounting  (which
permits  the monitoring of telephone usage  and toll cost). The Company recently
announced support of the  Microsoft Telephone Application Programming  Interface
(TAPI)  in  DBS  version  8.0  and  support  of  the  Novell  Telephony Services
Applications Programming  Interface  (TSAPI).  The  DBS  is  managed  through  a
Windows-based interface on a PC to facilitate installation, system configuration
and programming.
 
     The  Company also sells,  installs, and maintains  peripheral equipment not
manufactured by Panasonic. The peripheral equipment installed by the Company  is
readily available through multiple manufacturers and suppliers.
 
     VIDEOCONFERENCING.    Sony    manufactures   both    the    Trinicom   5000
videoconferencing system, and the  Trinicom 4000 videoconferencing system.  Both
systems  offer a rollabout design which can be placed into operation quickly and
allows  for  convenient   movement  from   one  conference   room  to   another.
 
                                       24
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Alternatively,   the  systems  can   be  installed  as   permanent  fixtures  in
custom-built conference rooms  designed for specific  applications, or  distance
learning  classrooms  which are  designed for  teachers  to provide  lectures to
students  at  multiple  locations   outfitted  with  similar   videoconferencing
equipment. Both systems generally contain the following components:
 
     Monitor
 
          The  monitor is  a television set  that is used  at each participating
     location for viewing persons and objects involved in the communication. The
     screen of the  monitor generally includes  a window or  inset, that may  be
     used  to duplicate the image shown by a monitor located at another site, or
     to view documents or other graphic  images related to the discussion.  Some
     systems   include   dual   or  multiple   monitors,   providing  full-sized
     simultaneous views of both graphic images and meeting participants.
 
     Video Camera
 
          The video camera is similar to a camcorder and is generally located on
     top of the  monitor. The video  cameras included in  the Company's  systems
     record  full-color images and  have pan, tilt,  and zoom capabilities. Some
     systems include auxiliary video cameras to provide additional camera angles
     or to view various locations within a room.
 
     Codec
 
          The coding-decoding device, known  as the 'codec,' is  the heart of  a
     video  communications system.  Because video  images have  high information
     content,  their  transmission  requires  significantly  greater   bandwidth
     (capacity) than is required to transmit audio signals or computer data. One
     codec  converts  analog signals  into  digital signals  and  compresses the
     digital signals,  enabling them  to be  transmitted over  conventional  and
     ubiquitous   data  networks,   while  a   second  codec   decompresses  and
     reconstitutes the signals into their analog form at the receiving location.
     The signals transmitted by codecs  are bi-directional, enabling each  codec
     simultaneously  to send and  receive signals. The compression-decompression
     process is accomplished  using algorithms, or  mathematical formulae,  that
     are embedded in the codec.
 
     Inverse Multiplexer
 
          Because video signals (even after digital compression) require greater
     bandwidth than is available in most telephone lines, an inverse multiplexer
     is  used to distribute the signals  to several lines prior to transmission.
     The distributed  signals  are  then  simultaneously  transmitted  over  the
     different  lines, and  a receiving  inverse multiplexer  recombines them to
     their original format.
 
     Multi-point Control Unit
 
          A multi-point control unit, known as an 'MCU' or 'bridge,' is a device
     that enables  more  than  two videoconferencing  locations  to  participate
     simultaneously  in a meeting. The Sony Trinicom 5000 has a built-in MCU for
     more than two locations and up to four locations. This built-in MCU feature
     is exclusive to the Sony Trinicom 5000.
 
     Document Camera
 
          The document camera may be used to display documents, photographs  and
     small  three-dimensional  objects  in color.  Because  the  document camera
     produces 'freeze-frame' images, enhanced resolution of the recorded item is
     possible.
 
                                       25
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Videoscan Converter
 
          The videoscan converter facilitates  the transmission of  computerized
     data.
 
     Keypad
 
          The  keypad, one of which is  required at each participating location,
     is the device used to control the video cameras, monitors and other aspects
     of the system.
 
     Audio Unit
 
          Each  participating   site   has   an  audio   unit   which   provides
     near-high-fidelity  audio communications.  Up to  three audio  units can be
     installed per site.
 
          The components  listed above  included in  the Company's  systems  are
     purchased  from Sony. The  Company also purchases  ancillary equipment from
     other manufacturers  and  suppliers for  specific  custom-built  conference
     rooms and distance learning classrooms.
 
RESELLER AGREEMENTS
 
   
     The  Company has  an agreement  with Panasonic  authorizing the  Company to
serve as its  non-exclusive reseller in  the United States.  The agreement  with
Panasonic  expires  on  December 31,  1997  and is  automatically  renewable for
successive one-year terms  unless terminated by  either party upon  at least  30
days'  prior  notice, or  immediately by  Panasonic upon  written notice  to the
Company if ACC is  in default in  the performance of  its obligations under  the
agreement,  or  upon the  bankruptcy  or insolvency  of  ACC. Sony  has recently
determined to eliminate all direct reseller agreements for its videoconferencing
products and  has designated  SNS as  its exclusive  United States  distribution
partner  for  such  products.  On  February  21,  1997,  the  Company  signed  a
non-exclusive reseller agreement with SNS wherein SNS agreed to provide ACC with
Sony videoconferencing equipment through  January 31, 1998,  on terms which  are
more favorable than those on which the Company purchased such equipment directly
from  Sony. The agreement may  be terminated by SNS  in the event ACC represents
Sony's products in an unfavorable or unprofessional manner. In addition, SNS may
terminate the agreement upon 60 days' written notice if ACC does not promote the
purchase of  Sony's  products  to the  best  of  its abilities,  or  support  or
represent  Sony products in a way deemed acceptable to SNS. The agreement may be
terminated by either party upon 60 days' prior notice.
    
 
CUSTOMERS
 
     During the fiscal  years ended December  31, 1996 and  1995, one  customer,
Coldwell  Banker'r', a real estate brokerage franchisor with approximately 2,800
franchise offices  and  a  brand  of HFS  Incorporated  ('HFS'),  accounted  for
approximately  26% and approximately  28%, respectively, of  the Company's total
sales. In December  1996, the  Company signed a  non-exclusive Preferred  Vendor
Agreement  ('Agreement') with HFS for a term  of four years expiring December 8,
2000, for the Company to provide  telephone and voice processing systems to  the
real  estate brokerage franchise  systems of Century  21'r', ERA'r' and Coldwell
Banker'r' (the 'Franchisees'), with an  aggregate of approximately 9,000  United
States  franchise offices. Pursuant to the  Agreement, HFS has agreed to promote
the Company and its telephone and  voice processing products to the  Franchisees
and  make available to ACC  a list containing the  names, business addresses and
contact telephone  numbers  of  the  Franchisees. The  Company  will  offer  its
products,  including  installation  and maintenance  service  contracts,  to the
Franchisees. The sum  of $50,000 was  paid to  HFS in return  for HFS  providing
access  to the Franchisees. HFS is to receive commissions ranging from 2% to 13%
of gross sales, depending on the  products and services sold. The Agreement  may
not  be terminated by either party except for  a material breach in the terms of
the Agreement by either party. The breaching party shall be given notice of  the
breach  and the opportunity  to cure such breach  within 30 days  of the date of
notice (10 days in the case of a default in payment). HFS can also terminate the
Agreement in the event it receives a bona fide written offer from a supplier for
the services provided by ACC under the Agreement at pricing that is at least  5%
less  than the pricing  provided in the  Agreement. Within 15  days of notice of
such offer, ACC may offer HFS the
 
                                       26
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

same prices and services offered  by such suppliers. If  ACC does not make  such
offer within 15 days, HFS may terminate the Agreement upon 30 days notice to the
Company.
 
     The  Company expects to continue to sell its telephone and voice processing
systems to Coldwell Banker franchisees as  well as to franchisees of Century  21
and  ERA pursuant to the Agreement. It is expected that sales to Coldwell Banker
will continue  to be  substantial; however,  in view  of the  Agreement and  the
anticipated  expansion of the  Company's business, it is  expected that sales to
Coldwell Banker as a  percentage of total sales  will decrease. It is,  however,
anticipated  that  sales to  the Franchisees  will,  in the  foreseeable future,
account for a substantial portion of the Company's total sales.
 
     To accommodate ACC's  growth in  the videoconferencing  market sector,  the
Company  recently opened offices  and demonstration facilities  in New York City
and Washington, D.C. The Company has  assembled a team of industry experts  with
substantial  videoconferencing communications  expertise and,  over the  past 18
months, has  provided  over  35  videoconferencing systems  on  a  national  and
international  basis. Customers  of the  Company in  this area  include Fedders,
Waterford Crystal, Deutche Bank,  Shearman & Sterling,  The British Ministry  of
Defense, St. Johns University, Banco de Columbia and Tetra Pak.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     The  Company  maintains a  sales  and marketing  organization  supported by
sales, technical  and  training  personnel  versed  in  the  specifications  and
features  of  the voice  communications  and videoconferencing  systems  sold to
end-user  customers.  The   Company  markets  both   voice  communications   and
videoconferencing  systems  through its  direct  sales force.  The  Company also
provides training to  its sales  force to  maintain the  expertise necessary  to
effectively market and promote the systems.
 
     At  its own cost  and expense, Panasonic furnishes  the Company with sales,
advertising and  promotional materials  for the  voice communication  and  voice
processing  systems,  which  the  Company  in  turn  furnishes  to  its existing
customers and prospective customers in conjunction with sales promotion programs
of Panasonic. The  Company maintains up  to date systems  for demonstration  and
promotion  to end-user customers and potential end-user customers. The technical
and training personnel  attend sales  and service training  sessions offered  by
Panasonic  from time  to time  to enhance their  knowledge and  expertise in the
sale, installation and maintenance of the systems.
 
     The Company  also has  a number  of  programs in  place for  promoting  the
videoconferencing  systems  manufactured  by Sony.  Company  personnel including
members of the sales and technical departments attend video communications trade
shows.  The  Company   hosts  seminars   for  the   purposes  of   demonstrating
videoconferencing  systems to  its customers  and prospective  customers, and to
provide customers the opportunity to learn more about the Company's products and
services. In  order  to  facilitate  enhanced marketing  and  promotion  of  the
videoconferencing systems the Company has recently opened offices in Washington,
D.C.  and New  York City.  These locations  provide the  Company with additional
direct sales  forces as  well as  fully functional  demonstration facilities  to
customers and potential customers.
 
     During the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, approximately 72%
and  70%, respectively,  of the Company's  total sales were  attributable to the
sale  of  voice   communications  equipment  manufactured   by  Panasonic,   and
approximately  27%  and 27%,  respectively, of  the  Company's total  sales were
attributable  to  the   sale  of   videoconferencing  communications   equipment
manufactured by Sony.
 
CUSTOMER SERVICE AND SUPPORT
 
     The  Company believes that the service and support it provides to customers
is an important factor in the  success of its business. The technical  expertise
and  experience of the Company's management  and employees enables it to provide
its customers  with a  single source  for a  variety of  systems consulting  and
maintenance services.
 
                                       27
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The  Company  provides  customers  of both  voice  communication  and video
conferencing systems  with a  full  compliment of  services to  ensure  customer
satisfaction  and optimal utilization of the systems. As a preliminary component
of a sale to a customer or prospective customer, the Company provides consulting
services in  order to  assess the  customer's needs  and specifications  and  to
determine the most effective method to achieve those needs. Upon delivery of the
system,  Company  employees install  and  test the  equipment  to make  sure the
systems are fully  functional. In situations  where a customer  is located at  a
great  distance from the Company's offices,  the Company, on an as-needed basis,
will engage  the services  of  an installation  subcontractor located  in  close
geographic  proximity  to  the customer,  for  the installation  and  testing of
equipment sold by the Company to the customer. The retention of an  installation
subcontractor  located in  close proximity to  a customer  benefits the customer
through quick and cost-effective installation of the system. After the equipment
is functional, the  Company provides training  to all levels  of the  customer's
organization.  Training  includes  instruction in  systems  operation  and, with
respect to videoconferencing systems, planning and administration of meetings.
 
     Panasonic provides a one year warranty on defects in materials, design  and
workmanship.  Sony  provides  a  limited  warranty  card  with  its  systems and
equipment for a one year warranty on parts-replacement. The Company maintains  a
24 hour toll-free technical support hotline that customers may call. The Company
also  provides onsite support  and maintenance which  includes the repair and/or
replacement of equipment.
 
BACKLOG
 
     At December 31,  1996, order  backlog amounted  to approximately  $693,000,
compared with approximately $140,500 at December 31, 1995. The Company's backlog
consists  of firm purchase orders  by customers for delivery  within the next 90
days.
 
EMPLOYEES, CONSULTANTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
 
   
     As of March 1, 1997, the  Company employed 25 full-time employees, as  well
as a network of approximately 50 consultants and installation subcontractors who
are  available  on  an as-needed  basis  for  marketing support  and  to provide
contract  installation.  Twelve  of  the  Company's  employees  are  engaged  in
marketing and sales, eight in installation service and customer support and five
in  finance and administration. None of  the Company's employees are represented
by a labor union. The Company believes that its employee relations are good.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
     The  audio  and  videoconferencing  communications  industries  have   been
characterized  by  pricing pressures  and  business consolidations.  The Company
competes with other manufacturers and  distributors of voice communications  and
videoconferencing systems, many of which are larger, have greater recognition in
the  industry, a longer  operating history and  greater financial resources than
the Company.  The  Company's  competitors in  the  voice  communications  sector
include   Lucent  Technologies,  Inc.,  Northern   Telecom  and  Toshiba.  ACC's
competitors in the video  communications sector include Picturetel  Corporation,
Compression  Labs, Incorporated  and VTEL Corporation.  Existing competitors may
continue to broaden their product lines and expand their retail operations,  and
potential competitors may enter into or increase their focus on the audio and/or
videoconferencing  communications market,  resulting in  greater competition for
the  Company.  In  particular,  management  believes  that  as  the  demand  for
videoconferencing  communications  systems  continues  to  increase,  additional
competitors, many of which  also will have greater  resources than the  Company,
will enter the videoconferencing market. Consequently, there can be no assurance
that   the  Company  can  successfully   compete  with  established  and  better
capitalized companies.
 
FACILITIES
 
   
     The Company's  headquarters  office  is  located at  1450  Route  22  West,
Mountainside,  New Jersey 07092.  The approximately 4,200  square feet of office
and warehouse space is leased for a term of five years expiring March 31,  2000.
The   total  base  rental  for  the   premises  is  $54,360  per  annum  through
    
 
                                       28
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

May 31,  1997 and,  thereafter, $62,280  per  annum through  May 31,  2000.  The
Company has the option to renew the lease for an additional term of three years,
at  a base rental of  $75,774 per annum, provided the  Company is not in default
thereof. The Company is obligated thereunder  to pay its proportionate share  of
escalations in real estate taxes and cost escalations of operational services as
well as its proportionate share of the cost of electrical consumption.
 
     The  Company leases  demonstration facilities  located at  1130 Connecticut
Avenue, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20036, on  a month-to-month basis  at a  monthly
rental  of $2,500. The lease expires on June 30, 1997. The Company also occupies
demonstration facilities at  521 Fifth  Avenue, New York,  New York  10175 on  a
month-to-month basis, at the rate of $1,000 per month.
 
   
     On  March  20,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into  a  five  year  lease of
approximately 7,200 square feet of  office space and approximately 1,600  square
feet  of warehouse space, with the term of  the lease to commence on the earlier
of the date on which (i) the premises are completed or (ii) the Company occupies
the facility. The Company has  the option to renew  the lease for an  additional
term  of five years, provided the Company is  not in not in default thereof. The
premises, which are located at 225 Long Avenue, Hillside, New Jersey 07205, when
occupied, will serve as  the Company's new headquarters  office, to be  utilized
for  executive,  administrative and  sales functions,  the demonstration  of the
Company's voice and videoconferencing systems  and warehousing of the  Company's
inventory.  The base rental for the premises  during the term of the lease shall
be $63,680 per annum. The Company is  also obligated under the lease to pay  its
proportionate  share of  the lessor's operating  expenses, i.e.,  those costs or
expenses incurred by  the lessor  in connection with  the ownership,  operation,
management,  maintenance,  repair and  replacement  of the  premises (including,
among other things, the costs  of common area electricity, operational  services
and real estate taxes).
    
 
INSURANCE
 
     The  Company  believes that  it maintains  adequate liability  and property
insurance coverage.  There  can  be  no assurance  that  the  coverage  will  be
sufficient for all future claims or that insurance will continue to be available
in adequate amounts at reasonable rates.
 
LITIGATION
 
     Other  than  as  described  below,  there  are  no  pending  material legal
proceedings to which the Company or any of its properties is subject.
 
     The Company is the subject of a civil action filed by Samantha M.  Figeuroa
on  July 23, 1996 in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Middlesex County, arising
from an automobile accident involving a  vehicle driven by Ms. Figeuroa and  one
of  the Company's vans. The Company van was driven by an employee of the Company
who has since left ACC. The ex-employee is also named as a party to the  action.
Ms.  Figeuroa  alleges personal  injuries  due to  the  negligence of  the named
parties and  seeks damages  of $5,000,000.  The liability  insurance carrier  is
defending  the action on behalf of ACC.  The Company believes that its liability
insurance is sufficient to  cover any potential loss  resulting from an  adverse
decision.
 
                                       29


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the executive
officers and directors of the Company.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    NAME                        AGE                             POSITION
- ---------------------------------------------   ---   ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>   <C>
Richard Reiss(1)(2)..........................   40    Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
Peter Barrett................................   38    Vice President -- Operations
Joseph Scotti................................   35    Vice President -- Sales and Marketing of Voice Products
Leo Flotron..................................   36    Vice President -- Sales and Marketing of Videoconferencing
                                                        Products
Scott Tansey.................................   33    Vice President -- Finance
Robert B. Kroner(1)(2).......................   67    Director
Eric Friedman(1).............................   48    Director
Peter N. Maluso(2)...........................   42    Director
Andrea Grasso................................   36    Secretary and Director
</TABLE>
    
 
   
- ------------
    
 
   
(1) Member of Audit Committee.
    
 
   
(2) Member of Compensation Committee.
    
 
     In  December 1996, the stockholders of the Company approved an amendment to
the Company's By-Laws  dividing the  Board of  Directors into  three classes  as
nearly  equal as possible, with the members of each class being elected to serve
for a staggered term of three years,  and one class being elected annually.  The
Class  I director, Richard Reiss, serves for  a term expiring at the 1997 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders.  The Class II  directors, Robert B.  Kroner and  Andrea
Grasso, serve for terms expiring at the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The
Class  III directors, Eric  Friedman and Peter  N. Maluso, serve  for three year
terms expiring at the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
     Directors are elected at the  Company's annual meeting of shareholders  and
serve until the conclusion of the terms, at which time their successors are duly
elected by the shareholders. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting
from  any increase in the number of directors  or by a resignation of a director
may be filled by a majority vote of directors then remaining in office. Officers
are elected by and serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of
Directors has established an audit committee.
 
   
     Richard Reiss has been Chairman of  the Board, Chief Executive Officer  and
President  of the Company since its formation in August 1991. From February 1990
to July  1991,  he  was  self  employed  as  an  independent  telecommunications
consultant.   Prior   thereto,  from   1987  to   1990,   Mr.  Reiss   was  Vice
President --  Sales  and  Marketing  of NyCom  Information  Services,  Inc.,  an
operator's  services company.  From 1984 through  1987, Mr. Reiss  served as the
Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer of TeleDigital  Corporation, a New  Jersey
based   interconnect  company   which,  in   1986,  was   acquired  by  Standard
Telecommunications Corporation which, in turn,  was acquired by JWP  Information
Services.  Prior thereto, from  1982 to 1984,  he was a  founder and employed as
Executive Vice  President  of TeleSolutions,  a  New Jersey  based  interconnect
company.
    
 
     Peter  Barrett has been  Vice President -- Operations  of the Company since
its formation in  August 1991, responsible  for ACC's operations,  installations
and technical aspects. From 1988 to 1991, Mr. Barrett served as a supervisor for
GTE/Fujitsu,  responsible for the installation and maintenance of 2800 lines and
related telecommunications equipment at IBM in Franklin Lakes, New Jersey. Prior
thereto, from  1984  through  1987,  Mr. Barrett  was  employed  by  TeleDigital
Corporation as Vice President -- Operations.
 
     Joseph  Scotti joined the Company in August 1995 as Vice President -- Sales
and Marketing, dealing  in all  aspects of  voice communications.  From 1990  to
1995,  Mr.  Scotti  held  numerous sales  and  sales  management  positions with
Northern Telecom.  Prior  thereto, from  1987  to 1990,  he  served as  a  sales
 
                                       30
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

manager  at Cortel  Business Systems in  New York  City. From 1985  to 1987, Mr.
Scotti was employed  as an  account executive for  TeleDigital Corporation.  Mr.
Scotti received a B.S. degree in Marketing from St. Peters College.
 
     Leo  Flotron joined the Company in October  1995 as Vice President -- Sales
and Marketing,  in  charge of  sales  and marketing  for  videoconferencing  and
network  products. From 1988  to 1995, Mr. Flotron  held numerous positions with
Sony Electronics,  Inc., and  serves as  the Company's  liaison with  Sony as  a
turnkey  provider of  videoconferencing equipment throughout  the United States.
Prior thereto,  from  1985  to  1988,  Mr.  Flotron  was  Director  of  Business
Development  for Gaynor and Company, a biotechnology company located in New York
City. Mr.  Flotron  holds a  B.S.  degree in  Business  from The  University  of
Massachusetts  in Amherst,  and an M.S.  degree in Finance  from Louisiana State
University.
 
   
     Scott Tansey joined the  Company as Vice President  -- Finance in  December
1996.  From 1992  until he  joined the Company,  Mr. Tansey  served as Director,
Finance and Administration, of Data Transmission Services, Inc., a closely  held
long  distance wire  data communications  provider, where he  was a  member of a
senior management  team  involved in  strategic  planning and  general  business
operating  decisions.  Prior thereto,  from  1989 to  1992,  he was  employed as
Accounting Manager for  Industrial Innovation Management,  Inc., a closely  held
division  of a venture capital  firm, where he was  responsible for all areas of
finance, accounting  and administration.  From 1985  to 1989,  he was  a  Senior
Accountant  for J.H. Cohn & Company,  Accountants, a public accounting firm. Mr.
Tansey received a B.S. degree  in Accounting from Rider College,  Lawrenceville,
New Jersey, and an M.B.A. degree in Finance from Fairleigh Dickinson University,
Madison, New Jersey. He is a certified public accountant.
    
 
     Robert  B. Kroner has been a director of the Company since its formation in
August 1991. Mr. Kroner is  a practicing attorney licensed  in the State of  New
Jersey,  having been engaged in the general practice of law for over the past 40
years. Mr. Kroner received his LLB. degree from Harvard Law School and holds  an
LLM. degree from New York University's Graduate School of Law.
 
     Eric  Friedman has been a  director of the Company  since December 1996. He
has served  as Vice  President  and Treasurer  of  Chem International,  Inc.,  a
publicly  held company, since June 1996. From June 1978 through May 1996, he was
a partner  in  Shachat and  Simson,  a  certified public  accounting  firm.  Mr.
Friedman  received a  B.S. degree  from the  University of  Bridgeport and  is a
certified public accountant.
 
     Peter N. Maluso  has been a  director of the  Company since December  1996.
Since  1995,  Mr.  Maluso has  been  employed  as a  Principal  at International
Business Machines, Inc.  ('IBM'), responsible for  IBM's Global Services  Legacy
Transformation  Consulting  practice  in  the  Northeastern  United  States. The
practice area concentrates on  strategic systems planning, systems  assessments,
business  process redesign  and year  2000 transformations.  Prior thereto, from
1988 to 1995, he was a Senior Manager for KPMG Peat Marwick's strategic services
practice  in  New  Jersey.   From  1986  to  1988,   Mr.  Maluso  served  as   a
Principal  -- Financial  Services Group,  at American  Management Systems. Prior
thereto, from 1982 to 1986,  he was employed by  Chase Manhattan Bank as  Second
Vice  President -- Data Systems Development. Mr. Maluso received his B.A. degree
in Economics from Muhlenberg College and holds an M.B.A. degree in Finance  from
Lehigh University. He is a certified public accountant.
 
   
     Andrea  Grasso has been the Secretary of the Company since August 1995, and
a director since December  1996. Ms. Grasso has  served as the Company's  Office
Administrator  since August 1991, responsible  for accounts receivable, accounts
payable, payroll, sales reports and bank reports. Prior to joining the  Company,
Ms. Grasso operated her own telecommunications business.
    
 
   
BOARD COMMITTEES AND DESIGNATED DIRECTORS
    
 
   
     The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee which reviews the results and
scope  of the audit and other accounting related matters. The Board of Directors
also has  a Compensation  Committee  which makes  recommendations to  the  Board
concerning salaries and incentive compensation for officers and employees of the
Company   and   may   administer   the   Company's   stock   option   plan.  See
'Management -- Stock Option Plan.'
    
 
                                       31
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
     The Company has  agreed, if  requested by  the Underwriter,  to nominate  a
designee  of the Underwriter to the Company's Board of Directors for a period of
two years from the date of this Prospectus. The Underwriter has not designated a
nominee as of the date of this Prospectus. See 'Underwriting.'
    
 
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
 
     Members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company have
not, to date, received any compensation. However, beginning with the next  Board
of Directors meeting, the Company expects to pay outside directors $250 for each
meeting  of the Board of Directors and any of its committee meetings attended by
such director, and  also are  entitled to reimbursement  of reasonable  expenses
incurred  in attending  such meetings. Additionally,  non-employee directors may
receive options under the stock option plan.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following  table sets  forth certain  information with  respect to  the
annual  and long-term compensation of the  Company's chief executive officer and
its two other executive  officers (the 'Named  Executive Officers') whose  total
annual  salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 in any of the last three fiscal years
ended December 31, 1996.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           ANNUAL COMPENSATION          LONG-TERM
                                                                      -----------------------------    COMPENSATION
                                                                               SALARY       BONUS      ------------
                    NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                       YEAR       ($)         ($)       OPTIONS (#)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------   ----    ---------    --------    ------------
<S>                                                                   <C>     <C>          <C>         <C>
Richard Reiss, President and Chief Executive Officer...............   1996    $ 108,000    $ 50,000        --
                                                                      1995      100,000      31,500        --
                                                                      1994      272,800       --          560,000
Joseph Scotti, Vice President......................................   1996       68,640      31,760        --
Leo Flotron, Vice President........................................   1996       68,640      32,360        --
</TABLE>
 
     The following  table sets  forth certain  information with  respect to  the
exercise  of  options to  purchase  Common Stock  during  the fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1996, and the unexercised options, if any, and the value thereof at
that date, for each of the Named Executive Officers.
 
                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                       AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           VALUE OF
                                                          SHARES                        NUMBER OF       UNEXERCISED IN-
                                                        ACQUIRED ON       VALUE        UNEXERCISED         THE-MONEY
                                                         EXERCISE       REALIZED        OPTIONS AT      OPTIONS AT FY-
                        NAME                                (#)            ($)          FY-END (#)          END ($)
- -----------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------    --------------    ---------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>
Richard Reiss........................................     560,000            0               0                  0
Joseph Scotti........................................     200,000            0               0                  0
Leo Flotron..........................................     200,000            0               0                  0
</TABLE>
    
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
   
     Effective January 1, 1997, the Company entered into an employment agreement
with Richard  Reiss, President  of  the Company.  The  agreement was  to  expire
December 31, 2001 and provided for Mr. Reiss to receive an annual base salary as
follows: $138,000 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997; $175,000 for the
fiscal  year ending December 31,  1998; and $210,000 for  the fiscal year ending
December 31, 1999. The annual base salary for Mr. Reiss for the fourth and fifth
years of  the employment  agreement was  to be  for amounts  recommended by  the
Compensation  Committee of  the Board  of Directors, but  in no  event less than
$210,000 per annum. Effective March 21, 1997, the
    
 
                                       32
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
employment agreement with Mr. Reiss was amended. In consideration for Mr.  Reiss
agreeing  to extend the  term of the  agreement for an  additional year, through
December 31, 2002, and  to a reduction  of his salary,  the Company granted  Mr.
Reiss  an option outside  of the Company's  stock option plan  to purchase up to
750,000 shares of Common Stock, exercisable at any time through March 20,  2002,
at  a price of $3.50  per share. The employment  agreement, as amended, provides
for Mr. Reiss  to receive an  annual base  salary as follows:  $133,000 for  the
fiscal  year  ending December  31,  1997; $170,000  for  the fiscal  year ending
December 31, 1998; and  $205,000 for the fiscal  year ending December 31,  1999.
The  annual base salary for  Mr. Reiss for the fourth,  fifth and sixth years of
the employment agreement shall  be for amounts  recommended by the  Compensation
Committee, but in no event less than $205,000 per annum.
    
 
   
     Effective  January 1, 1997, the  Company entered into employment agreements
with Joseph Scotti, Vice President-Sales and Marketing of Voice Products and Leo
Flotron, Vice President-Sales and Marketing of Videoconferencing Products of the
Company. The agreements  expire on December  31, 1999 and  each provide for  the
following  annual base salary: $104,000 for  the fiscal year ending December 31,
1997; $114,000 for the  fiscal year ending December  31, 1998; and $124,000  for
the  fiscal  year ending  December 31,  1999.  Additionally, Messrs.  Scotti and
Flotron are each to  receive one-half of  1% of net sales  of the Company,  paid
bi-annually, during the term of their employment agreements.
    
 
     Messrs. Reiss, Scotti and Flotron have agreed to devote their full business
time  to the affairs of  the Company. The Company has  agreed to secure, and pay
the premiums on, a life insurance policy on the life of Mr. Reiss, in the amount
of  $1,000,000,  with  the  benefits   payable  to  his  estate  or   designated
beneficiary. The Company has also agreed to provide Mr. Reiss with the use of an
automobile.  Mr. Reiss' employment agreement entitles  him to participate in all
Company pension and profit-sharing plans and to receive an option to purchase an
aggregate of up  to 100,000  shares of Common  Stock under  the Company's  stock
option  plan.  The Company  has agreed  to  provide each  of Messrs.  Scotti and
Flotron with an automobile allowance of $400 per month.
 
   
     The Company  has  the  right to  terminate  the  aforementioned  employment
agreements  for 'cause' as defined in the employment agreements. The Company has
the right to  terminate Mr. Reiss  without cause,  upon not less  than 90  days'
prior  written  notice in  the event  that Mr.  Reiss is  unable to  perform his
required duties for a period of 120 consecutive days due to 'total and permanent
disability,' as defined in  the employment agreement. In  such event, Mr.  Reiss
shall  be entitled to receive compensation for  the remainder of the term of the
employment agreement. The  Company may  terminate the  employment agreements  of
Messrs.  Scotti and Flotron  without cause, upon  not less than  ten days' prior
written notice in the event that either Mr. Scotti or Mr. Flotron are unable  to
perform  their required duties for a period of 90 consecutive days due to 'total
and permanent  disability.' In  such event  the employee  shall be  entitled  to
compensation  for  the  90-day  disability period.  Each  of  the aforementioned
employees may terminate  his employment  with the Company  at any  time upon  90
days'  prior written notice. In such event,  the employee shall only be entitled
to the compensation  due through the  date of termination.  Such employees  have
also  agreed not to disclose any  confidential information of the Company during
the term of employment or thereafter.  In addition, these employees have  agreed
not  to compete with the  Company during the term of  their employment and for a
period of one year after  the date of the  termination of their employment  with
the Company.
    
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     The  Company's Board  of Directors  and shareholders  have adopted  a stock
option plan (the 'Stock Option Plan') that provides for the grant to  employees,
officers, directors, and consultants of the Company of options to purchase up to
500,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
     Options under the Stock Option Plan may be either 'incentive stock options'
within  the meaning of Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the 'Code'), or non-qualified options. Incentive stock options
may be granted only to employees and consultants of the Company.
 
     The per share exercise price of the Common Stock subject to incentive stock
options granted pursuant to the Stock Option Plan may not be less than the  fair
market value of the Common Stock on
 
                                       33
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
the  date the option is granted. Under the Stock Option Plan, the aggregate fair
market value (determined as  of the date  the option is  granted) of the  Common
Stock  that first became  exercisable by any  employee in any  one calendar year
pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options may not exceed $100,000.  No
person  who owns,  directly or  indirectly, at  the time  of the  granting of an
incentive stock option to him, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock of the Company (a '10% Stockholder'), shall be eligible  to
receive  any  incentive stock  options under  the Stock  Option Plan  unless the
option price is  at least  110% of  the fair market  value of  the Common  Stock
subject  to the option,  determined on the date  of grant. Non-qualified options
are not subject to  this limitation. The Company,  however, has agreed with  the
Underwriter  that it will not  grant options to purchase  Common Stock under the
plan for thirty-six (36) months after the date of this Prospectus at an exercise
price which is less than the fair market value on the date of grant.
    
 
     No incentive stock option may be  transferred by an optionee other than  by
will  or the  laws of descent  and distribution,  and during the  lifetime of an
optionee, the option will be exercisable  only by the optionee. Pursuant to  the
terms  of the Stock Option Plan, unless  otherwise provided in any option grant,
in the event  of termination  of employment, other  than by  death or  permanent
total  disability, the optionee will have three months after such termination to
exercise the option.  The Stock Option  Plan provides that  upon termination  of
employment  of an optionee by reason of  death or permanent total disability, an
option remains  exercisable  for  one  year thereafter  to  the  extent  it  was
exercisable on the date of such termination.
 
     Options  under the Stock Option  Plan must be granted  within 10 years from
the effective  date thereof.  Incentive stock  options granted  under the  Stock
Option  Plan cannot  be exercised  more than  10 years  from the  date of grant,
except that incentive stock options issued  to a 10% Stockholder are limited  to
five year terms. Any unexercised options under the Stock Option Plan that expire
or  that terminate upon  an employee's ceasing  to be employed  with the Company
become available once again for issuance.
 
   
     On January 15, 1997, incentive stock options to purchase a total of  85,974
shares  of Common Stock were  granted under the Stock  Option Plan, including an
aggregate of 60,974 to executive officers of the Company (Mr. Reiss, 25,974; and
Mr. Tansey, 35,000),  and non-qualified  stock options  to purchase  a total  of
81,526  shares  of  Common  Stock  were granted  under  the  Stock  Option Plan,
including 74,026 to an  executive officer (Mr. Reiss).  All of such options  are
exercisable at a price of $3.50 per share, except for Mr. Reiss' incentive stock
option,  which  is  exercisable  at  $3.85  per  share.  The  options  are fully
exercisable beginning January 15,  1998, except for  Mr. Tansey's option,  which
vests  in 20% increments over a period  of five years on each annual anniversary
date of his employment. These options expire on January 15, 2007, except for Mr.
Reiss' incentive stock option, which expires on January 15, 2002.
    
 
   
     On March 12, 1997,  incentive stock options to  purchase a total of  95,000
shares  of Common Stock were  granted under the Stock  Option Plan, including an
aggregate of 40,000 to executive officers  of the Company (Mr. Flotron,  20,000;
and Mr. Scotti, 20,000). All of such options are exercisable at a price of $3.50
per share, and vest in 20% increments over a period of five years. These options
expire on March 12, 2002.
    
 
   
     To date, options to purchase an aggregate of 262,500 shares of Common Stock
had  been granted under the Stock Option Plan, including incentive stock options
to purchase an aggregate  of 180,974 shares and  non-qualified stock options  to
purchase  an aggregate of 81,526  shares. Future grants of  stock options are in
the discretion of the Board of Directors and, thus, the amount and terms of such
grants, if any, are not presently determinable.
    
 
DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY
 
     New Jersey's Business  Corporation Act permits  New Jersey corporations  to
include  in  their  certificates  of incorporation  a  provision  eliminating or
limiting the personal liability of directors and officers of the corporation for
damages  arising  from  certain  breaches  of  fiduciary  duty.  The   Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  includes a  provision  eliminating  the personal
liability of directors  and officers  to the  Company and  its stockholders  for
damages to the maximum extent permitted by New Jersey law, including exculpation
for  acts of omissions in violation of directors' and officers' fiduciary duties
of care. Under current New Jersey law,  liability is not eliminated in the  case
of a breach of a
 
                                       34
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
director's  or  officer's  duty  of  loyalty (i.e.,  the  duty  to  refrain from
transactions involving improper  conflicts of  interest) to the  Company or  its
stockholders,  the failure to act in good faith, the knowing violation of law or
the obtainment of  an improper  personal benefit. The  Company's Certificate  of
Incorporation does not have any effect on the availability of equitable remedies
(such as an injunction or rescissions) for breach of fiduciary duty. However, as
a  practical  matter,  equitable remedies  may  not be  available  in particular
circumstances.
    
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     On March 26, 1994, the Company granted an option to Richard Reiss, Chairman
of the Board and President of the Company, to purchase 560,000 shares of  Common
Stock  at an exercise  price of $.03 per  share, expiring on  March 26, 1997. On
December 18, 1996, Mr. Reiss exercised  his option, acquiring 560,000 shares  of
Common  Stock for an aggregate price of $16,800. On October 1, 1995, the Company
granted to Leo Flotron, a Vice President  of the Company, an option to  purchase
200,000  shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $.03 per share, expiring
on the date of the termination of  his employment with the Company. On  December
13,  1996, Mr. Flotron exercised his options, acquiring 200,000 shares of Common
Stock for an aggregate price of $6,000.  On August 1, 1995, the Company  granted
to Joseph Scotti, a Vice President of the Company, an option to purchase 200,000
shares  of Common Stock at an exercise price  of $.03 per share, expiring on the
date of the  termination of  his employment with  the Company.  On December  13,
1996, Mr. Scotti exercised his options, acquiring 200,000 shares of Common Stock
for  an aggregate price of $6,000. On September 25, 1995, the Company granted to
Robert Kroner, a director of  and general counsel to  the Company, an option  to
purchase  50,000 shares of Common Stock at  an exercise price of $.03 per share,
expiring on September 25, 2000. On  December 13, 1996, Mr. Kroner exercised  his
option,  acquiring  50,000 shares  of  Common Stock  for  an aggregate  price of
$1,500.
 
     On May 22, 1996, the Company obtained a balance term loan in the amount  of
$85,000  ('Loan') from  the Bank of  New York  (NJ) (the 'Bank').  The per annum
interest rate on the  Loan is 1.25%  above the Bank's  Alternate Base Rate.  The
Loan  is set  to mature  on May  22, 2000.  Additionally, on  May 22,  1996, the
Company obtained from  the Bank an  annually renewable working  capital line  of
credit ('Credit Line') in the amount of $600,000. The per annum interest rate on
the  Credit Line is 1% above the Bank's Alternate Base Rate. The Loan and Credit
Line have been personally  guaranteed by Richard Reiss,  and are secured by  the
accounts  receivable, inventory, equipment and vehicles, and general intangibles
of the Company  pursuant to  a security agreement  between the  Company and  the
Bank,  dated May 22, 1996. As additional  security for the Loan and Credit Line,
the Company has  pledged to  the Bank a  $100,000 United  States Treasury  Bill,
which  Treasury Bill is owned  by Richard Reiss and  for which Richard Reiss has
given consent to hypothecate and has authorized the Company to pledge as secured
collateral.
 
     Additionally, on  May  22, 1996,  the  Bank entered  into  a  Subordination
Agreement  with Panasonic whereby  Panasonic agreed to  subordinate its security
interest in the inventory of goods and merchandise supplied by Panasonic to  the
Company,  to the security interest of the Bank in such inventory. Such inventory
is part of the security underlying the Loan and Credit Line from the Bank.
 
     On January 4, 1995, Richard Reiss, the President of the Company, loaned the
Company $25,000, at an interest rate of  9% per annum, which loan was repaid  on
August  8,  1995. On  October  30, 1995,  Mr.  Reiss borrowed  $25,000  from the
Company, without interest, which loan was repaid on November 10, 1995. On  April
12, 1996, Mr. Reiss loaned the Company $55,000, without interest, which loan was
repaid on May 13, 1996.
 
   
     In October 1994, the Company loaned $25,000 to Public Switch Corporation, a
privately  held company of which Mr. Reiss was a stockholder and a member of the
Board of Directors. The loan  was written off in  1995, when the borrower  filed
for bankruptcy.
    
 
   
     On  March  20, 1997,  the Company  entered into  a five  year lease  with a
limited liability company, of which Eric Friedman, a director of the Company, is
a member, for the  premises which will serve  as the Company's new  headquarters
office. See 'Business -- Facilities.'
    
 
   
     See  'Management  --  Employment  Agreements'  for  a  description  of  the
employment agreements between the Company and its executive officers.
    
 
                                       35
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
     The Company believes that all of the transactions set forth above were made
on terms no less  favorable to the  Company than could  have been obtained  from
unaffiliated  third parties.  The Company has  adopted a policy  that all future
transactions, including loans, between the Company and its officers,  directors,
principal  stockholders and their  affiliates will be approved  by a majority of
the  Board  of  Directors,   including  a  majority   of  the  independent   and
disinterested  outside directors on the Board of Directors, and will continue to
be on  terms no  less  favorable to  the Company  than  could be  obtained  from
unaffiliated third parties and be made for bona fide business purposes.
    
 
                               INTERIM FINANCING
 
   
     In  December 1996,  the Company completed  a bridge  financing (the 'Bridge
Financing'), pursuant  to which  it issued  to seven  accredited investors  (the
'Bridge   Unitholders')  an  aggregate  of  $750,000  principal  amount  of  12%
Convertible Subordinated Notes ('Bridge Notes'). The Bridge Notes bear  interest
at the rate of 12% per annum, payable annually on December 31. To the extent not
converted,  the principal  amount of  the Bridge  Notes, together  with interest
accrued thereon, is due and payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 1999,  or
(ii)  the date of  the completion of  an initial public  offering ('IPO') of the
Company's securities (the 'Maturity Date'). Principal and interest on the Bridge
Notes are subordinate to all existing indebtedness of the Company and any future
institutional indebtedness. Commencing on the effective date of an IPO prior  to
the  Maturity  Date, the  Bridge Notes  are  convertible, at  the option  of the
holders, into  an  aggregate of  up  to  375,000 Bridge  Units  (as  hereinafter
defined) and the Company will issue to each note holder one Bridge Unit for each
$2.00  principal amount  of Bridge Notes  presented for  conversion. Each Bridge
Unit shall consist of one  share of Common Stock  and one Warrant, such  Warrant
being identical in all respects to the Warrant comprising a portion of the Units
offered  by the Company in the IPO. Upon conversion, all interest accrued on the
Bridge Notes shall be waived. The holders of all of the Bridge Notes have agreed
to convert their  notes into Bridge  Units. The Bridge  Units and/or the  Common
Stock  and Warrants  comprising the Bridge  Units may  not be sold  prior to two
years from the date of this Prospectus, during the first year,  unconditionally,
and  during the second year,  without the prior consent  of the Underwriter. See
'Use of Proceeds' and 'Description of Securities-Bridge Units.'
    
 
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
     The following  table sets  forth certain  information regarding  beneficial
ownership  of the Company's Common Stock by (i)  each person who is known by the
Company to be the beneficial  owner of 5% or  more of the Company's  outstanding
Common Stock; (ii) each director of the Company; (iii) each executive officer of
the  Company named  in the  Summary Compensation  Table; and  (iv) all executive
officers and directors as a group, as  of the date of this Prospectus and  after
the  sale of 600,000 Units by the  Company in this offering. Except as otherwise
indicated in  the  footnotes  below,  the Company  believes  that  each  of  the
beneficial  owners of the Common Stock listed in the table, based on information
furnished by such owner,  has sole investment and  voting power with respect  to
such shares.
    
 
                                       36
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     PERCENTAGE
                                                                                             --------------------------
                                                                        NUMBER OF SHARES       BEFORE          AFTER
              NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)                  BENEFICIALLY OWNED    OFFERING(2)    OFFERING(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>                   <C>            <C>
Richard Reiss.......................................................        2,810,000(3)         68.1%          52.8%
Peter Barrett.......................................................          150,000             4.4%           3.3%
Joseph Scotti.......................................................          200,000             5.9%           4.4%
Leo Flotron.........................................................          200,000             5.9%           4.4%
Andrea Grasso.......................................................           25,000             0.7%           0.6%
Scott Tansey........................................................         --                 --             --
Robert B. Kroner ...................................................          150,000             4.4%           3.3%
  111 Northfield Avenue
  West Orange, NJ 07052
Eric Friedman ......................................................         --                 --             --
  9 Settlers Lane
  Westfield, NJ 07090
Peter N. Maluso ....................................................         --                 --             --
  193 Westgate Drive
  Edison, NJ 08820
All executive officers and directors as a group (nine persons)......        3,535,000(3)         85.7%          66.4%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the address  of  such individual  is  c/o All
    Communications Corporation, 1450 Route 22 West, Mountainside, NJ 07092.
 
   
(2) Includes 375,000  shares  of Common  Stock  issuable  in the  event  of  the
    conversion  of $750,000 principal amount of Bridge Notes into 375,000 Bridge
    Units prior to the completion of this offering. See 'Interim Financing.'
    
 
   
(3) Includes 750,000 shares issuable upon exercise  of an option granted to  Mr.
    Reiss   pursuant  to  his   employment  agreement  with   the  Company.  See
    'Management -- Employment Agreements.'
    
 
                                       37


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
     The  following description of the Company's  securities does not purport to
be complete and is subject in all  respects to applicable New Jersey law and  to
the  provisions of the  Company's Certificate of  Incorporation and By-Laws, the
Warrant Agreement among the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
as warrant  agent,  pursuant  to which  the  Warrants  will be  issued  and  the
Underwriting  Agreement between the  Company and the  Underwriter, copies of all
which have  been filed  with  the Commission  as  Exhibits to  the  Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
UNITS
 
     Each  Unit consists of two  shares of Common Stock,  no par value per share
('Common Stock'),  and two  redeemable Class  A Common  Stock Purchase  Warrants
('Warrants'), each Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of
Common  Stock. The Common Stock and Warrants comprising the Units are separately
transferable immediately upon issuance.
 
GENERAL
 
     The Company's authorized capital stock, as set forth in its Certificate  of
Incorporation,  consists of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value per
share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     There are currently 3,375,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding (including
375,000 shares of  Common Stock comprising  a part of  the 375,000 Bridge  Units
issuable  upon conversion of $750,000 principal  amount of Bridge Notes prior to
the completion of this offering). Holders of Common Stock have the right to cast
one vote for each  share held of record  on all matters submitted  to a vote  of
holders  of Common Stock, including the election of directors. There is no right
to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Stockholders holding a majority
of the voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled  to
vote, represented in person or by proxy, are necessary to constitute a quorum at
any  meeting of  the Company's stockholders,  and the  vote by the  holders of a
majority of such outstanding  shares is required  to effect certain  fundamental
corporate  changes such  as liquidation,  merger or  amendment of  the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation.
 
     Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends pro rata based on
the number of shares held,  when as and if declared  by the Board of  Directors,
from  funds legally available therefor, subject to  the rights of holders of any
outstanding preferred stock.  In the  event of the  liquidation, dissolution  or
winding  up of the affairs  of the Company, all assets  and funds of the Company
remaining after the payment of all  debts and other liabilities, subject to  the
rights  of the holders of any outstanding preferred stock, shall be distributed,
pro rata, among the holders of the Common Stock. Holders of Common Stock are not
entitled to preemptive or  subscription or conversion rights,  and there are  no
redemption  or  sinking  fund provisions  applicable  to the  Common  Stock. All
outstanding shares of Common Stock are,  and the shares of Common Stock  offered
hereby will be when issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to
1,000,000  shares of preferred  stock, none of  which are currently outstanding,
with the Board  of Directors  having the  right to  determine the  designations,
rights,  preferences and  privileges of  the holders  of one  or more  series of
preferred stock.  Accordingly,  the Board  of  Directors is  empowered,  without
shareholder   approval,  to   issue  preferred  stock   with  voting,  dividend,
conversion, liquidation or other rights which could adversely affect the  voting
power  and equity interest of the holders  of Common Stock. The preferred stock,
which could be issued with the right to  more than one vote per share, could  be
utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control
of  the Company. The possible impact on takeover attempts could adversely affect
the   price    of    the   Company's    Common    Stock.   The    Company    has
 
                                       38
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

no  current plans  to issue any  shares of  preferred stock. In  addition, for a
period of three  years from the  date of  this Prospectus, the  issuance of  any
shares of preferred stock is subject to the Underwriter's prior consent.
 
CLASS A WARRANTS
 
   
     The  Company has  authorized the issuance  of five year  redeemable Class A
Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrants  ('Warrants')  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of
1,200,000  shares of Common Stock (exclusive of 375,000 Warrants included in the
Bridge Units,  180,000  Warrants issuable  upon  exercise of  the  Underwriter's
over-allotment   option  and  120,000   Warrants  underlying  the  Underwriter's
Options), and has  reserved an  equivalent number  of shares  for issuance  upon
exercise  of such Warrants. Each Warrant  entitles the registered holder thereof
to purchase  one  share  of  Common  Stock at  a  price  of  $4.25,  subject  to
adjustment, for four years commencing one year from the date of this Prospectus.
After  expiration,  the Warrants  will be  void  and of  no value.  The Warrants
underlying the Underwriter's Options have the  same terms and conditions as  the
Warrants to be sold to the public, except that they are subject to redemption by
the  Company at any time after the Underwriter's Options have been exercised and
the underlying Warrants are outstanding.
    
 
     The Company may redeem the Warrants commencing       , 1998 (18 months from
the date of the Prospectus), or earlier with the consent of the Underwriter,  at
a  price of $.10 per Warrant, on not less than 30 days' prior written notice, if
the closing bid price of the Common Stock (if the Common Stock is then traded in
the over-the-counter market) or the last sale price of the Common Stock (if  the
Common  Stock is  then traded  on a national  securities exchange  or the Nasdaq
National Market or SmallCap System) has been at least 250% ($10.63 per share) of
the current  Warrant exercise  price, subject  to adjustment,  for at  least  20
consecutive  trading days ending  within three days  prior to the  date on which
notice of redemption is given.
 
     The Warrants contain  provisions that protect  the holders thereof  against
dilution  by adjustment of the exercise price and number of shares issuable upon
exercise, on  the occurrence  of  certain events,  such  as stock  dividends  or
certain  other changes  in the  number of  outstanding shares  except for shares
issued pursuant  to  any Company  stock  option plans  for  the benefit  of  its
employees,  directors and agents, the Warrants offered hereby, the Underwriter's
Options, the Underwriter's over-allotment option, and any equity securities  for
which  adequate consideration is received. The  Company is not required to issue
fractional shares.  In lieu  of  the issuance  of  such fractional  shares,  the
Company  will pay cash  to such holders  of the Warrants.  In computing the cash
payable to such holders,  a share of  Common Stock will be  valued at its  price
immediately prior to the close of business on the expiration date. The holder of
a  Warrant will not possess any rights as a shareholder of the Company unless he
exercises his Warrant.
 
BRIDGE UNITS
 
   
     In December 1996,  the Company  completed a bridge  financing (the  'Bridge
Financing'),  pursuant to which it issued to the Bridge Unitholders an aggregate
of 750,000 principal amount of  12% Convertible Subordinated Notes (the  'Bridge
Notes'),  which bear  interest at  the rate  of 12%  per annum  and are  due and
payable, to the extent not converted, on  the earlier of the completion of  this
offering  or December 31, 1999.  Commencing on the date  of this Prospectus, the
Bridge Notes are convertible, at the option of the holders, into an aggregate of
up to 375,000 Bridge Units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock and one
Warrant, and the Company will issue to each note holder one Bridge Unit for each
$2.00 principal amount of Bridge Notes presented for conversion. The holders  of
all  of the Bridge Notes  have agreed to convert  their notes into Bridge Units.
The Bridge Units  and/or the  Common Stock  and Warrants  comprising the  Bridge
Units  may not  be sold  prior to two  years from  the date  of this Prospectus,
during the first year, unconditionally, and during the second year, without  the
prior consent of the Underwriter. See 'Interim Financing.'
    
 
                                       39
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Upon  the  completion of  this offering,  the  Company will  have 4,575,000
shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming an aggregate of $750,000  principal
amount  of  Bridge Notes  are converted  into  375,000 Bridge  Units), including
1,200,000 shares included in  the 600,000 Units offered  hereby by the  Company,
and  25,000  shares  of  Registered  Common  Stock  which  are  included  in the
Registration Statement  of which  this Prospectus  forms a  part. The  remaining
2,975,000   shares  of  Common  Stock   currently  outstanding  are  'restricted
securities' as that term is  defined in Rule 144  under the Securities Act,  and
may  not be sold unless  such sale is registered under  the Securities Act or is
made pursuant  to  an exemption  from  registration under  the  Securities  Act,
including  the exemption provided by Rule 144.  Such shares will be eligible for
sale in the public  market pursuant to  Rule 144 at  various times beginning  90
days  after  the date  of  this Prospectus,  subject  to the  three-year lock-up
described below.  The 375,000  shares of  Common Stock  and the  375,000  shares
underlying  the 375,000  Warrants comprising  the Bridge  Units may  not be sold
until two years following  the date of this  Prospectus, during the first  year,
unconditionally,  and during the  second year, without the  prior consent of the
Underwriter. The holders of all of the 3,000,000 shares of the Company's  Common
Stock  currently outstanding (including  the 25,000 shares  of Registered Common
Stock held by the President) have agreed  that for a period of three years  from
the  date of  this Prospectus  they will not  sell any  of their  shares, or any
shares issuable upon exercise of warrants or options exercisable into shares  of
Common  Stock,  without the  prior consent  of the  Underwriter. The  Company is
unable to predict the  effect that sales  made under Rule  144 or otherwise  may
have  on the  market price  of the Common  Stock. However,  the possibility that
substantial amounts of Common Stock may be sold in the public market may have an
adverse effect on the market price for the Company's Common Stock.
    
 
   
     In general,  under Rule  144  as currently  in  effect, a  shareholder  (or
shareholders  whose  shares  are  aggregated)  who  has  beneficially  owned any
restricted securities for  at least two  years (one year,  commencing April  29,
1997)  (including a  shareholder who  may be  deemed to  be an  affiliate of the
Company), will be entitled to sell,  within any three-month period, that  number
of  shares that does  not exceed the greater  of (i) 1%  of the then outstanding
shares of Common Stock (45,750 shares based on 4,575,000 shares of Common  Stock
outstanding  upon  completion  of  this  offering,  assuming  the  Underwriter's
over-allotment option  is not  exercised)  or (ii)  the average  weekly  trading
volume  of the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on
which notice of such  sale is given to  the Commission, provided certain  public
information, manner of sale and notice requirements are satisfied. A shareholder
who  is deemed to be an affiliate of the Company, including members of the Board
of Directors and  senior management of  the Company, will  still need to  comply
with  the restrictions  and requirements  of Rule  144, other  than the two-year
holding period requirement, in order to sell shares of Common Stock that are not
restricted securities, unless such sale is registered under the Securities  Act.
A shareholder (or shareholders whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed not to
have been an affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a
sale  by such shareholder, and who  has beneficially owned restricted shares for
at least three years (two years, commencing April 29, 1997), will be entitled to
sell such  shares  under Rule  144  without  regard to  the  volume  limitations
described above.
    
 
   
LISTING ON THE PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE OR BOSTON STOCK EXCHANGE
    
 
   
     The Company has applied to list the Units, Common Stock and Warrants on the
Pacific  Stock Exchange or Boston Stock Exchange under the symbols 'CMNU,' 'CMN'
and 'CMNW,' respectively. The Company expects  to list its securities on one  of
these  exchanges. It is anticipated that such  securities will also be traded in
the over-the-counter market on  the NASD's OTC  Electronic Bulletin Board  under
the symbols 'ACMNU,' 'ACMN' and 'ACMNW,' respectively.
    
 
   
     No  assurance can be  given that the  prices of such  securities will be so
quoted or that a trading market for the Company's securities will develop or  be
sustained, or at what price the securities will trade.
    
 
                                       40
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

TRANSFER/WARRANT AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     American  Stock  Transfer  & Trust  Company,  New  York, New  York,  is the
transfer and warrant agent and registrar for the securities of the Company.
 
NEW JERSEY SHAREHOLDER PROTECTION ACT
 
     The Company is subject  to the New Jersey  Shareholder Protection Act  (the
'Protection  Act') which restricts certain  business combinations by the Company
with any of  its 10%  stockholders. Generally,  the Protection  Act prohibits  a
publicly  held New Jersey  corporation with its  principal executive offices and
significant business  operations in  New Jersey  from engaging  in any  business
combination  (defined  generally  as  any  merger,  consolidation,  sale, lease,
exchange,   mortgage,   or   pledge,   or   any   stock   transfer,   securities
reclassification,  liquidation  or dissolution,  excluding  certain transactions
involving assets or securities which have a market value below that specified in
the Protection Act) with an  'Interested Shareholder' (defined generally as  any
person  who is the  beneficial owner of 10%  or more of the  voting power of the
outstanding shares or any  affiliate of the Corporation  who at any time  within
the  five-year period immediately prior to  the date of the business combination
has been  the beneficial  owner  of 10%  or  more of  the  voting power  of  the
outstanding  shares) for  a period  of five years  from the  date the Interested
Shareholder  became  an  Interested  Shareholder,  unless  such  transaction  is
approved  by the board of directors prior  to the date the shareholder became an
interested Shareholder. In addition, the  Protection Act prohibits any  business
combination  at any time with an Interested Shareholder other than a transaction
that (i) is approved by the board  of directors of the applicable company  prior
to  the date  the Interested Shareholder  became the  Interested Shareholder; or
(ii) is approved by  the affirmative vote  of the holders  of two-thirds of  the
voting  shares not beneficially owned by the Interested Shareholder at a meeting
called for that purpose;  or (iii) satisfies certain  stringent price and  terms
criteria.
 
     Certain   stockholders   may   consider   the   Protection   Act   to  have
disadvantageous effects. Tender offers or other non-open market acquisitions  of
shares  by persons  attempting to acquire  control through  market purchases may
cause the market price of the shares to reach levels that are higher than  would
be  otherwise the  case. The Protection  Act may  discourage any or  all of such
acquisitions, particularly those of less than  all of the Company's shares,  and
may thereby deprive certain holders of the Company's shares of an opportunity to
sell their shares at a temporarily higher market price.
 
     These provisions could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing
a change of control of the Company. The Commission has indicated that the use of
authorized  unissued shares of voting stock  could have an anti-takeover effect.
In such cases, various specific disclosures to the stockholders are required.
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement
by and between the Company  and the Underwriter (the 'Underwriting  Agreement'),
the  Underwriter has agreed  to purchase from  the Company, and  the Company has
agreed to sell to the Underwriter, an aggregate of 600,000 Units, at the initial
public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set  forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus.
    
 
     The  Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligation of the Underwriter
to pay for and accept delivery of certificates representing the Units is subject
to certain conditions precedent, and that  the Underwriter will purchase all  of
the Units offered hereby on a 'firm commitment' basis if any are purchased.
 
     The Underwriter has advised the Company that it proposes initially to offer
the  Units directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a
concession not in excess of $.     per Unit. After the initial public  offering,
the public offering price and concession may be changed.
 
   
     The  Company has granted  to the Underwriter  an option, exercisable during
the 45-day  period after  the date  of this  Prospectus, to  purchase up  to  an
aggregate of 90,000 additional Units at the initial per
    
 
                                       41
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Unit  public offering price less the  underwriting discounts and commissions set
forth on the cover  page of this Prospectus.  The Underwriter may exercise  this
option  only to cover over-allotments, if any,  made in connection with the sale
of the Units offered hereby.
 
     The Company has agreed to pay to the Underwriter a non-accountable  expense
allowance  equal to  3% of  the gross proceeds  of this  offering, including any
Units purchased pursuant to the Underwriter's over-allotment option, no  portion
of which has been paid to date.
 
     The  Company  and  the  Underwriter have  agreed  to  indemnify  each other
against, or to contribute to losses arising out of, certain civil liabilities in
connection with this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
     The Company and all of its  current stockholders have agreed not to  offer,
sell,  contract to sell  or otherwise dispose  of any shares  of Common Stock or
rights to acquire shares  of Common Stock without  the prior written consent  of
the Underwriter for a period of three years after the date of this Prospectus.
 
   
     The  Company has agreed to sell to  the Underwriter, for an aggregate price
of $60,  the  right  to  purchase  up to  an  aggregate  of  60,000  Units  (the
'Underwriter's  Options'). The Underwriter's  Options will be  exercisable for a
four-year period commencing one year after the date of the Prospectus, at a  per
Unit  exercise price equal to 120% of the initial per Unit public offering price
of the Units  being offered  hereby. The Warrants  underlying the  Underwriter's
Options  have the same  terms and conditions as  the Warrants to  be sold to the
public in  this offering,  except that  they are  subject to  redemption by  the
Company  at any time after the Underwriter's Options have been exercised and the
underlying Warrants are outstanding. The Underwriter's Options may not be  sold,
assigned, transferred, pledged or hypothecated for a period of one year from the
date of the Prospectus except to the Underwriter or its officers.
    
 
   
     The  Company has agreed to file,  during the four-year period beginning one
year from the date  of the Prospectus,  on two separate  occasions (on only  one
occasion  at the cost  of the Underwriter), at  the request of  the holders of a
majority of the Underwriter's Options and the underlying shares of Common  Stock
and  Warrants,  and to  use its  best efforts  to cause  to become  effective, a
post-effective amendment to  the Registration  Statement or  a new  registration
statement under the Securities Act, as required to permit the public sale of the
shares  of Common  Stock and  Warrants issued or  issuable upon  exercise of the
Underwriter's Options.  In addition,  the  Company has  agreed to  give  advance
notice  to holders of the Underwriter's Options of its intention to file certain
registration statements commencing one year and ending five years after the date
of the Prospectus, and  in such case, holders  of such Underwriter's Options  or
underlying  shares of Common Stock and Warrants  shall have the right to require
the Company to include all or part  of such shares of Common Stock and  Warrants
underlying  such  Underwriter's Options  in such  registration statement  at the
Company's expense.
    
 
     For the life of  the Underwriter's Options, the  holders thereof are  given
the  opportunity to  profit from  a rise in  the market  price of  the shares of
Common Stock and Warrants, which  may result in a  dilution of the interests  of
other stockholders. As a result, the Company may find it more difficult to raise
additional equity capital if it should be needed for the business of the Company
while   the  Underwriter's   Options  are   outstanding.  The   holders  of  the
Underwriter's Options might  be expected  to exercise them  at a  time when  the
Company would, in all likelihood, be able to obtain additional equity capital on
terms  more favorable  to the Company  than those provided  by the Underwriter's
Options. Any profit realized on the sale of the shares of Common Stock  issuable
upon  the  exercise  of  the  Underwriter's  Options  may  be  deemed additional
underwriting compensation.
 
   
     The underwriting  agreement  provides  for the  Underwriter  to  receive  a
finder's  fee, ranging from 5% of the first  $3,000,000 down to 1% of the excess
over  $10,000,000  of  the  consideration  involved  in  any  capital   business
transaction  (including mergers and acquisitions)  consummated by the Company in
which the  Underwriter introduced  the other  party to  the Company  during  the
five-year period following the completion of the offering.
    
 
   
     The Underwriting Agreement provides that for a period of two years from the
date  of  the Prospectus  the Company  will  nominate a  person selected  by the
Underwriter, and reasonably acceptable to the Company, for election to serve  as
a member of the Company's Board of Directors.
    
 
                                       42
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
     Upon  the exercise of the Warrants, the  Company will pay the Underwriter a
fee of 5% of the aggregate exercise price if (i) the market price of its  Common
Stock  on the date  the Warrant is  exercised is greater  than the then exercise
price of the  Warrants; (ii)  the exercise  of the  Warrant was  solicited by  a
member  of NASD  and the  customer states  in writing  that the  transaction was
solicited and designates  in writing the  broker-dealer to receive  compensation
for the exercise; (iii) the Warrant is not held in a discretionary account; (iv)
disclosure  of  compensation  arrangements was  made  both  at the  time  of the
Offering and at the time of exercise  of the Warrants; and (v) the  solicitation
of  exercise of  the Warrant  was not in  violation of  Regulation M promulgated
under the Exchange Act.
    
 
   
     The Commission has recently adopted Regulation M to replace Rule 10b-6  and
certain  other  rules  promulgated  under the  Exchange  Act.  Regulation  M may
prohibit the Underwriter  from engaging  in any market  marking activities  with
regard  to the Company's securities  for the period from  five business days (or
such other  applicable  period  as  Regulation  M  may  provide)  prior  to  any
solicitation  by the Underwriter of the exercise  of Warrants until the later of
the termination of such solicitation activity  or the termination (by waiver  or
otherwise)  of any right that the Underwriter may  have to receive a fee for the
exercise of Warrants following such  solicitation. As a result, the  Underwriter
may  be unable to provide  a market for the  Company's securities during certain
periods while the Warrants are exercisable.
    
 
     Prior to this  offering there  has been no  public trading  market for  the
Company's  securities. The  initial public offering  price of the  Units and the
exercise price and the terms of the Warrants have been determined by negotiation
between the Company and the  Underwriter. Factors considered in determining  the
initial  public  offering price,  in addition  to prevailing  market conditions,
included the history  of and  prospects for the  industry in  which the  Company
competes,  and  assessment of  the Company's  management,  the prospects  of the
Company, its capital structure and such other factors as were deemed relevant.
 
   
     The foregoing  includes a  summary of  all  of the  material terms  of  the
Underwriting Agreement and does not purport to be complete. Reference is made to
the  copy of  the Underwriting Agreement  that is on  file as an  exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
    
 
     The Underwriter has informed the Company that no sales will be made to  any
account over which the Underwriter exercises discretionary authority.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The  validity of the securities offered hereby  will be passed upon for the
Company by Singer Zamansky LLP, New  York, New York. Certain legal matters  will
be  passed upon for the Underwriter by Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP, New York, New
York. Singer Zamansky LLP represents the Underwriter in other matters.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements of  the Company included  in this Prospectus  have
been  audited by Schneider Ehrlich & Wengrover LLP, independent auditors, as set
forth in their reports thereon appearing  elsewhere herein, and are included  in
reliance  upon such reports given upon the  authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
 
                              CONCURRENT OFFERING
 
   
     The Registration  Statement of  which  this Prospectus  forms a  part  also
covers  25,000 shares of  Common Stock being offered  by the Selling Stockholder
pursuant to the Selling Stockholder's Prospectus.
    
 
                                       43
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company is not a reporting company under the Exchange Act. The  Company
has  filed a Registration Statement  on Form SB-2 under  the Securities Act with
the Commission in  Washington, D.C. with  respect to the  Units offered  hereby.
This  Prospectus, which is part of  the Registration Statement, does not contain
all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the  exhibits
thereto.  For  further information  with respect  to the  Company and  the Units
offered hereby, reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and  such
exhibits,  which may be inspected without charge at the office of the Commission
at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of
the Commission located at  Seven World Trade Center,  13th Floor, New York,  New
York 10048 and at 500 West Madison (Suite 1400), Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies
of  such  material may  also be  obtained  at prescribed  rates from  the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549.  The Commission  maintains a  web site  that contains  reports, proxy and
information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file
electronically   with   the   Commission.   The   address   of   such   site  is
http://www.sec.gov. Statements contained in this  Prospectus as to the  contents
of  any contract or other document referred  to are not necessarily complete and
in each instance  reference is made  to the  copy of such  contract or  document
filed  as an  exhibit to the  Registration Statement, each  such statement being
qualified in all respects by such reference.
 
     Following the offering, the  Company will be subject  to the reporting  and
other   requirements  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  intends  to  furnish  to  its
stockholders annual  reports containing  audited  financial statements  and  may
furnish interim reports as it deems appropriate.
 
                                       44


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                    CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           PAGE
                                                                                                       ------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Independent Auditors' Report........................................................................       F-2
Balance Sheets......................................................................................       F-3
Statements of Income................................................................................       F-4
Statements of Stockholders' Equity..................................................................       F-5
Statements of Cash Flows............................................................................       F-6
Notes to Financial Statements.......................................................................    F-7 - F-15
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
     We  have  audited the  accompanying  balance sheets  of  All Communications
Corporation as of  December 31,  1996 and 1995,  and the  related statements  of
income,  cash flows,  and stockholders' equity  for the years  then ended. These
financial statements are  the responsibility  of the  Company's management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
     We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, based on our  audits, the financial statements referred  to
above  present fairly, in  all material respects, the  financial position of All
Communications Corporation as of December 31,  1996 and 1995 and the results  of
its  operations  and cash  flows for  the  years then  ended in  conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          SCHNEIDER EHRLICH & WENGROVER LLP
 
Woodbury, New York
January 21, 1997
 
                                      F-2
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           ----------------------
                                                                                              1996         1995
                                                                                           ----------    --------
<S>                                                                                        <C>           <C>
                                         ASSETS
Current assets
     Cash and cash equivalents..........................................................   $  645,614    $153,906
     Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $25,000 and $10,000,
      respectively).....................................................................      681,411     346,502
     Inventory..........................................................................      497,353     145,047
     Deferred income taxes..............................................................        9,119       --
     Other current assets...............................................................       11,595       8,517
                                                                                           ----------    --------
          Total current assets..........................................................    1,845,092     653,972
Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements -- net..................................      128,984      91,758
Deferred financing costs................................................................      390,406       --
Deferred stock offering costs...........................................................       32,500       --
Other assets............................................................................       61,410       8,910
                                                                                           ----------    --------
          Total assets..................................................................   $2,458,392    $754,640
                                                                                           ----------    --------
                                                                                           ----------    --------
 
                          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
     Bank loan payable..................................................................   $  447,071    $100,000
     Current portion of long-term debt..................................................       21,250      21,210
     Accounts payable...................................................................      505,319     364,420
     Accrued expenses...................................................................      108,259      81,437
     Income taxes payable...............................................................       --           4,421
     Deferred income taxes..............................................................       --          13,871
     Customer deposits..................................................................       14,943      16,027
                                                                                           ----------    --------
          Total current liabilities.....................................................    1,096,842     601,386
                                                                                           ----------    --------
Noncurrent liabilities
     12% Convertible Subordinated Notes payable.........................................      750,000       --
     Long-term debt, less current portion...............................................       51,354      65,218
     Deferred income taxes..............................................................       14,798       6,741
                                                                                           ----------    --------
     Total noncurrent liabilities.......................................................      816,152      71,959
                                                                                           ----------    --------
          Total liabilities.............................................................    1,912,994     673,345
 
                       COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES -- SEE NOTES
Stockholders' equity
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or
      outstanding.......................................................................       --           --
     Common Stock, no par value; 100,000,000 authorized; 3,000,000 and 1,750,000 issued
      and outstanding, respectively.....................................................       90,000      52,500
     Additional paid-in capital.........................................................      375,000       --
     Retained earnings..................................................................       80,398      28,795
                                                                                           ----------    --------
          Total stockholders' equity....................................................      545,398      81,295
                                                                                           ----------    --------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity....................................   $2,458,392    $754,640
                                                                                           ----------    --------
                                                                                           ----------    --------
</TABLE>
    
 
                       See Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-3
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               YEARS ENDED
                                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                                            1996          1995
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                                      <C>           <C>
Net revenues..........................................................................   $3,884,700    $2,641,331
Cost of revenues......................................................................    2,501,073     1,781,719
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
Gross margin..........................................................................    1,383,627       859,612
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
Operating expenses:
     Selling..........................................................................      664,786       482,470
     General and administrative.......................................................      599,606       328,206
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
          Total operating expenses....................................................    1,264,392       810,676
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
Income from operations................................................................      119,235        48,936
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
Other (income) expenses
     Loan writeoff....................................................................       --            25,000
     Interest income..................................................................       --              (634)
     Interest expense.................................................................       29,026         7,321
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
          Total other (income) expenses...............................................       29,026        31,687
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
Income before income taxes............................................................       90,209        17,249
Provision for income taxes............................................................       38,606         8,029
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
Net income............................................................................   $   51,603    $    9,220
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
Net income per common and common equivalent share.....................................      $.03          $.01
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding......................    1,977,518     1,884,002
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
                                                                                         ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
                       See Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-4
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL
                                                         --------------------     PAID-IN      RETAINED
                                                          SHARES      AMOUNT      CAPITAL      EARNINGS     TOTAL
                                                         ---------    -------    ----------    --------    --------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>
Balances at January 1, 1995...........................   1,666,666    $50,000     $ --         $ 19,575    $ 69,575
Issuance of common stock
  for Services rendered at $.03 per share.............      83,334      2,500       --            --          2,500
Net income for the year...............................      --          --          --            9,220       9,220
                                                         ---------    -------    ----------    --------    --------
Balances at December 31, 1995.........................   1,750,000     52,500       --           28,795      81,295
Exercise of common stock options......................   1,250,000     37,500       --            --         37,500
Value imputed to conversion feature of the 12%
  Convertible Subordinated Notes......................      --          --         375,000        --        375,000
Net income for the year...............................      --          --          --           51,603      51,603
                                                         ---------    -------    ----------    --------    --------
Balances at December 31, 1996.........................   3,000,000    $90,000     $375,000     $ 80,398    $545,398
                                                         ---------    -------    ----------    --------    --------
                                                         ---------    -------    ----------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
    
 
                       See Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-5
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                YEAR ENDED
                                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          -----------------------
                                                                                             1996         1995
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
<S>                                                                                       <C>           <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
     Net income........................................................................   $   51,603    $   9,220
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating
      activities:
          Depreciation and amortization................................................       30,120        6,835
          Loan writeoff................................................................       --           25,000
          Common stock issued for services.............................................       --            2,500
          Increase (decrease) in cash attributable to changes in assets and liabilities
               Accounts receivable.....................................................     (334,909)    (241,941)
               Inventory...............................................................     (352,306)    (131,976)
               Other current assets....................................................       (3,078)      (8,517)
               Accounts payable........................................................      140,899      326,505
               Accrued expenses........................................................       26,822       69,359
               Income taxes payable....................................................       (4,421)       4,421
               Deferred income taxes...................................................      (14,933)      (3,734)
               Customer deposits.......................................................       (1,084)      13,077
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
                    Net cash provided (used) by operating activities...................     (461,287)      70,749
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
     Purchases of furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements......................      (67,346)     (98,593)
     Increase in other assets..........................................................      (52,500)      (6,710)
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
                    Net cash used by investing activities..............................     (119,846)    (105,303)
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
     Proceeds from issuance of common stock............................................       37,500       --
     Deferred financing costs..........................................................      (15,406)      --
     Deferred stock offering costs.....................................................      (32,500)      --
     Proceeds from long-term debt......................................................       85,000       92,700
     Payments on long-term debt........................................................      (98,824)      (6,272)
     Proceeds from bank loans..........................................................      477,071      100,000
     Payments on bank loans............................................................     (130,000)      --
     Proceeds from stockholder loan receivable.........................................       --           25,000
     Repayment of stockholder loan receivable..........................................       --          (25,000)
     Proceeds from stockholder loan payable............................................       55,000       25,000
     Repayment of stockholder loan payable.............................................      (55,000)     (25,000)
     Proceeds from issuance of convertible subordinated notes..........................      750,000       --
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
                    Net cash provided by financing activities..........................    1,072,841      186,428
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents..................................................      491,708      151,874
Cash at Beginning of Period............................................................      153,906        2,032
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period.............................................   $  645,614    $ 153,906
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
     Cash paid during the period for:
          Interest.....................................................................   $   29,026    $   7,321
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
          Income taxes.................................................................   $   60,807    $   7,422
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
                                                                                          ----------    ---------
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Financing Activities
  Value imputed to conversion feature of the 12% Convertible Subordinated Notes:
     Deferred financing costs..........................................................   $  375,000
     Additional paid-in capital........................................................     (375,000)
                                                                                          ----------
     Net cash..........................................................................   $   --
                                                                                          ----------
                                                                                          ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                       See Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-6


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
     All  Communications Corporation (the 'Company')  was incorporated on August
16, 1991 under the laws  of the State of New  Jersey. The Company is engaged  in
the  business of selling,  installing and servicing  voice and videoconferencing
communications  systems  to  commercial  and  institutional  customers   located
principally   within  the  United  States.   The  Company  is  headquartered  in
Mountainside, New Jersey.
 
     Most of the products sold by the Company are purchased under  non-exclusive
dealer  agreements with Panasonic Communications & Systems Company ('Panasonic')
for digital  business telephone  systems  and related  products, and  with  Sony
Electronics,  Inc.  ('Sony')  for videoconferencing  equipment.  Both agreements
specify, among other things, sales  territories, payment terms, purchase  quotas
and  reseller prices. The Panasonic  agreement renews automatically for one-year
periods, but may be terminated with or without cause by either party upon thirty
days written notice. Panasonic holds a security interest in Panasonic  inventory
maintained  by the Company, which has been subordinated to the security interest
of the Company's lender.  The Company is currently  negotiating a new  agreement
with Sony to succeed the current contract scheduled to expire on March 31, 1997.
The  termination of either  agreement, or their renewal  on less favorable terms
than currently in effect, could have a material adverse impact on the  Company's
business.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
INVENTORY
 
     Inventory  is  valued  at the  lower  of  cost (determined  on  a first-in,
first-out basis), or market.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     Management uses  estimates and  assumptions  in preparing  these  financial
statements  in accordance  with generally accepted  accounting principles. Those
estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
the disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  and the reported  revenues
and expenses. Actual results could vary from the estimates that were used.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Revenue  from  the sale  and  installation of  voice  and videoconferencing
systems is  recognized at  the time  the systems  are installed,  with  reserves
established  for  the estimated  future  costs of  service  warranties. Customer
prepayments are  deferred until  product systems  have been  installed.  Service
revenues  are recognized at the  time the services are  rendered and the Company
has no significant further obligations to the customer.
 
INCOME PER SHARE
 
     Income per share is  computed using the weighted  average number of  common
and  common equivalent shares outstanding during  the period. In accordance with
the rules of the  Securities and Exchange Commission,  shares issuable upon  the
conversion  of the 12% Subordinated Convertible Notes Payable have been included
in the calculation of  common and common equivalent  shares outstanding for  all
periods presented using the treasury stock method.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of
three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
                                      F-7
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Financial  instruments that potentially subject  the Company to significant
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, and
trade accounts  receivable. The  Company places  its cash  and cash  equivalents
primarily  in commercial  checking accounts and  interest-bearing time deposits.
Balances may from time to time exceed federally insured limits.
 
     The Company performs  ongoing credit  evaluations of its  customers and  to
date  has  not  experienced any  material  losses. Revenues  to  one significant
customer accounted for 26% and 28% of net revenues for the years ended  December
31,  1996 and  1995, respectively. At  December 31, 1996,  receivables from this
customer represented approximately 25% of net accounts receivable.
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
     Furniture,  equipment  and  leasehold  improvements  are  stated  at  cost.
Furniture  and equipment are depreciated over  the estimated useful lives of the
related assets, which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are
amortized over the  shorter of  either the asset's  useful life  or the  related
lease  term. Depreciation is computed on  the straight-line method for financial
reporting purposes and on the modified accelerated cost recovery system  (MACRS)
for income tax purposes.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     The  Company uses the liability method  to determine its income tax expense
as required  under Statement  of Financial  Accounting Standards  No. 109  (SFAS
109).  Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based on
differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and  liabilities
and  are measured using  the enacted tax rates  and laws that  will be in effect
when the differences are expected to reverse.
 
     Deferred tax assets are reduced by  a valuation allowance if, based on  the
weight  of  available evidence,  it is  more likely  than not  that all  or some
portion  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  The  ultimate
realization  of  the deferred  tax  asset depends  on  the Company's  ability to
generate sufficient taxable income in the future.
 
DEFERRED STOCK OFFERING COSTS
 
     Costs incurred in connection with the Company's proposed public offering of
common stock and warrants will be charged  to capital in the event the  offering
is successful, or charged to operations if the offering is abandoned.
 
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
     In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  121,  'Accounting  for  the  Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and  for Long-Lived  Assets to  be Disposed  of', the  Company
records  impairment losses  on long-lived  assets used  in operations, including
goodwill and intangible assets, when events and circumstances indicate that  the
assets  might  be  impaired and  the  undiscounted  cash flows  estimated  to be
generated by those assets are less than the carrying amounts of those assets.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
 
     In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS  No.
123,  'Accounting for Stock-based  Compensation'. SFAS No.  123 is effective for
fiscal years beginning after  December 15, 1995, and  requires that the  Company
either  recognize  in its  financial statements  costs  related to  its employee
stock-based compensation plans, such as  stock option and stock purchase  plans,
or  make pro  forma disclosures  of such  costs in  a footnote  to the financial
statements. The Company has elected to continue to use the intrinsic value-based
method   of    APB   Opinion    no.   25,    as   allowed    under   SFAS    No.
 
                                      F-8
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
123,  to account  for all  of its  employee stock-based  compensation plans. The
adoption of  SFAS No.  123  did not  have a  material  effect on  the  Company's
financial position or results of operations.
 
NOTE 3 -- FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
 
     Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                              -------------------
                                                                                                1996       1995
                                                                                              --------    -------
<S>                                                                                           <C>         <C>
Leasehold improvements.....................................................................   $  9,768    $ 9,768
Office furniture...........................................................................     13,187     11,872
Computer equipment.........................................................................     25,024     20,253
Demonstration equipment....................................................................     41,136      --
Vehicles...................................................................................     76,824     56,700
                                                                                              --------    -------
                                                                                               165,939     98,593
Less: Accumulated depreciation.............................................................     36,955      6,835
                                                                                              --------    -------
                                                                                              $128,984    $91,758
                                                                                              --------    -------
                                                                                              --------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation  expense was $30,120  and $6,835 for  the years ended December
31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
NOTE 4 -- SALES AGREEMENTS
 
     In December 1996,  the Company signed  a non-exclusive four-year  Preferred
Vendor  Agreement with HFS  Incorporated ('HFS') to  provide Panasonic telephone
and voice processing systems to its  Century 21, ERA, and Coldwell Banker  brand
real  estate brokerage franchise systems. The  Company has paid a $50,000 access
fee for marketing rights and will pay HFS commissions ranging from 2% to 13%  of
gross sales, depending on the products and services sold. The agreement requires
the  Company to  establish toll-free telephone  service for  HFS franchisees, to
commit personnel to the handling of  franchisee accounts and to defray the  cost
of  certain marketing activities. The  Company has also agreed  to a fixed price
schedule over the term of the agreement.
 
     The access fee  is included  in Other  Assets in  the accompanying  Balance
Sheet,  and will  be amortized  on a  straight-line basis  over the  term of the
contract.
 
     The HFS contract supersedes  a four-year agreement  signed in January  1996
with  Coldwell Banker  Corporation ('CBC'), the  previous owner  of the Coldwell
Banker brand, in which the Company provided trade discounts and favorable  terms
for  an  exclusive dealership  to sell  Panasonic telecommunications  systems to
CBC's corporate-owned brokerage offices.
 
NOTE 5 -- ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
     Accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                -------------------
                                                                  1996       1995
                                                                --------    -------
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>
Sales taxes payable..........................................   $ 35,909    $18,413
Other........................................................     72,350     63,024
                                                                --------    -------
                                                                $108,259    $81,437
                                                                --------    -------
                                                                --------    -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 6 -- TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
 
     In January 1995, the president of the Company loaned the Company $25,000 at
an interest rate  of 9%  per annum,  which loan was  repaid in  August 1995.  In
October 1995, the president borrowed $25,000 from the Company, without interest,
which  loan was repaid in November 1995. In April 1996, the president loaned the
Company $55,000, without interest, which loan was repaid in May 1996.
 
     In October 1994, the  Company provided a $25,000  loan to a  privately-held
entity.  The Company's president  was a stockholder  in the entity  and became a
member of its board. The loan was written off in 1995 when the entity filed  for
bankruptcy.
 
NOTE 7 -- NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT
 
TERM LOANS AND LINES OF CREDIT
 
     In 1995, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank
that provided a $150,000 line of credit, bearing interest at the prime rate plus
1%  per annum. The lender also provided term financing to the Company at various
dates in 1995 for the purchase of equipment in the aggregate amount of  $92,700.
The  loans  were  evidenced by  four  promissory  notes bearing  fixed  rates of
interest ranging from 8.75% to 9% per annum.
 
     In May 1996, the Company entered into a new credit facility with a bank for
a $600,000 working capital line of credit  and an $85,000 term loan, and  repaid
outstanding  borrowings with  its previous  lender. Advances  under the  line of
credit bear  interest at  the rate  1% above  the bank's  'Alternate Base  Rate'
('ABR')  (9.25% at December 31, 1996), and are due on demand. The line of credit
is renewable annually. The term loan provides for monthly principal payments  of
$1,770.83  plus interest  at the  bank's ABR  plus 1.25%  (9.5% at  December 31,
1996).
 
     Substantially all of the assets of the Company are pledged as security  for
the  loans.  The Company's  principal stockholder  has  pledged a  United States
Treasury Bill  in  the amount  of  $100,000  as additional  collateral  and  has
provided  a personal guarantee on the  loans. Panasonic has also subordinated to
the bank its security interest in Panasonic inventory owned by the Company.
 
12% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES PAYABLE
 
     In December 1996,  the Company  realized net  proceeds of  $734,594 from  a
private  placement of $750,000 principal  amount of 12% Convertible Subordinated
Notes (the 'Bridge Notes'). The notes bear interest at the rate of 12% per annum
and become due  and payable together  with accrued interest,  to the extent  not
converted, at the earlier of December 31, 1999 or the date the Company completes
an  initial public offering (IPO) of  its securities. Principal and interest are
subordinated to  all existing  indebtedness of  the Company  and to  any  future
institutional indebtedness.
 
   
     Commencing  on the effective date of an IPO prior to the maturity date, the
notes are convertible, at the option of the holder, into an aggregate of 375,000
Bridge Units at the  rate of one  Unit per $2.00 of  principal amount of  notes.
Each Bridge Unit will consist of one share of the Company's Common Stock and one
warrant.  The term of the warrants will be identical to any warrants sold in the
IPO. Upon conversion, all accrued interest will be waived.
    
 
   
     Costs incurred in connection with  the private placement totaling  $390,406
have  been  capitalized as  deferred financing  costs.  This amount  includes an
imputed value of $375,000, or $1.00 per Bridge Unit, assigned to the  conversion
feature  of the Bridge Notes. Deferred financing  costs are being amortized on a
straight-line basis over the term of the loan.
    
 
     The aggregate maturities of long-term debt  for the next four years  ending
December  31, are as follows: 1997 -- $21,250; 1998 -- $21,250; 1999 -- $771,250
and 2000 -- $8,854.
 
                                      F-10
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 8 -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK
 
     In April 1995, the  Company issued 33,334 and  50,000 shares of its  Common
Stock,  respectively, to an officer and  the Company's attorney in consideration
of services rendered. The  Company's board of directors  valued these shares  at
$2,500, or $.03 per share.
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
     In  1994, the Company issued 560,000  nonqualified options to its president
and principal stockholder exercisable  at $.03 per share.  In 1995, the  Company
issued  additional nonqualified options to certain of its employees and advisors
to purchase up  to 725,000 shares  of the  Company's Common Stock  for $.03  per
share,  including a  five-year option  to purchase  50,000 shares  issued to the
Company's general counsel who is also a board member. A total of 35,000  options
were canceled in 1996 when the option holders left the Company.
 
     The  Company has  elected to  use the  intrinsic value-based  method of APB
Opinion No.  25 to  account for  all of  its employee  stock-based  compensation
plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized in the accompanying
financial statements for stock options because the exercise price of each option
equals  or exceeds the fair value of the underlying common stock as of the grant
date for each stock option, except for stock granted in April 1995 in which  the
Company  has  recorded  stock  compensation  of  $2,500,  as  determined  by the
Company's Board of Directors.
 
     The Company has  adopted the pro  forma disclosure provisions  of SFAS  No.
123.  Had compensation  cost for  the Company's  stock-based compensation grants
been determined in a manner consistent with the fair value approach described in
SFAS No. 123,  the Company's net  income and  net income per  share as  reported
would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            -----------------
                                                                             1996       1995
                                                                            -------    ------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Net income
     As reported.........................................................   $51,603    $9,220
     Adjusted pro forma..................................................    51,507     7,630
Net income per share
     As reported.........................................................       .03       .01
     Adjusted pro forma..................................................       .03       .01
</TABLE>
 
     The  fair value of each option is estimated  on the date of grant using the
minimum value  method  with  the  following  weighted  average  assumptions:  No
dividends,  an expected life of one to  two years, and a risk-free interest rate
of 6.00% for the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
     A summary  of the  status of  the  Company's options  for the  years  ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995, is as follows:
 
                                      F-11
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31, 1995          DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                        ----------------------    -----------------------
                                                                     WEIGHTED                   WEIGHTED
                                                                      AVERAGE                    AVERAGE
                                                          FIXED      EXERCISE       FIXED       EXERCISE
                                                         OPTIONS       PRICE       OPTIONS        PRICE
                                                        ---------    ---------    ----------    ---------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year.....................     560,000      $ .03       1,285,000      $ .03
Granted..............................................     725,000        .03          --          --
Forfeited............................................      --          --            (35,000)       .03
Exercised............................................      --          --         (1,250,000)       .03
                                                        ---------                 ----------
Outstanding at end of year/period....................   1,285,000                     --
                                                        ---------                 ----------
                                                        ---------                 ----------
Options exercisable at period-end....................   1,210,000                     --
                                                        ---------                 ----------
                                                        ---------                 ----------
Weighted average fair value of options granted during
  the year...........................................   $   .0025                 $   --
                                                        ---------                 ----------
                                                        ---------                 ----------
</TABLE>
 
     In December 1996, the Board of Directors adopted the Company's Stock Option
Plan  (the 'Plan')  and has reserved  up to  500,000 shares of  Common Stock for
issuance thereunder. The Plan provides for the granting of options to  officers,
directors,  employees and  advisors of  the Company.  The exercise  of incentive
stock options ('ISOs') issued  to employees who are  less than 10%  stockholders
shall  not be less  than the fair market  value of the  underlying shares on the
date of grant or not less  than 110% of the fair  market value of the shares  in
the  case  of  an employee  who  is a  10%  stockholder. The  exercise  price of
restricted stock options shall not be less  than the par value of the shares  to
which  the option relates. Options are not  exercisable for a period of one year
from the date of  grant. Thereafter, options may  be exercised as determined  by
the  Board of Directors, with maximum terms of ten and five years, respectively,
for ISOs issued to  employees who are less  than 10% stockholders and  employees
who  are 10% stockholders.  In addition, under  the plan, no  individual will be
given the opportunity  to exercise ISO's  valued in excess  of $100,000, in  any
calendar  year,  unless  and  to  the  extent  the  options  have  first  become
exercisable in the preceding year. The maximum number of shares with respect  to
which  options may be granted to an individual during any twelve month period is
100,000. The Plan will terminate in 2006.
 
   
     As of January  21, 1997,  the Company  had granted  85,974 incentive  stock
options  exercisable at prices ranging from $3.50  to $3.85 per share and 81,526
non-qualified options exercisable at $3.50 per share under the Plan.
    
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     On December 6, 1996,  the Company's stockholders  approved an amendment  to
the  Company's Certificate of  Incorporation to authorize the  issuance of up to
1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. The rights and privileges of the  Preferred
Stock have not yet been determined.
 
                                      F-12
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEARS ENDED
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          -------------------
                                                                            1996       1995
                                                                          --------    -------
<S>                                                                       <C>         <C>
Current:
     Federal...........................................................   $ 39,320    $ 7,089
     State.............................................................     14,219      4,674
                                                                          --------    -------
          Total current................................................     53,539     11,763
                                                                          --------    -------
Deferred:
     Federal...........................................................    (13,589)    (3,398)
     State.............................................................     (1,344)      (336)
                                                                          --------    -------
          Total deferred...............................................    (14,933)    (3,734)
                                                                          --------    -------
                                                                          $ 38,606    $ 8,029
                                                                          --------    -------
                                                                          --------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company's effective  tax rate differs  from the  statutory federal tax
rate as shown in the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEARS ENDED
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            -----------------
                                                                             1996       1995
                                                                            -------    ------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Computed 'expected' tax expense..........................................   $18,944    $2,587
State tax expenses, net of federal benefit...............................     7,495     1,320
Non-deductible items.....................................................     8,032     3,128
Other....................................................................     4,135       994
                                                                            -------    ------
                                                                            $38,606    $8,029
                                                                            -------    ------
                                                                            -------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     The tax effects of the temporary differences that give rise to  significant
portions  of the  deferred tax assets  and liabilities  as of 1996  and 1995 are
presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEARS ENDED
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           ------------------
                                                                            1996       1995
                                                                           -------    -------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Depreciation.......................................................   $14,799    $ 6,741
     Tax basis change in accounting method..............................     6,780     19,271
                                                                           -------    -------
     Total deferred tax liabilities.....................................    21,579     26,012
                                                                           -------    -------
Deferred tax assets:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts....................................     7,950      2,700
     Accrued reserves...................................................     7,950      2,700
                                                                           -------    -------
     Total deferred tax assets..........................................    15,900      5,400
                                                                           -------    -------
Net deferred tax liabilities............................................   $ 5,679    $20,612
                                                                           -------    -------
                                                                           -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10 -- FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Effective December 31, 1995, the  Company adopted SFAS 107, which  requires
disclosing  fair value to the extent practicable for financial instruments which
are recognized  or unrecognized  in the  balance sheet.  The fair  value of  the
financial  instruments disclosed  therein are not  necessarily representative of
the amount that could  be realized or  settled, nor does  the fair value  amount
consider the tax
 
                                      F-13
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
consequences  of  realization  or  settlement.  The  following  table summarizes
financial instruments by individual  balance sheet accounts  as of December  31,
1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      CARRYING
                                                                       AMOUNT      FAIR VALUE
                                                                     ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                  <C>           <C>
Debt maturing within one year.....................................   $  468,321    $  468,321
Long-term debt....................................................      801,354       801,354
                                                                     ----------    ----------
     Totals.......................................................   $1,269,675    $1,269,675
                                                                     ----------    ----------
                                                                     ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
     For  debt classified  as current, it  was assumed that  the carrying amount
approximated fair value for these instruments because of their short maturities.
The fair value of long-term debt is based on current rates at which the  Company
could  borrow funds  with similar remaining  maturities. The  carrying amount of
long-term debt approximates fair value.
 
NOTE 11 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
   
     The Company's board of directors has approved new employment agreements for
three of  its  officers, effective  January  1,  1997. The  agreement  with  the
Company's  president has a five-year  term and provides for  an annual salary of
$138,000 in the first  year, increasing to $175,000  and $210,000 in the  second
and  third years,  respectively. In  years four  and five,  the president's base
salary will be $210,000, but can be increased at the discretion of the board  of
director's  compensation committee. Under the agreement, the Company will secure
and pay  the premiums  on a  $1,000,000  life insurance  policy payable  to  the
president's designated beneficiary or his estate. The agreement further provides
for  medical benefits, the use of an  automobile, and grants of 25,974 incentive
stock options and 74,026 non-qualified  stock options under the Company's  Stock
Option Plan. This agreement was subsequently amended (see Note 13).
    
 
     The  other  agreements  have  a  three-year  term  and  replace  three-year
contracts currently in effect.  Those contracts, which  were initiated in  1995,
each  provided for salaries of $62,400 per  year with 10% annual increases, plus
the grant  of 200,000  immediately  vested options  to  purchase shares  of  the
Company's  common stock at $.03  per share. The new  agreements each provide for
annual salaries of $104,000 in the  first year, increasing by $10,000 each  year
thereafter.  The agreements further provide for  an incentive bonus equal to 1/2
of 1% of net  sales payable twice  yearly to both  officers. Each employee  will
also be entitled to a monthly automobile allowance.
 
     Each  of  the  three agreements  may  be  terminated without  cause  by the
respective employee upon ninety days written notice to the Company.
 
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
 
     The Company  has an  agreement  for an  indefinite  term with  its  general
counsel to provide corporate legal services for a fee of $18,000 per year.
 
OPERATING LEASES
 
     The  Company leases its  facilities pursuant to  a non-cancelable operating
lease agreement.
 
     Future minimum annual rentals on this lease are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- ------------
<C>            <S>                                                     <C>
    1997       .....................................................   $ 58,980
    1998       .....................................................     62,280
    1999       .....................................................     62,280
    2000       .....................................................     25,950
                                                                       --------
                                                                       $209,490
                                                                       --------
                                                                       --------
</TABLE>
 
     Rent expense has been  recognized on a straight-line  basis to account  for
fixed  rental escalations during  the lease term, resulting  in deferred rent of
$4,572 at December 31, 1996. The Company also
 
                                      F-14
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
leases demonstration  facilities  at two  other  locations on  a  month-to-month
basis.  Total rent expense  for the years  ended December 31,  1996 and 1995 was
$73,957 and $44,300, respectively.
 
LAWSUIT
 
     The Company is the subject of a civil action filed by an individual on July
23, 1996 in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Middlesex County, arising from  an
automobile   accident  involving  a  vehicle  driven  by  the  plaintiff  and  a
Company-owned van driven by an individual  employed by the Company at the  time.
The  plaintiff alleges personal  injuries due to the  negligence of the Company,
the employee, and the driver  of a third vehicle  involved in the accident,  and
seeks  damages  of  $5,000,000.  The Company's  liability  insurance  carrier is
defending the action. Although  an evaluation of the  outcome cannot be made  at
the  present  time,  the  Company  believes  that  its  liability  insurance  is
sufficient to cover any potential loss  resulting from an adverse decision,  and
accordingly,  has  not  recorded any  provisions  for loss  in  the accompanying
financial statements.
 
NOTE 12 -- PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING
 
   
     In December 1996, the Company  entered into a letter  of intent for a  $4.2
million  firm commitment public offering of  600,000 Units, each unit to consist
of two shares of Common Stock and  two Class A Redeemable Common Stock  Purchase
Warrants.
    
 
   
NOTE 13 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS -- UNAUDITED
    
 
   
NEW RESELLER AGREEMENT
    
 
   
     In  February 1997, the Company entered  into a non-exclusive agreement with
Sprint North Supply  ('SNS'), the recently  designated exclusive distributor  of
Sony  videoconferencing  products.  Under  the  agreement,  SNS  will  sell Sony
videoconferencing equipment to  the Company  on terms which  are more  favorable
than  those on  which the  Company purchased  equipment under  the Sony reseller
agreement. The agreement expires on January  31, 1998, but may be terminated  by
either party upon 60 days' written notice.
    
 
   
AMENDED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
    
 
   
     In  March 1997,  the Company's board  of directors approved  changes to the
1997 employment  agreement  with the  Company's  president (see  Note  11).  The
amendment  provides for an extension of the  agreement for an additional year to
six years; a reduction  in annual salary to  $133,000, $170,000 and $205,000  in
the  first,  second and  third years,  respectively, and  a minimum  annual base
salary of  $205,000 in  years four  through  six; and  the issuance  of  750,000
nonqualified stock options at an exercise price of $3.50 per share.
    
 
   
NEW LEASE
    
 
   
     In  March 1997, the Company entered into  a new five-year lease for the use
of office  and warehouse  space. The  lease  provides for  annual base  rent  of
$63,680  plus a proportionate  share of operating expenses,  and includes a five
year renewal option. The lease will commence on the earlier of the date on which
the construction  of the  premises is  completed, or  the Company  occupies  the
facility.  The building is owned by an entity in which a member of the Company's
board of directors is a part owner. The Company believes that the lease reflects
a fair rental value for the property.
    
 
                                      F-15


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

__________________________________            __________________________________
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON, OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR PROJECTIONS OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE
OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED  IN  THIS PROSPECTUS,  ANY SUCH  OTHER  INFORMATION,
PROJECTIONS  OR REPRESENTATIONS, IF  GIVEN OR MADE,  MUST NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN SO AUTHORIZED. THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR ANY SALE HEREUNDER
AT ANY TIME DOES NOT IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL  OR
A SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY
JURISDICTION  TO  ANY  PERSON TO  WHOM  IT IS  UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE  SUCH  OFFER OR
SOLICITATION.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PAGE
                                                     ----
<S>                                                  <C>
Prospectus Summary................................      3
Risk Factors......................................      7
Dilution..........................................     14
Use of Proceeds...................................     15
Capitalization....................................     17
Dividend Policy...................................     17
Selected Financial Data...........................     18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations.............     19
Business..........................................     21
Management........................................     30
Certain Transactions..............................     35
Interim Financings................................     36
Principal Stockholders............................     36
Description of Securities.........................     38
Underwriting......................................     41
Legal Matters.....................................     43
Experts...........................................     43
Concurrent Offering...............................     43
Additional Information............................     44
Index to Financial Statements.....................    F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
     UNTIL                              , 1997 (25  DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS),  ALL DEALERS  EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN  THE REGISTERED SECURITIES,
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN ITS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER  A
PROSPECTUS.  THIS  IS IN  ADDITION TO  THE  OBLIGATION OF  DEALERS TO  DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS WHEN  ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
__________________________________            __________________________________
 

__________________________________            __________________________________
 
   
                                 600,000 UNITS

                               ALL COMMUNICATIONS
                                  CORPORATION

                                 CONSISTING OF
                        1,200,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                      AND
                              1,200,000 REDEEMABLE
                                CLASS A WARRANTS
    
 
                             ---------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                             ---------------------
 
                                 MONROE PARKER
                                SECURITIES, INC.
 
                                                 , 1997
 
__________________________________            __________________________________


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
            [ALTERNATIVE PAGE FOR SELLING STOCKHOLDER'S PROSPECTUS]
    
 
   
PROSPECTUS
    
 
   
                  PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS, DATED MARCH 25, 1997
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
    
 
   
                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                         25,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
    
 
   
    
 
   
     This Prospectus relates to  the sale of 25,000  shares of Common Stock,  no
par  value per  share ('Common  Stock'), by  the President  of the  Company (the
'Selling Stockholder'). The Common Stock to  be sold by the Selling  Stockholder
is referred to herein as the 'Registered Common Stock.' See 'Selling Stockholder
and Plan of Distribution.'
    
 
   
     Application  been  made  to list  the  Common  Stock on  the  Pacific Stock
Exchange ('PSE') and Boston Stock Exchange  ('BSE') under the symbol 'CMN.'  The
Company  expects to list  its securities on  one of these  exchanges. It is also
anticipated that such  securities will  also be traded  in the  over-the-counter
market on the National Association of Securities, Inc.'s ('NASD') OTC Electronic
Bulletin Board under the symbol 'ACMN.'
    
 
   
     The  Company will  not receive  any proceeds from  the sale  by the Selling
Stockholder of the Registered Common Stock.
    
 
   
                            ------------------------
 
     AN INVESTMENT IN THE  SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES  A HIGH DEGREE  OF
RISK  AND  IMMEDIATE  SUBSTANTIAL  DILUTION AND  SHOULD  BE  CONSIDERED  ONLY BY
INVESTORS WHO CAN AFFORD TO SUSTAIN A LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. SEE 'RISK
FACTORS' ON PAGE 7 AND 'DILUTION' ON PAGE 14.
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAVE THEY
     PASSED UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
            REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 


                            ------------------------
              THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS                , 1997
 
                                      A-1
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
     The  Selling Stockholder may  be deemed an 'Underwriter'  as defined in the
Securities Act of 1933 (the 'Securities Act'). If any broker-dealers are used by
the  Selling  Stockholder,  any  commissions  paid  to  broker-dealers  and,  if
broker-dealers  purchase any Registered Common  Stock as principals, any profits
received by such broker-dealers  on the resales of  the Registered Common  Stock
may be deemed underwriting discounts or commissions under the Securities Act. In
addition,  any profit realized  by the Selling  Stockholder may be  deemed to be
underwriting commissions. All costs,  expenses and fees  in connection with  the
registration  of the Registered Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholder,
estimated at approximately  $1,180, will  be borne by  the Selling  Stockholder.
Brokerage commissions, if any, attributable to the sale of the Registered Common
Stock  will  be borne  by the  Selling  Stockholder. The  Company has  agreed to
indemnify  the  Selling  Stockholder  against  certain  liabilities,   including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
    
 
   
     The  25,000 shares of Common Stock offered  hereby may be sold from time to
time by the Selling Stockholder, or by transferees, commencing three years  from
the  date  of this  Prospectus, or  earlier  with the  consent of  Monroe Parker
Securities, Inc.  (the 'Underwriter').  No underwriting  arrangements have  been
entered  into  by  the  Selling Stockholder.  The  distribution  of  the Selling
Stockholder's securities by the  Selling Stockholder may be  effected by one  or
more  transactions that may take place on the over-the-counter market, including
ordinary broker's transactions, privately negotiated transactions or through the
sale to one  or more dealers  for resale  of such securities  as principals,  at
market  prices  prevailing  at the  time  of  sale, at  prices  related  to such
prevailing  market  prices  or  negotiated   prices.  Usual  and  customary   or
specifically negotiated brokerage fees or commissions may be paid by the Selling
Stockholder   in  connection  with  the   sales  of  the  Selling  Stockholder's
securities. See 'Selling Stockholder and Plan of Distribution.'
    
 
   
     On the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  a  registration  statement  under  the
Securities  Act with respect to an underwritten public offering (the 'Offering')
by the Company of 600,000  Units, each Unit consisting  of two shares of  Common
Stock  and two Warrants,  was declared effective by  the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the 'Commission').
    
 
                                      A-2


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Securities Offered...........................  25,000  shares of Common Stock (the 'Registered Common Stock') are
                                                 being offered  by the  President of  the Company  (the  'Selling
                                                 Stockholder'). The sales by the Selling Stockholder are not part
                                                 of  the  Offering.  The  Selling Stockholder  may  not  sell the
                                                 Registered Common Stock prior  to three years  from the date  of
                                                 this Prospectus without the consent of the Underwriter.
                                               The  Selling Stockholder has advised the Company that any sales of
                                                 the Registered Common Stock  will be made  on the Pacific  Stock
                                                 Exchange  or the  Boston Stock  Exchange, or  on the  NASD's OTC
                                                 Electronic Bulletin  Board at  prevailing prices  or in  private
                                                 transactions  at negotiated prices. See 'Selling Stockholder and
                                                 Plan of Distribution.'
Common Stock Outstanding(1)..................  4,575,000 shares(1)
Use of Proceeds..............................  The Company will  not receive any  proceeds from the  sale by  the
                                                 Selling Stockholder of the Registered Common Stock.
Proposed Pacific Stock Exchange
  and Boston Stock Exchange
  Symbol(2):
     Common Stock............................  CMN
Proposed NASD's Electronic Bulletin Board
  Symbol(2):
     Common Stock............................  ACMN
Risk Factors.................................  The  securities  offered hereby  are  speculative, involve  a high
                                                 degree of risk and immediate substantial dilution, and should be
                                                 considered only by investors who can afford to sustain a loss of
                                                 their entire investment. See 'Risk Factors' and 'Dilution.'
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Includes 1,200,000  shares of  Common  Stock included  in the  Offering  and
    375,000 shares of Common Stock included in the Bridge Units, each consisting
    of  one share  of Common  Stock and  one redeemable  Class A  Warrant of the
    Company, assuming  the conversion  of $750,000  principal amount  of  Bridge
    Notes  into 375,000 Bridge Units. Does not include an aggregate of 3,187,500
    shares which may be issued upon exercise of (i) the Warrants underlying  the
    Units   included  in  the  Offering;  (ii)  the  Underwriter's  Options  and
    underlying Warrants  ; (iii)  the  Underwriter's over-allotment  option  and
    underlying Warrants; (iv) the shares underlying the Warrants included in the
    Bridge  Units;  (v) outstanding  options  issued under  the  Company's stock
    option plan; and  (vi) other outstanding  options. See 'Interim  Financing,'
    'Description of Securities' and 'Underwriting.'
    
 
   
(2) Notwithstanding  listing  on  the  Pacific Stock  Exchange  or  Boston Stock
    Exchange, and trading on the NASD's Electronic Bulletin Board, there can  be
    no assurance that an active trading market for the Company's securities will
    develop or, if developed, will be sustained.
    
 
                                      A-3


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The  Company will  not receive  any proceeds from  the sale  by the Selling
Stockholder of the Registered Common Stock. The net proceeds to the Company from
the sale of  the 600,000  Units in  the Offering,  after deducting  underwriting
discounts  and commissions and other expenses  of the Offering, are estimated to
be  $3,405,000  ($3,953,100  if  the  Underwriter's  over-allotment  option   is
exercised  in full).  The Company  intends to utilize  the net  proceeds of this
offering over the next 24 months substantially as follows:
    
 
   
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              APPROXIMATE    APPROXIMATE
                                APPLICATION                                     AMOUNT       PERCENTAGE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>
Telephone Systems Inventory(1).............................................   $  475,000          14.0%
Videoconferencing Equipment Inventory(2)...................................      335,000           9.8
Leasing New Corporate Headquarters and Leasehold Improvements(3)...........      240,000           7.0
Hiring Additional Employees(4).............................................      450,000          13.2
Purchase of Computer Systems and Associated Software(5)....................      175,000           5.2
Marketing(6)...............................................................      300,000           8.8
Working Capital(7).........................................................    1,430,000          42.0
                                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                              $3,405,000         100.0%
                                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                              -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Includes telephone common equipment  ($150,000); telephone sets  ($250,000);
    and voice mail ($75,000).
    
 
   
(2) Includes   video  codecs  ($170,000);  monitors  ($85,000);  and  peripheral
    equipment, including cameras and audio systems ($80,000).
    
 
   
(3) Includes costs in connection with  moving the Company's headquarters  office
    to  larger facilities in the  first half of 1997.  It is estimated that such
    facilities will  contain approximately  10,000 square  feet of  space to  be
    utilized   for  executive,  administrative  and   sales  functions  and  for
    demonstration of the  Company's voice and  video communications systems.  An
    additional  approximately 5,000  square feet of  space will  be utilized for
    warehousing of the Company's inventory. See 'Business -- Facilities.'
    
 
   
(4) Includes costs associated  with the  planned hiring and  retention over  the
    next  two  years  of  two  branch sales  managers  for  the  Company's voice
    products, who will report directly to the Company's Vice President --  Sales
    and  Marketing of Voice Products; nine voice sales representatives, who will
    report  directly   to   the   voice  branch   sales   managers;   and   five
    videoconferencing  sales representatives,  who will  report directly  to the
    Company's  Vice  President  --  Sales  and  Marketing  of  Videoconferencing
    Products. See 'Business -- Sales and Marketing.'
    
 
   
(5) Includes  costs in connection with upgrading  both the hardware and software
    of the Company's computer  systems, software and  local area network  (LAN).
    The  new system  will encompass  service order  entry, inventory management,
    billing, accounting,  word  processing  and  administrative  software.  Also
    includes consulting fees for project design and implementation.
    
 
   
(6) Includes costs in connection with exhibiting the Company's products at trade
    shows  ($100,000), costs associated with a  direct mail campaign directed to
    the approximately 9,000  franchisees of CENTURY  21'r', ERA'r' and  Coldwell
    Banker'r'  ($100,000),  as  required under  the  Company's  Preferred Vendor
    Agreement with HFS  Incorporated, and costs  of telemarketing the  Company's
    videoconferencing   products   to   end-users   accounts   ($100,000).   See
    'Business -- Sales and Marketing.'
 
(7) Working capital will be used to pay general and administrative expenses, for
    general corporate purposes and the  possible acquisition of other voice  and
    video communications systems resellers.
    
 
   
                            ------------------------
     The  foregoing allocations are  estimates only and  are subject to revision
from time to time to meet the  Company's requirements; any excess will be  added
to  working capital  and any  shortage will  be dedicated  from working capital.
Furthermore,  allocations   may  be   changed  in   response  to   unanticipated
developments in the Company's business. The Company may re-allocate such amounts
from  time to 
    
 
                                      A-4
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
time among the  categories  shown above or to new categories if it believes such
to be in its best interest.  In the event that the Underwriter's  over-allotment
option is exercised or to the extent that the Warrants are exercised,  including
the Warrants  underlying the Bridge Units,  the Company will realize  additional
net proceeds,  which will be added to working capital.  Pending full utilization
of the net  proceeds of this  offering,  the Company  intends to make  temporary
investments in United States  government or federally  insured  securities.  The
Company believes that the net proceeds from this offering,  plus working capital
from  operations  and  other  sources  of  funds  will be  adequate  to  sustain
operations for at least the next two years.
    
 
                                      A-5
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
                  SELLING STOCKHOLDER AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
    
 
   
     In  addition to the 600,000 Units being  registered hereunder to be sold by
the Company in the Offering, the Company is registering for sale pursuant to the
Registration Statement of  which this  Prospectus is  a part,  25,000 shares  of
Common  Stock  ('Registered  Common  Stock') on  behalf  of  Richard  Reiss, the
President of  the Company  (the 'Selling  Stockholder'). Such  shares of  Common
Stock  may be sold commencing  three years from the  date of this Prospectus, or
earlier with the consent of the Underwriter.
    
 
   
     The following  table sets  forth certain  information with  respect to  the
Selling  Stockholder, as of the  date of this Prospectus,  and after the sale of
600,000 Units by the Company in the  Offering and 25,000 shares of Common  Stock
by the Selling Stockholder.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SHARES BENEFICIALLY                  SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                              OWNED PRIOR         NUMBER OF        OWNED AFTER
                                                            TO OFFERING(1)         SHARES        THE OFFERING(1)
                                                         ---------------------      TO BE      --------------------
                         NAME                             NUMBER       PERCENT     OFFERED      NUMBER      PERCENT
- ------------------------------------------------------   ---------     -------    ---------    ---------    -------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Richard Reiss.........................................   2,810,000(2)    68.1%      25,000     2,785,000      52.3%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
- ------------
    
 
   
(1) Includes  375,000 shares  of Common  Stock issuable  upon the  Conversion of
    $750,000 principal amount of Bridge Notes into 375,000 Bridge Notes prior to
    the Completion of the Offering. See 'Interim Financing.'
    
 
   
(2) Includes 750,000 shares issuable upon exercise  of an option granted to  Mr.
    Reiss   pursuant  to  his   employment  agreement  with   the  Company.  See
    'Management -- Employment Agreements.'
    
 
   
     The Company will  not receive  any proceeds from  the sale  by the  Selling
Stockholder of the Registered Common Stock.
    
 
   
     The  Selling Stockholder  has agreed to  reimburse the  Company for certain
expenses in connection  with the  registration of the  Registered Common  Stock.
These  expenses  consist of  $25  (SEC filing  fee  attributable to  the Selling
Stockholder's securities); $280 (based upon a  pro rata share of Blue Sky  legal
expenses  and filing fees); $700 (based upon a  pro rata share of legal fees and
expenses); and  $175  (based  upon a  pro  rata  share of  accounting  fees  and
expenses),  for a total of  $1,180. Such amounts will be  paid to the Company on
the date of the completion of the Offering.
    
 
   
     The Selling  Stockholder  has  advised  the Company  with  respect  to  the
Registered  Common  Stock, that  sales  may be  effected  from time  to  time in
transactions (which may include block transactions) by or for the account of the
Selling  Stockholder   in  the   over-the-counter   market  or   in   negotiated
transactions, a combination of such methods of sale or otherwise, and securities
may be transferred by gift. The Selling Stockholder may effect such transactions
by  selling his securities directly to purchasers, through broker-dealers acting
as agents for  the Selling  Stockholder or  to broker-dealers  who may  purchase
shares as principals and thereafter sell the securities from time to time in the
over-the-counter   market,  in   negotiated  transactions   or  otherwise.  Such
broker-dealers, if  any, may  receive  compensation in  the form  of  discounts,
concessions  or commissions from  the Selling Stockholder  and/or the purchasers
from whom such  broker-dealers may act  as agents or  to whom they  may sell  as
principals or otherwise (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer may
exceed customary commissions).
    
 
   
     The  Commission has recently adopted Regulation M to replace Rule 10b-6 and
certain other  rules  and  regulations  under the  Exchange  Act.  Regulation  M
prohibits any person engaged in the distribution of the Selling Securityholders'
securities from simultaneously engaging in market-making activities with respect
to any securities of the Company during the applicable 'cooling-off' period (one
or  five  business  days)  prior  to  the  commencement  of  such  distribution.
Accordingly, in the  event the  Underwriter is engaged  in a  distribution of  a
Selling  Stockholder's securities, it will  not be able to  make a market in the
Company's securities  during the  applicable  restrictive period.  However,  the
Underwriter  has not agreed to  and is not obligated  to act as broker-dealer in
the sale of the Selling Stockholder's securities and the Selling Stockholder may
be required, and in the event the Underwriter is a market-maker, will likely  be
required, to sell such securities through another broker-dealer. In addition, if
the Selling Stockholder desires to sell his securities he will be subject to the
applicable provisions of the
    
 
                                      A-6
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
Exchange Act and the rules and regulation thereunder, which provisions may limit
the  timing of the purchases and sales  of shares of the Company's securities by
the Selling Stockholder.
    
 
   
     The Selling Stockholder  and broker-dealers, if  any, acting in  connection
with  such sales  might be  deemed to  be 'underwriters'  within the  meaning of
Section 2(11) of the Securities Act and any commission received by them and  any
profit  on  the resale  of the  securities  might be  deemed to  be underwriting
discount and commissions under the  Securities Act. The Selling Stockholder  may
agree  to indemnify  any agent,  dealer, or  broker-dealer that  participates in
transactions  involving  sales  of  the  Company's  securities  against  certain
liabilities,  including liabilities arising  under the Securities  Act. Sales of
the Company's securities by  the Selling Stockholder, or  even the potential  of
such  sales, would  likely have  an adverse  effect on  the market  price of the
Common Stock.
    
 
   
     At the time a particular offer of the Company's securities is made by or on
behalf of the Selling Stockholder, to the extent required, a Prospectus will  be
distributed  which will set forth  the number of Bridge  Units, shares of Common
Stock and Warrants being  offered and the terms  of the offering, including  the
name or names of any underwriters, dealers or agents, if any, the purchase price
paid  by any underwriter for the Company's securities purchased from the Selling
Stockholder and any discounts, commissions  or concessions allowed or  reallowed
or paid to dealers, and the proposed selling price to the public.
    
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The  validity of the securities offered hereby  will be passed upon for the
Company by Singer Zamansky LLP, New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements of  the Company included  in this Prospectus  have
been  audited by Schneider Ehrlich & Wengrover LLP, independent auditors, as set
forth in their reports thereon appearing  elsewhere herein, and are included  in
reliance  upon such reports given upon the  authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
 
                              CONCURRENT OFFERING
 
   
     The Registration  Statement of  which  this Prospectus  forms a  part  also
covers  600,000 Units,  each consisting  of two shares  of Common  Stock and two
Warrants being  offered by  the Company  in the  Offering made  pursuant to  the
Offering Prospectus.
    
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The  Company is not a reporting company under the Exchange Act. The Company
has filed a Registration  Statement on Form SB-2  under the Securities Act  with
the  Commission in  Washington, D.C. with  respect to the  Units offered hereby.
This Prospectus, which is part of  the Registration Statement, does not  contain
all  of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits
thereto. For  further information  with respect  to the  Company and  the  Units
offered  hereby, reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and such
exhibits, which may be inspected without charge at the office of the  Commission
at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of
the  Commission located at Seven  World Trade Center, 13th  Floor, New York, New
York 10048 and at 500 West Madison (Suite 1400), Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies
of such  material may  also be  obtained  at prescribed  rates from  the  Public
Reference  Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549. The Commission  maintains a  web site  that contains  reports, proxy  and
information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file
electronically  with   the   Commission.   The   address   of   such   site   is
http://www.sec.gov.  Statements contained in this  Prospectus as to the contents
of any contract or other document  referred to are not necessarily complete  and
in  each instance  reference is made  to the  copy of such  contract or document
filed as an  exhibit to the  Registration Statement, each  such statement  being
qualified in all respects by such reference.
 
     Following  the offering, the  Company will be subject  to the reporting and
other  requirements  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  intends  to  furnish  to   its
stockholders  annual  reports containing  audited  financial statements  and may
furnish interim reports as it deems appropriate.
 
                                      A-7


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             [ALTERNATE BACK COVER]
 
_____________________________                      _____________________________
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON, OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR PROJECTIONS OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE
OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED  IN  THIS PROSPECTUS,  ANY SUCH  OTHER  INFORMATION,
PROJECTIONS  OR REPRESENTATIONS, IF  GIVEN OR MADE,  MUST NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN SO AUTHORIZED. THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR ANY SALE HEREUNDER
AT ANY TIME DOES NOT IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL  OR
A SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY
JURISDICTION  TO  ANY  PERSON TO  WHOM  IT IS  UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE  SUCH  OFFER OR
SOLICITATION.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                                              ----
<S>                                                                                                                           <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................................................................................................      3
Risk Factors...............................................................................................................      7
Dilution...................................................................................................................     14
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................................     15
Capitalization.............................................................................................................     17
Dividend Policy............................................................................................................     17
Selected Financial Data....................................................................................................     18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................................     19
Business...................................................................................................................     21
Management.................................................................................................................     30
Certain Transactions.......................................................................................................     34
Interim Financings.........................................................................................................     35
Principal Stockholders.....................................................................................................     36
Selling Securityholders and Plan of Distribution...........................................................................
Description of Securities..................................................................................................     37
Underwriting...............................................................................................................     40
Legal Matters..............................................................................................................     42
Experts....................................................................................................................     42
Concurrent Offering........................................................................................................     42
Additional Information.....................................................................................................     43
Index to Financial Statements..............................................................................................    F-1
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
     UNTIL               , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN  THE REGISTERED  SECURITIES, WHETHER  OR  NOT
PARTICIPATING IN ITS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS
IS  IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING
AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                               ALL COMMUNICATIONS
                                  CORPORATION
 
   
                         25,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
    
 
   
                            ------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                            ------------------------
    
 
                                            , 1997


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     Section  14A:3-5 of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act and paragraph 6
of  the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (Exhibit  3.3)  provide  for
indemnification   of  directors  and  officers  of  the  Company  under  certain
circumstances.
 
     Reference is  made to  Paragraphs 6  and 7  of the  Underwriting  Agreement
(Exhibit   1.1)  with  respect  to  indemnification   of  the  Company  and  the
Underwriter.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  or  controlling  persons  of   the
registrant,  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
such indemnification is  against public  policy as expressed  in the  Securities
Act,   and  is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In  the  event  that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant  of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director, officer or controlling
person of  the registrant  in the  successful  defense of  any action,  suit  or
proceeding)  is asserted  by such a  director, officer or  controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant  will,
unless  in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a  court of appropriate  jurisdiction the question  whether
such  indemnification  by  it  is  against public  policy  as  expressed  in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The following table sets  forth the estimated  expenses in connection  with
the issuance and distribution of the securities offered hereby.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
SEC registration fee...........................................................   $  4,494.01
NASD registration fee..........................................................      1,983.02
National Securities Exchange listing fee.......................................     22,500.00
Printing and engraving.........................................................     40,000.00
Accountants' fees and expenses.................................................     25,000.00
Legal fees.....................................................................    100,000.00
Transfer agent's and warrant agent's fees and expenses.........................      5,000.00
Blue Sky fees and expenses.....................................................     40,000.00
Underwriter's non-accountable expense allowance................................    126,000.00
Miscellaneous..................................................................     10,022.97
                                                                                  -----------
          Total................................................................   $375,000.00
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     Set forth below is information concerning the issuance by the Registrant of
its  securities within the  past three years  without registering the securities
under the Securities Act of 1933. All such securities are restricted  securities
and the certificates bear a restrictive legend.
 
                                      II-1
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     (a)  The following table sets forth  the Registrant's sales of unregistered
securities during the period from April 28, 1995 through December 13, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF
                                                                                   SHARES OF
                           NAME                               DATE OF PURCHASE    COMMON STOCK    CONSIDERATION
- ----------------------------------------------------------   ------------------   ------------    -------------
<S>                                                          <C>                  <C>             <C>
Peter Barrett.............................................       April 28, 1995        50,000        $ 1,500
Robert B. Kroner..........................................       April 28, 1995        33,334          1,000
Robert B. Kroner..........................................    December 13, 1996        50,000          1,500
E. Gerald Kay.............................................    December 13, 1996       100,000          3,000
Maureen Rini..............................................    December 13, 1996        25,000            750
Robin Kubu................................................    December 13, 1996        25,000            750
Leo Flotron...............................................    December 13, 1996       200,000          6,000
Joseph Scotti.............................................    December 13, 1996       200,000          6,000
Keith Blackmore...........................................    December 13, 1996        25,000            750
Douglas Roser.............................................    December 13, 1996        25,000            750
Andrea Grasso.............................................    December 13, 1996        25,000            750
Maria Aversa..............................................    December 13, 1996         2,500             75
Eric Gerkens..............................................    December 13, 1996         2,500             75
Richard Reiss.............................................    December 18, 1996       560,000         16,800
Anthony Zarro.............................................    December 18, 1996        10,000            300
                                                                                  ------------    -------------
                                                                                    1,333,334        $40,000
                                                                                  ------------    -------------
                                                                                  ------------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
     (b) In December  1996, the  Company completed a  bridge financing  ('Bridge
Financing'),  pursuant  to  which it  issued  to seven  accredited  investors an
aggregate of $750,000  principal amount  of 12%  Convertible Subordinated  Notes
('Bridge  Notes').  To the  extent not  converted, the  principal amount  of the
Bridge Notes  is due  and  payable on  the earlier  of  the completion  of  this
offering  or  December  31,  1999.  Commencing on  the  effective  date  of this
offering, the Bridge Notes are convertible,  at the option of the holders,  into
an  aggregate of  up to 375,000  Bridge Units,  each consisting of  one share of
Common Stock and one Warrant, and the Company will issue to each note holder one
Bridge Unit  for each  $2.00  principal amount  of  Bridge Notes  presented  for
conversion.  The following table  sets forth the  names of the  investors in the
Bridge Financing, together with the principal amount of Bridge Notes acquired by
each investor.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PRINCIPAL
                                                                          AMOUNT OF
                                 NAME                                    BRIDGE NOTES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------
<S>                                                                      <C>
Charles S. Junger.....................................................     $150,000
E. Gerald Kay.........................................................      125,000
Knoll-Smith Partnership...............................................      125,000
Stephen Capizzi.......................................................      100,000
R.F. Properties Corp. ................................................       75,000
Kenneth Lipson........................................................      150,000
Eric Friedman.........................................................       25,000
                                                                         ------------
                                                                           $750,000
                                                                         ------------
                                                                         ------------
</TABLE>
 
     The issuances  described in  paragraphs (a)  and (b)  are exempt  from  the
registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof
as transactions not involving a public offering.
 
   
     All  of the  individuals listed  in paragraph  (a) above  were employees or
consultants to the Company at  the time of the  issuances. Richard Reiss is  the
Chairman of the Board and President of the Company, Messrs. Barrett, Flotron and
Scotti  are Vice Presidents and  Robert B. Kroner is  a Director and the General
Counsel of the Company.  Messrs. Kay and Zarro  provided consulting services  to
the Company.
    
 
                                      II-2
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

ITEM 27. EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
    <S>        <C>
     1.1    -- Form of Amended Underwriting Agreement.
     1.2    -- Form of Amended Underwriter's Options.
     1.3    -- Form of Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and the Underwriter. (1)
     1.4    -- Form of Amended Selected Dealers Agreement.
     3.1    -- Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.(1)
     3.2    -- By-Laws, as amended.
     4.1    -- Form of Amended Warrant Agreement among the  Registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
               as Warrant Agent.
     4.2    -- Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Registrant.(1)
     4.3    -- Specimen Class A Warrant Certificate of Registrant.(1)
     5.1    -- Opinion of Singer Zamansky LLP.
    10.1    -- Agreement, dated December 9, 1996, between the Registrant and HFS Incorporated.(1)
    10.2    -- Dealer Agreement, dated May 20, 1992,  between the Registrant and Panasonic Communications &  Systems
               Company.(1)
    10.3    -- 1996 Reseller Agreement, dated April 1, 1996, between the Registrant and Sony Electronics Inc.(1)
    10.4    -- Employment Agreement, effective January 1, 1997, between the Registrant and Richard Reiss.(1)
    10.5    -- Employment Agreement, effective January 1, 1997, between the Registrant and Joseph Scotti.(1)
    10.6    -- Employment Agreement, effective January 1, 1997, between the Registrant and Leo Flotron.(1)
    10.7    -- Lease Agreement for  premises located at  1450 Route 22,  Mountainside, New Jersey,  dated April 13,
               1995, between the Registrant and Mountain Plaza Associates.(1)
    10.8    -- First Amendment to Lease Agreement for premises  located at 1450 Route 22, Mountainside, New  Jersey,
               dated June 27, 1996, between the Registrant and Mountain Plaza Associates.(1)
    10.9    -- Sublease Agreement for premises located at 1130 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Washington D.C., dated July
               1, 1996, between the Registrant and Charles L. Fishman, P.C.(1)
    10.10   -- Stock Option Plan.(1)
    10.11   -- Agreement, dated February 21, 1997, between the Registrant and Sprint North Supply.
    10.12   -- Dealer Sales Agreement, dated March 10, 1997, between the Registrant and Sprint North Supply.
    10.13   -- Subordination Agreement, dated March 22, 1996, between the Registrant and Panasonic Communications &
               Systems Company.
    10.14   -- Balance Term Loan  Agreement, dated May  22, 1996, between the  Registrant and The  Bank of New  York
               (NJ).
    10.15   -- Credit Line Agreement, dated May 22, 1996, between the Registrant and The Bank of New York (NJ).
    10.16   -- Employment Agreement, effective March   , 1997, between the Registrant and Richard Reiss.
    10.17   -- Lease Agreement for premises located at 225 Long Avenue, Hillside, New Jersey, dated March   , 1997,
               between the Registrant and Vitamin Realty Associates, L.L.C.
    11.1    -- Computation of Income Per Share.(1)
    24.1    -- Consent of Schneider Ehrlich & Wengrover LLP, the Company's Independent Auditors (see Page II-6).
    24.2    -- Consent of Singer Zamansky LLP (Included in Exhibit 5.1).
    25.1    -- Powers of Attorney (see Page II-5).
    27.1    -- Financial Data Schedule, Article 5.(1)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Previously filed.
    
 
                                      II-3
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS
 
     (1) To file, during any period in  which offers or sales are being made,  a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
          (i)  To include  any prospectus  required by  Section 10(a)(3)  of the
     Securities Act;
 
          (ii) To reflect in  the prospectus any facts  or events arising  after
     the  effective  date  of the  registration  statement (or  the  most recent
     post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the  aggregate,
     represent  a  fundamental  change  in  the  information  set  forth  in the
     registration statement;
 
          (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan  of
     distribution  not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
     material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
     (2) To  provide  to  the  underwriters at  the  closing  specified  in  the
underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such
names  as  required  by  the  underwriters to  permit  prompt  delivery  to each
purchaser.
 
     (3) For  determining liability  under  the Securities  Act, to  treat  each
post-effective  amendment  as a  new  registration statement  of  the securities
offered, and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial  bona
fide offering.
 
     (4)  To remove from the registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.
 
     (5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may  be permitted  to  directors, officers  or  controlling persons  of  the
registrant,  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
such indemnification is  against public  policy as expressed  in the  Securities
Act,   and  is  therefore,  unenforceable.  In   the  event  that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant  of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director, officer or controlling
person of  the registrant  in the  successful  defense of  any action,  suit  or
proceeding)  is  asserted by  such director,  officer  or controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant  will,
unless  in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a  court of appropriate  jurisdiction the question  whether
such  indemnification  by  it  is  against public  policy  as  expressed  in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     (6) For determining any  liability under the Securities  Act, to treat  the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  this
registration statement in  reliance upon Rule  430A and contained  in a form  of
prospectus  filed by the issuer under Rule 424(b)(1), or (4) or 497(h) under the
Securities Act  as  part of  this  registration statement  as  of the  time  the
Commission declared it effective.
 
     (7)  For determining any liability under  the Securities Act, to treat each
post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a   form  of  prospectus  as  a   new
registration statement for the securities offered in the registration statement,
and  that  offering of  the securities  at that  time as  the initial  bona fide
offering of those securities.
 
                                      II-4


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     In  accordance with  the requirements  of the  Securities Act  of 1933, the
amended Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe it  meets
all  the requirements  of filing on  Form SB-2 and  authorized this Registration
Statement to  be  signed  on  its behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized, in Mountainside, New Jersey on March 25, 1997.
    
 
                                          ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                                          By:          /S/ RICHARD REISS
                                               .................................
 
                                                       RICHARD REISS,
                                                          CHAIRMAN
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     KNOW  ALL MEN BY  THESE PRESENTS, that each  person whose signature appears
below  constitutes   and   appoints   Richard  Reiss   his   true   and   lawful
attorney-in-fact  and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any
and all amendments  (including post-effective amendments)  to this  Registration
Statement,  and to file the  same, with all exhibits  and schedules thereto, and
all other documents in  connection therewith, with  the Securities and  Exchange
Commission,  granting  unto  said  attorney-in-fact  and  agent  full  power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done, as fully ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and
agent or their substitutes or substitute may lawfully do or cause to be done  by
virtue hereof.
 
   
     In  accordance with  the requirements of  the Securities Act  of 1933, this
amended Registration Statement has been signed  by the following persons in  the
capacities indicated on March 25, 1997.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                              DATE
- ------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------   -------------------
<C>                                         <S>                                            <C>
            /s/ RICHARD REISS               Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief        March 25, 1997
 .........................................    Executive Officer and President (Principal
              RICHARD REISS                   Executive Officer)
 
             /s/ SCOTT TANSEY               Vice President -- Finance (Principal             March 25, 1997
 .........................................    Financial and Accounting Officer)
               SCOTT TANSEY
 
           /s/ ROBERT B. KRONER             Director                                         March 25, 1997
 .........................................
             ROBERT B. KRONER
 
            /s/ ERIC FRIEDMAN               Director                                         March 25, 1997
 .........................................
              ERIC FRIEDMAN
 
              PETER MALUSO*                 Director                                         March 25, 1997
 .........................................
               PETER MALUSO
 
              ANDREA GRASSO*                Director                                         March 25, 1997
 .........................................
              ANDREA GRASSO
 
      *By:        /s/ RICHARD REISS
 .........................................
     RICHARD REISS, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
     We  hereby consent to the  use in the Prospectus  constituting part of this
amended Registration Statement on Form SB-2 of our report dated January 21, 1997
relating to the  financial statements of  All Communications Corporation,  which
appears  in such Prospectus.  We also consent  to the reference  to us under the
heading 'Experts' is such Prospectus.
    
 
                                          SCHNEIDER EHRLICH & WENGROVER LLP
 
   
Woodbury, New York
March 25, 1997
    
 
                                      II-6




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
    <S>        <C>
     1.1    -- Form of Amended Underwriting Agreement.
     1.2    -- Form of Amended Underwriter's Options.
     1.3    -- Form of Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and the Underwriter. (1)
     1.4    -- Form of Amended Selected Dealers Agreement.
     3.1    -- Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.(1)
     3.2    -- By-Laws, as amended.
     4.1    -- Form of Amended Warrant Agreement among the  Registrant and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
               as Warrant Agent.
     4.2    -- Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Registrant.(1)
     4.3    -- Specimen Class A Warrant Certificate of Registrant.(1)
     5.1    -- Opinion of Singer Zamansky LLP.
    10.1    -- Agreement, dated December 9, 1996, between the Registrant and HFS Incorporated.(1)
    10.2    -- Dealer Agreement, dated May 20, 1992,  between the Registrant and Panasonic Communications &  Systems
               Company.(1)
    10.3    -- 1996 Reseller Agreement, dated April 1, 1996, between the Registrant and Sony Electronics Inc.(1)
    10.4    -- Employment Agreement, effective January 1, 1997, between the Registrant and Richard Reiss.(1)
    10.5    -- Employment Agreement, effective January 1, 1997, between the Registrant and Joseph Scotti.(1)
    10.6    -- Employment Agreement, effective January 1, 1997, between the Registrant and Leo Flotron.(1)
    10.7    -- Lease Agreement for  premises located at  1450 Route 22,  Mountainside, New Jersey,  dated April 13,
               1995, between the Registrant and Mountain Plaza Associates.(1)
    10.8    -- First Amendment to Lease Agreement for premises  located at 1450 Route 22, Mountainside, New  Jersey,
               dated June 27, 1996, between the Registrant and Mountain Plaza Associates.(1)
    10.9    -- Sublease Agreement for premises located at 1130 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Washington D.C., dated July
               1, 1996, between the Registrant and Charles L. Fishman, P.C.(1)
    10.10   -- Stock Option Plan.(1)
    10.11   -- Agreement, dated February 21, 1997, between the Registrant and Sprint North Supply.
    10.12   -- Dealer Sales Agreement, dated March 10, 1997, between the Registrant and Sprint North Supply.
    10.13   -- Subordination Agreement, dated March 22, 1996, between the Registrant and Panasonic Communications &
               Systems Company.
    10.14   -- Balance Term Loan  Agreement, dated May  22, 1996, between the  Registrant and The  Bank of New  York
               (NJ).
    10.15   -- Credit Line Agreement, dated May 22, 1996, between the Registrant and The Bank of New York (NJ).
    10.16   -- Employment Agreement, effective March   , 1997, between the Registrant and Richard Reiss.
    10.17   -- Lease Agreement for premises located at 225 Long Avenue, Hillside, New Jersey, dated March   , 1997,
               between the Registrant and Vitamin Realty Associates, L.L.C.
    11.1    -- Computation of Income Per Share.(1)
    24.1    -- Consent of Schneider Ehrlich & Wengrover LLP, the Company's Independent Auditors (see Page II-6).
    24.2    -- Consent of Singer Zamansky LLP (Included in Exhibit 5.1).
    25.1    -- Powers of Attorney (see Page II-5).
    27.1    -- Financial Data Schedule, Article 5.(1)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) Previously filed.
    

                            STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES

             The registered trademark shall be expressed as....'r'



<PAGE>





<PAGE>


            600,000 Units (each Unit consisting of two (2) shares of
                Common Stock, no par value per share and two (2)
                           Warrants for Common Stock)

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                              New York, New York
                                                              __________, 1997

Monroe Parker Securities, Inc.
2500 Westchester Avenue
Purchase, New York  10577

         All Communications Corporation, a New Jersey corporation (the
"Company"), proposes to issue and sell to you (the "Underwriter"), an aggregate
of 600,000 Units ("Units"), each Unit consisting of two (2) shares of Common
Stock, no par value per share ("Common Stock"), and two (2) Class A Redeemable
Purchase Warrants for Common Stock ("Warrants"). The Units, Common Stock and
Warrants may be collectively referred to hereinafter as the "Securities". Each
Warrant entitles the registered holder thereof to purchase one (1) share of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.25 per share for a period of three (3)
years, commencing __________, 1998 (one (1) year from the Effective Date)
through __________, 2001. The Warrants are subject to redemption by the Company
upon not less than thirty (30) days' notice at any time after ___________, 1998
(eighteen (18) months from the Effective Date) or earlier with the consent of
the Underwriter, at $.10 per warrant, if the closing sale price per share of
Common Stock has equaled or exceeded 250% of the then exercise price of the
Warrants on all 20 business days ending on the third day prior to the written
notice of redemption. In addition, the Company proposes to grant to the
Underwriter the option referred to in Section 2(b) to purchase all or any part
of an aggregate of 90,000 additional Units.

         Unless the context otherwise requires, the aggregate of 600,000 Units
to be sold by the Company (together with the additional Units sold pursuant to
Section 2(b)) and the shares of Common Stock and the Warrants comprising the
Units, are herein called the "Units." The Common Stock to be outstanding after
giving effect to the sale of the Units are also called the "Shares."




<PAGE>
<PAGE>




          You have advised the Company that you desire to purchase the Units.
The Company confirms the agreements made by it with respect to the purchase of
the Units by the Underwriter as follows:

          1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants to, and agrees with you that:

                  (a) A registration statement (File No. 333-_______) on Form
SB-2 relating to the public offering of the Units, including a form of
prospectus subject to completion, copies of which have heretofore been delivered
to you, has been prepared in conformity with the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the rules and regulations (the "Rules
and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission")
thereunder, and has been filed with the Commission under the Act and one or more
amendments to such registration statement may have been so filed. After the
execution of this Agreement, the Company will file with the Commission either
(i) if such registration statement, as it may have been amended, has been
declared by the Commission to be effective under the Act, a prospectus in the
form most recently included in an amendment to such registration statement (or,
if no such amendment shall have been filed in such registration statement), with
such changes or insertions as are required by Rule 430A under the Act or
permitted by Rule 424(b) under the Act and as have been provided to and approved
by you prior to the execution of this Agreement, or (ii) if such registration
statement, as it may have been amended, has not been declared by the Commission
to be effective under the Act, an amendment to such registration statement,
including a form of prospectus, a copy of which amendment has been furnished to
and approved by you prior to the execution of this Agreement. As used in this
Agreement, the term "Company" means All Communications Corporation and/or each
of its subsidiaries ("Subsidiaries"); the term "Registration Statement" means
such registration statement, as amended at the time when it was or is declared
effective, including all financial schedules and exhibits thereto and including
any information omitted therefrom pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act and
included in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined); the term "Preliminary
Prospectus" means each prospectus subject to completion filed with such
registration statement or any amendment thereto (including the prospectus
subject to completion, if any, included in the Registration Statement or any
amendment thereto at the time it was or is declared effective); and the term
"Prospectus" means the prospectus first filed with the Commission pursuant to
Rule 424(b) under the Act, or, if no prospectus is required to be filed pursuant
to said Rule 424(b), such term means the prospectus included in the Registration
Statement; except that if such registration statement or prospectus is amended
or such prospectus is supplemented, after the effective date of such
registration statement and prior to the Option Closing Date (as hereinafter
defined), the terms "Registration Statement" and "Prospectus" shall include such
registration statement and prospectus as so amended, and the term "Prospectus"
shall include the prospectus as so supplemented, or both, as the case may be.



                                        2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  (b) The Commission has not issued any order preventing or
suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus. At the time the Registration
Statement becomes effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to and on the
First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) or the Option Closing Date, as the
case may be, (i) the Registration Statement and Prospectus will in all respects
conform to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations; and (ii)
neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus will include any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make statements therein not misleading; provided,
however, that the Company makes no representations, warranties or agreements as
to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or
Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information
furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriter specifically for use
in the preparation thereof. It is understood that the statements set forth in
the Prospectus with respect to stabilization, under the heading "Underwriting",
the Risk Factor entitled "Underwriter's Limited Underwriting Experience" and the
identity of counsel to the Underwriter under the heading "Legal Matters"
constitute for purposes of this Section and Section 6(b) the only information
furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Underwriter for inclusion in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus, as the case may be.

                  (c) The Company and its Subsidiaries have been duly
incorporated and are validly existing as corporations in good standing under the
laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation with full corporate
power and authority to own their properties and conduct their business as
described in the Prospectus and are duly qualified or licensed to do business as
foreign corporations and are in good standing in each other jurisdiction in
which the nature of their business or the character or location of their
properties require such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify
will not materially adversely affect the Company's or Subsidiaries' business,
properties or financial condition.

                  (d) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of
the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the predecessors of the Company, is
as set forth the Company's financial statements contained in the Registration
Statement; the shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company and
its Subsidiaries set forth therein have been duly authorized, validly issued and
are fully paid and nonassessable; except as set forth in the Prospectus, no
options, warrants, or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations
to issue, or agreements or other rights to convert any obligation into, any
shares of capital stock of the Company or its Subsidiaries have been granted or
entered into by the Company or its Subsidiaries; and the capital stock conforms
to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus.

                  (e) The Units and the shares of Common Stock, when paid for,
issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will have been duly authorized,
issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations
of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting
the right of creditors generally or by general equitable principles, and
entitled to



                                        3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




the rights and preferences provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, which
will be in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The terms
of the Common Stock conform to the description thereof in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus.

                  The Warrants, when paid for, issued and delivered pursuant to
this Agreement, will have been duly authorized, issued and delivered and will
constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in
accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting the right of creditors generally
or by general equitable principles, and entitled to the benefits provided by the
warrant agreement pursuant to which such Warrants are to be issued (the "Warrant
Agreement"), which will be substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants have been reserved for issuance upon the exercise of the Warrants and
when issued in accordance with the terms of the Warrants and Warrant Agreement,
will be duly and validly authorized validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable and free of preemptive rights. The Warrant Agreement has been
duly authorized and, when executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement,
assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the transfer agent, will
have been duly executed and delivered and will constitute the valid and legally
binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms,
except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws
affecting the rights of creditors generally or by general equitable principles.
The Warrants and Warrant Agreement conform to the respective descriptions
thereof in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

                  The Purchase Option (as defined in the Registration
Statement), when paid for, issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement will
constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in
accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits provided by the
Purchase Option, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency or other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or by
general equitable principles. The Securities issuable upon exercise of the
Purchase Option (and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants) when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, the
Purchase Option and the Warrant Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive rights.

                  (f) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized,
executed and delivered by the Company. The Company has full power and authority
to authorize, issue and sell the Units to be sold by it hereunder on the terms
and conditions set forth herein, and no consent, approval, authorization or
other order of any governmental authority is required in connection with such
authorization, execution and delivery or in connection with the authorization,
issuance and sale of the Units or the Purchase Option, except such as may be
required under the Act or state securities laws.

                  (g) Except as described in the Prospectus, or which would not
have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise),
business prospects, net worth



                                        4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




or properties of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a "Material
Adverse Effect"), the Company and its Subsidiaries are not in violation, breach
or default of or under, and consummation of the transactions herein contemplated
and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement will not conflict with, or
result in a breach or violation of, any of the terms or provisions of, or
constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien,
charge or encumbrance upon any of the property or assets of the Company or its
Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any material indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or
its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or its Subsidiaries may be
bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or its
Subsidiaries is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the
provisions of the certificate of incorporation or the by-laws of the Company or
its Subsidiaries, as amended, or any statute or any order, rule or regulation
applicable to the Company or its Subsidiaries of any court or of any regulatory
authority or other governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company or its
Subsidiaries.

                  (h) Subject to the qualifications stated in the Prospectus,
the Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all
properties and assets described in the Prospectus as owned by them, free and
clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except such as are
not materially significant or important in relation to their business; all of
the material leases and subleases under which the Company or its Subsidiaries is
the lessor or sublessor of properties or assets or under which the Company and
its Subsidiaries holds properties or assets as lessee or sublessee as described
in the Prospectus are in full force and effect, and, except as described in the
Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries are not in default in any material
respect with respect to any of the terms or provisions of any of such leases or
subleases, and, to the best knowledge of the Company, no claim has been asserted
by anyone adverse to rights of the Company or its Subsidiaries as lessor,
sublessor, lessee or sublessee under any of the leases or subleases mentioned
above, or affecting or questioning the right of the Company or its Subsidiaries
to continued possession of the leased or subleased premises or assets under any
such lease or sublease except as described or referred to in the Prospectus; and
the Company and its Subsidiaries own or lease all such properties described in
the Prospectus as are necessary to their operations as now conducted and, except
as otherwise stated in the Prospectus, as proposed to be conducted as set forth
in the Prospectus.

                  (i) ________________, which has given its report on certain
financial statements filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration
Statement, is with respect to the Company, independent public accountants as
required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

                  (j) The financial statements, and schedules together with
related notes, set forth in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement present
fairly the financial position and results of operations and changes in cash flow
position of the Company and its Subsidiaries on the basis stated in the
Registration Statement, at the respective dates and for the respective



                                        5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




periods to which they apply. Said statements and schedules and related notes
have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
applied on a basis which is consistent during the periods involved except as
disclosed in the Prospectus and Registration Statement.

                  (k) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information
is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and except as otherwise
disclosed or contemplated therein, the Company and its Subsidiaries have not
incurred any liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, not in the
ordinary course of business, or entered into any transaction not in the ordinary
course of business, which would have a Material Adverse Effect, and there has
not been any change in the capital stock of, or any incurrence of short-term or
long-term debt by, the Company or its Subsidiaries or any issuance of options,
warrants or other rights to purchase the capital stock of the Company or its
Subsidiaries or any material adverse change or any development involving, so far
as the Company or its Subsidiaries can now reasonably foresee a prospective
adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), net worth, results of
operations, business, key personnel or properties of it which would have a
Material Adverse Effect.

                  (l) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there is not now
pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, any action, suit or
proceeding to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party before or by any
court or governmental agency or body, which might result in any material adverse
change in the financial condition, business prospects, net worth, or properties
of the Company or its Subsidiaries, nor are there any actions, suits or
proceedings related to environmental matters or related to discrimination on the
basis of age, sex, religion or race; and no labor disputes involving the
employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries exist or to the knowledge of the
Company, are threatened which might be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

                  (m) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and its
Subsidiaries have filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and
franchise tax returns required to be filed as of the date hereof and have paid
all taxes shown as due thereon; and there is no tax deficiency which has been,
or to the knowledge of the party, may be asserted against the Company or its
Subsidiaries.

                  (n) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement or
Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries have sufficient licenses, permits
and other governmental authorizations currently necessary for the conduct of
their business or the ownership of their properties as described in the
Prospectus and is in all material respects complying therewith and owns or
possesses adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications,
trademarks, service marks, trade-names, trademark registrations, service mark
registrations, copyrights and licenses necessary for the conduct of such
businesses and have not received any notice of conflict with the asserted rights
of others in respect thereof. To the best knowledge of the Company, none of the
activities or business of the Company and its Subsidiaries are in



                                        6



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




violation of, or cause the Company or its Subsidiaries to violate, any law,
rule, regulation or order of the United States, any state, county or locality,
or of any agency or body of the United States or of any state, county or
locality, the violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (o) The Company and its Subsidiaries have not, directly or
indirectly, at any time (i) made any contributions to any candidate for
political office, or failed to disclose fully any such contribution in violation
of law or (ii) made any payment to any state, federal or foreign governmental
officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public
duties, other than payments or contributions required or allowed by applicable
law. The Company's and Subsidiaries' internal accounting controls and procedures
are sufficient to cause the Company and its Subsidiaries to comply in all
material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

                  (p) On the Closing Dates (hereinafter defined) all transfer or
other taxes, (including franchise, capital stock or other tax, other than income
taxes, imposed by any jurisdiction) if any, which are required to be paid in
connection with the sale and transfer of the Securities to the Underwriter
hereunder will have been fully paid or provided for by the Company and all laws
imposing such taxes will have been complied with in all material respects.

                  (q) All contracts and other documents of the Company which
are, under the Rules and Regulations, required to be filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement have been so filed.

                  (r) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the
Company has no Subsidiaries.

                  (s) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the
Company has not entered into any agreement pursuant to which any person is
entitled either directly or indirectly to compensation from the Company for
services as a finder in connection with the proposed public offering.

                  (t) Except as previously disclosed in writing by the Company
to the Underwriter or as disclosed in the Registration Statement, no officer,
director or stockholder of the Company has any National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") affiliation.

                  (u) No other firm, corporation or person has any rights to
underwrite an offering of any of the Company's securities.



                                        7



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         2.       Purchase, Delivery and Sale of the Units.

                  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and
upon the basis of the representations, warranties, and agreements herein
contained, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriter and the
Underwriter agrees to buy from the Company at $6.30 per Unit, at the place and
time hereinafter specified, 600,000 Units (the "First Units").

                  Delivery of the First Units against payment therefor shall
take place at the offices of Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP, 950 Third Avenue, New
York, New York (or at such other place as may be designated by agreement between
the Underwriter and the Company) at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on __________,
1997, or at such later time and date as the Underwriter may designate in writing
to the Company at least two business days prior to such purchase, but not later
than __________, 1997 such time and date of payment and delivery for the First
Units being herein called the "First Closing Date."

                  (b) In addition, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, and upon the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
herein contained, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriter (the
"Over-Allotment Option") to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of an
additional 90,000 Units to cover over allotments at the same price per Unit as
the Underwriter shall pay for the First Units being sold pursuant to the
provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 2 (such additional Units being
referred to herein as the "Option Units"). This option may be exercised within
45 days after the effective date of the Registration Statement upon written
notice by the Underwriter to the Company advising as to the amount of Option
Units as to which the option is being exercised, the names and denominations in
which the certificates for such Option Units are to be registered and the time
and date when such certificates are to be delivered. Such time and date shall be
determined by the Underwriter but shall not be earlier than four nor later than
ten full business days after the exercise of said option (but in no event more
than 55 days after the Effective Date), nor in any event prior to the First
Closing Date, and such time and date is referred to herein as the "Option
Closing Date." Delivery of the Option Units against payment therefor shall take
place at the offices of Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP, 950 Third Avenue, New York,
NY 10022 (or at such other place as may be designated by agreement between the
Underwriter and the Company). The option granted hereunder may be exercised only
to cover over-allotments in the sale by the Underwriter of First Units referred
to in subsection (a) above. No Option Units shall be delivered unless all First
Units shall have been delivered to the Underwriter as provided herein.

                  (c) The Company will make the certificates for the Units to be
purchased by the Underwriter hereunder available to you for checking at least
two full business days prior to the First Closing Date or the Option Closing
Date (which are collectively referred to herein as the "Closing Dates"). The
certificates shall be in such names and denominations as you may request, at
least three full business days prior to the Closing Dates. Delivery of the



                                        8



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




certificates at the time and place specified in this Agreement is a further
condition to the obligations of the Underwriter.

                  Definitive certificates in negotiable form for the Units to be
purchased by the Underwriter hereunder will be delivered by the Company to you
for the account of the Underwriter against payment of the respective purchase
prices by the Underwriter, by wire transfer or certified or bank cashier's
checks in New York Clearing House funds, payable to the order of the Company.

                  In addition, in the event the Underwriter exercises the option
to purchase from the Company all or any portion of the Option Units pursuant to
the provisions of subsection (b) above, payment for such Units shall be made to
or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer or certified or bank cashier's
checks payable in New York Clearing House funds at the offices of Bernstein &
Wasserman, LLP, 950 Third Avenue, New York, N.Y., at the time and date of
delivery of such Units as required by the provisions of subsection (b) above,
against receipt of the certificates for such Units by you for your account
registered in such names and in such denominations as you may reasonably
request.

                  It is understood that the Underwriter proposes to offer the
Units to be purchased hereunder to the public upon the terms and conditions set
forth in the Registration Statement, after the Registration Statement becomes
effective.

          3.      Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees
with the Underwriter that:

                  (a) The Company will use its best efforts to cause the
Registration Statement to become effective. If required, the Company will file
the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto with the Commission in
the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Act.
Upon notification from the Commission that the Registration Statement has become
effective, the Company will so advise you and will not at any time, whether
before or after the effective date, file any amendment to the Registration
Statement or supplement to the Prospectus of which you shall not previously have
been advised and furnished with a copy or to which you or your counsel shall
have reasonably objected in writing or which is not in compliance with the Act
and the Rules and Regulations. At any time prior to the later of (A) the
completion by the Underwriter of the distribution of the Units contemplated
hereby (but in no event more than nine months after the date on which the
Registration Statement shall have become or been declared effective) and (B) 25
days after the date on which the Registration Statement shall have become or
been declared effective, the Company will prepare and file with the Commission,
promptly upon your request, any amendments or supplements to the Registration
Statement or Prospectus which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company and the
Underwriter, may be reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the
distribution of the Units.



                                        9



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  As soon as the Company is advised thereof, the Company will
advise you, and provide you copies of any written advice, of the receipt of any
comments of the Commission, of the effectiveness of any post-effective amendment
to the Registration Statement, of the filing of any supplement to the Prospectus
or any amended Prospectus, of any request made by the Commission for an
amendment of the Registration Statement or for supplementing of the Prospectus
or for additional information with respect thereto, of the issuance by the
Commission or any state or regulatory body of any stop order or other order or
threat thereof suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any
order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the
suspension of the qualification of the Units for offering in any jurisdiction,
or of the institution of any proceedings for any of such purposes, and will use
its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order, and, if issued, to
obtain as soon as possible the lifting thereof.

                  The Company has caused to be delivered to you copies of each
Preliminary Prospectus, and the Company has consented and hereby consents to the
use of such copies for the purposes permitted by the Act. The Company authorizes
the Underwriter and dealers to use the Prospectus in connection with the sale of
the Units for such period as in the opinion of counsel to the Underwriter and
the Company the use thereof is required to comply with the applicable provisions
of the Act and the Rules and Regulations. In case of the happening, at any time
within such period as a Prospectus is required under the Act to be delivered in
connection with sales by the Underwriter or dealer of any event of which the
Company has knowledge and which materially affects the Company or the securities
of the Company, or which in the opinion of counsel for the Company and counsel
for the Underwriter should be set forth in an amendment of the Registration
Statement or a supplement to the Prospectus in order to make the statements
therein not then misleading, in light of the circumstances existing at the time
the Prospectus is required to be delivered to a purchaser of the Units or in
case it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with
law or with the Rules and Regulations, the Company will notify you promptly and
forthwith prepare and furnish to you copies of such amended Prospectus or of
such supplement to be attached to the Prospectus, in such quantities as you may
reasonably request, in order that the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented,
will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material facts necessary in order to make the statements in the Prospectus, in
the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. The
preparation and furnishing of any such amendment or supplement to the
Registration Statement or amended Prospectus or supplement to be attached to the
Prospectus shall be without expense to the Underwriter, except that in case the
Underwriter is required, in connection with the sale of the Units to deliver a
Prospectus nine months or more after the effective date of the Registration
Statement, the Company will upon request of and at the expense of the
Underwriter, amend or supplement the Registration Statement and Prospectus and
furnish the Underwriter with reasonable quantities of prospectuses complying
with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act.



                                       10



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  The Company will comply with the Act, the Rules and
Regulations and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and the
rules and regulations thereunder in connection with the offering and issuance of
the Securities.

                  (b) The Company will furnish such information as may be
required and to otherwise cooperate and use its best efforts to qualify or
register the Units for sale under the securities or "blue sky" laws of such
jurisdictions as you may designate and will make such applications and furnish
such information as may be required for that purpose and to comply with such
laws, provided the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign
corporation or a dealer in securities or to execute a general consent of service
of process in any jurisdiction in any action other than one arising out of the
offering or sale of the Units. The Company will, from time to time, prepare and
file such statements and reports as are or may be required to continue such
qualification in effect for so long a period as the counsel to the Company and
the Underwriter deem reasonably necessary.

                  (c) If the sale of the Units provided for herein is not
consummated as a result of the Company not performing its obligations hereunder
in all material respects, the Company shall pay all costs and expenses incurred
by it which are incident to the performance of the Company's obligations
hereunder, including but not limited to, all of the expenses itemized in Section
8, including the accountable expenses of the Underwriter (including the
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriter), if the offering is
not consummated.

                  (d) The Company will use its best efforts to (i) cause a
registration statement under the Exchange Act to be declared effective
concurrently with the completion of this offering and will notify you in writing
immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, and (ii) to
obtain and keep current a listing in the Standard & Poors or Moody's OTC
Industrial Manual.

                  (e) For so long as the Company is a reporting company under
either Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company, at its expense,
will furnish to its stockholders an annual report (including financial
statements audited by independent public accountants), in reasonable detail and
at its expense, will furnish to you during the period ending five (5) years from
the date hereof, (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year,
but no earlier than the filing of such information with the Commission a balance
sheet of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal
year, together with statements of income, surplus and cash flow of the Company
and any Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and
accompanied by a copy of the certificate or report thereon of independent
accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first
three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, but no earlier than the filing of
such information with the Commission, consolidated summary financial information
of the Company for such quarter in reasonable detail; (iii) as soon as they are
publicly available, a copy of all reports (financial or other) mailed to
security holders; (iv) as soon as they are available, a copy of all non-


                                       11

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




confidential reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the
Commission or any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which any
class of securities of the Company is listed; and (v) such other information as
you may from time to time reasonably request.

                  (f) In the event the Company has an active subsidiary or
Subsidiaries, such financial statements referred to in subsection (e) above will
be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its
subsidiary or Subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its
stockholders generally.

                  (g) The Company will deliver to you at or before the First
Closing Date two signed copies of the Registration Statement including all
financial statements and exhibits filed therewith, and of all amendments
thereto, and will deliver to the Underwriter such number of conformed copies of
the Registration Statement, including such financial statements but without
exhibits, and of all amendments thereto, as the Underwriter may reasonably
request. The Company will deliver to or upon your order, from time to time until
the effective date of the Registration Statement, as many copies of any
Preliminary Prospectus filed with the Commission prior to the effective date of
the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request. The Company will
deliver to the Underwriter on the effective date of the Registration Statement
and thereafter for so long as a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the
Act, from time to time, as many copies of the Prospectus, in final form, or as
thereafter amended or supplemented, as the Underwriter may from time to time
reasonably request.

                  (h) The Company will make generally available to its security
holders and to the registered holders of its Warrants and deliver to you as soon
as it is practicable to do so but in no event later than 90 days after the end
of twelve months after its current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which
need not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months
beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which shall
satisfy the requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act.

                  (i) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of
the Securities substantially for the purposes set forth under "Use of Proceeds"
in the Prospectus and, except as set forth therein, shall not use any proceeds
to pay any (i) debt for borrowed funds, or (ii) debt or obligation owed to any
insider outside of salary in the ordinary course of business.

                  (j) The Company will promptly prepare and file with the
Commission any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement,
Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus and take any other action, which in the
opinion of counsel to the Underwriter and counsel to the Company, may be
reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the
Securities, and will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective
as promptly as possible.



                                       12



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  (k) The Company will reserve and keep available the maximum
number of its authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon
exercise of the Purchase Option outstanding from time to time.

                  (l) (1) For a period of thirty six (36) months from the First
Closing Date or twenty four (24) months with respect to the Bridge Lenders to
the Company or Richard Reiss, no officer, director or shareholder of any
securities prior to the offering will, directly or indirectly, offer, sell
(including any short sale), grant any option for the sale of, acquire any option
to dispose of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock without the
prior written consent of the Underwriter, other than as set forth in the
Registration Statement. In order to enforce this covenant, the Company shall
impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities owned by every
shareholder prior to the offering until the end of such period (subject to any
exceptions to such limitation on transferability set forth in the Registration
Statement). If necessary to comply with any applicable Blue-sky Law, the shares
held by such shareholders will be escrowed with counsel for the Company or
otherwise as required.

                  (2) Except for the issuance of shares of capital stock by the
Company in connection with a dividend, recapitalization, reorganization or
similar transactions or as result of the exercise of warrants or options to
purchase up to 500,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to an incentive and
non-qualified stock option plan disclosed in or issued or granted pursuant to
plans disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Company shall not, for a
period of thirty six (36) months following the First Closing Date, directly or
indirectly, offer, sell, issue or transfer any shares of its capital stock, or
any security exchangeable or exercisable for, or convertible into, shares of the
capital stock or (including stock options) register any of its capital stock
(under any form of registration statement including Form S-8), without the prior
written consent of the Underwriter upon at least 30 days' notice. Options
granted pursuant to plans must be exercisable at the fair market value on the
date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Company may issue
securities during said thirty six (36) month period in connection with
acquisitions by the Company which would have a positive effect on the Company's
income statement based upon generally accepted accounting principles.

                  (m) Upon completion of this offering, the Company will make
all filings required, including registration under the Exchange Act, to obtain
the listing of the Units, Common Stock and the Warrants in the Nasdaq SmallCap
system, and will use its best efforts to effect and maintain such listing for at
least five years from the date of this Agreement.

                  (n) Except for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company represents that it has not taken
and agrees that it will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to
or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or
result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any of the
Securities.



                                       13



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  (o) On the First Closing Date and simultaneously with the
delivery of the Units, the Company shall execute and deliver to you the Purchase
Option. The Purchase Option will be substantially in the form filed as an
Exhibit to the Registration Statement.

                  (p) On the First Closing Date, the Company will have in force
key person life insurance on the life of Mr. Reiss in an amount of not less than
$1,000,000, payable to the Company, and will use its best efforts to maintain
such insurance during the three year period commencing with the First Closing
Date.

                  (q) So long as any Warrants are outstanding and the exercise
price of the Warrants is less than the market price of the Common Stock, the
Company shall use its best efforts to cause post-effective amendments to the
Registration Statement to become effective in compliance with the Act and
without any lapse of time between the effectiveness of any such post-effective
amendments and cause a copy of each Prospectus, as then amended, to be delivered
to each holder of record of a Warrant and to furnish to the Underwriter as many
copies of each such Prospectus as such Underwriter or dealer may reasonably
request. The Company shall not call for redemption of any of the Warrants unless
a registration statement covering the securities underlying the Warrants has
been declared effective by the Commission and remains current at least until the
date fixed for redemption.

                  (r) For a period of five (5) years following the Effective
Date, the Company will maintain registration with the Commission pursuant to
Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and will provide to the Underwriter copies of
all filings made with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act. In the event
that the Company fails to maintain registration with the Commission pursuant to
Section 12(g) during such five year period, the Company will provide reasonable
access to an independent accountant designated by the Underwriter, to all books,
records and other documents or statements that reflect the Company's financial
status at least once each quarter, at the Company's expense.

                  (s) The Company agrees to pay the Underwriter a warrant
solicitation fee of 5.0% of the exercise price of any of the Warrants exercised
beginning one (1) year after the Effective Date (not including warrants
exercised by the Underwriter) if (a) the market price of the Company's Common
Stock on the date the Warrant is exercised is greater than the exercise price of
the Warrant, (b) the exercise of the Warrant was solicited by the Underwriter
and the holder of the warrant designates the Underwriter in writing as having
solicited such Warrant, (c) the Warrant is not held in a discretionary account,
(d) disclosure of the compensation arrangement is made upon the sale and
exercise of the Warrants, (e) soliciting the exercise is not in violation of
Rule 10b-6 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (f) solicitation of
the exercise is in compliance with the NASD Notice to Members 81-38 (September
22, 1981).

                  (t) For a period of two years from the Effective Date, at the
request of the Underwriter, the Company shall provide promptly, at the expense
of the Company, copies of



                                       14



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




the Company's monthly transfer sheets furnished to it by its transfer agent and
copies of the securities position listings provided to it by the Depository
Trust Company.

                  (u)      The Company hereby agrees that:

                           (i) The Company will pay a finder's fee to the
Underwriter, equal to five percent (5%) of the first $3,000,000 of the
consideration involved in any transaction, 4% of the next $3,000,000 of
consideration involved in the transaction, 3% of the next $2,000,000, 2% of the
next $2,000,000 and 1% of the excess, if any, for future consummated
transactions, if any, introduced by the Underwriter (including mergers,
acquisitions, joint ventures, and any other business for the Company introduced
by the Underwriter) consummated by the Company (an "Introduced Consummated
Transaction"), in which the Underwriter introduced the other party to the
Company during a period ending five years following the First Closing Date; and

                           (ii) Any finder's fee due hereunder will be paid in
cash or other consideration that is acceptable to the Underwriter, at the
closing of the particular Introduced Consummated Transaction for which the
finder's fee is due.

                  (v) Upon the first Closing Date and simultaneously with the
delivery of the Securities, the Company shall execute and deliver to the
Underwriter, a two year financial consulting agreement in the form attached as
an Exhibit to the Registration Statement which shall require the Company to pay
the Underwriter 2% of the gross proceeds of the Offering. (the "Financial
Consulting Agreement").

                  (w) For a period of two (2) years following the Effective Date
the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent
certified public accountants to review (but not audit) the Company's financial
statements for each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters prior to the
announcement of quarterly financial information, the filing of the Company's
10-Q quarterly report and the mailing of quarterly financial information to
stockholders, provided that the Company shall not be required to file a report
of such accountants relating to such review with the Commission. The Company
will retain its present legal counsel and independent certified public
accountants for at least one year from the Closing Date.

                  (x) For the two (2) year period commencing on the First
Closing Date, the Company shall recommend and use its best efforts to elect a
designee of the Underwriter as a member of the Company's Board of Directors.
Such designee shall serve on the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors so long as such designee would qualify as disinterested for the
purpose of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Alternatively, the Underwriter may appoint an advisor who will be able to attend
all meetings of the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors shall
have the right to require such advisor to execute a confidentiality agreement
satisfactory to the Company. The



                                       15



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




Underwriter shall also have the right to written notice no later than notice to
other directors of each meeting and to obtain copies of the minutes, if
requested, from all Board of Directors meetings for two (2) years following the
Effective Date of the Registration Statement, whether or not a nominee of the
Underwriter attends or participates in any such Board meeting. To the extent
permitted by law, the Company will indemnify the Underwriter and its designee
for the actions of such designee as a director of the Company. The Company will
use its best efforts to obtain liability insurance not to exceed $50,000 per
year in premiums to cover acts of officers and directors, including said
designee. The Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriter immediately upon the
Underwriter's request therefor of any reasonable travel and lodging expenses
directly incurred by the Underwriter in connection with its designee or
representative attending Company Board meetings on the same basis for other
Board members.

                  (y) For a period of thirty (30) days from and after the
Effective Date, the Company will not issue a press release or engage in any
publicity other than promotion by the Company of its products and services and
other press releases in the ordinary course of its business, without the
Underwriter's prior written consent, unless required by law.

          4. Conditions of Underwriter's Obligation. The obligations of the
Underwriter to purchase and pay for the Units which it has agreed to purchase
hereunder, are subject to the accuracy (as of the date hereof, and as of the
Closing Dates) of and compliance with the representations and warranties of the
Company herein, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder,
and to the following conditions:

                  (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and
you shall have received notice thereof not later than 10:00 A.M., New York time,
on the day following the date of this Agreement, or at such later time or on
such later date as to which you may agree in writing; on or prior to the Closing
Dates no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
shall have been issued and no proceedings for that or a similar purpose shall
have been instituted or shall be pending or, to your knowledge or to the
knowledge of the Company, shall be contemplated by the Commission; any request
on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been
complied with to the satisfaction of the Commission; and no stop order shall be
in effect denying or suspending effectiveness of such qualification nor shall
any stop order proceedings with respect thereto be instituted or pending or
threatened. If required, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the
Commission in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b)
under the Act.

                  (b) At the First Closing Date, you shall have received the
opinion, dated as of the First Closing Date, of Singer Zamansky LLP, counsel for
the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriter,
to the effect that:

                           (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries have been duly
incorporated and are validly existing as corporations in good standing under the
laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, with all requisite
corporate power and authority to own their

                                       16



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




properties and conduct their business as described in the Registration Statement
and Prospectus and are duly qualified or licensed to do business as foreign
corporations and are in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the
ownership or leasing of their properties or conduct of their business requires
such qualification except where the failure to qualify or be licensed will not
have a Material Adverse Effect;

                           (ii) the authorized capitalization of the Company as
of _______, 1997 is as set forth in the Registration Statement; the Securities
as set forth in the Registration Statement have been duly authorized and upon
payment of consideration therefor, will be validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the description thereof
contained in the Prospectus; to such counsel's knowledge the outstanding shares
of capital stock of the Company and its Subsidiaries have not been issued in
violation of the preemptive rights of any shareholder and to such counsel's
knowledge the shareholders of the Company do not have any preemptive rights or
other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, nor are there any restrictions
upon the voting or transfer of any of the capital stock except as provided in
the Prospectus or as required by law. The Securities, the Purchase Option and
the Warrant Agreement conform in all material respects to the respective
descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus; the shares of Common Stock,
and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants, the Purchase
Option, and the Warrant Agreement will have been duly authorized and, when
issued and delivered in accordance with their respective terms, will be duly and
validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, free of preemptive rights to the
best of their knowledge; to the best of their knowledge, all prior sales by the
Company of the Company's securities, have been made in compliance with or under
an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities
laws; a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock has been reserved for
issuance upon exercise of the Warrants and Common Stock has been reserved for
issuance upon exercise of the Warrants contained in the Purchase Option and to
the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the filing of the Registration
Statement nor the offering or sale of the Securities as contemplated by this
Agreement gives rise to any registration rights other than those which have been
waived or satisfied for or relating to the registration of any shares of Common
Stock;

                           (iii) this Agreement, the Purchase Option, and the
Warrant Agreement have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered
by the Company;

                           (iv) the certificates evidencing the Securities as
described in the Registration Statement comply in all material respects with the
descriptions set forth therein, and comply with the Delaware General Corporation
Law, as in effect on the date hereof; each Warrant will be exercisable for one
share of the Common Stock of the Company, respectively, and at the prices
provided for in the Warrant Agreement;

                           (v) except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration
Statement, such counsel knows of no pending or threatened legal or governmental
proceedings to which the Company or its Subsidiaries are a party which would
materially adversely affect the business,





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




property, financial condition or operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries;
or which question the validity of the Securities, this Agreement, the Warrant
Agreement or the Purchase Option, or of any action taken or to be taken by the
Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement or the Purchase
Option; to such counsel's knowledge there are no governmental proceedings or
regulations required to be described or referred to in the Registration
Statement which are not so described or referred to;

                           (vi) the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
the Purchase Option or the Warrant Agreement and the incurrence of the
obligations herein and therein set forth and the consummation of the
transactions herein or therein contemplated, will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under the certificate of incorporation or
by-laws of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or to the best knowledge of counsel
after due inquiry, in the performance or observance of any material obligations,
agreement, covenant or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note or other
evidence of indebtedness or in any material contract, indenture, mortgage, loan
agreement, lease, joint venture or other agreement or instrument to which the
Company or its Subsidiaries is a party or by which they or any of their
properties is bound or in violation of any order, rule, regulation, writ,
injunction, or decree of any government, governmental instrumentality or court,
domestic or foreign the result of which would have a Material Adverse Effect;

                           (vii) the Registration Statement has become effective
under the Act, and to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no
proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending before, or
threatened by, the Commission; the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
(except for the financial statements and other financial data contained therein,
or omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) as of
the Effective Date comply as to form in all material respects with the
applicable requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations;

                           (viii) in the course of preparation of the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus such counsel has participated in
conferences with the President of the Company with respect to the Registration
Statement and Prospectus and such discussions did not disclose to such counsel
any information which gives such counsel reason to believe that the Registration
Statement or any amendment thereto at the time it became effective contained any
untrue statement of a material fact required to be stated therein or omitted to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus or any supplement
thereto contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
material fact necessary in order to make statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (except, in the case of
both the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and the Prospectus and
any supplement thereto, for the financial statements, notes thereto and other
financial information (including without limitation, the pro forma financial
information) and schedules contained therein, as to which such counsel need
express no opinion);


                                       18


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                           (ix) all descriptions in the Registration Statement
and the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, of contracts and
other agreements to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party are
accurate and fairly present in all material respects the information required to
be shown, and such counsel is familiar with all contracts and other agreements
referred to in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any such
amendment or supplement or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, and
such counsel does not know of any contracts or agreements to which the Company
or its Subsidiaries is a party of a character required to be summarized or
described therein or to be filed as exhibits thereto which are not so
summarized, described or filed;

                           (x) no authorization, approval, consent, or license
of any governmental or regulatory authority or agency is necessary in connection
with the authorization, issuance, transfer, sale or delivery of the Securities
by the Company, in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement by the Company or in connection with the taking of any action
contemplated herein, or the issuance of the Purchase Option or the Securities
underlying the Purchase Option, other than registrations or qualifications of
the Securities under applicable state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws and
registration under the Act; and

                           (xi) the Units, shares of Common Stock and the
Warrants have been duly authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq SmallCap System
("Nasdaq").

                  Such opinion shall also cover such matters incident to the
transactions contemplated hereby as the Underwriter or counsel for the
Underwriter shall reasonably request. In rendering such opinion, such counsel
may rely upon certificates of any officer of the Company or public officials as
to matters of fact; and may rely as to all matters of law other than the law of
the United States or of the State of New York or Delaware upon opinions of
counsel satisfactory to you, in which case the opinion shall state that they
have no reason to believe that you and they are not entitled to so rely.

                  (c)      Intentionally Omitted.

                  (d) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters relating
to this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other related
matters shall be satisfactory to or approved by Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP,
counsel to the Underwriter.

                  (e) You shall have received a letter prior to the Effective
Date and again on and as of the First Closing Date from ________________,
independent public accountants for the Company, substantially in the form
reasonably acceptable to you, providing you with such "cold comfort" as you may
reasonably require.

                  (f) At the Closing Dates, (i) the representations and
warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct
in all material respects with the


                                       19


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Dates taking into account for
the Option Closing Dates the effect of the transactions contemplated hereby and
the Company or its Subsidiaries shall have performed all of its obligations
hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be satisfied at or
prior to such Closing Date; (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all statements which are
required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Rules and
Regulations, and shall in all material respects conform to the requirements
thereof, and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus nor any
amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (iii) there shall have
been, since the respective dates as of which information is given, no material
adverse change, or to the Company or its Subsidiaries's knowledge, any
development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the business,
properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, capital
stock, long-term or short-term debt or general affairs of the Company or its
Subsidiaries from that set forth in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, except changes which the Registration Statement and Prospectus
indicate might occur after the effective date of the Registration Statement, and
the Company or its Subsidiaries shall not have incurred any material liabilities
or entered into any material agreement not in the ordinary course of business
other than as referred to in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; (iv)
except as set forth in the Prospectus, no action, suit or proceeding at law or
in equity shall be pending or threatened against the Company or its Subsidiaries
which would be required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, and no
proceedings shall be pending or threatened against the Company or its
Subsidiaries before or by any commission, board or administrative agency in the
United States or elsewhere, wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding
would materially and adversely affect the business, property, condition
(financial or otherwise), results of operations or general affairs of the
Company or its Subsidiaries, and (v) you shall have received, at the First
Closing Date, a certificate signed by each of the President and the principal
operating officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries, dated as of the First
Closing Date, evidencing compliance with the provisions of this subsection (f).

                  (g) Upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option provided for in
Section 2(b) hereof, the obligations of the Underwriter to purchase and pay for
the Option Units referred to therein will be subject (as of the date hereof and
as of the Option Closing Date) to the following additional conditions:

                           (i) The Registration Statement shall remain effective
at the Option Closing Date, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness
thereof shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have
been instituted or shall be pending, or, to your knowledge or the knowledge of
the Company, shall be contemplated by the Commission, and any reasonable request
on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been
complied with to the satisfaction of the Commission.


                                       20


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                           (ii) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been
delivered to you the signed opinion of Singer Zamansky LLP, counsel to the
Company, dated as of the Option Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP, counsel to the Underwriter, which
opinion shall be substantially the same in scope and substance as the opinion
furnished to you at the First Closing Date pursuant to Sections 4(b) hereof,
except that such opinion, where appropriate, shall cover the Option Securities.

                           (iii) At the Option Closing Date there shall have be
delivered to you a certificate of the President and the principal operating
officer of the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Bernstein & Wasserman, LLP, counsel to the
Underwriter, substantially the same in scope and substance as the certificate
furnished to you at the First Closing Date pursuant to Section 4(f) hereof.

                           (iv) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been
delivered to you a letter in form and substance satisfactory to you from
________________, dated the Option Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriter
confirming the information in their letter referred to in Section 4(e) hereof
and stating that nothing has come to their attention during the period from the
ending date of their review referred to in said letter to a date not more than
five business days prior to the Option Closing Date, which would require any
change in said letter if it were required to be dated the Option Closing Date.

                           (v) All proceedings taken at or prior to the Option
Closing Date in connection with the sale and issuance of the Option Units shall
be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to you, and you and Bernstein &
Wasserman, LLP, counsel to the Underwriter, shall have been furnished with all
such documents, certificates, and opinions as you may reasonably request in
connection with this transaction in order to evidence the accuracy and
completeness of any of the representations, warranties or statements of the
Company or its compliance with any of the covenants or conditions contained
herein.

                  (h) No action shall have been taken by the Commission or the
NASD the effect of which would make it improper, at any time prior to the
Closing Date, for members of the NASD to execute transactions (as principal or
agent) in the Securities and no proceedings for the taking of such action shall
have been instituted or shall be pending, or, to the knowledge of the
Underwriter or the Company, shall be contemplated by the Commission or the NASD.
The Company and the Underwriter represent that at the date hereof each has no
knowledge that any such action is in fact contemplated against it by the
Commission or the NASD.

                  (i) If any of the conditions herein provided for in this
Section shall not have been fulfilled in all material respects as of the date
indicated, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriter under this
Agreement may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, each Closing Date by the
Underwriter notifying the Company of such cancellation in


                                       21


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




writing or by telegram at or prior to the applicable Closing Date. Any such
cancellation shall be without liability of the Underwriter to the Company.

           5.     Conditions of the Obligations of the Company, The obligation
of the Company to sell and deliver the Units is subject to the following
conditions:

                  (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not
later than 10:00 A.M. New York time, on the day following the date of this
Agreement, or on such later date as the Company and the Underwriter may agree in
writing.

                  (b) At the Closing Dates, no stop orders suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the Act
or any proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

                  If the conditions to the obligations of the Company provided
for in this Section have been fulfilled on the First Closing Date but are not
fulfilled after the First Closing Date and prior to the Option Closing Date,
then only the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver the Units on
exercise of the Over-Allotment Option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall
be affected.

         6.       Indemnification.

                  (a) The Company agrees (i) to indemnify and hold harmless the
Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against
any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several (which shall, for
all purposes of this Agreement, include, but not be limited to, all reasonable
costs of defense and investigation and all reasonable attorneys' fees), to which
such Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise, and (ii) to reimburse, as incurred, the Underwriter and such
controlling persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third party
witness in connection with any losses, claims, damages or liabilities; insofar
as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
relating to (i) and (ii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in (A) the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, (B) any blue sky application or other document executed by
the Company specifically for that purpose containing written information
specifically furnished by the Company and filed in any state or other
jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all of the Securities under the
securities laws thereof (any such application, document or information being
hereinafter called a "Blue Sky Application"), or arise out of or are based upon
the omission or alleged omission to state in the Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or
in any Blue Sky Application, a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that
the Company will not be

                                       22



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




required to indemnify the Underwriter and any controlling person or be liable in
any such case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, claim,
damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on
behalf of the Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation of the
Registration Statement or any such amendment or supplement thereof or any such
Blue Sky Application or any such preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any
such amendment or supplement thereto, provided, further that the indemnity with
respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not be applicable on account of any
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation arising from the sale of
Securities to any person if a copy of the Prospectus was not delivered to such
person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale to such person. This
indemnity will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise
have.

                  (b) The Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the
Company, each of its directors, each nominee (if any) for director named in the
Prospectus, each of its officers who have signed the Registration Statement and
each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act,
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (which shall, for all
purposes of this Agreement, include, but not be limited to, all costs of defense
and investigation and reasonable attorneys' fees) to which the Company or any
such director, nominee, officer or controlling person may become subject under
the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or any Blue Sky Application in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriter
specifically for use in the preparation thereof and for any violation by the
Underwriter in the sale of such Securities of any applicable state or federal
law or any rule, regulation or instruction thereunder relating to violations
based on unauthorized statements by Underwriter or its representative; provided
that such violation is not based upon any violation of such law, rule or
regulation or instruction by the party claiming indemnification or inaccurate or
misleading information furnished by the Company or its representatives,
including information furnished to the Underwriter as contemplated herein. This
indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Underwriter
may otherwise have.

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party
will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party
under this Section, notify in writing the indemnifying party of the commencement
thereof; but the omission so to notify the

                                       23



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to
any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section. In case any such action
is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party
of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to
participate in, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other
indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, subject to
the provisions herein stated, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such
indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such
indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the
indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this
Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of investigation. The indemnified party shall have the right to employ
separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof,
but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall not be at the expense of the
indemnifying party if the indemnifying party has assumed the defense of the
action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided
that the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
the indemnifying party if (i) the employment of such counsel has been
specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or (ii) the named
parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the
indemnified party and the indemnifying party and in the reasonable judgment of
the counsel to the indemnified party, it is advisable for the indemnified party
to be represented by separate counsel (in which case the indemnifying party
shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such
indemnified party, it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party
shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially
similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same
general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and
expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys for the indemnified party,
which firm shall be designated in writing by the indemnified party). No
settlement of any action against an indemnified party shall be made without the
consent of the indemnified party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld in
light of all factors of importance to such indemnified party. If it is
ultimately determined that indemnification is not permitted, then an indemnified
party will return all monies advanced to the indemnifying party.

         7.       Contribution.

                  In order to provide for just and equitable contribution under
the Act in any case in which the indemnification provided in Section 6 hereof is
requested but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or
decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal
or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be
enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that the express provisions of
Section 6 provide for indemnification in such case, then the Company and each
person who controls the Company, in the aggregate, and the Underwriter shall
contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they
may be subject (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include, but
not be limited to, all reasonable costs of defense and investigation and all
reasonable attorneys' fees) (after contribution from others) in

                                       24



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




such proportions that the Underwriter is responsible in the aggregate for that
portion of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities represented by the
percentage that the underwriting discount for each of the Units appearing on the
cover page of the Prospectus bears to the public offering price appearing
thereon and the Company shall be responsible for the remaining portion;
provided, however, that if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law
then allocated in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect relative benefits
but also the relative fault of the Company and the Underwriter and controlling
persons, in the aggregate, in connection with the statements or omissions which
resulted in such damages and other relevant equitable considerations shall also
be considered. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among
other things, whether in the case of an untrue statement of a material fact or
the omission to state a material fact, such statement or omission relates to
information supplied by the Company or the Underwriter and the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriter agree that it
would not be just and equitable if the respective obligations of the Company and
the Underwriter to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 were to be determined
by pro rata or per capita allocation of the aggregate damages or by any other
method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to in this Section 7. No person guilty of a fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. As used in this paragraph, the word "Company" includes any
officer, director, or person who controls the Company within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act. If the full amount of the contribution specified in this
paragraph is not permitted by law, then the Underwriter and each person who
controls the Underwriter shall be entitled to contribution from the Company, its
officers, directors and controlling persons, and the Company, its officers,
directors and controlling persons shall be entitled to contribution from the
Underwriter to the full extent permitted by law. The foregoing contribution
agreement shall in no way affect the contribution liabilities of any persons
having liability under Section 11 of the Act other than the Company and the
Underwriter. No contribution shall be requested with regard to the settlement of
any matter from any party who did not consent to the settlement; provided,
however, that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in light of all
factors of importance to such party.

         8.       Costs and Expenses.

                  (a) Whether or not this Agreement becomes effective or the
sale of the Securities to the Underwriter is consummated, the Company will pay
all costs and expenses incident to the performance of this Agreement by the
Company including, but not limited to, the fees and expenses of counsel to the
Company and of the Company's accountants; the costs and expenses incident to the
preparation, printing, filing and distribution under the Act of the Registration
Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments and
exhibits thereto), Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, the fee of the NASD in connection with the filing required by the
NASD relating to the offering of the Units contemplated hereby; all expenses,
including reasonable fees not to exceed $40,000


                                       25


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriter, in connection with the
qualification of the Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws
which the Underwriter shall designate; the cost of printing and furnishing to
the Underwriter copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary
Prospectus, the Prospectus, this Agreement, and the Blue Sky Memorandum, any
fees relating to the listing of the Units, Common Stock and Warrants on Nasdaq
or any other securities exchange, the cost of printing the certificates
representing the Securities; fees for bound volumes and prospectus memorabilia
and the fees of the transfer agent and warrant agent. The Company shall pay any
and all taxes (including any transfer, franchise, capital stock or other tax
imposed by any jurisdiction) on sales to the Underwriter hereunder. The Company
will also pay all costs and expenses incident to the furnishing of any amended
Prospectus or of any supplement to be attached to the Prospectus as called for
in Section 3(a) of this Agreement except as otherwise set forth in said Section.

                  (b) In addition to the foregoing expenses, the Company shall
at the First Closing Date pay to the Underwriter a non-accountable expense
allowance of $126,000. In the event the overallotment option is exercised, the
Company shall pay to the Underwriter at the Option Closing Date an additional
amount in the aggregate equal to 3% of the gross proceeds received upon exercise
of the overallotment option. In the event the transactions contemplated hereby
are not consummated by reason of any action by the Underwriter (except if such
prevention is based upon a breach by the Company of any covenant, representation
or warranty contained herein or because any other condition to the Underwriter's
obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Company is not fulfilled)
the Company shall not be liable for any expenses of the Underwriter, including
the Underwriter's legal fees. In the event the transactions contemplated hereby
are not consummated by reason of the Company being unable to perform its
obligations hereunder in all material respects, the Company shall be liable for
the actual accountable out-of-pocket expenses of the Underwriter, including
reasonable legal fees.

                  (c) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, no
person is entitled either directly or indirectly to compensation from the
Company, from the Underwriter or from any other person for services as a finder
in connection with the proposed offering, and the Company agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless the Underwriter, against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement,
include, but not be limited to, all costs of defense and investigation and all
reasonable attorneys' fees), to which the Underwriter or person may become
subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon the claim of any person (other
than an employee of the party claiming indemnity) or entity that he or it is
entitled to a finder's fee in connection with the proposed offering by reason of
such person's or entity's influence or prior contact with the indemnifying
party.

         9.       Effective Date.


                                       26


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  The Agreement shall become effective upon its execution except
that you may, at your option, delay its effectiveness until 11:00 A.M., New York
time on the first full business day following the effective date of the
Registration Statement, or at such earlier time on such business day after the
effective date of the Registration Statement as you in your discretion shall
first commence the public offering of the Units. The time of the initial public
offering shall mean the time of release by you of the first newspaper
advertisement with respect to the Securities, or the time when the Securities
are first generally offered by you to dealers by letter or telegram, whichever
shall first occur. This Agreement may be terminated by you at any time before it
becomes effective as provided above, except that Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8, 12, 13,
14 and 15 shall remain in effect notwithstanding such termination.

10.       Termination.

                  (a) After this Agreement becomes effective, this Agreement,
except for Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8, 12, 13, 14 and 15 hereof, may be terminated
at any time prior to the First Closing Date, by you if in your judgment (i)
trading in securities on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock
Exchange having been suspended or limited, (ii) material governmental
restrictions have been imposed on trading in securities generally (not in force
and effect on the date hereof), (iii) a banking moratorium has been declared by
federal or New York state authorities, (iv) an outbreak of major international
hostilities involving the United States or other substantial national or
international calamity has occurred, (v) a pending or threatened legal or
governmental proceeding or action relating generally to the Company's business,
or a notification has been received by the Company of the threat of any such
proceeding or action, which would materially adversely affect the Company; (vi)
the passage by the Congress of the United States or by any state legislative
body of similar impact, of any act or measure, or the adoption of any orders,
rules or regulations by any governmental body or any authoritative accounting
institute or board, or any governmental executive, which is reasonably believed
likely by the Underwriter to have a material adverse impact on the business,
financial condition or financial statements of the Company; or (vii) any
material adverse change having occurred, since the respective dates of which
information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, in the
earnings, business prospects or general condition of the Company, financial or
otherwise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

                  (b) If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming
effective or to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 10, the
Company shall be promptly notified by you, by telephone or telegram, confirmed
by letter.

                                       27



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         11.      Purchase Option.

                  At or before the First Closing Date, the Company will sell the
Underwriter or its designees for a consideration of $60, and upon the terms and
conditions set forth in the form of Purchase Option annexed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, a Purchase Option to purchase an aggregate of 60,000
Units. In the event of conflict in the terms of this Agreement and the Purchase
Option with respect to language relating to the Purchase Option, the language of
the Purchase Option shall control.

         12.      Representations and Warranties of the Underwriter.

                  The Underwriter represents and warrants to the Company that it
is registered as a broker-dealer in all jurisdictions in which it is offering
the Units and that it will comply with all applicable state or federal laws
relating to the sale of the Units, including but not limited to, violations
based on unauthorized statements by the Underwriter or its representatives.

          13.     Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive
Delivery.

                  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations,
warranties and other statements of the Company and the Underwriter and the
undertakings set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full
force and effect until three years from the date of this Agreement, regardless
of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriter, the Company or any
of its officers or directors or any controlling person and will survive delivery
of and payment of the Securities and the termination of this Agreement.

         14.      Notice.

                  Any communications specifically required hereunder to be in
writing, if sent to the Representative, will be mailed, delivered or telecopied
and confirmed to them at Monroe Parker Securities, Inc., 2500 Westchester
Avenue, Purchase, New York 10577, with a copy sent to Bernstein & Wasserman,
LLP, 950 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Steven F. Wasserman,
or if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telecopied and confirmed
to it at 1450 Route 22 West, Suite 103, Mountainside, NJ 07092, with a copy sent
to Singer Zamansky LLP, 48 Exchange Place, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10005.
Notice shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any
standard form of telecommunication.

         15.      Parties in Interest.

                  The Agreement herein set forth is made solely for the benefit
of the Underwriter, the Company, any person controlling the Company or the
Underwriter, and directors of the Company, nominees for directors (if any) named
in the Prospectus, its officers

                                       28



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



who have signed the Registration Statement, and their respective executors,
administrators, successors, assigns and no other person shall acquire or have
any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. The term "successors and
assigns" shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, from the
Underwriter of the Units.

         16.      Applicable Law.

                  This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, of the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements
made and to be entirely performed within New York.

         17.      Counterparts.

                  This agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts
each of which shall be deemed to constitute an original and shall become
effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties
hereto and delivered to the other parties (including by fax, followed by
original copies by overnight mail).

         18.      Entire Agreement; Amendments.

                  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
hereto and supersedes all prior written or oral agreements, understandings and
negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not
be amended except in writing, signed by the Underwriter and the Company.

                  If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of
our agreement, kindly sign and return this agreement, whereupon it will become a
binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriter in accordance with its
terms.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                       By:______________________________________
                                          Name:   Richard Reiss
                                          Title:  President

                  The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and
accepted as of the date first above written.

                                       MONROE PARKER SECURITIES, INC.

                                       By:_____________________________________
                                          Name:   Stephen J. Drescher
                                          Title:  Director Corporate Finance

                                       29


<PAGE>





<PAGE>


                               Option to Purchase
                                  60,000 Units

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                 PURCHASE OPTION

                             Dated: __________, 1997

         THIS CERTIFIES that Monroe Parker  Securities,  Inc., 2500  Westchester
Avenue,  Purchase, NY 10577 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Holder"),
is  entitled  to  purchase  from  ALL  COMMUNICATIONS  CORPORATION  (hereinafter
referred  to as  the  "Company"),  at the  prices  and  during  the  periods  as
hereinafter specified, up to 60,000 Units ("Units"), each Unit consisting of two
(2) shares of Common Stock,  no par value per share  ("Common  Stock"),  and (2)
Class A Redeemable  Common Stock Purchase  Warrants  ("Warrants").  Each Warrant
entitles the registered holder thereof to purchase one (1) share of Common Stock
at an  exercise  price  of $4.25  per  share.  The  Warrants  (hereinafter,  the
"Warrants")  are  exercisable  for a three year period,  commencing  __________,
1998(one (1) year from the Effective Date).  Hereinafter,  the Units,  shares of
Common  Stock and  Warrants  shall be referred to as an "Option  Securities"  or
"Securities."

         The Securities have been registered  under a Registration  Statement on
Form SB-2 (File No.  333-________)  declared  effective  by the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission on __________,  1997 (the "Registration  Statement").  This
Option (the "Option") to purchase 60,000 Units was originally issued pursuant to
an underwriting agreement between the Company and Monroe Parker Securities, Inc.
as underwriter  (the  "Underwriter"),  in connection  with a public  offering of
600,000 Units  (collectively,  the "Public Securities") through the Underwriter,
in consideration of $60.00 received for the Option.

         Except as specifically  otherwise provided herein, the Common Stock and
the  Warrants  issued  pursuant  to this  Option  shall  bear the same terms and
conditions as described under the caption



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




"Description  of Securities"  in the  Registration  Statement,  and the Warrants
shall be governed by the terms of the Warrant  Agreement dated as of __________,
1997,   executed  in  connection   with  such  public   offering  (the  "Warrant
Agreement"),  except that the holder  shall have  registration  rights under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  for the Option,  the Units, the
Common Stock and the Warrants  included in the Option,  and the shares of Common
Stock  underlying the Warrants,  as more fully  described in paragraph 6 of this
Option.  In the event of any  reduction  of the  exercise  price of the Warrants
included in the Public Securities,  the same changes to the Warrants included in
the Option and the components thereof shall be simultaneously effected.

         1. The rights  represented  by this Option  shall be  exercised  at the
prices, subject to adjustment in accordance with paragraph 8 of this Option, and
during the periods as follows:

                  (a) Between __________,  1998 (one (1) year from the Effective
Date) and  __________,  2002,  inclusive,  the  Holder  shall have the option to
purchase  Units  hereunder at a price of $8.40 per Unit  (subject to  adjustment
pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof) (the "Exercise Price").

                  (b)      After __________, 2002, the Holder shall have no
right to purchase any Units hereunder.

         2. The rights  represented  by this Option may be exercised at any time
within the period above specified,  in whole or in part, by (i) the surrender of
this Option (with the purchase form at the end hereof properly  executed) at the
principal executive office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the
Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of
the Holder  appearing on the books of the Company);  (ii) payment to the Company
of the  Exercise  Price  then in effect  for the  number  of  Option  Securities
specified in the  above-mentioned  purchase form together with applicable  stock
transfer  taxes,  if any; and (iii)  delivery to the Company of a duly  executed
agreement signed by the person(s)  designated in the purchase form to the effect
that such  person(s)  agree(s) to be bound by the  provisions of paragraph 6 and
subparagraphs  (b),  (c) and (d) of  paragraph 7 hereof.  This  Option  shall be
deemed  to have been  exercised,  in whole or in part to the  extent  specified,
immediately  prior  to  the  close  of  business  on the  date  this  Option  is
surrendered and payment is made in accordance



                                        2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




with the foregoing  provisions of this paragraph 2, and the person or persons in
whose name or names the  certificates  for shares of Common  Stock and  Warrants
shall be  issuable  upon such  exercise  shall  become  the holder or holders of
record of such Common Stock and Warrants at that time and date. The Common Stock
and Warrants and the certificates for the Common Stock and Warrants so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder  within a reasonable  time,  not  exceeding ten
(10)  days,  after the  rights  represented  by this  Option  shall have been so
exercised.

         3.  This  Option  shall  not  be  transferred,   sold,   assigned,   or
hypothecated  for a period of one (1) year from the Effective Date,  except that
it may be transferred to successors of the Holder,  and may be assigned in whole
or in part to any person who is an officer of the Holder or selling group member
of the  offering  during such period.  Any  transfer  after one (1) year must be
accompanied with an immediate  exercise of the Option. Any such assignment shall
be effected by the Holder (i) executing the form of assignment at the end hereof
and (ii)  surrendering  this Option for  cancellation at the office or agency of
the Company  referred to in  paragraph 2 hereof,  accompanied  by a  certificate
(signed by an officer  of the  Holder if the Holder is a  corporation),  stating
that each  transferee is a permitted  transferee  under this paragraph 3 hereof;
whereupon the Company shall issue,  in the name or names specified by the Holder
(including the Holder) a new Option or Options of like tenor and representing in
the  aggregate  rights to purchase the same number of Option  Securities  as are
purchasable hereunder.

         4. The Company  covenants  and agrees  that all shares of Common  Stock
which may be issued as part of the Option Securities purchased hereunder and the
Common  Stock  which may be issued  upon  exercise of the  Warrants  will,  upon
issuance, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company
further  covenants  and agrees that during the periods  within which this Option
may be exercised,  the Company will at all times have  authorized and reserved a
sufficient  number of shares of its Common  Stock to provide for the exercise of
this Option and that it will have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of
shares of Common Stock for issuance  upon  exercise of the Warrants  included in
the Option Securities.

         5.       This Option shall not entitle the Holder to any voting,
dividend, or other rights as a stockholder of the Company.



                                        3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         6. (a)  During  the  period set forth in  paragraph  l(a)  hereof,  the
Company shall advise the Holder or its transferee,  whether the Holder holds the
Option or has  exercised  the Option and holds Option  Securities  or any of the
securities underlying the Option Securities,  by written notice at least 20 days
prior  to  the  filing  of any  post-effective  amendment  to  the  Registration
Statement  or of any new  registration  statement  or  post-effective  amendment
thereto  under the Act  covering  any  securities  of the  Company,  for its own
account or for the account of others  (other than a  registration  statement  on
Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor forms  thereto),  and will for a period of five
years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, upon the request of
the Holder within 10 days of the receipt of the Company's notice, include in any
such post-effective amendment or registration statement, such information as may
be required to permit a public offering of the Option,  all or any of the Units,
Common  Stock,  or Warrants  included in the Units or the Common Stock  issuable
upon the exercise of the Warrants (the  "Registrable  Securities").  The Company
shall supply  prospectuses and such other documents as the Holder may request in
order to  facilitate  the public sale or other  disposition  of the  Registrable
Securities,  use its best efforts to register and qualify any of the Registrable
Securities for sale in such states as such Holder  designates  provided that the
Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or a dealer in
securities  or  execute  a  general   consent  to  service  of  process  in  any
jurisdiction in any action and do any and all other acts and things which may be
reasonably  necessary  or desirable  to enable such  Holders to  consummate  the
public sale or other  disposition  of the  Registrable  Securities,  and furnish
indemnification  in the manner provided in paragraph 7 hereof.  The Holder shall
furnish  information and indemnification as set forth in paragraph 7 except that
the maximum  amount which may be  recovered  from the Holder shall be limited to
the amount of proceeds  received by the Holder from the sale of the  Registrable
Securities.  The  Company  shall  use its best  efforts  to cause  the  managing
underwriter or  underwriters of a proposed  underwritten  offering to permit the
holders of Registrable  Securities  requested to be included in the registration
to include such securities in such  underwritten  offering on the same terms and
conditions  as  any  similar   securities  of  the  Company  included   therein.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the managing  underwriter or underwriters of
such  offering  advises the  holders of  Registrable  Securities  that the total
amount of securities which they intend to



                                        4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




include in such  offering  is such as to  materially  and  adversely  affect the
success of such  offering,  then the amount of  securities to be offered for the
accounts of holders of Registrable  Securities shall be eliminated,  reduced, or
limited to the extent  necessary to reduce the total amount of  securities to be
included in such offering to the amount,  if any,  recommended  by such managing
underwriter  or  underwriters  (any such  reduction or  limitation  in the total
amount of Registrable  Securities to be included in such offering to be borne by
the holders of Registrable Securities proposed to be included therein pro rata).
The  Holder  will pay its own  legal  fees  and  expenses  and any  underwriting
discounts and commissions on the securities sold by such Holder and shall not be
responsible for any other expenses of such registration.

                  (b) If any 50% holder (as defined  below) shall give notice to
the Company at any time during the period set forth in paragraph  l(a) hereof to
the effect that such holder desires to register under the Act this Option or any
of the underlying  securities contained in the Option Securities  underlying the
Option under such circumstances that a public  distribution  (within the meaning
of the Act) of any such  securities  will be  involved  then  the  Company  will
promptly,  but no  later  than 60 days  after  receipt  of such  notice,  file a
post-effective  amendment  to  the  current  Registration  Statement  or  a  new
registration  statement  pursuant to the Act, to the end that the Option  and/or
any of the  Securities  underlying  the Option  Securities  may be publicly sold
under the Act as promptly as practicable thereafter and the Company will use its
best efforts to cause such  registration  to become and remain  effective  for a
period  of 120 days  (including  the  taking  of such  steps  as are  reasonably
necessary  to obtain the removal of any stop order);  provided  that such holder
shall furnish the Company with appropriate  information in connection  therewith
as the Company may  reasonably  request in  writing.  The 50% holder  (which for
purposes  hereof  shall mean any direct or indirect  transferee  of such holder)
may, at its  option,  request the filing of a  post-effective  amendment  to the
current  Registration  Statement or a new  registration  statement under the Act
with respect to the Registrable  Securities on only one occasion during the term
of this Option.  The Holder may at its option  request the  registration  of the
Option  and/or any of the  securities  underlying  the Option in a  registration
statement made by the Company as  contemplated  by Section 6(a) or in connection
with a request made  pursuant to this Section 6(b) prior to  acquisition  of the
Securities issuable upon



                                        5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




exercise  of the  Option and even  though  the  Holder  has not given  notice of
exercise  of the  Option.  The 50%  holder  may,  at its  option,  request  such
post-effective  amendment or new  registration  statement  during the  described
period with  respect to the Option or  separately  as to the Common Stock and/or
Warrants  included  in the  Option  and/or the Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
exercise of the Warrants,  and such registration  rights may be exercised by the
50% holder  prior to or  subsequent  to the  exercise of the Option.  Within ten
business days after receiving any such notice pursuant to this subsection (b) of
paragraph 6, the Company  shall give notice to the other holders of the Options,
advising that the Company is proceeding  with such  post-effective  amendment or
registration statement and offering to include therein the securities underlying
the  Options  of  the  other  holders.  Each  holder  electing  to  include  its
Registrable  Securities in any such offering shall provide written notice to the
Company  within twenty (20) days after  receipt of notice from the Company.  The
failure  to  provide  such  notice to the  Company  shall be  deemed  conclusive
evidence of such holder's election not to include its Registrable  Securities in
such offering.  Each holder electing to include its Registrable Securities shall
furnish  the  Company  with  such  appropriate   information  (relating  to  the
intentions  of such  holders)  in  connection  therewith  as the  Company  shall
reasonably  request  in  writing.  All  costs  and  expenses  of only  one  such
post-effective  amendment or new  registration  statement  shall be borne by the
Company,  except that the  holders  shall bear the fees of their own counsel and
any  underwriting  discounts or commissions  applicable to any of the securities
sold by them.

                           The Company shall be entitled to postpone the filing
of any registration statement pursuant to this Section 6(b) otherwise required
to be prepared and filed by it if (i) the Company is engaged in a material
acquisition, reorganization, or divestiture, (ii) the Company is currently
engaged in a self-tender or exchange offer and the filing of a registration
statement would cause a violation of Rule 10b-6 under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, (iii) the Company is engaged in an underwritten offering and the
managing underwriter has advised the Company in writing that such a registration
statement would have a material adverse effect on the consummation of such
offering or (iv) the Company is subject to an underwriter's lock-up as a result
of an underwritten public offering and such underwriter has refused in writing,
the Company's request to waive such lock-up. In the event of such



                                        6



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




postponement,  the Company shall be required to file the registration  statement
pursuant to this Section 6(b),  within 60 days of the  consummation of the event
requiring such postponement.

                           The Company will use its best efforts to maintain
such registration statement or post-effective amendment current under the Act
for a period of at least six months (and for up to an additional three months if
requested by the Holder) from the effective date thereof. The Company shall
supply prospectuses, and such other documents as the Holder may reasonably
request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the
Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to register and qualify any of the
Registrable Securities for sale in such states as such holder designates,
provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign
corporation or a dealer in securities or execute a general consent to service of
process in any jurisdiction in any action and furnish indemnification in the
manner provided in paragraph 7 hereof.

                  (c) The term "50%  holder" as used in this  paragraph  6 shall
mean the holder of at least 50% of the Common Stock and the Warrants  underlying
the  Option  (considered  in the  aggregate)  and  shall  include  any  owner or
combination of owners of such securities, which ownership shall be calculated by
determining the number of shares of Common Stock held by such owner or owners as
well as the number of shares then issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.

         7. (a)  Whenever  pursuant  to  paragraph  6 a  registration  statement
relating  to the Option or any shares or warrants  issued or  issuable  upon the
exercise of any Options,  is filed under the Act, amended or  supplemented,  the
Company will indemnify and hold harmless each holder of the  securities  covered
by such  registration  statement,  amendment,  or supplement  (such holder being
hereinafter  called the  "Distributing  Holder"),  and each person,  if any, who
controls  (within  the  meaning of the Act) the  Distributing  Holder,  and each
underwriter  (within the meaning of the Act) of such securities and each person,
if any,  who  controls  (within  the  meaning of the Act) any such  underwriter,
against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities,  joint or several, to which
the Distributing Holder, any such controlling person or any such underwriter may
become  subject,  under the Act or  otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,
damages, or liabilities (or actions in



                                        7



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




respect  thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue  statement  of any  material  fact  contained  in any  such  registration
statement or any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus  constituting a part
thereof or any  amendment or  supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are based
upon the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading;  and will reimburse
the Distributing Holder and each such controlling person and underwriter for any
legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Distributing Holder or such
controlling  person or underwriter in connection with investigating or defending
any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided,  however, that the
Company  will not be liable in any such case to the  extent  that any such loss,
claim,  damage,  or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement
or  alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or alleged  omission  made in said
registration statement,  said preliminary prospectus,  said final prospectus, or
said  amendment or supplement  in reliance  upon and in conformity  with written
information  furnished  by such  Distributing  Holder or any other  Distributing
Holder, for use in the preparation thereof.

                  (b) The  Distributing  Holder will indemnify and hold harmless
the Company,  each of its  directors,  each of its officers who have signed said
registration statement and such amendments and supplements thereto, each person,
if any,  who  controls  the Company  (within the meaning of the Act) against any
losses, claims, damages, or liabilities, joint and several, to which the Company
or any such director,  officer, or controlling person may become subject,  under
the Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages, or liabilities
arise out of or are based  upon any untrue or alleged  untrue  statement  of any
material  fact  contained  in  said  registration  statement,  said  preliminary
prospectus, said final prospectus, or said amendment or supplement, or arise out
of or are based upon the  omission  or the alleged  omission to state  therein a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading,  in each case to the extent, but only to the extent that
such  untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or alleged
omission was made in said registration  statement,  said preliminary prospectus,
said final  prospectus,  or said amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in
conformity with written  information  furnished by such Distributing  Holder for
use in the  preparation  thereof;  and will  reimburse  the  Company or any such
director, officer, or controlling



                                        8



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection
with  investigating or defending any such loss,  claim,  damage,  liability,  or
action.

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this
paragraph 7 of notice of the commencement of any action,  such indemnified party
will,  if a claim in respect  thereof  is to be made  against  any  indemnifying
party, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement  thereof;  but the
omission  so to notify  the  indemnifying  party  will not  relieve  it from any
liability which it may have to any  indemnified  party otherwise than under this
Paragraph 7.

                  (d) In case any such action is brought against any indemnified
party, and it notifies an indemnifying  party of the commencement  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party will be entitled to participate  in, and, to the extent that
it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying  party similarly  notified,  to
assume  the  defense  thereof,  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to such
indemnified  party,  and  after  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party  to such
indemnified  party  of its  election  so to  assume  the  defense  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party  will not be liable to such  indemnified  party  under  this
paragraph  7 for any  legal  or other  expenses  subsequently  incurred  by such
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof.

         8. The Exercise  Price in effect at any time and the number and kind of
securities  purchasable  upon the  exercise of this  Option  shall be subject to
adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as follows:

                  (a) In case the Company shall (i) declare a dividend or make a
distribution  on its  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock in shares of Common
Stock, (ii) subdivide or reclassify its outstanding  shares of Common Stock into
a greater  number of shares,  or (iii)  combine or  reclassify  its  outstanding
shares of Common Stock into a smaller  number of shares,  the Exercise  Price in
effect at the time of the record date for such  dividend or  distribution  or of
the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be
adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Exercise
Price by a fraction,  the  denominator of which shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding after giving effect to such action, and the numerator



                                        9



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  immediately
prior to such action.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the
Warrant Agreement,  in the event an adjustment to the Exercise Price is effected
pursuant to this Subsection (a) (and a corresponding adjustment to the number of
Option Securities is made pursuant to Subsection (d) below),  the exercise price
of the Warrants shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by
multiplying the exercise price of the Warrants by a fraction, the denominator of
which  shall be the  number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately
after  giving  effect to such  action and the  numerator  of which  shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  immediately prior to such action.
In such event,  there shall be no  adjustment  to the number of shares of Common
Stock  or  other  securities  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  Warrants.  Such
adjustment  shall be made  successively  whenever  any event  listed above shall
occur.

                  (b) In case  the  Company  shall  fix a  record  date  for the
issuance of rights or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them
to subscribe for or purchase  shares of Common Stock (or securities  convertible
into Common Stock) at a price (the "Subscription Price") (or having a conversion
price per share)  less than the  current  market  price of the Common  Stock (as
defined in  Subsection  (e)  below) on the  record  date  mentioned  below,  the
Exercise  Price  shall be  adjusted  so that  the same  shall  equal  the  price
determined  by  multiplying  the  number of  shares  then  comprising  an Option
Securities by the product of the Exercise Price in effect  immediately  prior to
the date of such issuance multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall
be the sum of the  number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  on the record
date mentioned  below and the number of additional  shares of Common Stock which
the  aggregate  offering  price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so
offered (or the  aggregate  conversion  price of the  convertible  securities so
offered)  would  purchase at such  current  market price per share of the Common
Stock,  and the denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding on such record date and the number of additional shares
of  Common  Stock  offered  for  subscription  or  purchase  (or into  which the
convertible  securities so offered are  convertible).  Such adjustment  shall be
made  successively  whenever such rights or warrants are issued and shall become
effective immediately after the record date for the determination of



                                       10



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




shareholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants; and to the extent that
shares of Common Stock are not delivered (or securities  convertible into Common
Stock are not  delivered)  after the  expiration  of such rights or warrants the
Exercise  Price shall be readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in
effect had the  adjustments  made upon the  issuance  of such rights or warrants
been  made  upon the basis of  delivery  of only the  number of shares of Common
Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) actually delivered.

                  (c) In case the  Company  shall  hereafter  distribute  to the
holders of its Common Stock evidences of its  indebtedness or assets  (excluding
cash dividends or distributions  and-dividends  or distributions  referred to in
Subsection  (a)  above) or  subscription  rights or  warrants  (excluding  those
referred to in Subsection (b) above),  then in each such case the Exercise Price
in effect  thereafter  shall be determined by  multiplying  the number of shares
then  comprising an Option  Securities  by the product of the Exercise  Price in
effect  immediately  prior thereto  multiplied  by a fraction,  the numerator of
which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding multiplied
by the current  market price per share of Common Stock (as defined in Subsection
(e) below),  less the fair market value (as determined by the Company's Board of
Directors) of said assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed or of such
rights or warrants,  and the  denominator  of which shall be the total number of
shares of Common Stock  outstanding  multiplied by such current market price per
share of Common Stock. Such adjustment shall be made successively  whenever such
a  record  date is  fixed.  Such  adjustment  shall  be made  whenever  any such
distribution  is made and shall become  effective  immediately  after the record
date  for  the   determination   of   shareholders   entitled  to  receive  such
distribution.

                  (d) Whenever the Exercise  Price payable upon exercise of this
Option is adjusted  pursuant to Subsections (a), (b) or (c) above, the number of
Option Securities  purchasable upon exercise of this Option shall simultaneously
be adjusted by multiplying the number of Option  Securities  initially  issuable
upon exercise of this Option by the Exercise  Price in effect on the date hereof
and dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

                  (e)      For the purpose of any computation under Subsections



                                       11



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




(b) or (c) above, the current market price per share of Common Stock at any date
shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices for 20 consecutive
business days before such date. The closing price for each day shall be the last
sale price  regular  way or, in case no such  reported  sale takes place on such
day,  the average of the last  reported  bid and asked  prices  regular  way, in
either case on the principal  national  securities  exchange on which the Common
Stock is admitted to trading or listed,  or if not listed or admitted to trading
on such exchange,  the average of the highest  reported bid and lowest  reported
asked prices as reported by NASDAQ,  or other similar  organization if NASDAQ is
no longer reporting such  information,  or if not so available,  the fair market
price as determined by the Board of Directors.

                  (f) No  adjustment  in the  Exercise  Price  shall be required
unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least fifteen
cents ($0.15) in such price;  provided,  however,  that any adjustments which by
reason of this  Subsection  (i) are not  required  to be made  shall be  carried
forward and taken into account in any subsequent  adjustment required to be made
hereunder.  All  calculations  under this Section 8 shall be made to the nearest
cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be. Anything in
this Section 8 to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the Company shall be entitled,
but shall not be  required,  to make such  changes  in the  Exercise  Price,  in
addition to those required by this Section 8, as it shall determine, in its sole
discretion, to be advisable in order that any dividend or distribution in shares
of Common Stock, or any subdivision,  reclassification  or combination of Common
Stock,  hereafter made by the Company shall not result in any Federal Income tax
liability to the holders of Common Stock or securities  convertible  into Common
Stock (including Warrants issuable upon exercise of this Option).

                  (g)  Whenever  the  Exercise  Price  is  adjusted,  as  herein
provided,  the  Company  shall  promptly,  but no later  than 10 days  after any
request for such an adjustment by the Holder,  cause a notice  setting forth the
adjusted Exercise Price and adjusted number of Option  Securities  issuable upon
exercise  of  this  Option  and,  if  requested,   information   describing  the
transactions giving rise to such adjustments, to be mailed to the Holder, at the
address set forth herein,  and shall cause a certified copy thereof to be mailed
to its  transfer  agent,  if any.  The Company may retain a firm of  independent
certified public accountants selected by the



                                       12



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




Board of Directors (who may be the regular accountants  employed by the Company)
to make any computation  required by this Section 8, and a certificate signed by
such firm shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment.

                  (h)  In  the  event  that  at  any  time,  as a  result  of an
adjustment made pursuant to Subsection (a) above,  the Holder  thereafter  shall
become  entitled to receive any shares of the Company,  other than Common Stock,
thereafter  the number of such other shares so receivable  upon exercise of this
Option shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms
as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Common
Stock contained in Subsections (a) to (g), inclusive above.

                  (i) No adjustments shall be made in connection with future
public offerings.

         9. This Agreement shall be governed by and in accordance with the laws
of the State of New York.



                                       13



<PAGE>
<PAGE>






         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  All  Communications  Corporation  has caused this
Option to be signed by its duly  authorized  officers under its corporate  seal,
and this Option to be dated as of the date first above written.

                                                  ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                                  By:___________________________
                                                     Richard Reiss
                                                     President

(Corporate Seal)



                                       14



<PAGE>
<PAGE>





                                  PURCHASE FORM

                   (To be signed only upon exercise of option)

         THE UNDERSIGNED, the holder of the foregoing Option, hereby irrevocably
elects to exercise the purchase  rights  represented  by such Option for, and to
purchase thereunder,

_____Units,  each  consisting  of two Shares of Common  Stock,  no par value per
share, of All Communications Corporation and two (2) Warrants and herewith makes
payment  of  $______________  therefor,  and  requests  that  the  Warrants  and
certificates  for  shares of  Common  Stock be issued  in the  name(s)  of,  and
delivered to _________________________ whose address(es) is (are)




Dated:






<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                  TRANSFER FORM

                 (To be signed only upon transfer of the Option)

         For  value  received,   the  undersigned  hereby  sells,  assigns,  and
transfers unto  _________________________________  the right to purchase  Units,
each  consisting  of two (2) shares of Common  Stock and two (2) Warrants of All
Communications  Corporation,  in the numbers set forth below  represented by the
foregoing  Option  to the  extent  of _____  shares  of  Common  Stock  and ____
Warrants,  and appoints  _________________________________  attorney to transfer
such rights on the books of All Communications  Corporation,  with full power of
substitution in the premises.

Dated:

                                               By:______________________________

                                                  Address:

                                                  ______________________________

                                                  ______________________________

                                                  ______________________________



In the presence of:


<PAGE>





<PAGE>



         A REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING TO THESE  SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION BUT HAS NOT YET BECOME EFFECTIVE. NO
OFFER TO BUY THE  SECURITIES  CAN BE ACCEPTED AND NO PART OF THE PURCHASE  PRICE
CAN BE RECEIVED UNTIL THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE,  AND ANY
SUCH OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN OR REVOKED,  WITHOUT OBLIGATION OR COMMITMENT OF ANY
KIND,  AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO NOTICE OF ITS  ACCEPTANCE  GIVEN AFTER THE EFFECTIVE
DATE.

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                           600,000 UNITS CONSISTING OF

                 1,200,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE
                                       AND
                    1,200,000 CLASS A REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK
                                PURCHASE WARRANTS

                           SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT

                                                                _______ __, 1997

Dear Sirs:

         1. Monroe Parker Securities,  Inc. (the  "Underwriter"),  has agreed to
offer on a firm  commitment  basis,  subject  to the  terms and  conditions  and
execution of the  Underwriting  Agreement,  600,000 Units each consisting of two
(2)  shares of Common  Stock,  no par value per share  ("Common  Stock")  of All
Communications Corporation (the "Company") and two (2) Class A Redeemable Common
Stock Purchase Warrants ("Warrants")  (hereinafter,  collectively referred to as
the "Units";  including any shares of Common Stock and Warrants offered pursuant
to an over-allotment  option, the "Firm Units").  Each Warrant is exercisable to
purchase  one (1) share of Common  Stock.  The Firm Units are more  particularly
described in the enclosed Preliminary Prospectus, additional copies of which, as
well as the Prospectus  (after effective  date),  will be supplied in reasonable
quantities upon request.

         2. The  Underwriter is soliciting  offers to buy Units,  upon the terms
and  conditions  hereof,  from Selected  Dealers,  who are to act as principals,
including  you,  who  are  (i)  registered  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission ("the  Commission") as broker-dealers  under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended ("the 1934 Act"),  and members in good standing with the
National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. ("the NASD"), or (ii) dealers
of



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


institutions  with their principal place of business  located outside the United
States,  its territories  and possessions and not registered  under the 1934 Act
who  agree to make no sales  within  the  United  States,  its  territories  and
possessions or to persons who are nationals thereof or residents therein and, in
making  sales,  to  comply  with  the  NASD's  interpretation  with  respect  to
free-riding  and  withholding.  The Units are to be  offered  to the public at a
price of $7.00 per Unit.  Selected  Dealers will be allowed a concession  of not
less than __% of the  aggregate  offering  price.  You will be  notified  of the
precise  amount  of  such  concession   prior  to  the  effective  date  of  the
Registration  Statement.  The offer is  solicited  subject to the  issuance  and
delivery of the Units and their acceptance by the  Underwriter,  to the approval
of legal matters by counsel and to the terms and conditions as herein set forth.

         3. Your offer to  purchase  may be revoked in whole or in part  without
obligation or commitment of any kind by you any time prior to acceptance  and no
offer may be accepted by us and no sale can be made until after the registration
statement  covering the Units has become effective with the Commission.  Subject
to the  foregoing,  upon execution by you of the Offer to Purchase below and the
return of same to us, you shall be deemed to have offered to purchase the number
of Units set forth in your  offer on the basis set forth in  paragraph  2 above.
Any oral notice by us of acceptance of your offer shall be immediately  followed
by written or telegraphic  confirmation preceded or accompanied by a copy of the
Prospectus.  If a contractual commitment arises hereunder, all the terms of this
Selected  Dealers  Agreement shall be applicable.  We may also make available to
you an  allotment  to purchase  Units,  but such  allotment  shall be subject to
modification or termination upon notice from us any time prior to an exchange of
confirmations  reflecting  completed  transactions.  All references hereafter in
this  Agreement to the purchase and sale of the Units assume and are  applicable
only if contractual commitments to purchase are completed in accordance with the
foregoing.

         4. You agree that in re-offering  the Units,  if your offer is accepted
after the Effective Date, you will make a bona fide public distribution of same.
You will advise us upon request of the Units purchased by you remaining  unsold,
and we shall have the right to  repurchase  such Units upon demand at the public
offering price less the concession as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Any of the
Units purchased by you pursuant to this Agreement are to be re-offered by you to
the public at the public offering  price,  subject to the terms hereof and shall
not be  offered  or sold by you below  the  public  offering  price  before  the
termination of this Agreement.

         5. Payment for Units which you purchase  hereunder shall be made by you
on such date as we may determine by certified or bank cashier's check payable in
New York Clearinghouse funds to Monroe Parker Securities,  Inc. Certificates for
the  Securities  shall be  delivered  as soon as  practicable  at the offices of
Monroe Parker  Securities,  Inc., 2500 Westchester  Avenue,  Purchase,  New York
10577. Unless specifically  authorized by us, payment by you may not be deferred
until delivery of certificates to you.

         6. A registration  statement  covering the offering has been filed with
the  Commission in respect to the Units.  You will be promptly  advised when the
registration statement becomes



                                        2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




effective.  Each  Selected  Dealer in selling the Units  pursuant  hereto agrees
(which  agreement  shall also be for the  benefit of the  Company)  that it will
comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and of the
1934 Act and any  applicable  rules and  regulations  issued under said Acts. No
person  is  authorized  by  the  Company  or by  the  Underwriter  to  give  any
information  or to make any  representations  other than those  contained in the
Prospectus in connection with the sale of the Units.  Nothing  contained  herein
shall render the Selected Dealers a member of the underwriting group or partners
with the Underwriter or with one another.

         7. You will be  informed  by us as to the  states in which we have been
advised by counsel the Units have been  qualified  for sale or are exempt  under
the  respective  securities  or blue  sky laws of such  states,  but we have not
assumed and will not assume any obligation or  responsibility as to the right of
any Selected Dealer to sell Units in any state.

         8. The Underwriter  shall have full authority to take such action as we
may deem  advisable  in respect of all  matters  pertaining  to the  offering or
arising  thereunder.  The  Underwriter  shall not be under any liability to you,
except such as may be incurred  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the rules
and  regulations  thereunder,  except  for lack of good  faith  and  except  for
obligations assumed by us in this Agreement, and no obligation on our part shall
be implied or inferred herefrom.

         9. Selected Dealers will be governed by the conditions herein set forth
until this  Agreement is  terminated.  This  Agreement  will  terminate when the
offering is completed.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed a commitment on
our part to sell you any Units; such contractual  commitment can only be made in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof.

         10.  You  represent  that  you are a  member  in good  standing  of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.  ("Association") and registered
as a  broker-dealer  or are not eligible for  membership  under Section I of the
By-Laws of the  Association who agree to make no sales within the United States,
its  territories  or  possessions  or to persons  who are  nationals  thereof or
residents therein and, in making sales, to comply with the NASD's interpretation
with respect to  free-riding  and  withholding.  Your attention is called to the
following:  (a) Rules 2730,  2740,2420 and 2750 of the NASD Conduct Rules of the
Association and the  interpretations of said Section promulgated by the Board of
Governors  of such  Association  including  the  interpretation  with respect to
"Free-  Riding and  Withholding";  (b)  Section  10(b) of the 1934 Act and Rules
10b-6 and 10b-10 of the general  rules and  regulations  promulgated  under said
Act; (c) Securities Act Release #3907; (d) Securities Act Release #4150; and (e)
Securities  Act  Release  #4968  requiring  the  distribution  of a  Preliminary
Prospectus to all persons reasonably expected to be purchasers of Units from you
at least 48 hours prior to the time you expect to mail confirmations.  You, if a
member of the Association,  by signing this Agreement,  acknowledge that you are
familiar  with the cited law,  rules and  releases,  and agree that you will not
directly  and/or  indirectly   violate  any  provisions  of  applicable  law  in
connection with your participation in the distribution of the Units.



                                       3

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


         11. In addition to  compliance  with the  provisions  of  paragraph  10
hereof,  you will not, until advised by us in writing or by wire that the entire
offering  has been  distributed  and closed,  bid for or  purchase  Units or its
component  securities  in the open  market  or  otherwise  make a market in such
securities or otherwise  attempt to induce others to purchase such securities in
the open market. Nothing contained in this paragraph 11 shall, however, preclude
you from acting as agent in the execution of unsolicited  orders of customers in
transactions effectuated for them through a market maker.

         12. You  understand  that the  Underwriter  may in connection  with the
offering engage in stabilizing transactions. If the Underwriter contracts for or
purchases in the open market in  connection  with such  stabilization  any Units
sold to you hereunder and not  effectively  placed by you, the  Underwriter  may
charge you the Selected Dealer's concession  originally allowed you on the Units
so purchased, and you agree to pay such amount to us on demand.

         13.  By  submitting  an Offer to  Purchase  you  confirm  that your net
capital is such that you may, in accordance  with Rule 15c3-1  adopted under the
1934 Act,  agree to  purchase  the number of Units you may become  obligated  to
purchase under the provisions of this Agreement.

         14.  You agree  that (i) you  shall not  recommend  to a  customer  the
purchase of Firm Units unless you shall have reasonable  grounds to believe that
the  recommendation  is suitable for such  customer on the basis of  information
furnished by such customer  concerning  the  customer's  investment  objectives,
financial  situation and needs, and any other  information known to you, (ii) in
connection  with all such  determinations,  you shall maintain in your files the
basis for such determination, and (iii) you shall not execute any transaction in
Firm  Units in a  discretionary  account  without  the  prior  specific  written
approval of the customer.



                                        4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         15.  You  represent  that  neither  you nor any of your  affiliates  or
associates owns any Common Stock of the Company.

         16. All communications  from you should be directed to us at the office
of Monroe Parker Securities,  Inc., 2500 Westchester Avenue,  Purchase, New York
10577.  All  communications  from us to you shall be  directed to the address to
which this letter is mailed.

                                                  Very truly yours,

                                                  MONROE PARKER SECURITIES, INC.

                                                  By:___________________________
                                                     Name:
                                                     Title:

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO AS OF THE ______
DAY OF ____________, 1997

[Name of Dealer]

By: ____________________________
         Its



                                        5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>






TO:      Monroe Parker Securities, Inc.
         2500 Westchester Avenue
         Purchase, New York  10577

         We  hereby   subscribe  for  ________   Units  of  All   Communications
Corporation in accordance with the terms and conditions  stated in the foregoing
letter. We hereby acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus referred to in the first
paragraph  thereof  relating to said Units.  We further state that in purchasing
said  Units we have  relied  upon said  Prospectus  and upon no other  statement
whatsoever,  whether  written or oral. We confirm that we are a dealer  actually
engaged in the investment banking or securities  business and that we are either
(i) a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. (the "NASD") or (ii) a dealer with its principal place of business  located
outside  the  United  States,  its  territories  and  its  possessions  and  not
registered as a broker or dealer under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended,  who hereby agrees not to make any sales within the United States,  its
territories  or its  possessions  or to  persons  who are  nationals  thereof or
residents therein. We hereby agree to comply with the provisions of Rule 2740 of
the NASD Conduct  Rules,  and if we are a foreign dealer and not a member of the
NASD,  we also agree to comply with the NASD's  interpretation  with  respect to
free-riding and withholding,  to comply, as though we were a member of the NASD,
with the provisions of Rules 2730 and 2750 of the NASD Conduct Rules.

                                    Name of
                                     Dealer: ___________________________________

                                          By:___________________________________

                                     Address:___________________________________

                                             ___________________________________

Dated:_________________________, 1997



<PAGE>





<PAGE>


                                    AMENDED
                                    BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            Adopted August 16, 1991

                                   ARTICLE I
                                    OFFICES

     1. Registered Office and Agent.--The registered office of the Corporation
        in the State of New Jersey is at 111 Northfield Avenue, Suite 201, West
        Orange, New Jersey

14A:4-1

     The registered agent of the Corporation at such office is ROBERT B. KRONER

     2. Principal Place of Business.--The principal place of business of the
        Corporation is Suite 224, 7 Lincoln Highway, Edison, New Jersey

     3. Other Places of Business.--Branch or subordinate places of business or
        offices may be established at any time by the Board at any place or
        places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

                                     Page B





<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE II
                                  SHAREHOLDERS

     1. Annual Meeting.--The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held upon
        not less than ten nor more than sixty days written notice of the time,
        place, and purposes of the meeting at 10:00 o'clock a.m. on the 16th day
        of the month of August of each year at 1450 Route 22, Mountainside, New
        Jersey or at such other time and place as shall be specified in the
        notice of meeting, in order to elect directors and transact such other
        business as shall come before the meeting. If that date is a legal
        holiday, the meeting shall be held at the same hour on the next
        succeeding business day. Notice of such meeting shall be given to the
        Pacific Stock Exchange for such period as the Company is listed on such
        Exchange.

     2. Special Meetings.--A special meeting of shareholders may be called for
        any purpose by the president or the Board. A special meeting shall be
        held upon not less than ten nor more than sixty days written notice of
        the time, place, and purposes of the meeting. A special meeting shall be
        called at the request of holders of an aggregate of 25% of the
        outstanding common shares.

     3. Action Without Meeting.--The shareholders may act without a meeting by
        written consent in accordance with N.J.S.A. 14:5-6. Such


                                     Page B




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



       consents may be executed together, or in counterparts, and shall be filed
       in the Minute Book. Special rules apply to the annual election of
       directors, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of shares or the sales
       of assets.

14A:5-9(1) 4. Quorum.--The presence at a meeting in person or by proxy of the
              holders of shares entitled to cast majority of the votes shall
              constitute a quorum.


                                     Page B




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE III
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     1. Number and Term of Office.--The Board shall consist of no more than 5
and no less then 2 members. The Board shall be divided into three classes of
directors. Each class shall be elected for a term of three years, provided
however that upon adoption of this By Law Amendment, Class I shall serve for 1
year, Class II shall serve for 2 years and Class III shall serve for 3 years.
Each Director shall be elected by the shareholders and hold office until the
annual meeting of shareholders at the conclusion of their term and until that
director's successor shall have been elected and qualified.

     2. Regular Meetings.--A regular meeting of the Board shall be held without
notice immediately following and at the same place as the annual shareholders'
meeting for the purposes of electing officers and conducting such other business
as may come before the meeting. The Board, by resolution, may provide for
additional regular meetings which may be held without notice, except to members
not present at the time of the adoption of the resolution.

     3. Special Meeting--A special meeting of the Board may be called at any
time by the president or by directors for any purpose. Such meeting shall be
held upon 1 days notice if given orally, (either by telephone or in


                                     Page B




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



person,) or by telegraph, or by 2 days notice if given by depositing the notice
in the United States mails, postage prepaid. Such notice shall specify the time
and place of the meeting.

14A:6-7.1(5) 4. Action Without Meeting.--The Board may act without a meeting if,
prior or subsequent to such action, each member of the Board shall consent or
consents shall be filed in the minute book.

14A:6-7.1(3) 5. Quorum.--2/3 of the entire Board shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business.

14A:6-5 6. Vacancies in Board of Directors.--Any vacancy in the Board may be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even
though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director.

14A:6-6 7. Removal of Directors.--Any director may be removed for cause, or
without cause unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, by
a majority vote of shareholders.


                                     Page B




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



14A:6-10(3) 8. Presence at Meetings.--Where appropriate communication facilities
are reasonably available, any or all directors shall have the right to
participate in all or any part of a meeting of the board or a committee of the
board by means of conference telephone or any means of communication by which
all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.


                                     Page B




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV
                               WAIVERS OF NOTICE

14A:5-5(1) 14A:6-10(2) Any notice required by these by-laws, by the certificate
of incorporation, or by the New Jersey Business Corporation Act may be waived in
writing by any person entitled to notice. The waiver or waivers may be executed
either before or after the event with respect to which notice is waived. Each
director or shareholder attending a meeting without protesting, prior to its
conclusion, the lack of proper notice shall be deemed conclusively to have
waived notice of the meeting.


                                     Page B




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE V
                                    OFFICERS

14A:6-15(1) 14A:6-15(2) 1. Election.--At its regular meeting following the
annual meeting of shareholders, the Board shall elect a president, a treasurer,
a secretary, and it may elect such other officers, including one or more vice
presidents, as it shall deem necessary. One person may hold two or more offices.

14A:6-15(4) 2. Duties and Authority of President.--The president shall be chief
executive officer of the Corporation. Subject only to the authority of the
Board, he shall have general charge and supervision over, and responsibility
for, the business and affairs of the Corporation. Unless otherwise directed by
the Board, all other officers shall be subject to the authority and supervision
of the President. The president may enter into and execute in the name of the
Corporation contracts or other instruments in the regular course of business or
contracts or other instruments not in the regular course of business which are
authorized, either generally or specifically, by the Board. He shall have the
general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of
president of a corporation.


                                     Page B




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



14A:6-15(4) 3. Duties and Authority of Vice President. The vice president shall
perform such duties and have such authority as from time to time may be
delegated to him by the president or by the Board. In the absence of the
president or in the event of his death, inability, or refusal to act, the vice
president shall perform the duties and be vested with the authority of the
president.

14A:6-15(4) 4. Duties and Authority of Treasurer.--The treasurer shall have the
custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep or cause
to be kept regular books of account for the Corporation. The treasurer shall
perform such other duties and possess such other powers as are incident to that
office or as shall be assigned by the president or the Board.

14A:6-15(4) 5. Duties and Authority of Secretary.--The secretary shall cause
notices of all meetings to be served as prescribed in these by-laws and shall
keep or cause to be kept the minutes of all meetings of the shareholders and the
Board. The secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation.


                                     Page B




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



The secretary shall perform such other duties and possess such other powers as
are incident to that office or as are assigned by the president or the Board.

14A:6-16 6. Removal and Resignation of Officers; Filling of Vacancies.

A.   Any officer elected by the board may be removed by the board with or
     without cause. An officer elected by the shareholders may be removed, with
     or without cause, only by vote of the shareholders but his authority to act
     as an officer may be suspended by the board for cause. The removal of an
     officer shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any. Election
     of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

B.   An officer may resign by written notice to the corporation. The resignation
     shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the corporation or at such
     subsequent time as shall be specified in the notice of resignation.

C.   Any vacancy occurring among the officers, however caused, shall be filled
     by the board.


                                     Page B




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI
                      AMENDMENTS TO AND EFFECT OF BY-LAWS;
                                  FISCAL YEAR

     1. Force and Effect of By-Laws.--These by-laws are subject to the
provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act and the Corporation's
certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time. If any
provision in these by-laws is inconsistent with a provision in the Act or the
certificate of incorporation, the provision of that Act or the certificate of
incorporation shall govern.

     2. Wherever in these by-laws references are made to more than one
incorporator, director, or shareholder, they shall, if this is a sole
incorporator, director, shareholder corporation, be construed to mean the
solitary person; and all provisions dealing with the quantum of majorities or
quorums shall be deemed to mean the action by the one person constituting the
corporation.

14A:2-9(1) 3. Amendments to By-laws.--These by-laws may be altered, amended, or
repealed by the shareholders or the board. Any by-law adopted, amended, or
repealed by the shareholders may be amended or repealed by the Board, unless the
resolution of the shareholders adopting such by-law


                                     Page B




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



expressly reserves to the shareholders the right to amend or repeal it.

     4. Fiscal Year.--The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the
first day of January of each year.


                                     Page B


<PAGE>





<PAGE>



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT,  dated as of this ____ day of _______,  1997, by and between
ALL  COMMUNICATIONS  CORPORATION,  a New  Jersey  corporation  ("Company"),  and
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent (the "Warrant Agent").

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  in connection  with a public offering of up to 690,000 Units,
each consisting of two (2) shares of Common Stock,  no par value per share,  and
two (2) Class A  Redeemable  Common Stock  Purchase  Warrants  (the  "Warrants")
pursuant to an  underwriting  agreement  (the  "Underwriting  Agreement")  dated
__________,  1997  between  the  Company  and  Monroe  Parker  Securities,  Inc.
("Monroe"),  and the issuance to Monroe or its designees of a Purchase Option to
purchase 60,000 additional  Units,  consisting of 120,000 shares of Common Stock
and 120,000 Warrants (the "Purchase Option"), and the issuance to certain bridge
lenders of 375,000  bridge units,  consisting of 375,000  shares of Common Stock
and 375,000  Warrants  (the  "Bridge  Warrants")  the  Company  will issue up to
1,875,000 Warrants;

         WHEREAS,  the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the
Company,  and the  Warrant  Agent is willing to so act, in  connection  with the
issuance,  registration,  transfer, exchange and redemption of the Warrants, the
issuance  of  certificates  representing  the  Warrants,  the  exercise  of  the
Warrants, and the rights of the holders thereof;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
agreements  hereinafter  set forth and for the purpose of defining the terms and
provisions of the Warrants and the  certificates  representing  the Warrants and
the respective rights and obligations  thereunder of the Company, the holders of
certificates representing the Warrants and the Warrant Agent, the parties hereto
agree as follows:





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         1.       Definitions.  As used herein,  the following  terms shall have
the following meanings, unless the context shall otherwise require:

                  (a) "Common  Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company
of which at the date hereof  consists of __________  authorized  shares,  no par
value per share,  and shall also  include any capital  stock of any class of the
Company  thereafter  authorized  which  shall not be  limited  to a fixed sum or
percentage  in respect to the rights of the holders  thereof to  participate  in
dividends  and in the  distribution  of assets upon the  voluntary  liquidation,
dissolution,  or winding up of the Company;  provided,  however, that the shares
issuable  upon  exercise of the Warrants  shall  include (1) only shares of such
class  designated in the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation as Common Stock
on the date of the original  issue of the  Warrants or (ii),  in the case of any
reclassification,  change,  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  or conveyance of the
character referred to in Section 9(c) hereof, the stock, securities, or property
provided for in such section or (iii),  in the case of any  reclassification  or
change in the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants as a result of a subdivision  or  combination or consisting of a change
in par  value,  or from par value to no par  value,  or from no par value to par
value, such shares of Common Stock as so reclassified or changed.

                  (b)  "Corporate  Office"  shall mean the office of the Warrant
Agent (or its successor) at which at any particular time its principal  business
shall be  administered,  which  office is located at the date  hereof at 40 Wall
Street, New York, New York 10005.

                  (c) "Exercise Date" shall mean, as to any Warrant, the date on
which the Warrant  Agent shall have  received  both (a) the Warrant  Certificate
representing  such Warrant,  with the exercise form thereon duly executed by the
Registered  Holder thereof or his attorney duly  authorized in writing,  and (b)
payment in cash,  or by official  bank or  certified  check made  payable to the
Company,  of an amount in lawful money of the United  States of America equal to
the applicable Purchase Price.

                  (d) "Initial  Warrant  Exercise Date" shall mean ______,  1998
(one (1) year from the Effective Date).



                                        2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  (e) "Purchase  Price" shall mean the purchase  price per share
to be paid upon  exercise of each Warrant in  accordance  with the terms hereof,
which price shall be $4.25 per share,  subject to  adjustment  from time to time
pursuant to the  provisions  of Section 9 hereof,  and subject to the  Company's
right,  upon  approval of a majority of the holders of shares of Common Stock of
the Company, to reduce the Purchase Price upon notice to all warrantholders.

                  (f)  "Redemption  Price"  shall  mean the  price at which  the
Company may, at its option,  redeem the Warrants,  in accordance  with the terms
hereof, which price shall be $0.10 per Warrant.

                  (g) "Registered Holder" shall mean as to any Warrant and as of
any particular  date, the person in whose name the certificate  representing the
Warrant shall be registered on that date on the books  maintained by the Warrant
Agent pursuant to Section 6.

                  (h)  "Transfer  Agent" shall mean  American  Stock  Transfer &
Trust Company, as the Company's transfer agent, or its authorized successor,  as
such.

                  (i) "Warrant  Expiration  Date" shall mean 5:00 P.M. (New York
time) on  __________,  2001 or the  Redemption  Date as  defined  in  Section 8,
whichever is earlier;  provided that if such date shall in the State of New York
be a holiday or a day on which banks are  authorized or required to close,  then
5:00 P.M.  (New York time) on the next  following  day which in the State of New
York is not a holiday or a day on which  banks are  authorized  or  required  to
close.  Upon notice to all  warrantholders  the Company  shall have the right to
extend the warrant expiration date.

         2.       Warrants and Issuance of Warrant Certificates.

                  (a) A Warrant initially shall entitle the Registered Holder of
the Warrant representing such Warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock upon
the  exercise  thereof,  in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof,   subject  to
modification and adjustment as provided in Section 9.

                  (b) Upon  execution of this  Agreement,  Warrant  Certificates
representing the number of Warrants sold pursuant to the Underwriting  Agreement
shall be  executed  by the Company and  delivered  to the  Warrant  Agent.  Upon
written order of the Company



                                        3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




signed by its President or Chairman or a Vice  President and by its Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary, the Warrant Certificates shall be countersigned, issued,
and delivered by the Warrant Agent.

                  (c) From time to time, up to the Warrant  Expiration Date, the
Transfer  Agent shall  countersign  and deliver stock  certificates  in required
whole number  denominations  representing up to an aggregate of 1,875,000 shares
of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as described herein, upon the exercise of
Warrants in accordance with this Agreement.

                  (d) From time to time, up to the Warrant  Expiration Date, the
Warrant Agent shall  countersign  and deliver  Warrant  Certificates in required
whole number  denominations  to the persons  entitled thereto in connection with
any  transfer or  exchange  permitted  under this  Agreement;  provided  that no
Warrant   Certificates  shall  be  issued  except  (i)  those  initially  issued
hereunder, (ii) those issued on or after the Initial Warrant Exercise Date, upon
the exercise of fewer than all Warrants  represented by any Warrant Certificate,
to evidence any unexercised  warrants held by the exercising  Registered Holder,
(iii)  those  issued upon any  transfer or exchange  pursuant to Section 6; (iv)
those issued in replacement of lost,  stolen,  destroyed,  or mutilated  Warrant
Certificates  pursuant to Section 7; (v) those  issued  pursuant to the Purchase
Option; and (vi) those issued at the option of the Company,  in such form as may
be approved by the its Board of Directors,  to reflect any  adjustment or change
in the Purchase  Price,  the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon
exercise of the  Warrants or the  Redemption  Price  therefor  made  pursuant to
Section 9 hereof.

                  (e) Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase  Option,  Monroe may
purchase up to 60,000 Units,  consisting  of 120,000  shares of Common Stock and
120,000 Warrants.  The Purchase Option shall not be transferred,  sold, assigned
or  hypothecated  for a period of one (1) year from the Effective  Date,  except
that it may be  transferred  to persons  who are  officers  of Monroe or selling
group members in the offering.

         3.       Form and Execution of Warrant Certificates.

                  (a) The Warrant  Certificates  shall be  substantially  in the
form annexed hereto as Exhibit A (the provisions of which are



                                        4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




hereby incorporated  herein) and may have such letters,  numbers, or other marks
of  identification or designation and such legends,  summaries,  or endorsements
printed,  lithographed,  or engraved thereon as the Company may deem appropriate
and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement,  or as may be
required to comply  with any law or with any rule or  regulation  made  pursuant
thereto  or with any rule or  regulation  of any  stock  exchange  on which  the
Warrants may be listed, or to conform to usage or to the requirements of Section
2(b).  The  Warrant  Certificates  shall be dated the date of  issuance  thereof
(whether upon initial  issuance,  transfer,  exchange,  or in lieu of mutilated,
lost, stolen, or destroyed Warrant  Certificates) and issued in registered form.
Warrant Certificates shall be numbered serially with the letter W.

                  (b)  Warrant  Certificates  shall be executed on behalf of the
Company by its Chairman of the Board,  President,  or any Vice  President and by
its Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary,  by manual  signatures or by facsimile
signatures printed thereon,  and shall have imprinted thereon a facsimile of the
Company's seal.  Warrant  Certificates  shall be manually  countersigned  by the
Warrant Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In
case any  officer  of the  Company  who shall  have  signed  any of the  Warrant
Certificates  shall  cease  to be an  officer  of the  Company  or to  hold  the
particular  office  referenced  in the  Warrant  Certificate  before the date of
issuance of the Warrant  Certificates or before  countersignature by the Warrant
Agent and issue and delivery thereof, such Warrant Certificates may nevertheless
be countersigned by the Warrant Agent,  issued and delivered with the same force
and effect as though the person who signed  such  Warrant  Certificates  had not
ceased  to  be an  officer  of  the  Company  or  to  hold  such  office.  After
countersignature by the Warrant Agent,  Warrant  Certificates shall be delivered
by the Warrant Agent to the  Registered  Holder  without  further  action by the
Company, except as otherwise provided by Section 4 hereof.

         4.  Exercise.  Each Warrant may be exercised by the  Registered  Holder
thereof at any time on or after the  Initial  Exercise  Date,  but not after the
Warrant  Expiration Date, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
herein and in the applicable Warrant  Certificate.  A Warrant shall be deemed to
have been exercised  immediately  prior to the close of business on the Exercise
Date and the person entitled to receive the securities



                                        5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




deliverable  upon such exercise  shall be treated for all purposes as the holder
of those securities upon the exercise of the Warrant as of the close of business
on the Exercise  Date. As soon as  practicable on or after the Exercise Date the
Warrant Agent shall deposit the proceeds received from the exercise of a Warrant
and shall  notify  the  Company  in writing  of the  exercise  of the  Warrants.
Promptly  following,  and in any event  within  five days after the date of such
notice from the Warrant  Agent,  the Warrant  Agent,  on behalf of the  Company,
shall cause to be issued and delivered by the Transfer  Agent,  to the person or
persons  entitled to receive the same, a  certificate  or  certificates  for the
securities  deliverable upon such exercise (plus a certificate for any remaining
unexercised  Warrants of the  Registered  Holder),  unless  prior to the date of
issuance of such  certificates  the Company shall  instruct the Warrant Agent to
refrain from causing such issuance of certificates  pending  clearance of checks
received in payment of the Purchase Price  pursuant to such  Warrants.  Upon the
exercise of any Warrant and clearance of the funds  received,  the Warrant Agent
shall  promptly  remit  the  payment  received  for the  Warrant  (the  "Warrant
Proceeds") to the Company or as the Company may direct in writing.

         5.       Reservation of Shares; Listing; Payment of Taxes, etc.

                  (a) The Company  covenants  that it will at all times  reserve
and keep available out of its authorized Common Stock, solely for the purpose of
issue upon exercise of Warrants,  such number of shares of Common Stock as shall
then be issuable  upon the  exercise of all  outstanding  Warrants.  The Company
covenants  that all shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon exercise
of the  Warrants  shall,  at the time of delivery,  be duly and validly  issued,
fully paid,  nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,  liens,  and charges  with
respect to the issue thereof, (other than those which the Company shall promptly
pay or  discharge)  and that upon  issuance  such shares shall be listed on each
national  securities  exchange  or  eligible  for  inclusion  in each  automated
quotation system, if any, on which the other shares of outstanding  Common Stock
of the Company are then listed or eligible for inclusion.

                  (b)  The  Company  covenants  that  if  any  securities  to be
reserved for the purpose of exercise of Warrants hereunder require  registration
with, or approval of, any  governmental  authority under any federal  securities
law before such securities may be validly



                                        6



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




issued or delivered upon such exercise, then the Company will, to the extent the
Purchase Price is less than the Market Price (as hereinafter  defined),  in good
faith and as  expeditiously  as  reasonably  possible,  endeavor  to secure such
registration  or  approval  and  will  use  its  reasonable  efforts  to  obtain
appropriate  approvals or registrations  under state "blue sky" securities laws.
With respect to any such securities,  however, Warrants may not be exercised by,
or shares of Common Stock issued to, any Registered Holder in any state in which
such exercise would be unlawful.

                  (c) The Company shall pay all  documentary,  stamp, or similar
taxes and other  governmental  charges  that may be imposed  with respect to the
issuance of Warrants,  or the issuance,  or delivery of any shares upon exercise
of the Warrants; provided, however, that if the shares of Common Stock are to be
delivered in a name other than the name of the Registered  Holder of the Warrant
Certificate  representing  any Warrant  being  exercised,  then no such delivery
shall be made  unless the  person  requesting  the same has paid to the  Warrant
Agent the amount of transfer taxes or charges incident thereto, if any.

                  (d) The  Warrant  Agent is hereby  irrevocably  authorized  to
requisition  the  Company's  Transfer  Agent from time to time for  certificates
representing shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants,  and
the Company will  authorize  the  Transfer  Agent to comply with all such proper
requisitions.  The Company will file with the Warrant Agent a statement  setting
forth the name and  address of the  Transfer  Agent of the Company for shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.

         6.       Exchange and Registration of Transfer.

                  (a) Warrant  Certificates  may be exchanged  for other Warrant
Certificates  representing  an equal  aggregate  number of  Warrants of the same
class or may be  transferred  in whole or in part.  Warrant  Certificates  to be
exchanged shall be surrendered to the Warrant Agent at its Corporate Office, and
upon satisfaction of the terms and provisions  hereof, the Company shall execute
and the Warrant Agent shall countersign, issue, and deliver in exchange therefor
the Warrant  Certificate or Certificates  which the Registered Holder making the
exchange shall be entitled to receive.



                                        7



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  (b) The Warrant Agent shall keep at its office books in which,
subject to such  reasonable  regulations as it may prescribe,  it shall register
Warrant  Certificates  and the transfer  thereof in accordance  with its regular
practice.  Upon due  presentment  for  registration  of  transfer of any Warrant
Certificate  at such office,  the Company  shall  execute and the Warrant  Agent
shall  issue  and  deliver  to  the  transferee  or  transferees  a new  Warrant
Certificate or Certificates representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants.

                  (c) With  respect to all Warrant  Certificates  presented  for
registration or transfer, or for exchange or exercise,  the subscription form on
the reverse  thereof  shall be duly  endorsed,  or be  accompanied  by a written
instrument or instruments of transfer and subscription,  in form satisfactory to
the Company and the Warrant Agent, duly executed by the Registered Holder or his
attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.

                  (d) A service  charge may be imposed by the Warrant  Agent for
any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrant  Certificates.  In addition,
the Company may require  payment by such holder of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

                  (e) All Warrant  Certificates  surrendered for exercise or for
exchange in case of mutilated Warrant  Certificates  shall be promptly cancelled
by the  Warrant  Agent  and  thereafter  retained  by the  Warrant  Agent  until
termination of this Agreement or resignation as Warrant Agent, or disposed of or
destroyed, at the direction of the Company.

                  (f) Prior to due  presentment  for  registration  of  transfer
thereof,  the Company and the  Warrant  Agent may deem and treat the  Registered
Holder of any Warrant  Certificate  as the  absolute  owner  thereof and of each
Warrant  represented  thereby  (notwithstanding  any  notations  of ownership or
writing  thereon  made by anyone  other  than a duly  authorized  officer of the
Company or the Warrant  Agent) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any
notice to the  contrary.  The  Warrants  which are being  publicly  offered with
shares  of  Common  Stock  pursuant  to  the  Underwriting   Agreement  will  be
immediately  detachable  from  the  Common  Stock  and  transferable  separately
therefrom.



                                        8



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         7. Loss or  Mutilation.  Upon  receipt by the  Company  and the Warrant
Agent of evidence  satisfactory  to them of the  ownership  of and loss,  theft,
destruction,  or  mutilation  of any Warrant  Certificate  and (in case of loss,
theft, or  destruction)  of indemnity  satisfactory to them, and (in the case of
mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation  thereof,  the Company shall execute
and the Warrant  Agent  shall (in the  absence of notice to the  Company  and/or
Warrant  Agent that the  Warrant  Certificate  has been  acquired by a bona fide
purchaser)  countersign  and deliver to the Registered  Holder in lieu thereof a
new Warrant  Certificate of like tenor representing an equal aggregate number of
Warrants. Applicants for a substitute Warrant Certificate shall comply with such
other  reasonable  regulations  and pay such  other  reasonable  charges  as the
Warrant Agent may prescribe.

         8.       Redemption.

                  (a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph 2(e) hereof, on not
less than thirty (30) days notice  given at any time after six (6) months  after
the Initial  Warrant  Exercise Date, or earlier with the consent of Monroe,  the
Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at a redemption price of
$0.10 per Warrant, provided the Market Price of the Common Stock receivable upon
exercise of the Warrant shall equal or exceed 250% of the then exercise price of
the Warrants per share (the "Target Price"),  subject to adjustment as set forth
in Section 8(f) below. Market Price for the purpose of this Section 8 shall mean
the average  closing  sale price for all twenty (20)  consecutive  trading  days
ending on the third day  prior to the date of the  notice of  redemption,  which
notice shall be mailed no later than five days  thereafter,  of the Common Stock
as reported by the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. Automatic
Quotation  System,  the  NASD OTC  Electronic  Bulletin  Board  or any  national
securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded.

                  (b) If the  conditions  set forth in Section 8(a) are met, and
the Company desires to exercise its right to redeem the Warrants,  it shall mail
a notice of redemption to each of the  Registered  Holders of the Warrants to be
redeemed,  first class, postage prepaid, not later than the thirtieth day before
the date  fixed for  redemption,  at their last  address as shall  appear on the
records  maintained  pursuant to Section  6(b).  Any notice mailed in the manner
provided herein shall be conclusively presumed to have



                                        9



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




been duly given whether or not the Registered Holder receives such notice.

                  (c) The notice of redemption  shall specify (i) the redemption
price,  (ii) the date fixed for  redemption,  (iii) the place  where the Warrant
Certificates shall be delivered and the redemption price paid, and (iv) that the
right to exercise the Warrant  shall  terminate at 5:00 P.M.  (New York time) on
the business day immediately  preceding the date fixed for redemption.  The date
fixed for the redemption of the Warrant shall be the Redemption Date. No failure
to mail such  notice nor any  defect  therein or in the  mailing  thereof  shall
affect  the  validity  of the  proceedings  for such  redemption  except as to a
Registered  Holder (a) to whom  notice  was not  mailed or (b) whose  notice was
defective. An affidavit of the Warrant Agent or of the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company that notice of redemption has been mailed shall, in the
absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

                  (d) Any right to exercise a Warrant  shall  terminate  at 5:00
P.M. (New York time) on the business day  immediately  preceding the  Redemption
Date. On and after the  Redemption  Date,  Holders of the Warrants shall have no
further rights except to receive,  upon surrender of the Warrant, the Redemption
Price.

                  (e) From and after the  Redemption  Date  specified  for,  the
Company  shall,  at the  place  specified  in the  notice  of  redemption,  upon
presentation  and  surrender  to the  Company by or on behalf of the  Registered
Holder  thereof of one or more Warrant  Certificates  evidencing  Warrants to be
redeemed,  deliver or cause to be delivered to or upon the written order of such
Holder a sum in cash equal to the  redemption  price of each such Warrant.  From
and after the  Redemption  Date and upon the  deposit  or  setting  aside by the
Company of a sum  sufficient to redeem all the Warrants  called for  redemption,
such  Warrants  shall expire and become void and all rights  hereunder and under
the Warrant Certificates,  except the right to receive payment of the redemption
price, shall cease.

                  (f) If the shares of the Company's Common Stock are subdivided
or  combined  into a greater or smaller  number of shares of Common  Stock,  the
Target  Price  shall be  proportionally  adjusted  by the ratio  which the total
number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  prior to such event
bears to the total



                                       10



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding immediately after such event.

         9.       Adjustment  of  Exercise  Price and Number of Shares of Common
Stock or Warrants.

                  (a)  Subject to the  exceptions  referred  to in Section  9(g)
below,  in the event the Company  shall,  at any time or from time to time after
the date hereof,  sell any shares of Common Stock for a consideration  per share
less than the Market  Price of the Common Stock (as defined in Section 8) on the
date of the sale or issue any shares of Common Stock as a stock  dividend to the
holders of Common  Stock,  or  subdivide  or combine the  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares (any such sale, issuance,
subdivision, or combination being herein called a "Change of Shares"), then, and
thereafter  upon each further  Change of Shares,  the  Purchase  Price in effect
immediately  prior  to  such  Change  of  Shares  shall  be  changed  to a price
(including any  applicable  fraction of a cent)  determined by  multiplying  the
Purchase Price in effect immediately prior thereto by a fraction,  the numerator
of which  shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding
immediately  prior to the issuance of such  additional  shares and the number of
shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received (determined as
provided in subsection 9(f)(G) below) for the issuance of such additional shares
would purchase at such current  market price per share of Common Stock,  and the
denominator  of which  shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  after the  issuance of such  additional  shares.  Such
adjustment shall be made successively whenever such an issuance is made.

                           Upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant
to this Section 9, the total number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon
the  exercise of each  Warrant  shall  (subject to the  provisions  contained in
Section 9(b) hereof) be such number of shares  (calculated to the nearest tenth)
purchasable at the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment
multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of which shall be the Purchase Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall
be the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.



                                       11



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  (b) The Company may elect, upon any adjustment of the Purchase
Price hereunder,  to adjust the number of Warrants  outstanding,  in lieu of the
adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise
of each Warrant as hereinabove  provided, so that each Warrant outstanding after
such adjustment shall represent the right to purchase one share of Common Stock.
Each Warrant held of record prior to such  adjustment  of the number of Warrants
shall  become  that  number  of  Warrants  (calculated  to  the  nearest  tenth)
determined by multiplying  the number one by a fraction,  the numerator of which
shall be the Purchase Price in effect  immediately  prior to such adjustment and
the denominator of which shall be the Purchase Price in effect immediately after
such adjustment. Upon each adjustment of the number of Warrants pursuant to this
Section  9,  the  Company  shall,  as  promptly  as  practicable,  cause  to  be
distributed to each  Registered  Holder of Warrant  Certificates  on the date of
such adjustment Warrant Certificates  evidencing,  subject to Section 10 hereof,
the number of  additional  Warrants to which such Holder  shall be entitled as a
result  of such  adjustment  or,  at the  option  of the  Company,  cause  to be
distributed  to such  Holder in  substitution  and  replacement  for the Warrant
Certificates  held by him prior to the date of  adjustment  (and upon  surrender
thereof,  if required by the Company) new Warrant  Certificates  evidencing  the
number of Warrants to which such Holder shall be entitled after such adjustment.

                  (c) In case of any reclassification,  capital  reorganization,
or other  change  of  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock,  or in case of any
consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another  corporation  (other
than  a  consolidation  or  merger  in  which  the  Company  is  the  continuing
corporation  and  which  does  not  result  in  any  reclassification,   capital
reorganization,  or other change of outstanding  shares of Common Stock),  or in
case of any sale or  conveyance  to another  corporation  of the property of the
Company  as, or  substantially  as, an entirety  (other  than a  sale/leaseback,
mortgage,  or other  financing  transaction),  the Company shall cause effective
provision  to be made so that each holder of a warrant  then  outstanding  shall
have the right thereafter,  by exercising such Warrant, to purchase the kind and
number of shares  of stock or other  securities  or  property  (including  cash)
receivable upon such reclassification,  capital reorganization, or other change,
consolidation,  merger,  sale, or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares
of Common Stock that



                                       12



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




might have been  purchased  upon exercise of such Warrant  immediately  prior to
such reclassification,  capital reorganization,  or other change, consolidation,
merger,  sale, or  conveyance.  Any such provision  shall include  provision for
adjustments  that shall be as nearly  equivalent  as may be  practicable  to the
adjustments  provided  for in this  Section 9. The Company  shall not effect any
such  consolidation,  merger, or sale unless prior to or simultaneously with the
consummation  thereof the successor (if other than the Company)  resulting  from
such  consolidation  or merger  or the  corporation  purchasing  assets or other
appropriate  corporation or entity shall assume, by written instrument  executed
and delivered to the Warrant  Agent,  the obligation to deliver to the holder of
each Warrant such shares of stock, securities,  or assets as, in accordance with
the foregoing provisions, such holders may be entitled to purchase and the other
obligations under this Agreement. The foregoing provisions shall similarly apply
to successive  reclassification,  capital reorganizations,  and other changes of
outstanding  shares of Common Stock and to successive  consolidations,  mergers,
sales, or conveyances.

                  (d) Irrespective of any adjustments or changes in the Purchase
Price or the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon exercise of the
Warrants,  the Warrant  Certificates  theretofore  and thereafter  issued shall,
unless the Company shall  exercise its option to issue new Warrant  Certificates
pursuant to Section  2(d)  hereof,  continue to express the  Purchase  Price per
share,  the number of shares  purchasable  thereunder,  and the Redemption Price
therefor as the Purchase Price per share,  and the number of shares  purchasable
and the Redemption  Price  therefore were expressed in the Warrant  Certificates
when the same were originally issued.

                  (e) After each  adjustment of the Purchase  Price  pursuant to
this Section 9, the Company will promptly  prepare a  certificate  signed by the
Chairman or  President,  and by the  Treasurer or an Assistant  Treasurer or the
Secretary or an  Assistant  Secretary,  of the Company  setting  forth:  (i) the
Purchase  Price as so  adjusted,  (ii) the  number of  shares  of  Common  Stock
purchasable  upon  exercise of each Warrant after such  adjustment,  and, if the
Company  shall have  elected to adjust  the  number of  Warrants,  the number of
Warrants to which the registered  holder of each Warrant shall then be entitled,
and the adjustment in Redemption  Price resulting  therefrom,  and (iii) a brief
statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment. The Company will promptly
file such certificate



                                       13



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




with the Warrant Agent and cause a brief summary  thereof to be sent by ordinary
first class mail to Monroe and to each registered holder of Warrants at his last
address  as it shall  appear on the  registry  books of the  Warrant  Agent.  No
failure to mail such  notice nor any defect  therein or in the  mailing  thereof
shall  affect the validity  thereof  except as to the holder to whom the Company
failed  to mail  such  notice,  or  except as to the  holder  whose  notice  was
defective.  The affidavit of an officer of the Warrant Agent or the Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary of the Company that such notice has been mailed shall, in
the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

                  (f)  For  purposes  of  Section  9(a)  and  9(b)  hereof,  the
following provisions (i) to (vii) shall also be applicable:

                           (i) The number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding
at any given time shall  include  shares of Common Stock owned or held by or for
the account of the Company and the sale or issuance of such  treasury  shares or
the distribution of any such treasury shares shall not be considered a Change of
Shares for purposes of said sections.

                           (ii) No  adjustment  of the  Purchase  Price shall be
made unless such  adjustment  would  require an increase or decrease of at least
$.10 in such  price;  provided  that any  adjustments  which by  reason  of this
subsection  (ii) are not required to be made shall be carried  forward and shall
be made at the time of and together with the next subsequent  adjustment  which,
together with any adjustment(s) so carried forward, shall require an increase or
decrease of at least $.10 in the Purchase Price then in effect hereunder.

                           (iii) In case of (1) the sale by the Company for cash
of any rights or warrants to subscribe  for or purchase,  or any options for the
purchase of, Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for
Common Stock without the payment of any further  consideration  other than cash,
if  any  (such  convertible  or  exchangeable  securities  being  herein  called
"Convertible  Securities"),  or (2) the  issuance  by the  Company,  without the
receipt by the Company of any consideration  therefor, of any rights or warrants
to subscribe  for or purchase,  or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock
or Convertible Securities, in each case, if (and only if) the consideration



                                       14



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




payable to the Company upon the exercise of such  rights,  warrants,  or options
shall consist of cash, whether or not such rights,  warrants, or options, or the
right to  convert or  exchange  such  Convertible  Securities,  are  immediately
exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the
exercise of such rights, warrants, or options or upon the conversion or exchange
of such Convertible Securities (determined by dividing (x) the minimum aggregate
consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights, warrants,
or options,  plus the consideration  received by the Company for the issuance or
sale of such rights, warrants, or options, plus, in the case of such Convertible
Securities,  the minimum aggregate amount of additional  consideration,  if any,
other than such Convertible Securities,  payable upon the conversion or exchange
thereof, by (y) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the  exercise of such rights,  warrants,  or options or upon the  conversion  or
exchange  of such  Convertible  Securities  issuable  upon the  exercise of such
rights,  warrants,  or options) is less than the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of the issuance or sale of such rights,  warrants, or options,
then the total  maximum  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
exercise of such rights, warrants, or options or upon the conversion or exchange
of such  Convertible  Securities (as of the date of the issuance or sale of such
rights, warrants, or options) shall be deemed to be outstanding shares of Common
Stock for purposes of Sections  9(a) and 9(b) hereof and shall be deemed to have
been sold for cash in an amount equal to such price per share.

                           (iv) In case of the sale by the  Company  for cash of
any Convertible  Securities,  whether or not the right of conversion or exchange
thereunder is immediately exercisable,  and the price per share for which Common
Stock is issuable upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities
(determined  by dividing (x) the total amount of  consideration  received by the
Company for the sale of such Convertible Securities,  plus the minimum aggregate
amount  of  additional  consideration,  if  any,  other  than  such  Convertible
Securities,  payable upon the conversion or exchange  thereof,  by (y) the total
maximum  number of  shares  of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  conversion  or
exchange of such  Convertible  Securities) is less than the fair market value or
the Common Stock on the date of the sale of such  Convertible  Securities,  then
the total maximum  number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion
or exchange of such Convertible Securities (as of the



                                       15



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




date  of the  sale  of  such  Convertible  Securities)  shall  be  deemed  to be
outstanding shares of Common Stock for purposes of Sections 9(a) and 9(b) hereof
and shall be deemed to have been sold for cash in an amount  equal to such price
per share.

                           (v) In case the  Company  shall  modify the rights of
conversion,  exchange,  or  exercise  of any of the  securities  referred  to in
subsection  (iii)  above or any other  securities  of the  Company  convertible,
exchangeable,  or exercisable  for shares of Common Stock,  for any reason other
than an event that would  require  adjustment to prevent  dilution,  so that the
consideration  per share received by the Company after such modification is less
than the market price on the date prior to such modification, the Purchase Price
to be in effect after such  modification  shall be determined by multiplying the
Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such event by a fraction, of which
the  numerator  shall be the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
multiplied  by the market price on the date prior to the  modification  plus the
number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration receivable by
the Company for the securities  affected by the  modification  would purchase at
the market price and of which the  denominator  shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock  outstanding on such date plus the number of shares of Common Stock
to be issued upon conversion,  exchange,  or exercise of the modified securities
at the modified rate. Such adjustment shall become effective as of the date upon
which such modification shall take effect.

                           (vi) On the expiration of any such right, warrant, or
option or the  termination  of any such right to convert  or  exchange  any such
Convertible  Securities,  the  Purchase  Price  then in effect  hereunder  shall
forthwith be readjusted  to such  Purchase  Price as would have obtained (a) had
the  adjustments  made  upon  the  issuance  or sale of such  rights,  warrants,
options,  or Convertible  Securities been made upon the basis of the issuance of
only the number of shares of Common Stock  theretofore  actually  delivered (and
the total  consideration  received  therefor)  upon the exercise of such rights,
warrants,  or options or upon the  conversion  or exchange  of such  Convertible
Securities and (b) had adjustments  been made on the basis of the Purchase Price
as adjusted  under clause (a) for all  transactions  (which would have  affected
such  adjusted  Purchase  Price) made after the issuance or sale of such rights,
warrants, options, or Convertible Securities.



                                       16



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                           (vii) In case of the sale for cash of any  shares  of
Common Stock,  any Convertible  Securities,  any rights or warrants to subscribe
for or purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or Convertible
Securities,  the consideration received by the Company therefore shall be deemed
to be the gross sales price  therefor  without  deducting  therefrom any expense
paid or incurred by the Company or any underwriting  discounts or commissions or
concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith.

                  (g)      No adjustment  to the Purchase  Price of the Warrants
or to the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each
Warrant will be made, however,

                           (i)  upon  the  sale  or  exercise  of the  Warrants,
including  without  limitation  the  sale  or  exercise  of any of the  Warrants
comprising the Purchase Option; or

                           (ii) upon the sale of any  shares of Common  Stock in
the Company's initial public offering,  including,  without  limitation,  shares
sold upon the exercise of any over-allotment  option granted to the Underwriters
in connection with such offering; or

                           (iii) upon the  issuance  or sale of Common  Stock or
Convertible  Securities upon the exercise of any rights or warrants to subscribe
for or purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or Convertible
Securities, whether or not such rights, warrants, or options were outstanding on
the date of the original sale of the Warrants or were thereafter  issued or sold
other than issuances of preferred stock in connection  with  acquisitions by the
Company; or

                           (iv) upon the  issuance or sale of Common  Stock upon
conversion  or  exchange  of any  Convertible  Securities,  whether  or not  any
adjustment  in the  Purchase  Price  was made or  required  to be made  upon the
issuance  or  sale  of such  Convertible  Securities  and  whether  or not  such
Convertible  Securities were outstanding on the date of the original sale of the
Warrants or were thereafter issued or sold; or

                           (v)  upon the  issuance  or sale of  Common  Stock or
Convertible Securities in a private placement unless the issuance



                                       17



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




or sale price is less than 85% of the fair market  value of the Common  Stock on
the  date of  issuance,  in  which  case the  adjustment  shall  only be for the
difference between 85% of the fair market value and the issue or sale price; or

                           (vi) upon the  issuance  or sale of  Common  Stock or
Convertible  Securities to shareholders of any corporation which merges into the
Company  or from  which  the  Company  acquires  assets  and  some or all of the
consideration  consists of equity  securities  of the Company,  in proportion to
their stock holdings of such  corporation  immediately  prior to the acquisition
but only if no  adjustment is required  pursuant to any other  provision of this
Section 9.

                  (h) Intentionally Omitted.

                  (i) Any  determination  as to  whether  an  adjustment  in the
Purchase Price in effect  hereunder is required  pursuant to Section 9, or as to
the  amount of any such  adjustment,  if  required,  shall be  binding  upon the
holders of the  Warrants  and the  Company if made in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Company.

                  (j) If and whenever the Company  shall grant to the holders of
Common Stock,  as such,  rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase,  or
any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or securities  convertible into or
exchangeable  for or carrying a right,  warrant,  or option to  purchase  Common
Stock, the Company shall concurrently  therewith grant to each Registered Holder
as of the record date for such transaction of the Warrants then outstanding, the
rights,  warrants,  or options to which each  Registered  Holder would have been
entitled if, on the record date used to determine the  stockholders  entitled to
the rights,  warrants,  or options being granted by the Company,  the Registered
Holder were the holder of record of the number of whole  shares of Common  Stock
then issuable upon exercise  (assuming,  for purposes of this section 9(j), that
exercise of warrants is permissible  during periods prior to the Initial Warrant
Exercise Date) of his Warrants.  Such grant by the Company to the holders of the
Warrants shall be in lieu of any adjustment  which otherwise might be called for
pursuant to this Section 9.



                                       18



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         10.      Fractional Warrants and Fractional Shares.

                  (a) If the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon
the  exercise  of each  Warrant is adjusted  pursuant  to Section 9 hereof,  the
Company  nevertheless  shall not be required to issue fractions of shares,  upon
exercise of the  Warrants  or  otherwise,  or to  distribute  certificates  that
evidence  fractional shares.  With respect to any fraction of a share called for
upon any exercise hereof,  the Company shall pay to the Holder an amount in cash
equal to such fraction multiplied by the current market value of such fractional
share, determined as follows:

                           (i) If the  Common  Stock  is  listed  on a  National
Securities  Exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such exchange
or listed for trading on the NASDAQ Quotation System, the current value shall be
the last  reported  sale price of the Common Stock on such  exchange on the last
business day prior to the date of exercise of this Warrant or if no such sale is
made on such day,  the average of the closing bid and asked  prices for such day
on such exchange; or

                           (ii) If the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to
unlisted  trading  privileges,  the current  value shall be the mean of the last
reported bid and asked prices reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. on
the last business day prior to the date of the exercise of this Warrant; or

                           (iii)  If  the  Common  Stock  is not  so  listed  or
admitted  to unlisted  trading  privileges  and bid and asked  prices are not so
reported,  the current value shall be an amount  determined  in such  reasonable
manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company.

         11.  Warrant  Holders  Not Deemed  Stockholders.  No holder of Warrants
shall,  as such,  be entitled to vote or to receive  dividends  or be deemed the
holder of Common  Stock that may at any time be issuable  upon  exercise of such
Warrants for any purpose  whatsoever,  nor shall  anything  contained  herein be
construed to confer upon the holder of Warrants, as such, any of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or
upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof,  or to give or
withhold  consent to any corporate  action  (whether upon any  recapitalization,
issue or



                                       19



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




reclassification  of  stock,  change  of par  value or change of stock to no par
value, consolidation,  merger, or conveyance or otherwise), or to receive notice
of meetings,  or to receive dividends or subscription  rights, until such Holder
shall have  exercised  such  Warrants and been issued  shares of Common Stock in
accordance with the provisions hereof.

         12.  Rights  of  Action.  All  rights of action  with  respect  to this
Agreement are vested in the respective  Registered Holders of the Warrants,  and
any Registered  Holder of a Warrant,  without consent of the Warrant Agent or of
the holder of any other Warrant, may, in his own behalf and for his own benefit,
enforce  against the Company his right to exercise his Warrants for the purchase
of shares of Common Stock in the manner provided in the Warrant  Certificate and
this Agreement.

         13.      Agreement of Warrant Holders.  Every holder of a Warrant,
by his acceptance thereof, consents and agrees with the Company,
the Warrant Agent and every other holder of a warrant that:

                  (a) The warrants are  transferable  only on the registry books
of the  Warrant  Agent by the  Registered  Holder  thereof  in  person or by his
attorney  duly  authorized  in  writing  and  only if the  Warrant  Certificates
representing  such Warrants are  surrendered at the office of the Warrant Agent,
duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer  satisfactory to
the  Warrant  Agent and the  Company in their  sole  discretion,  together  with
payment of any applicable transfer taxes; and

                  (b) The Company  and the Warrant  Agent may deem and treat the
person in whose name the Warrant  Certificate is registered as the holder and as
the absolute, true, and lawful owner of the Warrants represented thereby for all
purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any
notice or knowledge to the contrary,  except as otherwise  expressly provided in
Section 7 hereof.

         14. Cancellation of Warrant Certificates. If the Company shall purchase
or  acquire  any  Warrant  or  Warrants,  the  Warrant  Certificate  or  Warrant
Certificates  evidencing  the same shall  thereupon  be delivered to the Warrant
Agent and  cancelled  by it and  retired.  The  Warrant  Agent shall also cancel
Common Stock following exercise of any or all of the Warrants represented



                                       20



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




thereby or delivered to it for transfer, splitup, combination, or exchange.

         15.  Concerning the Warrant Agent.  The Warrant Agent acts hereunder as
agent and in a  ministerial  capacity for the  Company,  and its duties shall be
determined  solely by the  provisions  hereof.  The Warrant  Agent shall not, by
issuing and  delivering  Warrant  Certificates  or by any other act hereunder be
deemed to make any  representations as to the validity,  value, or authorization
of the  Warrant  Certificates  or the  Warrants  represented  thereby  or of any
securities or other  property  delivered upon exercise of any Warrant or whether
any stock issued upon exercise of any Warrant is fully paid and nonassessable.

                  The  Warrant  Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or
responsibility to any holder of Warrant Certificates to make or cause to be made
any adjustment of the Purchase  Price or the  Redemption  Price provided in this
Agreement,  or to  determine  whether any fact exists which may require any such
adjustments,  or with  respect to the  nature or extent of any such  adjustment,
when made,  or with respect to the method  employed in making the same. It shall
not (i) be liable for any recital or statement of facts contained  herein or for
any  action  taken,  suffered,  or  omitted  by it in  reliance  on any  warrant
Certificate or other  document or instrument  believed by it in good faith to be
genuine and to have been  signed or  presented  by the proper  party or parties,
(ii) be  responsible  for any  failure on the part of the Company to comply with
any of its  covenants  and  obligations  contained  in this  Agreement or in any
Warrant  Certificate,  or (iii) be liable for any act or omission in  connection
with this Agreement except for its own negligence or wilful misconduct.

                  The  Warrant  Agent  may  at any  time  consult  with  counsel
satisfactory  to it (who may be  counsel  for the  Company)  and shall  incur no
liability or responsibility  for any action taken,  suffered or omitted by it in
good faith in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel.

                  Any notice, statement, instruction, request, direction, order,
or demand of the Company shall be sufficiently evidenced by an instrument signed
by the Chairman of the Board, President,  any Vice President,  its Secretary, or
Assistant  Secretary,  (unless  other  evidence  in  respect  thereof  is herein
specifically



                                       21



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




prescribed).  The  Warrant  Agent  shall not be  liable  for any  action  taken,
suffered  or  omitted  by  it  in  accordance   with  such  notice,   statement,
instruction, request, direction, order, or demand believed by it to be genuine.

                  The  Company  agrees  to  pay  the  Warrant  Agent  reasonable
compensation  for its services  hereunder and to reimburse it for its reasonable
expenses hereunder; it further agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it
harmless  against  any and all  losses,  expenses,  and  liabilities,  including
judgments,  costs, and counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant
Agent in the  execution  of its  duties  and  powers  hereunder  except  losses,
expenses,  and liabilities arising as a result of the Warrant Agent's negligence
or wilful misconduct.

                  The Warrant Agent may resign its duties and be discharged from
all further duties and liabilities  hereunder (except  liabilities  arising as a
result of the Warrant Agent's own negligence or wilful misconduct), after giving
60 days' prior written notice to the Company. At least 15 days prior to the date
such resignation is to become effective, the Warrant Agent shall cause a copy of
such notice of resignation to be mailed to the Registered Holder of each Warrant
Certificate at the Company's expense. Upon such resignation, or any inability of
the Warrant  Agent to act as such  hereunder,  the Company  shall  appoint a new
warrant  agent in writing.  If the Company  shall fail to make such  appointment
within  a  period  of 30 days  after it has been  notified  in  writing  of such
resignation by the resigning  Warrant Agent,  then the Registered  Holder of any
Warrant  Certificate  may apply to any court of competent  jurisdiction  for the
appointment of a new warrant agent. Any new warrant agent,  whether appointed by
the  Company  or by such a  court,  shall be a bank or  trust  company  having a
capital and surplus,  as shown by its last published report to its stockholders,
of not less than  $10,000,000 or a stock transfer  company.  After acceptance in
writing of such appointment by the new warrant agent is received by the Company,
such new warrant agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties, and
responsibilities as if it had been originally named herein as the Warrant Agent,
without any further assurance,  conveyance,  act, or deed; but if for any reason
it shall be necessary or expedient to execute and deliver any further assurance,
conveyance,  act, or deed,  the same shall be done at the expense of the Company
and shall be legally and validly executed and delivered by the



                                       22



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




resigning  Warrant  Agent.  Not  later  than  the  effective  date  of any  such
appointment  the Company shall file notice  thereof with the  resigning  warrant
Agent  and  shall  forthwith  cause a copy of such  notice  to be  mailed to the
Registered Holder of each Warrant Certificate.

                  Any  corporation  into  which  the  Warrant  Agent  or any new
warrant agent may be converted or merged or any  corporation  resulting from any
consolidation  to which the Warrant  Agent or any new  warrant  agent shall be a
party or any  corporation  succeeding to the trust business of the Warrant Agent
shall be a successor warrant agent under this Agreement without any further act,
provided that such  corporation is eligible for  appointment as successor to the
Warrant  Agent  under  the  provisions  of the  preceding  paragraph.  Any  such
successor warrant agent shall promptly cause notice of its succession as warrant
agent to be mailed to the Company and to the  Registered  Holder of each Warrant
Certificate.

                  The Warrant Agent, its subsidiaries and affiliates, and any of
its or their  officers or directors,  may buy and hold or sell Warrants or other
securities of the Company and otherwise deal with the Company in the same manner
and to the same  extent  and with like  effects  as  though it were not  Warrant
Agent.  Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other
capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

         16. Modification of Agreement. The Warrant Agent and the Company may by
supplemental  agreement  make any changes or  corrections  in this Agreement (i)
that they  shall  deem  appropriate  to cure any  ambiguity  or to  correct  any
defective  or  inconsistent  provision  or  manifest  mistake  or  error  herein
contained; or (ii) that they may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not
adversely affect the interests of the holders of Warrant Certificates; provided,
however, that this Agreement shall not otherwise be modified,  supplemented,  or
altered in any  respect  except  with the  consent in writing of the  Registered
Holders of Warrant  Certificates  representing not less than 50% of the Warrants
then outstanding;  and provided, further, that no change in the number or nature
of the securities  purchasable upon the exercise of any Warrant, or the Purchase
Price therefor,  or the  acceleration of the Warrant  Expiration  Date, shall be
made  without  the  consent in writing of the  Registered  Holder of the Warrant
Certificate



                                       23



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




representing  such  Warrant,   other  than  such  changes  as  are  specifically
prescribed by this  Agreement as  originally  executed or are made in compliance
with applicable law.

         17. Notices. All notices, requests,  consents, and other communications
hereunder  shall be in  writing  and  shall be  deemed  to have  been  made when
delivered or mailed first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid as
follows: if to the Registered Holder of a Warrant Certificate, at the address of
such holder as shown on the registry books  maintained by the Warrant Agent;  if
to the  Company,  1450  Route  22  West,  Suite  103,  Mountainside,  NJ  07092,
Attention:  President,  with a copy sent to Singer  Zamansky  LLP,  48  Exchange
Place, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10005, Attention: Alexander Bienenstock, Esq. or
at such other address as may have been furnished to the Warrant Agent in writing
by the Company; and if to the Warrant Agent, at its Corporate office.

         18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with  the  laws of the  State  of  Delaware,  without  reference  to
principles of conflict of laws.

         19. Binding  Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the  benefit  of the  Company  and,  the  Warrant  Agent  and  their  respective
successors  and  assigns,   and  the  holders  from  time  to  time  of  Warrant
Certificates.  Nothing in this  Agreement  is intended or shall be  construed to
confer upon any other person any right,  remedy,  or claim, in equity or at law,
or to impose upon any other person any duty, liability, or obligation.

         20.  Termination.  This  Agreement  shall  terminate  at the  close  of
business on the Warrant Expiration Date of all the Warrants or such earlier date
upon which all Warrants have been exercised, except that the Warrant Agent shall
account  to the  Company  for cash held by it and the  provisions  of Section 15
hereof shall survive such termination.

         21.   Counterparts.   This   Agreement   may  be  executed  in  several
counterparts, which taken together shall constitute a single document.



                                       24



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                                ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                                By: ____________________________
                                                    Richard Reiss

                                                    Its: President

                                                AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST
                                                COMPANY

                                                By:_____________________________

                                                   Its: Authorized Officer



                                       25



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT A

                      [Form of Face of Warrant Certificate]

                                 No. W Warrants

                          VOID AFTER ________ __, 2001

         STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK

                         ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                     THIS CERTIFIES THAT FOR VALUE RECEIVED

or registered  assigns (the  "Registered  Holder") is the owner of the number of
Redeemable  Common Stock Purchase  Warrants  ("Warrants")  specified above. Each
Warrant  initially  entitles the Registered  Holder to purchase,  subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in this Certificate and the Warrant Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), one fully paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock, no
par value per share  ("Common  Stock"),  of ALL  COMMUNICATIONS  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware  corporation (the  "Company"),  at any time between the Initial Warrant
Exercise  Date  and the  Expiration  Date  (as  hereinafter  defined),  upon the
presentation  and surrender of this Warrant  Certificate  with the  Subscription
Form on the reverse  hereof duly executed,  at the corporate  office of AMERICAN
STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY as Warrant Agent,  or its successor (the "Warrant
Agent"),  accompanied by payment of $4.25 (the "Purchase Price") in lawful money
of the United States of America in cash or by official  bank or certified  check
made payable to All Communications Corporation.

         This Warrant Certificate and each Warrant represented hereby are issued
pursuant to and are  subject in all  respects  to the terms and  conditions  set
forth in the Warrant  Agreement  (the "Warrant  Agreement")  dated  ________ __,
1997, by and between the Company and the Warrant Agent.

         In the  event of  certain  contingencies  provided  for in the  Warrant
Agreement, the Purchase Price or the number of shares of Common Stock subject to
purchase  upon the  exercise of each Warrant  represented  hereby are subject to
modifications or adjustment.




<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         Each Warrant  represented  hereby is  exercisable  at the option of the
Registered  Holder,  but no fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued. In
the case of the exercise of less than all the Warrants  represented  hereby, the
Company  shall cancel this Warrant  Certificate  upon the  surrender  hereof and
shall execute and deliver a new Warrant  Certificate or Warrant  Certificates of
like tenor, which the Warrant Agent shall  countersign,  for the balance of such
Warrants.

         The term "Initial Warrant Exercise Date" shall mean ________ __, 1998.

         The term  "Expiration  Date"  shall  mean 5:00 p.m.  (New York time) on
________ __, 2001,  or such earlier date as the Warrants  shall be redeemed.  If
such  date  shall in the  State of New York be a  holiday  or a day on which the
banks are  authorized to close,  then the  Expiration  Date shall mean 5:00 p.m.
(New York time) the next  following  day which in the State of New York is not a
holiday or a day on which banks are authorized to close.

         The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any  securities  pursuant
to the  exercise  of this  Warrant  unless a  registration  statement  under the
Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended,  with  respect  to  such  securities  is
effective.  This Warrant shall not be exercisable by a Registered  Holder in any
state where such exercise would be unlawful.

         This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable,  upon the surrender hereof by
the Registered  Holder at the corporate  office of the Warrant Agent,  for a new
Warrant Certificate or Warrant  Certificates of like tenor representing an equal
aggregate number of Warrants, each of such new Warrant Certificates to represent
such number of Warrants as shall be designated by such Registered  Holder at the
time of such surrender.  Upon due presentment  with any transfer fee in addition
to any tax or other  governmental  charge imposed in connection  therewith,  for
registration  of transfer of this  Warrant  Certificate  at such  office,  a new
Warrant  Certificate or Warrant  Certificates  representing  an equal  aggregate
number of  Warrants  will be  issued to the  transferee  in  exchange  therefor,
subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement.

         Prior to the exercise of any Warrant represented hereby, the Registered
Holder  shall not be entitled  to any rights of a  stockholder  of the  Company,
including,  without  limitation,  the right to vote or to receive  dividends  or
other  distributions,  and shall not be  entitled  to receive  any notice of any
proceedings of the Company, except as provided in the Warrant Agreement.



                                        2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         This  Warrant  may be  redeemed  at the  option  of the  Company,  at a
redemption  price of $.10 per  Warrant at any time after  ________  __,  1998 or
earlier with the consent of Monroe Parker Securities,  Inc., provided the Market
Price (as defined in the Warrant  Agreement)  for the  securities  issuable upon
exercise of such  Warrant  shall exceed 250% of the then  exercise  price of the
Warrants.  Notice of redemption  shall be given not later than the thirtieth day
before the date fixed for redemption,  all as provided in the Warrant Agreement.
On and after the date fixed for redemption,  the Registered Holder shall have no
rights with respect to this Warrant  except to receive the $.10 per Warrant upon
surrender of this Certificate.

         Prior to due  presentment  for  registration  of transfer  hereof,  the
Company and the Warrant  Agent may deem and treat the  Registered  Holder as the
absolute owner hereof and of each Warrant  represented  hereby  (notwithstanding
any  notations of  ownership or writing  hereon made by anyone other than a duly
authorized  officer of the Company or the Warrant  Agent) for all  purposes  and
shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

         This  Warrant  Certificate  shall  be  governed  by  and  construed  in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

         This  Warrant  Certificate  is not valid  unless  countersigned  by the
Warrant Agent.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to
be duly executed, manually or in facsimile by two of its officers thereunto duly
authorized and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.

                                                 ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                                 By:____________________________
                                                    E. Gerald Kay
                                                    Its: President

Date:  ______________________________

                                     [Seal]



                                        3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




COUNTERSIGNED:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY,
as Warrant Agent

By:______________________________
   Its: Authorized Officer



                                        4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                    [Form of Reverse of Warrant Certificate]

                                SUBSCRIPTION FORM

      To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Exercise Warrants

         THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTERED HOLDER hereby irrevocably elects to exercise
_____  Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate,  and to purchase the
securities  issuable  upon the  exercise of such  Warrants,  and  requests  that
certificates for such securities shall be issued in the name of

                  --------------------------------------------

           (please insert social security or other identifying number)

and be delivered to

                  --------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------

                     (please print or type name and address)

and if such number of Warrants  shall not be all the Warrants  evidenced by this
Warrant  Certificate,  that a new  Warrant  Certificate  for the balance of such
Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the  Registered  Holder
at the address stated below:

                  --------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------

                                    (Address)




<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                        ---------------------------------
                                     (Date)

                        ---------------------------------
                        (Taxpayer Identification Number)

If this Warrant has been  solicited by a member of the National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc., the name of such firm is:__________:

                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEED

                                   ASSIGNMENT

       To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Assign Warrants

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto

                  --------------------------------------------

           (please insert social security or other identifying number)

                  --------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------

                  --------------------------------------------

                     (please print or type name and address)

of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate,  and hereby irrevocably
constitutes and appoints  _________________________________ Attorney to transfer
this  Warrant  Certificate  on the  books of the  Company,  with  full  power of
substitution in the premises.



                                        2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                        ---------------------------------
                                     (Date)

                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEED

THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OR THE SUBSCRIPTION  FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE
NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANT  CERTIFICATE IN EVERY  PARTICULAR,
WITHOUT  ALTERATION  OR  ENLARGEMENT  OR ANY  CHANGE  WHATSOEVER,  AND  MUST  BE
GUARANTEED  BY AN ELIGIBLE  INSTITUTION  (AS DEFINED IN RULE  17Ad-15  UNDER THE
SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  ACT OF 1934) WHICH MAY INCLUDE A  COMMERCIAL  BANK OR
TRUST  COMPANY,  SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION,  CREDIT  UNION  OR A  MEMBER  FIRM OF THE
AMERICAN  STOCK  EXCHANGE,  NEW YORK STOCK  EXCHANGE,  PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE OR
MIDWEST STOCK EXCHANGE.



                                        3

<PAGE>





<PAGE>



                         [LETTERHEAD SINGER ZAMANSKY LLP]

                                                     March 25, 1997
Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

                       Re: All Communications Corporation
                           File No. 333-21069
                           ------------------------------

Gentlemen:

         We refer to the  above-captioned  registration  statement  on Form SB-2
(the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"), filed by All Communications  Corporation,  a New Jersey corporation (the
"Company"), with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         We have examined the originals, photocopies,  certified copies or other
evidence of such records of the Company, certificates of officers of the Company
and  public  officials,  and other  documents  as we have  deemed  relevant  and
necessary as a basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed. In such examination,
we have assumed the  genuineness  of all  signatures,  the  authenticity  of all
documents submitted to us as certified copes or photocopies and the authenticity
of the originals of such latter documents.

         Based on our  examination  mentioned  above, we are of the opinion that
the  securities  being  registered  to be  sold  pursuant  to  the  Registration
Statement are duly authorized and will be, when sold in the manner  described in
the Registration Statement,  legally and validly issued, and, in the case of the
Common Stock, fully paid and nonassessable.





<PAGE>
<PAGE>





SINGER ZAMANSKY LLP

Securities and Exchange Commission
March 25, 1997
Page -2-

         We hereby  consent to the filing of this  opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under "Legal Matters" in
the related Prospectus.  In giving the foregoing consent, we do not hereby admit
that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7
of the  Act  or the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

                                                    Very truly yours,

                                                    SINGER ZAMANSKY LLP

                                                    SINGER ZAMANSKY LLP

SZ:ym

<PAGE>





<PAGE>



[LOGO SPRINT]               [LETTERHEAD]

February 21, 1997

Mr. Richard Reiss
All Communications
1450 Route 22 West
Suite 103
Mountainside, NJ 07092

Dear Richard:

Thanks again for your patience, as we finally get everything set up
with your account.

I would like to re-confirm to you our agreement with All Communications, as
per the attached.

In addition, your credit line has been established initially at
$170,000. I have asked our credit manager David McClure to keep a
running dialogue with your team, to make sure everything runs smooth
in this area. I can assure you, we are very willing and eager to
support you in your business. I might add, we have a very flexible and
extremely customer accepted leasing program, which can add additional
buying power and profits to All Communications. Please let us know if
you would like our representative to contact you. I will include a
leasing package in this letter.

In closing, we do a quick pay program, 1/2%-10, Net 30 Days. If you are
interested in pursuing this, please let me know.

Again, I want to personally thank you for your time and support in
opening up a business relationship at Sprint North Supply Company.
Please let my team of Angelo Reyes, Bruce Gordon, Pete Yingling, and
Joanie Porter know how we can assist All Communications.

Sincerely,
GERRY T. GLEISSNER

Gerry T. Gleissner
Director of Sales


cc: B. Gordon        A. Reyes
    D. McClure       P. Yingling




 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>




1.   All Communications will receive a 35% discount off list
     on Sony Video Conferencing Systems. (Schedule A Products
     Only)

2.   All Communications will receive shipments from our Distribution
     Centers pre-paid and allowed.

3.   All Communications  will receive a 2% rebate beginning
     immediately on all our  purchases.  This is subject to
     All  Communications  providing a minimum of  $250,000,
     per  quarter,  in Sony  Video  Conferencing  sales to
     SNSC.  All  SNS's  products  (Per  Attached  Specified
     Manufacturer List), will contribute to this total.

     If all  Communications  misses the 250K  target in any
     given quarter,  the rebate will be held and payable at
     year-end,  provided All Communications  meets a minimum
     of $2,000,000 of sales with SNSC.

4.   All Communications will pay SNSC on all invoices no more than 45
     days from shipment.

5.   This information is strictly confidential between Sprint North Supply
     and All Communications.

6.   The period of this offer is from February 1, 1997 to January 31, 1998.

7.   SNSC will not communicate to anyone outside All Communications
     those customers (i.e. - end users) that we support you with
     in  demonstrations.

8.   SNSC will not discuss any mailing lists,  shipments or
     anything  that is customer  related,  with any parties
     except All Communications.




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                    SPRINT NORTH SUPPLY REBATE PROGRAM

           $  250,000    -  $  499,999         PER QUARTER     2% REBATE
           $  500,000    -  $  999,999         PER QUARTER     3% REBATE
           $l,000,000    -  $1,999,999         PER QUARTER     4% REBATE
           $2,000,000    -  +                  PER QUARTER     5% REBATE

<PAGE>





<PAGE>



                             DEALER SALES AGREEMENT
                                    BETWEEN
                   ALL COMMUNICATIONS AND SPRINT NORTH SUPPLY

         This Agreement made and entered into this 10th day of March 1997 by and
between Sprint North Supply, an Ohio corporation, with its principal office
located at 600 New Century Parkway, New Century, Kansas, hereinafter referred to
as "North" and ALL COMMUNICATIONS" with its principal offices located at 1450
Route 22 West, Mountainside, NJ hereinafter referred to as All Communications
(Reseller)". In consideration of the mutual promises and conditions contained
herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.       APPOINTMENT

         North appoints ALL COMMUNICATIONS (Reseller) as a non-exclusive,
authorized dealer for the sale of SONY (Manufacturer) products set forth in
Exhibit (A) and ALL COMMUNICATIONS (Reseller) accepts such appointment and
agrees to purchase SONY (Manufacturer) Products as set forth in Exhibit (A) and
under the terms of this Agreement.

2.       TERM OF AGREEMENT

         This Agreement shall extend from the date written above until
         terminated pursuant to paragraph 13.

3.       ALL COMMUNICATIONS (RESELLER) OBLIGATIONS

         At the acceptance of the appointment hereunder, ALL COMMUNICATIONS
(Reseller) agrees to:

A.       Make best efforts to purchase and take delivery of $225K of SONY
(Manufacturer) Product as outlined in Exhibit (B) (price list) and Exhibit (C)
(overview).

B.       Meet North Supply credit requirements and payment terms. See Exhibit
(D) (credit application).

C.       Purchase SONY (Manufacturer) Products only from North Supply.

D.       Purchase Demonstration equipment deemed necessary by North and SONY
(Manufacturer) to promote and exhibit SONY's (Manufacturer) Products is
identified and priced in Exhibit (C).

E.       Allow North to utilize the name of ALL COMMUNICATIONS (Reseller) in
periodic advertising campaigns.

F.       Product Training for Sales/Technical Staff is required. Product
training requirements are set forth in Exhibit (E).

G.       First Level support for SONY (Manufacturer) Product and installation
will be provided by ALL COMMUNICATIONS (Reseller) to the end-user or the
business purchasing the Product from ALL COMMUNICATIONS (Reseller).

4.       NORTH SUPPLY OBLIGATIONS

         North agrees to provide ALL COMMUNICATIONS (Reseller):

A.       North will use its best efforts in providing ALL COMMUNICATIONS
(Reseller) availability and timely delivery of Product.

B.       Product sales literature and/or tools will be provided in line with
SONY's (Manufacturer) literature policy.

C.       Technical updates on an "as needed" basis by a Notice to ALL
COMMUNICATIONS (Reseller).

D.       Price change notification.

E.       Telephone technical support for ALL COMMUNICATIONS (Reseller) of the
Product during normal work hours. An 800 number will be provided.

F.       Outside and inside sales support.

5.       USE OF NAME AND TRADEMARKS

         Use of the SONY (Manufacturer) name and logo Exhibit (A) is limited to
the exact treatment shown in Exhibit (A) and as outlined in the Logo Guidelines
section of the advertising support materials of your Reseller package. Any other
use or treatment without the express written consent of SONY (Manufacturer) is
strictly prohibited.

6.       PRICING

         North will extend pricing to ALL COMMUNICATIONS (Reseller) as outlined
in Exhibits (B) and (C). Performance will be reviewed and pricing may be
adjusted on a quarterly basis based on the prior quarter's activities.

7.       WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         North makes no actual warranty of its own but will pass through to the
Reseller SONY's (Manufacturer's) warranty to the extent that such warranty is
provided in Exhibit (A). In the event that Reseller discovers a Product to be
defective, North will assist the Reseller in notifying SONY (Manufacturer) of
such defect and to take such other action as North deems appropriate. NORTH
MAKES NO EXPRESS AND/OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE (except as to title) other than those
expressly set forth above, and IN NO EVENT DOES NORTH ASSUME, NOR SHALL IT BE
LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, OR FOR INSTALLATION ADJUSTMENT OR
OTHER EXPENSES WHETHER DIRECT OR INDIRECT. No waiver, alteration or modification
of the foregoing conditions shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by
an executive officer of North Supply.

                                       1




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



8.       MATERIAL RETURN AUTHORIZATION

         North will accept returns based on warranty, repair and return policy
of itself and SONY (Manufacturer).

9.       LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         THE LIABILITY OF THE DIVISION, IF ANY, AND THE RESELLER'S SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR DAMAGES FOR ANY CLAIM OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, REGARDLESS OF
LEGAL THEORY, AND WHETHER ARISING IN TORT OR CONTRACT, WITH REGARD TO THIS
AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE DELIVERY OR NON-DELIVERY OF THE PRODUCTS, OR WITH
RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS, SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN THE ACTUAL PURCHASE PRICE,
AND ALL TRANSPORTATION AND CUSTOMARY HANDLING CHARGES PAID FOR THE CLAIMS MADE.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND. SUCH DAMAGES INCLUDE,
BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, COMPENSATION, REIMBURSEMENT OR DAMAGES ON ACCOUNT OF THE
LOSS OF PRESENT OR PROSPECTIVE PROFITS, EXPENDITURES, INVESTMENTS OR
COMMITMENTS, WHETHER MADE IN THE ESTABLISHMENT, DEVELOPMENT OR MAINTENANCE OF
BUSINESS REPUTATION OR GOODWILL, FOR LOSS OF DATA, COST OF SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS,
COST OF CAPITAL, AND THE CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES, INCLUDING CUSTOMERS, OR FOR
ANY OTHER REASON WHATSOEVER.

         In no event shall North be liable for any damages, special or
consequential arising out of or resulting from the Product furnished hereunder
and in no event for installation, adjustment, or other expenses whether direct
or indirect.

         North's liability cannot be expanded by any statement made by Reseller
or Reseller's agent. Any Product claim beyond the described functional
specifications provided by SONY (Manufacturer) by the Reseller shall be the sole
responsibility of the Reseller.

10.      ASSIGNMENT

         Neither party to this Agreement may assign this Agreement without the
consent of the other party. Such consent shall not be unreasonably denied
without good cause.

         North has the option of terminating this Agreement in the event of any
material changes in the structure, ownership, management, location or
organization of the Reseller Company.

11.      RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES

         This Agreement does not in any way create the relationship of joint
venture, partnership, or principal and agent between North and Reseller; and
neither shall have the power of ability to pledge the credit of the other not to
bind the other nor to contract in the name of nor create a liability against the
other in any way for any purpose. It is specifically understood that Reseller is
an Independent Agent and not a Franchise of North and that this Agreement is not
a Franchise Agreement and should not be construed as such.

12.      SOFTWARE SUBLICENSE

         Purchasers of hardware equipment which contain software from North
agree to comply with all terms and conditions of the software license granted to
North by its third party licenser which shall have no liability whatsoever to
customer and agrees that the license is personal, non-exclusive and
non-transferable except as permitted below and that North's Reseller has the
right to sublicense solely to such third party end-user customers, that the
software will be utilized solely on the hardware product in which the software
is contained that all software products are proprietary to SONY (Manufacturer),
and that all software products shall be treated in accordance with the same
procedures and standard of care which the customer uses to protect its own
proprietary or confidential information. The customer further agrees not to
disclose to third parties or to copy any software product, excepting for an
archival copy for internal purposes only. In such event of reproduction, then
all trademarks, copyrights, service marks or trade names shall be placed on such
copied software. The customer agrees not to reverse-compile, disassemble, or
reverse-engineer any software product, and in no event shall customer be
entitled to any source code of a software product. North makes no actual
warranty of its own with respect to the software, but will pass through to
Purchaser SONY's (Manufacturer) warranty to the extent such warranty is
provided. In the event Purchaser discovers the product to be defective, North
will assist Purchaser and notify SONY (Manufacturer) of such defects. North
makes NO EXPRESS AND/OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE (except as to title) other than those
specifically set forth and in no event does North assume nor shall it be liable
for CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES or for installation adjustment or other
expenses whether direct or indirect.

13.      TERMINATION

         North has option to terminate Agreement with Reseller in the event any
Reseller's action should represent North or SONY's (Manufacturer) Products in an
unfavorable or unprofessional manner.

         North has the option to terminate Agreement with sixty (60) day written
notice if Reseller does not promote the purchase of SONY (Manufacturer) Product
to the best of its abilities, support the Product as a reputable Reseller or
fail to represent the Product in a way that North deems acceptable.

         Reseller may terminate this Agreement at any time with a sixty (60) day
written notice to North.

14.      EFFECT OF TERMINATION

         Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Reseller may, at
North's option, sell to North its inventory at the price paid North by Reseller
if Product is in original packaging and has not been used.

ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
__________________________________          ____________________________________
Reseller Business Name                      Sprint North Supply

by: /s/ RICHARD REISS                       by: /s/ CURTIS WILLIAMS
   _______________________________             _________________________________
   Richard Reiss                               Curtis Williams
title:____________________________          title:______________________________
      President                                   Marketing Manager

date: March 21, 1997                        date: 3/21/97
     _____________________________               _______________________________


                                       2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                   Exhibit A

                          1997 SUB-RESELLER AGREEMENT

                                      FOR

                           VIDEOCONFERENCING PRODUCTS

                      SONY BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL GROUP
                             SONY ELECTRONICS INC.

                      ARTICLE 1 PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT

This  Agreement  is entered  into and is effective as the first day of March 10,
1997 ("Effective Date") by and between:

<TABLE>

<S>                                                    <C>                         <C>
                                                       and
Videoconferencing System Division                      All Communications           Sprint North Supply
Sony Business and Professional Group                   1450 Route 22 West           600 New Century Parkway
Sony Electronics Inc.                                  Mountainside, NJ 07092       New Century, KS 66031
3 Paragon Drive
Montvale, NJ 07645-1735

(hereinafter referred to as the "Division")            (hereinafter referred to     (hereinafter referred to
                                                        as the "Sub-Reseller")       as the "Master Reseller")

</TABLE>

                      ARTICLE II PREMISES OF THIS AGREEMENT

WHEREAS,  the Division is engaged in the sale and distribution  (or, in the case
of  software,  license)  throughout  the  United  States of  various  electronic
products,  related  accessories  and  software  itself  and  through  authorized
resellers;  and, or firms capable of selling such items on a non-exclusive basis
in the United States; and

WHEREAS,  certain of the Division's  resellers are permitted,  pursuant to their
Reseller  Agreement  with the  Division,  to, in turn sell and  distribute  such
products to sub-resellers thereof; and,

WHEREAS,  Sub-Reseller  has or is about to enter into a written  agreement  with
such the Master Reseller  referred to above to sell and distribute such products
and as a condition thereof and as a condition to becoming a Division  authorized
sub-reseller  of such  products  must also  agree to the  terms  and  conditions
hereof;

NOW THEREFORE,  by reason of the foregoing  premises and in consideration of the
mutual convenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows.

                      ARTICLE III THE TERM AND DEFINITIONS

(a) TERM: This Agreement shall commence  as  the  Effective  Date and  expire or
 terminate in accordance with Section 9.0 of Article IV.

(b)  PRODUCTS:  The  term  "Product(s)"  refer(s)  to  those   videoconferencing
products,  accessories  and software of the Division which the  Sub-Seseller  is
authorized to purchase and resell (or, in the case of software,  license)  under
its written agreement with the Reseller and the Schedule of this Agreement.

(c) SCHEDULE:  The Schedule indentifies those Products which the Sub-Reseller is
authorized  to  resell  (or,  in  the  case  of  software,  license  under  this
Agreement),  and contains terms and conditions  regarding the Products which may
be in addition to or different  from the General Terms and  conditions set forth
in Article IV. The Customers, the Territory and other requirements are set forth
in the Schedule. The Schedule is attacted to and incorporated in this Agreement;

(d)  GENERAL   DEFINITIONS:   The  term  "Business   Location"   refers  to  the
Sub-Reseller's address in Article I above to which all communications  including
bulletins and notices under this Agreement are sent and such other  locations as
provided in any Incorporated Schedule.

The term "Customer(s)"  refer(s) to those third parties to whom the Sub-Reseller
is authorized to resell Products  pursuant to the Customer  definition set forth
in the Schedule.

The term  "Sale"  or  "Resale"  (in any  tense or form)  when  ever used in this
Agreement shall mean license in the case of software Products.

The term "Territory" refers to the geographical area identified in the Schedule.
In the  Schedule,  a  smaller  geographical  area  may also be  designated  as a
"Primary Area of Responsibility" to which additional obligations may be related.



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                    ARTICLE IV GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 1.0: APPOINTMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.1  APPOINTMENT:  The Division  hereby appoints the  Sub-Reseller  for the Term
hereof, on a non-exclusive basis, to resell and promote the sale of the Products
to the Customers in the  Territory,  subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement and any additional  and/or different terms and conditions set forth in
the  Schedule.  The Division  may, in its sole  discretion,  appoint  additional
resellers, sub-resellers and/or other types of resellers in the Territory and/or
sell the Products directly or indirectly to the Customers.

1.2 STATUS AS INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR:  The relationship  established between the
Division  and  the  Sub-Reseller  by  this  Agreement  is  that  of  independent
contractors  and  nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to  establish  or
otherwise  create a relationship of principal and agent between the Division and
the  Sub-Reseller.  The  Sub-Reseller  represents  that  it  is  an  independent
contractor  who will not be  deemed  an agent of the  Division  for any  purpose
whatsoever and neither the  Sub-Reseller nor any of its agents or employees will
have any right or  authority  to assume or create  any  obligation  of any kind,
whether express or implied,  on behalf of the  Division. This Agreement is not a
franchise  agreement  and does not create a franchise  relationship  between the
parties and if any  provision of this  Agreement is deemed to create a franchise
between  the parties,  then this Agreement will be deemed null and void and will
automatically  terminate as if such provision had been deemed unenforceable by a
court as provided in Section 13.5 hereof.

1.3 SOLE COMPENSATION: The Sub-Reseller's sole compensation under this Agreement
shall be the  proceeds it may  receive,  if any,  on its resale of the  Products
pursuant hereto. The Sub-Reseller  represents that the Division has not required
the Sub-Reseller to pay nor has the Sub-Reseller  paid any fee as a condition of
or in connection with entering into this Agreement.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 2.0: GENERAL SUB-RESELLER PERFORMANCE
REQUIREMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

During the Term, the Sub-Reseller shall:

     (a) use its best  efforts to  support,  promote and  increase  sales of the
         Products in accordance with this Agreement and the Schedule;

     (b) only promote and sell the Products to the Customers  located within the
         Territory;

     (c) NOT, WITHOUT THE DIVISION'S PRIOR EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION, KNOWINGLY
         SELL OR  OTHERWISE  PARTICIPATE  IN THE SELLING OF THE  PRODUCTS TO ANY
         THIRD  PARTY  WHERE  THE END  PRODUCT  IN  WHICH  THE  PRODUCTS  MAY BE
         INCORPORATED  COULD BE TERMED OR  CLASSIFIED AS MEDICAL LIFE SUPPORT OR
         AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION;

     (d) maintain   an   adequate   staff  of  sales   personnel   to  meet  the
         Sub-Reseller's  obligations  hereunder  and/or pursuant to any Schedule
         who are trained in and capable of the effective demonstration,  use and
         sale of the Products;

     (e) immediately  forward  to  the  Division   information   concerning  all
         complaints or claims of damage relating to any of the Products that may
         come to the Sub-Reseller's attention;

     (f) maintain,  for purposes of warranty  information  and/or product safety
         notifications,  during  the Term and for four (4) years  thereafter,  a
         record of its sales of the Products, including at least the  Customer's
         name and address and the  Products'  model,  serial  number and date of
         sale;

     (g) at all times  conduct  its  business  in a  manner  that  will  reflect
         favorably on the Products and their quality image and reputation and on
         the good name,  goodwill and  reputation  of the  Division,  and not by
         itself or with others participate in any illegal, deceptive, misleading
         or unethical  practices,  or unfair  competitive  practices,  including
         without   limitation,   product   disparagement  and  bait  and  switch
         practices,  or any other  practices that are or might be detrimental to
         the Division,  Sony Electronics Inc., Sony Corporation of America, Sony
         Corporation (Japan) or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof;

     (h) obtain and  maintain in full force and effect all  necessary  licenses,
         permits  and  other  authorizations  required  by  law to  operate  its
         business;

     (i) take all reasonable, prompt and efficient action to assist the Division
         in resolving all complaints from the Customers  concerning the Products
         or the manner or method by which they were sold,  delivered or serviced
         (if  the   Sub-Reseller   is  obligated  to  perform   warranty  and/or
         out-of-warranty  service  for  any  of  the  Products  pursuant  to the
         Schedule) by the Sub-Reseller; and

     (j) unless otherwise consented to by the Division in writing, which consent
         shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,  safeguard  and hold in trust and
         confidence and neither  directly nor  indirectly  disclose to any third
         party or use  (except  for the  purposes  designated  by the  Division)
         during  the  Term  hereof  and for one (1) year  thereafter  any of the
         Division's proprietary, business, pricing and/or confidential technical
         information  (i) disclosed by the Division,  its agents or employees to
         the  Sub-Reseller  hereunder;  or (ii)  obtained  or  learned  from the
         Division as a result of activities of the Division and the Sub-Reseller
         hereunder.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 3.0 SALE OF PRODUCTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  Sub-Reseller  shall  purchase the Products from the Master Reseller at  the
prices  and on the  terms and  conditions  set  forth in the  written  agreement
between them.  The Sub-Reseller  acknowledges that the Master Reseller is not an
agent of the Division  for any purpose and that the Division is not  responsible
for any action or failure to act by the Master Reseller.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 4.0: SOFTWARE OWNERSHIP
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Sub-Reseller acknowledges that the Division or, in applicable instances, the
Division's  licensor,  retains  the  entire  right,  title and  interest  to the
intellectual property (including, without limitation, all copyrights) related to
any item of software and  related  documentation  which the  Division  provides.
The  Division   shall   permit  the  Sub-Reseller   to  use  such  software  and
documentation internally or to distribute such software and documentation to the
Customers for the Products,  and the Sub-Reseller  will  use such  software  and
documentation  or  distribute  such  software  and  documentation  only  to  the
Customers,  on  such  terms and conditions as the Division may from time to time
impose. The Sub-Reseller shall not itself, or permit




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT A

others  to,   decompile,  disassemble,   reverse  engineer or  otherwise attempt
to  derive  the  source  code  of  any  such  software;  and   the  Sub-Reseller
shall not itself,  or permit others to, remove,  obscure or alter any copyright,
trade secret,  trademark,  patent, or other proprietary rights notice affixed to
or displayed on any such software or documentation,  or affixed to or printed on
any of its factory  packaging.  Nothing  contained in this Agreement  shall: (a)
prohibit the Sub-Reseller from setting a price to its Customers for software and
documentation  where copies of the software  and  documentation  are sold to the
Sub-Reseller  as one  of the Products;  or, (b) allow the  Sub-Reseller  to make
copies of such software or documentation.



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 5.0: TRADEMARKS/TRADE NAMES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Division does not grant and the Sub-Reseller acknowledges that it shall have
no  right to  or interest  in any trademarks and/or  trade names  owned, used or
claimed now  or in  the future  by Sony  Electronics Inc.,  Sony Corporation  of
America,  Sony  Corporation (Japan)  or  any subsidiary  or  affiliate companies
thereof.
 
SECTION 6.0: LIMITED WARRANTIES/DISCLAIMERS
 
6.1 LIMITED WARRANTY:  THE DIVISION'S WARRANTY FOR THE PRODUCTS SHALL BE AS  SET
FORTH  IN THE DIVISION'S LIMITED WARRANTY CARD ENCLOSED WITH OR ACCOMPANYING THE
PRODUCTS  IF  ANY OF THE  PRODUCTS  ARE  NOT  ACCOMPANIED BY WARRANTY CARDS, THE
DIVISION'S THEN CURRENT WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THOSE  PRODUCTS WILL APPLY.  UPON
THE  REQUEST OF  ANY  OF THE CUSTOMERS, THE SUB-RESELLER SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF
THE APPROPRIATE LIMITED WARRANTY CARD TO SUCH CUSTOMER.
 
6.2  COMPLIANCE:  The  Sub-Reseller  shall at all times  comply with  applicable
federal,  state and local laws,  regulations,  and ordinances  applicable to the
sale of the Products,  including but not limited,  to the delivery of warranties
to the Customers.
 
6.3 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY:  THE SUB-RESELLER ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT EXCEPT FOR  THE
WARRANTY  PROVIDED  IN  THE DIVISION'S  LIMITED  WARRANTY CARD  ENCLOSED WITH OR
ACCOMPANYING THE PRODUCTS OR AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 6.1, NO WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD  TO  THE PRODUCTS,  WHETHER  OF  MERCHANTABILITY OR  FITNESS  FOR  A
PARTICULAR  PURPOSE OR  OTHERWISE, ARE CREATED  BY THIS  AGREEMENT. THE DIVISION
HEREBY DISCLAIMS  AND  EXCLUDES ALL  IMPLIED  WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY  OR
FITNESS  FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT THAT MAY BE
PROVIDED IN SECTION 2-312(3) OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE AND/OR IN ANY  OTHER
COMPARABLE STATE STATUTE IS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.
 
6.4 COMPATIBILITY: The Division hereby disclaims any representations or warranty
that the Products are  compatible with any combination  of non-Sony products the
Sub-Reseller and/or any of the Customers may choose to connect to the  Products.
It  shall be the  Sub-Reseller's responsibility to determine  for itself and the
Customers the suitability and compatability of the Products in each instance.
 
6.5 PROHIBITED  REPRESENTATIONS: Other  than  the provision  of  a copy  of  the
Division's  Limited  Warranty  Card to the Customers as provided in Section 6.2,
the  Sub-Reseller  shall make no warranties  or representations on behalf of the
Division to the Customers or to the trade with respect to any of  the  Products,
unless expressly approved in writing by the Division.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 7.0: INDEMNITY BY THE SUB-RESELLER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE   SUB-RESELLER  SHALL  INDEMNIFY  AND   HOLD  HARMLESS  THE  DIVISION,  SONY
ELECTRONICS INC., SONY CORPORATION OF AMERICA, SONY CORPORATION (JAPAN) AND  ANY
SUBSIDIARY  OR AFFILIATE  THEREOF AND  THEIR RESPECTIVE  OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND
EMPLOYEES FROM  AND  AGAINST  ANY CLAIMS,  SUITS,  LIABILITIES,  LOSSES,  FINES,
PENALTIES,  DAMAGES AND  EXPENSES (INCLUDING REASONABLE  ATTORNEYS' AND EXPERTS'
FEES  AND  COSTS)  ARISING  FROM  OR  INCIDENT  TO  THE RESELLER'S BREACH OF ITS
OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTIONS 1.2, 2.0(c), 2.0(j) OR 6.5 HEREOF.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 8.0: TIME FOR BRINGING SUIT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All causes of action  by the Sub-Reseller against  the Division must be  brought
within two (2) years following the date on which the event which first gave rise
to the cause of action  occurred or  within two  (2)  years following expiration
or termination of this Agreement, whichever is earlier.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 9.0: TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.1 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENTS: This Agreement will terminate upon the expiration
or termination of the written agreement between the Sub-Reseller and the  Master
Reseller or as otherwise provided in this Section 9.0.

<PAGE>

9.2 TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE: This Agreement may be terminated without cause by
either  party upon sixty (60)  days prior written notice  to the other, in which
event this Agreement shall terminate on the date set forth in such notice.
 
9.3 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. The Division may immediately terminate this Agreement
by giving the Sub-Reseller notice if the Sub-Reseller:
 
        (a) DEFAULTS IN  THE PERFORMANCE  OF ANY  OF ITS  OBLIGATIONS UNDER  THE
            TERMS  OR CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT WHICH DEFAULT IS NOT REMEDIED
            BY THE  SUB-RESELLER TO  THE  DIVISION'S  SATISFACTION IN  ITS  SOLE
            DISCRETION  WITHIN  TEN  (10)  DAYS  AFTER  THE  DIVISION  GIVES THE
            SUB-RESELLER NOTICE THEREOF; OR,
 
        (b) DEFAULTS IN  THE PERFORMANCE  OF ANY  OF ITS  OBLIGATIONS UNDER  THE
            TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, WHICH DEFAULT BY ITS NATURE,
            CANNOT BE REMEDIED BY THE SUB-RESELLER; OR,
 
        (c) ISSUES  ANY PRESS RELEASE, ADVERTISING, BROCHURE OR OTHER RELEASE OF
            INFORMATION TO ANY OF THE CUSTOMERS, THE TRADE OR THE GENERAL PUBLIC
            CONCERNING OR IN ANY  WAY REFERRING TO THIS  AGREEMENT OR ANY  OTHER
            AGREEMENT  OR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DIVISION AND/OR SONY ELECTRONICS
            INC. WITHOUT  THE  PRIOR WRITTEN  APPROVAL  OF THE  DIVISION,  WHICH
            APPROVAL  OR  REJECTION  SHALL  BE  GIVEN  IN  THE  DIVISION'S  SOLE
            DISCRETION; OR,
 
        (d) ENGAGES DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN  ANY ATTEMPT OR SCHEME TO  DEFRAUD
            THE DIVISION; OR,
 
        (e) SELLS  OR  TRANSFERS  THE  PRODUCTS  TO  ANY  PARTY  OTHER  THAN THE
            CUSTOMERS OR SELLS THE PRODUCTS OUTSIDE OF THE TERRITORY; OR,
 
        (f) IS UNABLE TO PAY ANY AND/OR ALL OF ITS DEBTS AS THEY BECOME  DUE  OR
            BECOMES  INSOLVENT OR CEASES TO  PAY ANY AND/OR ALL  OF ITS DEBTS AS
            THEY MATURE  IN  THE  ORDINARY  COURSE  OF  BUSINESS,  OR  MAKES  AN
            ASSIGNMENT FOR THE BENEFIT OF ITS CREDITORS; OR,
 
        (g) IS  LIQUIDATED OR DISSOLVED OR IF  ANY PROCEEDINGS ARE COMMENCED BY,
            FOR OR AGAINST IT UNDER ANY





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


            BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY, REORGANIZATION  OF DEBTS  OR DEBTORS  RELIEF
            LAW, OR LAW PROVIDING FOR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER OR A TRUSTEE
            IN BANKRUPTCY.
 
9.4  CESSATION OF REPRESENTATION AS AUTHORIZED SUB-RESELLER: Upon the expiration
or termination of this Agreement, the Sub-Reseller shall immediately remove  and
discontinue  all displays,  signs and  decals of  the Division's  trademarks and
service marks  related  to  the  Products,  cease  to  represent  itself  as  an
authorized  Sub-Reseller of the Division with  respect to the Products and shall
otherwise desist from all conduct or representations which might lead the public
to believe that the Sub-Reseller continues  to be authorized by the Division  to
sell  the  Products;  provided,  however, that  the  Sub-Reseller  may  sell, in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, those Products which shall  be
in its inventory on the date of any such termination or expiration and which the
Division shall not have repurchased pursuant to Section 10.0.
 
9.5   SURVIVING  OBLIGATIONS   AND  LIMITATIONS:  Neither   the  expiration  nor
termination of this Agreement nor the termination of any of the other agreements
referred  to  in  this Section  shall  discharge  any obligation  that  had been
incurred by either party prior to any such expiration or termination.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION  10.0:  DIVISION'S OPTION TO  REPURCHASE
PRODUCTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Upon  the  expiration  or  termination  of  this  Agreement,  the  Division  may
repurchase from the  Sub-Reseller  any of the A Class Products  remaining in the
Sub-Reseller's inventory at the lesser of the Sub-Reseller then prevailing price
to the  Customers  or the price paid therefor by the Sub-Reseller. To enable the
Division to determine if it will repurchase any of the Products the Sub-Reseller
shall,  within  five (5) days  after  the  effective  date of such expiration or
termination,  submit to the Division a written schedule listing all the Products
remaining in the  Sub-Reseller's  inventory by model and serial number. Within a
reasonable  period of time after the  Division's  receipt of such  schedule  the
Sub-Reseller shall permit the Division to inspect such inventory; and within ten
(10) days after  completion of  such  inspection,  the  Division  shall give the
Sub-Reseller notice of the Products it elects to purchase.  Upon  receipt of the
Division's notice, the Sub-Reseller shall deliver the specified Products freight
prepaid to a carrier designated by the Division. Payment of the repurchase price
will be made to the  Sub-Reseller  by  payment within thirty (30) days after the
delivery of the Products to the Division.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 11.0: SERVICE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

If the  Sub-Reseller  is obligated to perform  warranty  and/or  out-of-warranty
service for any of the Products pursuant to the Schedule, the Sub-Reseller shall
perform such service in accordance  with the  Division's  Dealer  Service Policy
("DSP") then in effect for the  Products.  If the Schedule  does not require the
Sub-Reseller to service the Products  which are the subject of the Schedule, the
Division shall perform or otherwise  delegate  such service  provided,  however,
that  the  Sub-Reseller  shall facilitate such service if required by and in the
manner  provided in the Schedule.  The Division  reserves the right from time to
time to modify  any  DSP  and  any  or  all  service  procedures  upon notice to
the Sub-Reseller.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 12.0: NOTICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Any notices  given  under this  Agreement  shall be given in writing and will be
deemed  to  have  been  sufficiently  given  when  delivered  by hand or sent by
facsimile  transmission  (which  is  acknowledged by the  recipient),  overnight
courier service or by certified or registered  mail,  postage and other  charges
prepaid, to the parties at the addresses first above written or as  subsequently
changed by notice duly given. The date of mailing or other  transmission  of any
written  notice  will  be  deemed  the date on which such notice is given unless
otherwise  specified in the notice.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 13.0:  GENERAL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

13.1 ASSIGNMENT: The  Sub-Reseller  shall not assign or otherwise transfer  this
Agreement  or any interest or right hereunder or delegate the performance of any
of its  obligations  hereunder to any third  party  without  the  prior  written
consent of  the  Division,  which  consent  may  be  withheld  in the Division's
sole discretion.  Any such attempted assignment,  transfer or delegation without
the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Division will be deemed null and void and
result in the immediate termination of this Agreement  without  necessity of any
notice.

13.2 WAIVERS: Waiver by either  party of any default,  or either party's failure
to enforce any of the terms and conditions of this  Agreement  shall not  in any
way  affect,  limit or waive such party's right thereafter to enforce and compel
strict performance of every term and conditions hereof.

13.3 LITIGATION: In the event of any litigation between the parties with respect
to this Agreement, the prevailing party (the party entitled to recover  costs of
suit,  at such time as all appeals  have  been  exhausted or the time for taking
such appeals has expired) shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' and
experts' fees and costs in addition to such other relief as the court may award.


13.4 HEADINGS:  The headings of Articles and Sections in this Agreement are  for
convenience  and  reference  only,  and they shall in no way define,  limit,  or
describe  the scope of the  terms  and  conditions,  or  be  considered  in  the
interpretation,  construction or enforcement,  hereof.

13.6 INVALIDITY: If and to the  extent  that  any  term  or  condition  of this
Agreement  is specifically determined by  any  court to be in whole or  in  part
invalid  or  unenforceable,  then this Agreement shall be immediately terminated
upon such determination.

13.6 NON-EXCLUSIVENESS; REMEDIES: Any specific right or remedy  provided in this
Agreement shall not be exclusive but will be cumulative of all other rights  and
remedies set form herein allowed at law.

13.7  SURVIVAL:  Sections 2.0(c),  (f),  (i)  and (j), 3.0,  4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0,
8.0,  9.4, 9.5, 10.0, 11.0, 12.0, 13.3, 13.5, 13.6, 13.7, 14.0, 16.0 and 17.0 as
well as any term or condition in the Schedule or Rider G, if incorporated, where
such survival is indicated in or intended by terms of any such  provision  shall
survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 14.0: LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE LIABILITY OF THE DIVISION, IF ANY, AND THE SUB-RESELLER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR  DAMAGES FOR ANY CLAIM OF ANY KIND  WHATSOEVER,  REGARDLESS  OF LEGAL
THEORY, AND WHETHER ARISING IN TORT OR CONTRACT,  WITH REGARD TO THIS AGREEMENT.
REGARDLESS OF THE DELIVERY OR NON-DELIVERY  OF THE PRODUCTS,  OR WITH RESPECT TO
THE PRODUCTS,  SHALL NOT BE GREATER  THAN THE ACTUAL  PURCHASE  PRICE,  AND  ALL
TRANSPORTATION AND CUSTOMARY HANDLING CHARGES PAID FOR THE PRODUCTS WITH RESPECT
TO WHICH SUCH CLAIM IS MADE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE
TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL,  INDIRECT,  INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF
ANY  KIND.  SUCH  DAMAGES  INCLUDE,   BUT  ARE  NOT  LIMITED  TO,  COMPENSATION,
REIMBURSEMENT  OR DAMAGES  ON  ACCOUNT  OF THE LOSS OF  PRESENT  OR  PROSPECTIVE
PROFITS,  EXPENDITURES,   INVESTMENTS   OR  COMMITMENTS.  WHETHER  MADE  IN  THE
ESTABLISHMENT,  DEVELOPMENT OR MAINTENANCE  OF  BUSINESS REPUTATION OR GOODWILL,
FOR LOSS OF DATA, COST OF SUBSTITUTE  PRODUCTS,  COST OF CAPITAL, AND THE CLAIMS
OF THIRD PARTIES, INCLUDING CUSTOMERS, OR FOR ANY OTHER REASON WHATSOEVER.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------






<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit A

SECTION 15.0: FORCE MAJEURE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY DELAY IN THE  PERFORMANCE  OF
ANY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER DUE TO ANY CAUSE BEYOND SUCH PARTY'S REASONABLE
CONTROL OR DUE TO ACTS OF GOD,  ACTS OF CIVIL OR  MILITARY  AUTHORITIES,  FIRES,
LABOR DISTURBANCES, FLOODS,  EPIDEMICS,  GOVERNMENTAL RULES OR REGULATIONS, WAR,
RIOT, DELAYS IN TRANSPORTATION OR SHORTAGES IN RAW MATERIALS OR OTHER PRODUCTS.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 16.0: GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE INTERPRETED,  CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN  ACCORDANCE WITH
THE LOCAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW  JERSEY.  THE  PARTIES  HEREBY  CONSENT TO AND
SUBMIT TO THE  JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE
OF NEW  JERSEY,  AND ANY  ACTION OR SUIT  HEREUNDER  WILL ONLY BE BROUGHT BY THE
PARTIES IN THE FEDERAL OR STATE  COURT WITH  APPROPRIATE  JURISDICTION  OVER THE
SUBJECT  MATTER  ESTABLISHED  OR  SITTING  IN  THAT STATE. THE PARTIES SHALL NOT
RAISE IN CONNECTION  THEREWITH,  AND HEREBY WAIVE ANY DEFENSES  BASED  UPON  THE
VENUE, THE  INCONVENIENCE  OF THE  FORUM,  THE  LACK  OF  PERSONAL JURISDICTION,
THE SUFFICIENCY  OF  SERVICE  OF  PROCESS  OR THE LIKE IN  ANY  SUCH  ACTION OR
SUIT BROUGHT IN THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 17.0: WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IN THE EVENT OF ANY LITIGATION  BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING  TO  OR  ARISING IN
ANY WAY OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR  RESPECTIVE  RIGHT
TO TRIAL BY JURY.





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit A

                                Article V - Videoconferencing Rollabout Products
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                               ARTICLE V SCHEDULE

                  VIDEOCONFERENCING SYSTEMS ROLLABOUT PRODUCTS

1.  DEFINITION  OF  PRODUCTS  AND  APPOINTMENT:  This  Schedule  authorizes  the
Sub-Reseller  to resell  the  "Videoconferencing  Systems  Rollabout  Products"
identified  in  the  Division's  current   Videoconferencing  Systems  Rollabout
Products  Price List, as such Price List,  from time to time,  may be amended by
the Division by adding or deleting Products therefrom.

2. DEFINITION OF CUSTOMERS: The Sub-Reseller will sell Videoconferencing Systems
Rollabout  Products to end users only,  unless otherwise agreed to in writing by
the Division.

3. DEFINITION OF TERRITORY: The Sub-Reseller may sell Videoconferencing  Systems
Rollabout  Products  to  Customers  only  within the 48 contiguous states of the
United  States  and  the  state of  Alaska (the "Territory"). The Sub-Reseller's
Primary Area of Responsibility for Videoconferencing Systems Rollabout  Products
is described below by three-digit zip code.


          PRIMARY AREA OF RESPONSIBILITY
          070XX-079XX, 085XX-089XX, 100XX-117XX

4.  SERVICE  REQUIREMENTS:  The  Sub-Reseller  hereby  agrees to  establish  and
maintain  the  capability  to service the  Videoconferencing  Systems  Rollabout
Products in accordance with the Dealer Service Policy, as such Policy, from time
to time, may be amended by the Division. The Sub-Reseller also agrees to provide
the following services for its Customers within the Sub-Reseller's  Primary Area
of  Responsibility,  and for providing or  coordinating  these  services for its
Customers outside of the Sub-Reseller's  Primary Area of  Responsibility:  i.e.,
maintenance, installation,  operation/application training and support, customer
inquiries,  technical  assistance,  trouble  reporting and  isolation, technical
assistance and similar customer satisfaction matters. The Sub-Reseller agrees to
be the point-of-contact  for all inquiries from its Customers.  The Sub-Reseller
may coordinate these services outside of its Primary Area of Responsibility with
an authorized service center as directed by the Division.

         SERVICE LOCATION
         All Communications
         1450 Route 22 West
         Mountainside, NJ 07092

5.  ADVERTISING:  The  Sub-Reseller  shall not advertise  the  Videoconferencing
Systems  Rollabout  Products  outside  of the  Sub-Reseller's  Primary  Area  of
Responsibility. In addition, the Sub-Reseller will create and publish all of its
advertisements  referencing  the Products which are the subject of this Schedule
in conformity  with the Division's  Dealer Ad Kit as issued and as, from time to
time, may be modified by the Division, as well as related policies issued by the
Division,  from time to time. By execution of this Agreement,  the  Sub-Reseller
acknowledges receipt of the Division's Dealer Ad Kit.

6.  DEMONSTRATION  OF   VIDEOCONFERENCING   PRODUCTS  ROLLABOUT  PRODUCTS:   The
Sub-Reseller  acknowledges that Videoconferencing Systems Rollabout Products are
best  promoted  and  understood  by the  Customers  by  demonstration  of  their
operation,  features and  technology.  For this reason,  the  Sub-Reseller  will
during the Term, have available for demonstration at least two Videoconferencing
Rollabout units.




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                    Exhibit A

                 ARTICLE VI INCORPORATION/ENTIRETY OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement  supersedes,  terminates and otherwise  renders null and void any
and all prior written and/or oral agreements  between the  Sub-Reseller  and the
Division  with  respect to the  matters  hereinabove  expressly  set forth. This
Agreement  represents and incorporates  the entire  understanding of the parties
hereto with  respect to the matters  herein  expressly  set forth and each party
acknowledges  that  there  are  no  warranties,  representations,  covenants  or
understandings  of any kind,  nature or  description  whatsoever  made by either
party to the other, except as are herein expressly set forth. This Agreement may
be  modified  only  by a  written  instrument  signed  by the  parties  to  this
Agreement,  which instrument makes specific  reference to this Agreement and the
changes to be made hereto.

The  Sub-Reseller  hereby warrants and represents that the individual  executing
this Agreement is duly authorized and empowered to bind the  Sub-Reseller.  This
Agreement  shall be subject to acceptance by the Division  through its execution
in the space provided below by an authorized representative only.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have entered into this Agreement as of the date
first above written.

                                      SONY BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL GROUP
                                      A DIVISION OF
                                      SONY ELECTRONICS INC.
ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORP.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (Name of Sub-Reseller)
By: RICHARD REISS                     By: DOUG ROGERS
    ----------------------------------    --------------------------------------
         (Authorized Signature)                 (Authorized Signature)

Print Name: RICHARD REISS             Print Name: DOUG ROGERS                   
            -------------------------             ------------------------------
*Title: PRESIDENT                     Title:                                    
        -----------------------------       ------------------------------------
Date of Acceptance:
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
* EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT:  If the  Sub-Reseller is a corporation,  indicate
  the office of the person  signing the Agreement on behalf of the  corporation.
  If the  Sub-Reseller is a partnership,  the same should be signed by a general
  partner,  who should so indicate by use of the word "General Partner".  If the
  Sub-Reseller in an individual proprietorship,  the same should be indicated by
  use of the title "Sole Proprietor".



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B

                                   SCHEDULE A

TriniCom 5000 & TriniCom 4000-Suggested List Prices


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  MODEL                NAME                                         SUGGESTED LIST PRICE
<S>                <C>                                           <C>
PCS-5000/1          Codec/Camera/Audio/Bonding Board/Multipoint           19650.00

PCS-4000            Codec/Camera/Audio                                    13950.00

PCS-UC400           MCU/6B Upgrade Kit                                     5000.00

PCS-UC410           Graphics Upgrade Kit (JPEG.MMR)                        2500.00

PCS-F500            27" Cart                                               1200.00

PCS-F510            32" Cart                                               2100.00

PCS-T500            Tablet                                                  949.00

PCS-G500            VGA Board                                              1350.00
                    (required for dual monitor systems)

PCS-D200US          Document Scanner                                       2200.00
                    (requires PCS-K01US & PCS&K01TUS)

PCS-MC10            IC Memory Card                                          549.00

PCS-R500            Regular Remote Control                                  229.00

PCS-R510            Buttom Remote Control                                   399.00

PCS-1530            Bonding Board                                          1750.00

PCS-1500            V.35 I/F Board                                          649.00

PCS-K32             V.35 Cable                                              399.00

PCS-1520            RS-449 I/F Board                                        399.00

PCS-K40             RS-449 Cable                                            196.00

PCS-A510            Additional Audio Unit                                  1399.00

PCS-UP201           Replacement pen for PCS-T500 Tablet                      75.00

</TABLE>



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT B

                                   SCHEDULE B

TriniCom 5000 & TriniCom 4000 Peripheral Equipment
(Suggested List Prices)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  MODEL                NAME                            SUGGESTED LIST PRICE
<S>                <C>                            <C>
KV-27V20Gray        27" Monitor                              649.99

KV-32V25Gray        32" Monitor                             1149.00

KV-35V35Gray        35" Monitor                             1799.99

YC-30EV             S-Video Cable                             50.00
                    (required for dual monitor systems)

SVO-1420            VCR                                      470.00

PCS-K01US           Document Scanner Cable                   130.00

PCS-K01TUS          Document Scanner Terminator               20.00

SYC-5               Object Camera Video Cable                 42.25

PCS-K06/A           Object Camera Control Cable               24.00

PCS-K03US           RJ-45 ISDN Cable (14')                    15.00

PCS-K21             B & W Printer Cable                      199.00
</TABLE>



                                 OBJECT CAMERA



TriniCom 5000 & TriniCom 4000 Peripheral Equipment
(Suggested List Price)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  MODEL                NAME                            SUGGESTED LIST PRICE
<S>                <C>                            <C>
VID-P100             Object Camera                           3,650.00
                     (requires SYC-5 & PCS-K06/A)

</TABLE>

The object camera is not included in Schedule B discounts




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT C

                   SONY/SPRINT NORTH SUPPLY PROGRAM OVERVIEW


DEALER COMMITMENTS

Video Business Plan
Sales Compensation Plan
Demonstration Equipment/2 Systems
Advertising/Promotion Plan
Trained Technical People
Maintenance Program
Credit Line


SONY/SNS COMMITMENTS

Sales Training
Sales Support
Marketing Support
Starter Kit Collateral
Marketing Programs
    Dealer Communications
    Leasing Program
Far End Demonstration Support




<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                    SPRINT NORTH SUPPLY/SONY DEALER PRICING

Sprint  North  Supply  (SNS)  will  offer  the  Authorized  Dealers  for  Sony's
Videoconferencing  products  a three  (3) tier  pricing  model.  The  discounts,
services,  and  benefits  for each of the three tiers will be based on attaining
specific  revenue  objectives  set out in their  contracts.  It is our intent to
build a dealer program that rewards dealers based on their performance.  In this
manner they will not be required to commit to a specific  dollar  volume or unit
level, rather they will be rewarded for achieving specific revenue goals.

Our stairstep pricing strategy will consist of three levels; A, B, & C:

                                    LEVEL C

The "C" level dealers will receive a 30% discount on all schedule A items, a 30%
discount on object  cameras,  and a 20% discount on schedule B items.  They will
purchase  demo and  evaluation  units at a 38% discount on schedule A and 30% on
schedule B.

                                    LEVEL B

The "B" level dealers will receive a 33% discount on all schedule A items, a 30%
discount on Object  Cameras,  and a 20% discount on schedule B items.  They will
purchase  demo and  evaluation  units at a 38% discount on schedule A and 30% on
schedule B. To  reach  this  level  the  dealer  must  sell  $425,000.00 of Sony
Videoconferencing  equipment.  Upon  reaching  this level SNS will rebate to the
dealer 3% on all  purchases  (of schedule A purchases)  up to that point and all
future purchases will be at 33%.

                                    LEVEL A

The "A" level dealers will receive a 35% discount on all schedule A items, a 30%
discount on Object  Cameras,  and 20%  discount  on schedule B items.  They will
purchase  demo and  evaluation  units at a 40% discount on schedule A and 30% on
schedule  B. To reach  this  level  the  dealer  must  sell  $1,000,000  of Sony
Videoconferencing  equipment.  Upon  reaching  this level SNS will rebate to the
dealer 2% on all  purchases  (of Schedule A purchases)  up to that point and all
future  purchases  will be at 35%.  The 2% rebate is in addition to the previous
rebate of 3%, and includes all demo and evaluation systems.

In addition to the  performance  levels  specific  services and benefits will be
tied to each of the above  groups.  Co-op funds,  SPIF's,  advertisements,  lead
referrals,  etc....,  will all  increase  as the dealer  attains  greater  sales
volume.

The  program  will  start all  dealers  off at the "C"  level  and only  through
achieving  the sales bar for the next level will the dealer be moved to the next
discount  level.  The only allowance will be that a percentage of the targets of
$425K and $1.0MM can be retired  through the purchase of select video peripheral
products from SNS (e.g. ADTRAN, ASCEND, Madge/Teleos,  SPG.....).  In this way a
dealer may  achieve  the next higher discount  platform  quicker. A 10% level of
$42,000,  of the  "B"  level  goal  can be  retired  in this  manner  and 15% or
$150,000, of the "A" level. Authorized products are listed on the next page.




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                    SPRINT NORTH SUPPLY/SONY DEALER PRICING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               DEALER             DEALER             DEALER
                              "A" LEVEL         "B" LEVEL          "C" LEVEL
<S>                          <C>              <C>              <C>
SCHEDULE A PRODUCTS              35%                33%                 30%

SCHEDULE B PRODUCTS              20%                20%                 20%

OBJECT CAMERAS                   30%                30%                 30%

DEMO EQUIPMENT
     SCHEDULE A                  40%                38%                 38%
     SCHEDULE B                  30%                30%                 30%
</TABLE>

notes:
1. Level "B" requirement $425,000/yr. equals 3% rebate and discount adjustment.
2. Level "A" requirement $1,000,000/yr. equals additional 2% rebate and discount
   adjustment.
3. The minimum  annual  volume  required to remain a dealer is  $225,000.00  per
   year.
4. SNS pays freight on all shipments.
5. The targets for each level are for a 12 month  period.  At the end of each 12
   months  dealers will drop back one level (e.g.  "A" level dealers will revert
   to "B" and a 33%  discount,  upon  reaching  $1.0MM they will  again  receive
   rebates and discounts to 35%).
6. The  rebates  (true-ups)  at each level will be on SONY  schedule a purchases
   only!

Authorized non-Sony products that may be included in quota:
Ascend Multiband inverser multiplexers
Adtran inverse multiplexers
Madge/Teleos video access switch and multipoint bridge products
VideoServer mulitpoint bridge products
Sprint Products Group NT1's
Elmo document cameras
Video scan converters
Polycom audioconferencing units
Any  other  network   access  or  peripheral   products  used  specifically  for
videoconferencing which have been purchased from Sprint North Supply
*Additional vendors will be added as we move forward.



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                    SPRINT NORTH SUPPLY/SONY DEALER PRICING

SAMPLE DEALER EXPLANATION.

V-Video Co., of Big City,  Idaho,  became a Sony  Videoconferencing  dealer  and
signed their  Agreement on September  30, 1996. As a new dealer  V-Video  starts
purchasing  at the "C" level  price,  and  issues a PO for two (2) demo units as
required by contract. After receiving  training and fulfilling other obligations
V-Video begins to sell (with some success) Sony equipment.  By January 30, 1997,
they have reached the first discount level of $425,000.00 SNS credits  V-Video's
account for $12,500.00 or  approximately 3% of their Sony sales year to date. In
addition  V-Video  moves to the "B" price level and now purchases at the B level
discounts.

With their added incentive and several strong  successes under their belts,  the
sales and marketing personnel at V-Video launch in to 1997 with a new found love
of video.  The success of the past are built upon and by June 30, 1997,  V-Video
reaches the $1.0MM sales mark. By achieving this  incredible  level of sales SNS
rebates an additional 2% of their purchases or $20,000.00.  V-Video's owners are
ecstatic and reward their sales with $1,000.00  bonus checks and free lunch.  In
addition  to the  rebate  they  also move  along to the "A" price  level and now
purchase at a 35% discount.

V-Video  continues to build a consistent run rate over the next several  months.
On the  anniversary  of the original  contract  (September 30, 1996) the SNS FSE
sits down with  V-Video's  owners and  discusses  their  progress,  if they have
achieved the minimum requirement of $225,000. and therefore qualify for contract
renewal. In addition they have achieved the highest volume discount in the first
year (12 months).

Additionally,  we are rewarding  performers with competitive  advantage on price
and in  marketing  as they will  receive  the  benefit of both  Sony's and SOS's
strongest efforts.





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                            Exhibit "D"
[SPRINT LOGO]

                                             CREDIT APPLICATION
[LETTERHEAD]

                                Please return with Current Financial Statement.

<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Company Name                                                                         Date of Application

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address                                      Phone No.                Fax No.
                                                     (        )
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City                                                State                    Zip Code

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior  name(s)  under which you did business in five (5) previous years (include (1) all prior corporations with which applicant has
 merged, and (2) any prior registered trade names or styles).
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Name                           Address                        City                                State          
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        General Information
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Principals
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Owner, Partners                       % of 
     or Officers                         Ownership          Age       Title                           Residence Address        
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Name                                                                                 Street                                       
1 
  ---------------------------------                                                    ---------------------------------------------
  Social Security No.                                                                  City            State          Zip Code      
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Name                                                                                 Street
2
 ----------------------------------                                                    ---------------------------------------------
  Social Security No.                                                                  City            State          Zip Code      
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Name                                                                                 Street
3
  ---------------------------------                                                    ---------------------------------------------
  Social Security No.                                                                  City            State          Zip Code      
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Name                                                                                 Street
4
  ---------------------------------                                                    ---------------------------------------------
  Social Security No.                                                                  City            State          Zip Code      
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date Founded                                                          Parent Company

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Present Location Since Date                                           Street

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Composition                                                           City                   State                Zip Code          

     [ ] Individual  [ ] Partnership  [ ] Sub-Chapter S Corporation   --------------------------------------------------------
     [ ] Corporation State of ___________________________             Relationship to Parent Company
                                                                      [ ] Branch     [ ] Division     [ ] Subsidiary
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date Incorporated                                                     If your company is a subsidiary, is there any formal guaranty 
                                                                      by the parent company?
                                                                      [ ] Yes        [ ] No   If yes, please attach copy.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accounts Payable Contact                                              Are you exempt from sales tax? See Paragraph 1, Terms and     
                                                                      Conditions attached.
                                                                      [ ] Yes        [ ] No   If yes, complete attached certificate.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Are Premises Leased                                                   Current Financial Statement Included?
   [ ] Yes  [ ] No                                                    [ ] Yes        [ ] No  
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nature of Business                                                    If not, when may we expect it?

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No.                          Amount of Credit Desired                 How often are financial statements available?
                                                                       [ ] Monthly  [ ] Quarterly   [ ] Semi-Annually  [ ] Annually
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Applicant's Signature required on last page. All sales are subject to the Terms and Conditions contained herein.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>





<PAGE>
<PAGE>

              THE APPLICANT HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES TO THE
                    FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE:
 
1. PRICING
   Prices are exclusive of Federal, state, or local taxes of any nature. All
   taxes applicable to products ordered shall be paid by the Buyer or, in lieu
   thereof, Buyer shall provide North Supply Company ("North Supply") with a
   current tax exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities in the
   state in which the merchandise is to be delivered.
 
2. PAYMENT TERMS
   Payment terms to buyers of satisfactory credit are: Net 30 Days From Date of
   Invoice. Payment should be sent to "remit to" address on invoice.
 
   Delinquent invoices or portions thereof are subject to a service charge of
   1.5% per month until paid (or the legal maximum allowable in the Buyer's
   state).
 
   Overdue and delinquent account balances are subject to being placed for
   collection and Buyer shall pay all expenses incurred including collection
   fees, court costs, and reasonable attorney fees.
 
   In the event Buyer's account is overdue, Buyer agrees that North Supply may
   offset the account balance or any portion thereof against any funds due Buyer
   by North Supply Company or any affiliated company of Sprint Corporation,
   irrespective of whether the amounts arise out of the same transaction.
 
3. LIMITED WARRANTY
   North Supply makes no actual warranty on its own but will pass through to its
   Buyer the manufacturer's warranty to the extent that such warranty is
   provided. In the event that Buyer discovers a product to be defective, North
   Supply will assist the Buyer in notifying the manufacturer of such defect.
   NORTH SUPPLY MAKES NO EXPRESS AND/OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WHETHER OF
   MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE (except as
   to title) other than those expressly set forth above, and in no event does
   North Supply assume, nor shall it be liable for CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL
   damages, or for installation adjustment or other expenses whether direct or
   indirect.
 
4. BUYER'S PURCHASE ORDER -- CONFLICT OF TERMS
   In the event Buyer shall submit purchase orders the written terms of which
   are at variance or conflict with the terms and conditions of sale contained
   therein, such purchase order terms shall have no effect to the extent that
   they may conflict and the North Supply terms and conditions of sale shall
   prevail.
 
5. DELIVERY
   Deliveries shall be subject to and contingent upon timely receipt of order by
   North Supply, together with Buyer qualification of credit requirements, and
   North Supply shall not be liable for failure to meet required delivery due to
   credit clearance requirements, or causes beyond its control, including
   without limitation, unavailability of product from North Supply's source of
   supply, strikes and other labor difficulty, riot, war, fire, delay or default
   of common carrier, or other delays beyond North Supply's reasonable control.
 
6. DISCREPANCY CLAIMS -- FAILED DELIVERY CLAIMS
   Merchandise is shipped FOB shipping point and risk of loss due to damage or
   shortage or non-delivery due to carrier fault lies with the Buyer. All claims
   for damage or shortages should be made by Buyer upon receipt of material and
   filed with the carrier handling the shipment.
 
   Claims stemming from discrepancies between invoiced descriptions or
   quantities and actual product received by Buyer due to error by North Supply
   must be made in writing within sixty (60) days of invoice date. Any such
   claim not presented within the time limit specified will be waived and actual
   delivery of invoiced descriptions or quantities will be conclusively
   presumed.
 
   Any Buyer who wishes to dispute a delivery of merchandise may make written
   request upon North Supply for a copy of carrier's proof of delivery within
   sixty (60) days from the date of invoice. Failure by Buyer to request such
   proof of delivery within the 60-day time period will result in a waiver of
   Buyer's right to raise the issue of delivery and thereafter delivery will be
   conclusively presumed.
 


                 ----------------------------------------------
                  APPLICANT'S SIGNATURE REQUIRED ON NEXT PAGE.
                 ----------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

 7. PRODUCT INSTALLATION AND OPERATIONS
 
    Buyer assumes all responsibility for the proper selection, installation,
    operation and maintenance of the merchandise purchased from North Supply.
    North Supply SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
    CONTINGENT, SPECIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES whatsoever except as specifically
    set forth in the Limited Warranty clause in paragraph 3.
 
 8. RETURNED MATERIAL
 
    No product or equipment of any kind shall be returned without prior approval
    and specific shipping instructions from North Supply.
 
 9. RESTOCK CHARGE
 
    Unless otherwise agreed, a restock charge will be assessed upon the return
    of products because of buyer ordering error, when the product has suffered
    damage while in buyer's possession, late cancellation of order, or when
    assessed by the manufacturer.
 
10. ALTERATION OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
    No alteration or waiver of the terms contained herein shall be effective
    unless such authorization or waiver is in writing signed by a duly
    authorized North Supply officer.
 
11. PRESUMPTION AS TO AUTHORITY OF BUYER'S PERSONNEL
 
    North Supply assumes and is entitled to rely upon the apparent authority of
    all Buyer's employees and agents in placing orders under Buyer's account.
 
12. CHANGE OF BUYER'S NAME OR ADDRESS; REORGANIZATION
 
    Buyer hereby agrees to notify North Supply's Credit Department in writing of
    any changes of name or address, or of any corporate reorganization or change
    of ownership which results in a change of name or location of the Buyer.
 
13. ACCEPTANCE OF SALES ORDERS
 
    All sales are subject to acceptance and no sales are final until accepted by
    North supply at its principal place of business: 600 Industrial Parkway,
    Industrial Airport, Kansas, USA, 66031.
 
14. AUTHORIZATION FOR RELEASE OF INFORMATION
 
    Buyer hereby authorizes all banks and suppliers listed in this Credit
    Application to release information necessary to assist North Supply in the
    establishment of a line of credit for Buyer's account.
 
    Consideration for an increase or establishment of an open line of credit
    will be given upon the receipt of this completed and signed application
    accompanied by a current financial statement. Our credit investigation will
    commence upon receipt of your initial order.
 
    THE UNDERSIGNED hereby certify that they have read and agree to the above
    terms and conditions of sale and certify that the information submitted is
    true and correct and the financial statement truly and accurately reflects
    the condition of the applicant.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>


________________________________________________________  ___________________________________________________________________
                (Date)                                    (President, Owner or Partners -- All Partner's signatures required)



                                                          ___________________________________________________________________
                                                                           (Chief Financial Officer)


</TABLE>
 
          Both signatures required, unless waived at the option of North Supply.





             * * We are looking forward to serving your needs. * *

                              North Supply Company
                             600 Industrial Parkway
                     Industrial Airport, Kansas 66031-8000

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                 NAMES OF BANKS

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>                                    <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bank Name                                Bank Contact Officer               Branch Name

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address                           Phone No.                          Fax No.
                                         (   )
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City              State      Zip Code    Type of Account and Account No.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Credit Line       Unsecured  Secured    Secured By
                     [ ]       [ ]
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bank Name                                Bank Contact Officer               Branch Name

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address                           Phone No.                          Fax No.
                                         (   )
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City              State      Zip Code    Type of Account and Account No.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Credit Line       Unsecured  Secured    Secured By
                     [ ]       [ ]
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                          LIST OF PRINCIPAL SUPPLIERS

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name                                      Account No.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address                            Credit Line

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City              State      Zip Code     Unsecured               Secured
                                             [ ]                    [ ]
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phone No.                 Fax No.         Secured By
  (  )
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name                                      Account No.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address                            Credit Line

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City              State      Zip Code     Unsecured               Secured
                                             [ ]                    [ ]
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phone No.                 Fax No.         Secured By
  (  )
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name                                      Account No.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address                            Credit Line

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City              State      Zip Code     Unsecured               Secured
                                             [ ]                    [ ]
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phone No.                 Fax No.         Secured By
  (  )
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name                                      Account No.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Street Address                            Credit Line

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
City              State      Zip Code     Unsecured               Secured
                                             [ ]                    [ ]
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Phone No.                 Fax No.         Secured By
  (  )
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                                   EXHIBIT E




                             TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
                                PROVIDED BY SONY




1st Quarter '97:

WHAT:   PCS-5000 classes

WHEN:   April 1997 -- TBA

HOW:    Register via telephone to Cecile @ 408-955-4231





* Maximum seating in each class is 12, minimum is 6
 
* Call for additional information


<PAGE>





<PAGE>



                            SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT


      THIS  AGREEMENT,  made as of the 22 day of May, 1996 by and among The Bank
of  New  York  (NJ)   hereinafter   referred  to  as  ("BANK")   and   Panasonic
Communications & Systems Company, Division of Matsushita Electric Corporation of
America,  a corporation  organized  and existing  under the laws of the State of
Delaware (hereinafter referred to as "PANASONIC").

      WHEREAS,  Panasonic  sells  various  merchandise  from time to time to All
Communications, Inc., with its principal place of business located at 1450 Route
22, Suite 103,  Mountainside,  NJ, 07092,  (hereinafter referred to as "Debtor")
for resale; and

      WHEREAS,  PANASONIC and Debtor are parties to a certain security agreement
dated May 20, 1992, as amended,  and as the same may  thereafter be amended from
time to time (hereinafter  referred to as the "Panasonic  Security  Agreement");
and

      WHEREAS,  PANASONIC,  under the terms of the Panasonic  Security Agreement
acquired a security  interest in all inventory of goods and merchandise now held
or hereafter acquired by Debtor bearing the trademarks "PANASONIC",  "TECHNICS",
"RAMSA" or  "NATIONAL"  either singly or in  combination  with any other word or
words, and all additions or accessions  thereto and all proceeds and products of
such  inventory,  including  without  limitation,  all  documents,  instruments,
general intangibles, chattel paper, accounts and



                                       1



 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



contract  rights  (such  terms  having  the  meanings  ascribed  by the  Uniform
Commercial  Code) of Debtor now  existing  or  hereafter  arising out of or with
respect to such inventory of goods and merchandise and all proceeds thereof (all
of which are  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the  "Collateral"),  and
PANASONIC has duly perfected its security interest in and to the Collateral; and

      WHEREAS,  Debtor is or may become  obligated to BANK for a loan granted to
Debtor pursuant to a certain loan and security agreement dated May 22, 1996 (the
"BANK Agreements") to  be  used  for  working  capital  purposes  including  the
purchase of additional  inventory,  and  Debtor, as  collateral security for all
present and future  obligations of Debtor to BANK under the BANK Agreements, has
granted to BANK a security interest in and to, inter  alia, the  Collateral; and

      WHEREAS,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing,  PANASONIC  agrees to BANK
request that BANK's  security  interest in the  Collateral be first and prior to
that of  PANASONIC,  subject  to the terms and  conditions  more fully set forth
hereinafter.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

      1.  PANASONIC  subordinates  its security  interest in the  Collateral  to
BANK's perfected security interest in the Collateral to the extent of any monies
loaned by BANK to Debtor pursuant to the BANK Agreements.



                                       2


 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>


      (a) Unless and until Debtor's indebtedness to BANK has been paid in full,
          PANASONIC, may not, without the prior written conent of BANK,
          commence or prosecute an enforcement; provided, however that the
          foregoing shall not prohibit, limit, restrict or otherwise impair the
          exercise by PANASONIC of any other rights and remedies (which do not
          constitute enforcement) it may now or hereafter have for the payment
          or collection of Debtor's indebtedness to PANASONIC, or PANASONIC's
          right to file such proofs of claim and other documents as may be
          necessary or advisable in order to have PANASONIC's claims allowed in
          the case of any receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization,
          arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial case or
          proceeding affecting Debtor.


      2. BANK agrees that if at any time or times hereafter,  it notifies Debtor
that it is in default under the BANK Agreements or any other agreements  between
Debtor and BANK,  BANK will  simultaneously  give  PANASONIC  written  notice of
Debtor's default.

      3. BANK  further  agrees that if at any time it notifies  Debtor that BANK
intends  to  exercise  any  rights or  remedies  it has or may have as a secured
creditor in respect to the Collateral,  it will simultaneously  notify PANASONIC
in the same  manner  as such  notice  is given to  Debtor.  In  addition  to the
foregoing notice, if such notice is not given as specified in Paragraph 5, BANK



                                       3




 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>


shall promptly provide PANASONIC with notice in accordance with Paragraph 5.

      4. Except as otherwise set forth in Paragraph 1 hereof, this subordination
of PANASONIC's security interest to BANK's perfected security interest shall not
be  deemed  to be a waiver  nor  affect  any of  PANASONIC'S  rights  under  the
Panasonic Security Agreement except as provided herein.

      5. BANK shall have the right, without the consent of PANASONIC,  to extend
credit to Debtor,  secured by the Assets (or any portion  thereof) and otherwise
having the same priority as herein contained,  in such amounts and on such terms
as BANK shall  from time to time in its sole  discretion  determine.  BANK shall
have no obligation to marshall any assets of Debtor in which the BANK now has or
hereafter may have a security interest before enforcing its rights in respect of
the Assets,  and PANASONIC shall have no right hereunder to share or participate
in any proceeds of such other collateral or in any proceeds of any of the Assets
in which Debtor has not granted PANASONIC a security interest.

      6. Unless and until Debtor's  indebtedness  to BANK has been paid in full,
in the event that  PANASONIC  shall  acquire  any  proceeds  or amounts  paid in
respect  of any of the  Assets,  PANASONIC  shall  promptly  remit to BANK  said
proceeds or amounts and,  until so remitted,  said proceeds and amounts shall be
held by PANASONIC in trust for BANK and shall not be  commingled  with any other
funds  or  other  property  of  PANASONIC  or of  Debtor  in the  possession  of
PANASONIC.



                                       4




 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



      7. PANASONIC  represents and warrants to BANK that, as of the date hereof,
no default exists with respect to any amounts owing from Debtor to PANASONIC.

      8. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of New York, shall not be modified,  amended or terminated
orally.  In the event  PANASONIC  sells,  transfers  and/or assigns its security
interest,  prior written  notification will be given to BANK and the third party
acquiring the interest that this Subordination Agreement exits.

      9. All  notices  hereunder  shall be in writing and sent  certified  mail,
postage prepaid,  return reciept requested or by telegram (with  confirmation of
delivery thereof in writing) or personally delivered to the parties as follows:

To Bank:            The Bank of New York
                    385 Rifle Camp Road
                    West Paterson, NJ 07424
                    Attn:

To Panasonic:       Panasonic Communications & Systems Company
                    Division of Matsushita Electric
                    Corporation of America
                    One Panasonic Way
                    Secaucus, New Jersey 07094
                    Attention: National Credit Manager

or to such other address or attention of any party  designated in like manner by
such party.

      Notice  given by personal  delivery  shall be  effective  only if and when
received by the party to whom the notice is  addressed as evidenced by a receipt
signed by an officer or authorized agent of such party.



                                       5





 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>


      10. This Subordination  Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties
hereto and shall not inure to the benefit of any  assignee or  successor of BANK
security interest whether by operation of law or otherwise.

      11. This Subordination  Agreement may be terminated by either party at any
time on thirty days prior written  notice,  but any such  termination  shall not
affect either parties' rights  hereunder with respect to any security granted or
obligations incurred by Debtor to either party prior to the date of termination.

      12. Except as otherwise  prohibited in Paragraph 10 hereof, this Agreement
when  effective  shall be  binding  upon  PANASONIC's  and BANK  successors  and
assigns.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed this  Agreement on
date first above written.


                                       PANASONIC COMMUNICATIONS & SYSTEMS
                                       COMPANY, Division of Matsushita
                                       Electric Corporation of America
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       By: ROBERT STAGER
                                          ______________________________________
                                       
                                       Title: GENERAL MANAGER
                                             ___________________________________
                                       
                                       
                                       THE BANK OF NEW YORK (NJ)
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       By: STEVEN L. WEXLER
                                          ______________________________________
                                              Steven L. Wexler

                                       Title: Vice President






                                       6

<PAGE>





<PAGE>




                                COMMERCIAL NOTE



BANK USE ONLY                                                   Englewood
                                                            
 [SIGNATURE]                                                -------------------
_________________                                                Branch
Officer Initials 

 $85,000.000                                             Date   May 22, 1996
- -----------------                                              ----------------


1.   PROMISE TO PAY

     For value received, the undersigned, jointly and severally, promises to pay
     to the order of THE BANK OF NEW YORK (NJ),  (hereinafter referred to as the
     BANK) at its principal  office at 385 Rifle Camp Road, West Paterson,  N.J.
     07424-3206,  or at such  other  office  as the BANK  may from  time to time
     designate,  in  lawful  money  of  the  United  States  of  America  and in
     immediately available funds, the principal sum of

2.   AMOUNT
     
     Eighty-five  thousand  and  00/100  ($85,000.00)  Dollars,  together   with
     interest  on the unpaid  part  the  principal  amount at  the interest rate
     indicated  below by checkmark or "X" placed in the box below  opposite  the
     applicable interest rate method.

3.   INTEREST
    
     Interest  will be  computed  on the basis of a 360-day  year for the actual
     number of days elapsed.
     [ ]  3.1 Fixed Rate _______% per annum.

     [ ]  3.2 Variable Rate ______ % per  annum plus the BANK'S PRIME RATE. Upon
     an  increase  or  decrease  in the BANK'S  PRIME  RATE,  the  corresponding
     increase or decrease in the  interest  rate on this note will be  effective
     immediately, or [  ]_______________________________________________________
     The Bank of New York's  (NJ) PRIME RATE is the rate of  interest  announced
     from time to time by the BANK as its prime rate,  prime  lending  rate,  or
     base rate.  This rate of  interest is  determined  from time to time by the
     Bank as a  means  of  pricing  some  loans  and it is  neither  tied to any
     external  rate of  interest  or index nor does it  necessarily  reflect the
     lowest  rate of  interest  actually  charged by the BANK to any  particular
     class or category of customers.

     [X]  3.3 Variable  Rate  1.25% per annum plus  the  BANK'S  ALTERNATE  BASE
     RATE. Upon an increase or decrease  in  the  BANK'S  ALTERNATE  BASE  RATE,
     the corresponding  increase or decrease in the interest rate  on this  note
     will be effective immediately, or [ ]  ___________________________________.
     DEFINITION  OF  ALTERNATE  BASE RATE:  "Alternative  Base Rate"  means  the
     greater of (A) The BANK'S Prime Rate, as in effect from time to time OR (B)
     1/2% plus the  effective  federal  funds rate as  published  by the Federal
     Reserve Bank of New York.

4.   PAYMENT

     The principal and interest shall be paid to the BANK in accordance with the
     method  indicated  below by checkmark or "X" in the box below  opposite the
     applicable payment method.

    [ ]  4.1  ON DEMAND. In one single payment, with interest payable monthly on
              the  _____  day of each  month,  with the  balance  of the  unpaid
              principal and interest to be paid upon demand.
              It is understood that any other repayment program agreed to by the
              Bank and the undersigned, now or in the future, is not intended to
              modify or restrict any rights or remedies which accrue to the Bank
              by the demand  nature of this note.  Regardless  of any  repayment
              program,  agreed to or  implied,  the Bank  reserves  the right to
              demand payment in full, at any time, and at its sole discretion.

    [ ]  4.2  SINGLE PAYMENT. ____ days after date.

    [ ]  4.3  BULLET PAYMENT.  The undersigned will pay accumulated  interest on
              the principal  amount ___ monthly,  or ___ quarterly  beginning on
              ____________________  and will pay the  principal  amount  and all
              unpaid interest on _____________________.

    [X]  4.4  CONSTANT PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS. The undersigned will pay $1,770.83 on
              the principal  balance plus accumulated  interest on the principal
              balance beginning on June 22, 1996 and on the 22 day of each month
              thereafter.  The balance of unpaid principal and interest shall be
              due and payable on May 22, 2000.

    [ ]  4.5  INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS. The undersigned will pay ___________ monthly
              including  interest on the unpaid principal  balance  beginning on
              _______________________  and on the  _______  day  of  each  month
              thereafter.  The balance of unpaid principal and interest shall be
              due and  payable  on  ____________________.  When  this  note is a
              variable  rate note,  if the BANK'S  ALTERNATE  BASE RATE rises to
              such a rate that the  entire  installment  payment  is  applied to
              interest  resulting  in  no  reduction  of  the  unpaid  principal
              balance,  then the BANK may  increase  the  remaining  installment
              payments by an amount equal to the originally  scheduled principal
              repayments, or a lesser amount if the BANK so chooses. This may be
              done at the BANK'S sole  discretion,  as  frequently as conditions
              require,  without  notice to the  undersigned or any endorsers and
              guarantors.  In the event  there is a  subsequent  decline  in the
              BANK'S  ALTERNATE  BASE  RATE,  the BANK  may,  but  shall  not be
              obligated to, reduce the remaining installment payments.

    [ ] 4.6   OTHER.

              __________________________________________________________________

<PAGE>
              __________________________________________________________________

              __________________________________________________________________

5.   MULTIPLE ADVANCES


    [ ]  This note may be disbursed in multiple advances under a line of credit
         or revolving credit agreement. (see paragraph 5.9)

    DIRECT CHARGE. The undersigned authorizes the BANK to charge my account
                   6104206121 for all payments due under this note.

             THIS NOTE INCLUDES THE ADDITIONAL TERMS ON THE REVERSE
                SIDE HEREOF ALL OF WHICH ARE MADE A PART HEREOF

                                                All Communications Corporation
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                (a New Jersey Corporation)
                                               ---------------------------------


ATTEST/WITNESS


By: STEVEN L. WEXLER                             By: RICHARD REISS, PRES.
   --------------------------                        --------------------------
    Steven L. Wexler, V.P.                           Richard Reiss, President


                                             By:
                                                --------------------------------









<PAGE>
<PAGE>


5.  ADDITIONAL TERMS OF THE NOTE
 
<TABLE>
   <S>    <C>
   5.1    SET OFF. In addition to any other security interest that may be given to secure the repayment of this note, in addition to
          the  BANK's right of set-off, the BANK is  hereby granted a security interest in any  amount which the BANK may owe to the
          undersigned, or  any endorsers  or guarantors,  including any  balance or  share of  any deposit  or investment  or  other
          property,  tangible or intangible, owned by or  in which the undersigned or endorsers  or guarantors have an interest, and
          additions and substitutions thereto, and any such property acquired hereafter by the undersigned, endorsers or guarantors,
          which may  be in  possession or  control  of the  BANK, which  property will  also  secure any  other liabilities  of  the
          undersigned,  endorsers or guarantors  to the BANK,  either now existing  or hereinafter arising.  However, any collateral
          subject to  the Right  of Rescission  as  defined in  Regulation Z  (12 CFR  226)  is hereby  excluded. Upon  demand,  the
          undersigned,  endorsers and guarantors will deposit additional collateral  with the BANK, in form and amounts satisfactory
          to the BANK,  for the further  securing of any  liability of the  undersigned, endorsers and  guarantors, now existing  or
          hereafter incurred.

   5.2    REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES. The UNDERSIGNED authorizes the BANK, without demand and acting in its discretion  in each instance,
          to  charge and withdraw from any credit balance which the UNDERSIGNED  may then have with the BANK, any amount which shall
          be due from the UNDERSIGNED, from time to time in  connection with or by reason of the UNDERSIGNED'S application for,  and
          the  making  and administration  of  the loan,  perfection  of any  security  interest or  mortgage,  or appraisal  on any
          collateral. The BANK, within a reasonable time, shall advise the UNDERSIGNED of each such charge and amount thereof.

   5.3    WAIVERS. The undersigned and all endorsers and guarantors waive their right of presentment (any notices to which they  may
          be  entitled), demand for payment, protest and notice of extension or renewal hereof, and agree they shall not be released
          or discharged from liability by reason of any extension of time for payment or by reason of the BANK's waiver of any terms
          or conditions of this note.

   5.4    WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. Each party to this note hereby expressly waives any right to trial by jury of any claim,  demand,
          action or cause of action (1) arising under this note or any other instrument, document or agreement executed or delivered
          in connection herewith, or (2) in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto or
          any  of them with respect to this note or any  other instrument, document or agreement executed or delivered in connection
          herewith, or the  transactions related  hereto or thereto,  in each  case whether now  existing or  hereafter arising  and
          whether  sounding in contract or tort or otherwise; and each party hereby agrees and consents that any such claim, demand,
          action or cause of action shall be decided by court trial without a jury, and that any party to this agreement may file an
          original counterpart or a copy of this section with any court as written evidence of the consent of the parties hereto  to
          the waiver of their right to trial by jury.

   5.5    DEFAULT.  This note shall  be in default at  any time the  BANK deems itself insecure  or, at the  BANK's option, upon the
          occurrence of any of the following without notice to the undersigned, any endorsers or guarantors: (a) failure to pay when
          due the principal of or interest on the note or any installment thereof; (b) change in the condition or affairs, financial
          or otherwise, of  any of the  undersigned or any  endorsers or guarantors  which in the  opinion of the  BANK impairs  the
          prospect  of  payment thereof;  (c) death,  insolvency,  termination of  business, or  commencement  of any  insolvency or
          bankruptcy proceedings by or against any of the undersigned, any endorsers or guarantors; (d) impairment of, damage to, or
          destruction of any collateral.

   5.6    REMEDIES. On default, the BANK may declare this note and any other obligation of the undersigned, endorsers or  guarantors
          to  be immediately due and payable, unless said obligations were  extended by the BANK for 'consumer credit' purposes, and
          may apply the property in which it has a security interest toward repayment of this note.  The  interest rate of this note
          shall be increased to 5% above the Bank's Prime Rate or to the maximum  interest rate  permitted  by law, for a commercial
          loan  of  the kind evidenced by this note, upon the occurrence of a default as such term is defined in Section 5.5 of this
          note.

          At the BANK's option, the undersigned will pay a 'late  charge' not exceeding five percent (5%) of any installment or  the
          balance  due at  maturity when paid  more than fifteen  (15) days after  the due date  thereof to cover  the added expense
          involved in handling delinquent payments,  but such 'late charges' shall  not be payable out of  the proceeds of any  sale
          made  to satisfy the indebtedness secured hereby, unless such proceeds are sufficient to discharge the entire indebtedness
          and all proper costs and expenses secured thereby.

          Upon default, the undersigned shall pay the costs of collection and if this note is placed in the hands of an attorney, an
          amount equal  to twenty  percent (20%)  of the  unpaid principal  balance and  interest as  an attorney's  fee, which  the
          undersigned agrees is reasonable.

   5.7    FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS. The undersigned agrees to furnish to the BANK, from time to time as the BANK may reasonably request
          but not less than annually, copies of its financial statements consisting of consolidated and consolidating balance  sheet
          and income statement with supporting schedules for the undersigned and its subsidiaries. The statements are to be prepared
          in  accordance with generally accepted  accounting principles by an independent  certified public accountant acceptable to
          the BANK.

   5.8    MISCELLANEOUS. The undersigned authorizes  the BANK to  surrender this note  and related collateral  to the person  making
          final payment.

          This note and the rights and remedies of the BANK shall be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey. If any portion
          of  this note is held to be void,  illegal or of no effect, the remaining  portion of this agreement shall nevertheless be
          enforceable.

   5.9    MULTIPLE ADVANCES. The undersigned acknowledges and understands that:

          (1) Advances evidencing disbursements  under this note, may  be made upon  receipt of oral or  written instructions or  as
          required from time to time;

          (2) All advances are subject to the BANK'S prior approval;

          (3) The balance outstanding on the note at any time shall be the difference between the total advances made less the total
          repayments, plus interest and charges, regardless that the sum of the advances may exceed the face amount of the note;

          (4)  The maximum amount  of principal outstanding  at any time shall  not exceed the  face amount of  the note, except for
          monies expended by the BANK  in the payment of  any tax, assessment, rent, municipal  or governmental charge, premium  for
          insurance, lien, repair, maintenance, protection or preservation of any collateral securing this note.

   5.10   ADVERSE  CHANGES IN FINANCIAL/OTHER CONDITIONS: The undersigned warrants that there has been no material adverse change in
          the financial or any  other condition of  the undersigned, since  the submission of  the loan request  to the BANK,  which
          request  resulted in the execution of and  is evidenced by this note, which  would warrant withholding any disbursement or
          future disbursements  under this  note. The  undersigned agrees  to  immediately advise  the BANK,  in writing,  upon  the
          occurrence of any material adverse change in the financial condition or any other condition of the undersigned.

</TABLE>

================================================================================
                             ENDORSEMENT/GUARANTY
 
     In  consideration of One Dollar ($1.00),  receipt of which is acknowledged,
and of the credit given or discount, loan  or extension of time made by or  upon
the  within note,  the undersigned  (if more  than one,  jointly and severally),
hereby unconditionally guarantee to the holder of said note, irrespective of the
genuineness,  validity,  regularity  or   enforceability  thereof,  or  of   the
obligation  evidenced thereby, or of existence  or amount of any collateral held
therefor, or of the  acceleration of the maturity  thereof whether by the  terms
thereof  or of any other  agreement now or hereafter  made between the maker and
the payee whether or  not the undersigned shall  have notice of such  agreement,
and  irrespective of any other circumstances, that all sums stated therein to be
payable thereunder and under any renewal thereof shall be promptly paid in  full
whenever  due,  in  accordance  with the  provisions  thereof,  at  maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise, and, in case of extension of time payment in whole or
in part,  all  said  sums shall  be  promptly  paid in  full  whenever  due,  in
accordance   with  the  provision  thereof,  at  maturity,  by  acceleration  or
otherwise, and, in case of  extension of time payment in  whole or in part,  all
said  sums  shall be  promptly  paid when  due  according to  such  extension or
extensions at maturity, by  acceleration or otherwise;  and hereby consent  that
from  time to time, without notice to  the undersigned, payment of any said sums
under said note or any renewal thereof or of any collateral held therefor may be
extended in  whole or  in  part or  any of  said  collateral may  be  exchanged,
surrendered,  or  otherwise dealt  with as  the  holder of  the within  note may
determine, or the rate of  interest changed; and hereby  waive their right to  a
trial by jury, presentment, demand of payment, protest and notice of protest, or
other  notice of dishonor and  notice of any exchange,  surrender, sale or other
dealing  with collateral.  The signature or signatures of the undersigned hereto
is or  are intended as an  endorsement  of  the within instrument as well as the
execution of the foregoing guarantee by each of the undersigned.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>


BY:____________________________________     BY:_________________________________


BY:____________________________________     BY:_________________________________


BY:____________________________________     BY:_________________________________
</TABLE>


<PAGE>




<PAGE>
                                COMMERCIAL NOTE

 BANK USE ONLY                                              Englewood

  [SIGNATURE]
________________                                     -----------------------
Officer Initials                                             Branch


$600,000.00                                    Date:   May 22, 1996
- ----------------                                     -----------------------

1. PROMISE TO PAY

   For value received, the undersigned,  jointly and severally,  provises to pay
   to the order of THE BANK OF NEW YORK (NJ),  (hereinafter  referred  to as the
   BANK) at it's  principal  office at 385 Rifle Camp Road,  West  Paterson  NJ.
   07424-3206,  or at such  other  office  as the  BANK  may  from  time to time
   designate, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately
   available funds, the principal sum of

2. AMOUNT

   Six hundred thousand and 00/100 ($600,000.00) Dollars, together with interest
   on the unpaid part the principal amount at the interest rate indicated  below
   by checkmark or "X" placed in the box below opposite the applicable  interest
   rate method.

3. INTEREST

   Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual
   number of days elapsed.
   [ ]  3.1 Fixed Rate _____________% per annum
   [ ]  3.2 Variable Rate _____________% per annum plus the BANK's PRIME RATE.
        Upon an increase or decrease in the BANK's PRIME RATE, the
        corresponding increase or decrease in the interest rate on this note
        will be effective immediately, or
        [ ]__________________________________________________________________
   The Bank of New York's (NJ) PRIME RATE is the rate of interest announced from
   time to time by the BANK as its prime rate, prime lending rate, or base rate.
   This rate of interest is determined from time to time by the BANK as a means
   of pricing some loans and it is neither tied to any external rate of interest
   or index nor does it necessarily reflect the lowest rate of interest actually
   charged by the BANK to any particular class or category of customers.

   [X]  3.3 Variable Rate 1.00% per annum plus the BANK's ALTERNATE BASE RATE.
        Upon an increase or decrease in the BANK's ALTERNATE BASE RATE, the
        corresponding increase or decrease in the interest rate on this note
        will be effective immediately, or
        [ ]______________________________________.
   DEFINITION OF ALTERNATE BASE RATE: "Alternate Base Rate" means the greater of
   (A) The BANK's Prime Rate, as in effect from time to time OR (B) 1/2% plus
   the effective federal funds rate as publihsed by the Federal Reserve Bank of
   New York.

4. PAYMENT

   The principal and interest shall be paid to the BANK in accordance with the
   method indicated below by checkmark or "X" in the box below opposite the
   applicable payment method.

   [X]  4.1 ON  DEMAND. In one single payment, with interest payable monthly on
        the 1st day of each month, with the balance of the unpaid principal and
        interest to be paid upon demand.
        It is understood that any other repayment program agreed to by the Bank
        and the undersigned, now or in the future, is not intended to modify or
        restrict any rights or remedies which accrue to the Bank by the demand
        nature of this note. Regardless of any repayment program, agreed to or
        implied, the Bank reserves the right to demand payment in full, at any
        time, and at its sole discretion.

   [ ]  4.2 SINGLE PAYMENT. _____ days after date.

   [ ]  4.3 BULLET PAYMENT. The undersigned will pay accumulated interest on the
        principal amount _____ monthly, or _____ quarterly beginning on
        ______________________________ and will pay the principal amount and all
        unpaid interest on ____________________________.

   [ ]  4.4 CONSTANT PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS. The undersigned will pay _____________
        ___________________  on the principal balance plus accumulated interest
        on the principal balance beginning on ______________________ and on the
        _____ day of each month thereafter. The balance of unpaid principal and
        and interest shall be due and payable on _____________________________.

   [ ]  4.5 INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS. The undersigned will pay ___________________
        monthly including interest on the unpaid principal balance beginning on
        _________________________ and on the _____ day of each month thereafter.
        The balance of unpaid principal and interest shall be due and payable on
        _________________________. When this note is a variable rate note, if
        the BANK's ALTERNATE BASE RATE rises to such a rate that the entire
        installment payment is applied to interest resulting in no reduction of
        the unpaid principal balance, then the BANK may increase the remaining
        installment payments by an amount equal to the originally scheduled
        principal repayments, or a lesser amount if the BANK so chooses. This
        may be done at the BANK's sole discretion, as frequently as conditions
        require, without notice to the undersigned or any endorsers and
        guarantors. In the event there is a subsequent decline in the BANK's
        ALTERNATE BASE RATE, the BANK may, but shall not be obligated, to reduce
        the remaining installment payments.

   [ ]  4.6 OTHER
            ____________________________________________________________________
            ____________________________________________________________________
            ____________________________________________________________________


5. MUTIPLE ADVANCES

   [X] This note may be disbursed in multiple advances under a line of credit or
       revolving credit agreement. (see paragraph 5.9)

   DIRECT CHARGE. The undersigned authorizes the BANK to charge my account
                  6104206121 for all payments due under this note.

       THIS NOTE INCLUDES THE ADDITIONAL TERMS ON THE REVERSE SIDE HEREOF
                       ALL OF WHICH ARE MADE A PART HEREOF

                                        All Communications Corporation
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        (a New Jersey Corporation)
                                        ----------------------------------------
ATTEST/WITNESS:


By: S.L. WEXLER                         By: RICHARD REISS, PRESIDENT
   ----------------------------------      -------------------------------------
   Steven L. Wexler, V.P.                  Richard Reiss, President

                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------


<PAGE>
<PAGE>


5. ADDITIONAL TERMS OF THE NOTE

 5.1   SET OFF. In addition to any other security interest that may  be given to
       secure the  repayment  of this note,  in  addition to the BANK'S right of
       set-off,  the  BANK is hereby  granted a security  interest in any amount
       which  the   BANK  may  owe  to  the  undersigned,  or  any  endorsers or
       guarantors,  including  any balance or share of any deposit or investment
       or other  property,  tangible  or  intangible,  owned by or in which  the
       undersigned  or endorsers or guarantors  have an interest,  and additions
       and substitutions  thereto,  and any such property acquired  hereafter by
       the undersigned,  endorsers or guarantors,  which may be in possession or
       control  of  the  BANK,   which  property  will  also  secure  any  other
       liabilities  of the  undersigned,  endorsers or  guarantors  to the BANK,
       either now existing or hereafter arising. However, any collateral subject
       to  the  Right  of  Rescission as defined in Regulation Z (12 CFR 226) is
       hereby  excluded. Upon demand, the undersigned, endorsers and  guarantors
       will  deposit  additional  collateral  with the BANK, in form and amounts
       satisfactory  to the  BANK,  for  the  further securing  of any liability
       of the undersigned, endorsers and guarantors,  now existing or  hereafter
       incurred.

 5.2   REIMBURSABLE  EXPENSES.  The  UNDERSIGNED  authorizes  the BANK,  without
       demand  and  acting in its  discretion  in each  instance,  to charge and
       withdraw from any credit balance which the UNDERSIGNED may then have with
       the BANK, any amount which shall be due from the  UNDERSIGNED,  from time
       to time in connection with or by reason of the UNDERSIGNED'S  application
       for, and the making and  administration  of the loan,  perfection  of any
       security interest or mortgage, or appraisal on any collateral.  The BANK,
       within a  reasonable  time,  shall  advise the  UNDERSIGNED  of each such
       charge and amount thereof.

 5.3   WAIVERS.  The  undersigned and  all endorsers and  guarantors waive their
       right of presentment (any notices to which they may be entitled),  demand
       for payment, protest and notice of extension or renewal hereof, and agree
       they shall not be released or discharged  from liability by reason of any
       extension  of time for  payment or by reason of the BANK's  waiver of any
       terms or conditions of this note.

 5.4   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. Each party to this note hereby  expressly waives
       any  right to  trial by jury or any  claim,  demand,  action  or cause of
       action (1) arising under this note or any other  instrument,  document or
       agreement executed or delivered in connection herewith, or (2) in any way
       connected with or related to the dealings of the parties hereto or any of
       them  with  respect  to this note or any other  instrument,  document  or
       agreement   executed  or  delivered  in  connection   herewith,   or  the
       transactions related hereto or thereto, in each case whether now existing
       or  hereafter  arising  and  whether  sounding  in  contract  or  tort or
       otherwise; and each party hereby agrees and consents that any such claim,
       demand, action or cause of action shall be decided by court trial without
       a jury,  and  that  any  party to this  agreement  may  file an  original
       counterpart or a copy of this section with any court as written  evidence
       of the  consent of the  parties  hereto to the  waiver of their  right to
       trial by jury.

 5.5   DEFAULT.  This note shall be in default at any time the BANK deems itself
       insecure  or, at the BANK's  option,  upon the  occurrence  of any of the
       following without notice to the undersigned, any endorsers or guarantors:
       (a) failure to pay when due the  principal  of or interest on the note or
       any  installment  thereof;  (b)  change  in  the  condition  or  affairs,
       financial or  otherwise,  of any of the  undersigned  or any endorsers or
       guarantors  which in the  opinion of the BANK  impairs  the  prospect  of
       payment  thereof;  (c) death,  insolvency,  termination  of business,  or
       commencement  of any  insolvency or bankruptcy  proceedings by or against
       any of the undersigned,  any endorsers or guarantors ; (d) impairment of,
       damage to, or destruction of any collateral.

 5.6   REMEDIES.  In  default,  the  BANK may  desire  this  note and any  other
       obligation of the undersigned,  endorsers or guarantors to be immediately
       due an payable,  unless said  obligations  were  extended by the BANK for
       "consumer credit" purposes,  and may apply the property in which it has a
       security  interest  toward  prepayment of this note. The interest rate of
       this note shall be  increased to 5% above the BANK's Prime Rate or to the
       maximum interest rate permitted by law, for a commercial loan of the king
       evidenced by this note,  upon the occurrence of a default as such term is
       defined in Section 5.5 of this note.

       At the  BANK's  option,  the  undersigned  will pay a "late  charge"  not
       exceeding  five  percent  (5%) of any  installment  or the balance due at
       maturity when paid more than fifteen (15) days after the due date thereof
       to cover added expense involved in handling delinquent payments, but such
       "late  charges" shall not be payable out of the proceeds of any sale made
       to satisfy the  indebtedness  secured  hereby,  unless such  proceeds are
       sufficient to discharge the entire  indebtedness and all proper costs and
       expenses secured thereby.

       Upon  default,  the undersigned  shall pay the costs of collection and if
       this  note  is placed  in  the  hands of  an attorney, an amount equal to
       twenty  percent (20%) of  the unpaid principal balance and interest as an
       attorney's fee, which the undersigned agrees is reasonable.


 5.7   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The undersigned agrees to furnish to the BANK, from
       time to  time as the  BANK  may  reasonably  request  but not  less  than
       annually,  copies of its financial statements  consisting of consolidated
       and  consolidating  balance sheet and income  statement  with  supporting
       schedules for the undersigned and its subsidiaries. The statements are to
       be prepared in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles
       by an independent certified public accountant acceptable to the BANK.

 5.8   MISCELLANEOUS. The undersigned authorizes the BANK to surrender this note
       and related collateral to the person making final making.

       This note and the rights and  remedies  of the BANK shall be  governed by
       the laws of the State of New Jersey.  If any portion of this note is held
       to be void,  illegal  or of no  effect,  the  remaining  portion  of this
       agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable.

 5.9   MULTIPLE ADVANCES. The undersigned acknowledges and understands that:

       (1) Advances  evidencing  disbursement  under this note, may be made upon
       receipt of oral or written instructions or as required from time to time;

       (2) All advances are subject to the BANK'S prior approval;

       (3) The balance  outstanding on the note at any time shall the difference
       between the total advances made less the total repayments,  plus interest
       and charges,  regardless that the sum of the advances may exceed the face
       amount of the note;

       (4) The maximum  amount of  principal  outstanding  at any time shall not
       exceed the face  amount of the note,  except for monies  expended  by the
       BANK  in  the  payment  of  any  tax,  assessment,   rent,  municipal  or
       governmental charge,  premium for insurance,  lien, repair,  maintenance,
       protection or preservation of any collateral securing this note.

 5.10  ADVERSE CHANGES IN FINANCIAL/OTHER  CONDITIONS:  The undersigned warrants
       that there has been no material  adverse  change in the  financial or any
       other  condition of the  undersigned,  since the  submission  of the loan
       request to the BANK,  which  request resulted in the execution of  and is
       evidenced by this note, which would warrant  withholding any disbursement
       or future  disbursements  under  this  note.  The  undersigned  agrees to
       immediately  advise  the  BANK in  writing,  upon the  occurrence  of any
       material  adverse  changes  in  the  financial  condition  or  any  other
       condition of the undersigned.

================================================================================

                              ENDORSEMENT/GUARANTY

     In consideration  of One Dollar ($1.00),  receipt of which is acknowledged,
and of the credit given or  discount,  loan or extension of time made by or upon
the within note,  the  undersigned  (if more than one,  jointly and  severally),
hereby  unconditionally  guarantee to the holder of said note,  irrespective  of
the  genuineness,  validity,  regularity or  enforceability  thereof,  or of the
obligation evidenced  thereby,  or of existence or amount or any collateral held
therefor,  or of the  acceleration of the maturity  thereof whether by the terms
thereof or of any other  agreement  now or hereafter  made between the maker and
the payee whether or not the  undersigned  shall have notice of such  agreement,
and irrespective of any other circumstances,  that all sums stated therein to be
payable  thereunder and under any renewal thereof shall be promptly paid if full
whenever  due,  accordance  with  the  provisions   thereof,  at  maturity,   by
acceleration or otherwise, and, in case of extension of time payment in whole or
in part all said sums shall be promptly paid in full whenever due, in accordance
with the provision thereof,  at maturity,  by acceleration or otherwise,  and in
case of extension of time of payment in whole or in part, all said sums shall be
promptly paid when due according to such extension or extensions at maturity, by
acceleration  or otherwise;  and hereby consent that from time to time,  without
notice to the  undersigned,  payment  of and of said sums under said note or any
renewal  thereof or of any collateral  held therefor may be extended in whole or
in part or any of said  collateral may be exchanged,  surrendered,  or otherwise
dealt  with as the  holder  of the  within  note may  determine,  or the rate of
interest  change and hereby  waive their right to a trial by jury,  presentment,
demand of payment,  protest and notice of protest,  or other  notice of dishonor
and notice of any exchange,  surrender,  sale or other dealing with  collateral.
The signature or signatures of the  undersigned  hereto is or are intended as an
endorsement  of the within  instrument as well as the execution of the foregoing
guarantee by each of the undersigned.


BY:____________________________________  BY:____________________________________


BY:____________________________________  BY:____________________________________


BY:____________________________________  BY:____________________________________

<PAGE>





<PAGE>


                          AMENDED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT,  made  this  2nd  day  of  January,  1997,  by and  between  ALL
COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, a duly organized and existing New Jersey corporation
having a usual  place of  business  in 1450 RT.  22  Mountainside,  New  Jersey,
(hereinafter  called the  "Company"),  and  RICHARD A. REISS of 10 Timber  Acres
Road, Springfield, New Jersey, (hereinafter called "Employee").

     Witnesseth:

     1.  EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES.  The Company hereby employs the said Employee in
the capacity of President and Chief Executive  Officer and to perform such other
duties  consistent with his executive  status, as may be determined and assigned
to him by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     2.  PERFORMANCE.  Employee  agrees to devote all of his time and efforts to
the performance of his duties as Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company and to
the performance of such other duties consistent with his executive status as are
assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     3.  TERM.  Except  in the  case  of  earlier  termination,  as  hereinafter
specifically  provided,  the term of this  contract  shall be for six (6) years,
commencing on January 1, 1997.

                                       1


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     4.  COMPENSATION.  For all the  services  to be rendered by Employee in any
capacity hereunder  including  services as Chief Executive Officer,  Director or
any other duties  assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Company,  the
Company  agrees  to pay  Employee  for the six  year  term of this  contract  as
follows:

         (a) $133,000.00 for the first year:

         (b) $170,000.00 for the second year:

         (c) $205,000.00 for the third year, and

         (d)  Such  compensation  for  the  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  year  as
         recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and
         approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  but  in no  event  less  than
         $205,000.00 per annum.

     5.  STOCK  OPTION.  Employee  is  granted  an option  under  the  Company's
Qualified  Stock Option Plan for 100,000  shares of the Company's  common stock.
25,974 of such shares shall be deemed an incentive option,  exercisable at $3.85
per  share and  74,026 of such  shares  shall be deemed a  non-qualified  option
exercisable at $3.50 per share. In consideration of Employee  extending the term
of this  contract and  reducing his salary,  Employee is granted an option for a
period of five (5) years from the date hereof to purchase  750,000 shares of the
Company's  common stock outside of the Qualified  Stock Option Plan at $3.50 per
share.


                                       2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     6.  INSURANCE.  The Company,  at its expense,  shall provide  Employee with
family coverage in a quality medical and hospitalization  insurance program. The
Company,  at its expense,  shall also provide  Employee with  disability  income
insurance protection and any group life insurance that is provided for any other
executive of the Company.  In addition the Company shall secure a life insurance
policy  in  the  amount  of  $1,000,000.00   payable  to  Employee's  designated
beneficiary or his estate.

     7. PENSION AND PROFIT  SHARING.  The Company shall include  Employee in all
Company pension and profit-sharing  plans in a comparable manner as provided for
its other executives.

     8. MISCELLANEOUS  BENEFITS. The Company agrees to provide Employee with the
following benefits at its sole expense:

         (a) A luxury  automobile and all expenses  including  insurance,  state
property taxes and maintenance.

         (b)  Dues and  program  costs  for all  business  related  organization
memberships  and clubs and continuing  educational  programs  deemed  reasonably
necessary by Employee.


         (c) Four weeks of paid vacation per calendar year.


                                       3





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     (d)  All   expenses,   including   meals,   lodging,   transportation   and
miscellaneous,  for business and related travel. The Company agrees to reimburse
the Employee for said travel expenses upon written request.

     (e) Disability benefits, as set forth in paragraph 15(c).

     9.  NON-DISCLOSURE.  Employee covenants and agrees with the Company that he
will not either during the term of his  employment,  or at any time  thereafter,
disclose  to anyone any  confidential  information  concerning  the  business or
affairs of the  Company,  except as  authorized  by the Board of Directors or if
otherwise privileged.

     10.   NON-COMPETE.   The  Employee   acknowledges  that  his  services  and
responsibilities  are of  particular  significance  to the  Company and that his
position  with  the  Company  does  and will  continue  to give him an  intimate
knowledge of its business.  Because of this, it is important to the Company that
the Employee be restricted  from  competing with the Company in the event of the
termination of his employment.  Therefore, the Employee agrees that he shall not
compete  directly or indirectly with the Company or its business for a period of
one (1) year anywhere in the United States.

     11. CONFLICT OF INTEREST - Employee represents and warrants to

                                       4





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Company that he is not now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature
to any person,  firm or  corporation  which  is inconsistent or in conflict with
this  agreement  or which would  prevent  him from  performing  his  obligations
hereunder.

     12. ASSIGNMENT. The performance of this agreement shall be nonassignable by
either party  hereto  without the prior  written  consent of both  parties.  Any
attempted assignment hereof shall in all events be null and void. The rights and
obligations  of this contract shall inure to and be binding upon the parties and
their respective heirs and successors.

     13. WAIVER. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this
agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach
of this agreement.

     14. PARTIAL INVALIDITY.  Should any part of this contract for any reason be
declared  invalid,  such shall not affect the validity of any remaining  portion
hereof,  which  remaining  portion shall continue in force and effect as if this
contract had been  executed  with such  invalid  portion  eliminated,  and it is
hereby  declared  the  intention  of the  parties  hereof  that they  would have
executed the remaining portion of this contract without including any such part,
parts or portion which may for any reason be hereafter declared invalid.



                                       5





<PAGE>
<PAGE>



     15. AMENDMENTS AND CHOICE OF FORUM.  This agreement  supercedes any and all
prior written or oral  agreements  between the Employee and the Company and this
agreement may not be changed except by a writing  executed by each party hereto.
This agreement is executed and delivered in the State of New Jersey and shall be
construed and enforced in accordance  with the laws and decisions of such state.
In the event of any litigation at any time arising  hereunder it is specifically
agreed among the parties that the venue of such litigation shall be the State of
New Jersey and such venue  shall be  exclusive  in all events  unless  otherwise
agreed by the parties.

     16.  TERMINATION.  This  Agreement  may be  terminated  before  its  normal
expiration date as follows:

     (a) By the EMPLOYEE giving of ninety days written notice to EMPLOYER.

     (b) EMPLOYER may terminate  this  agreement upon written notice to EMPLOYEE
     for cause, which said cause shall be limited to the following:

          1) EMPLOYEE's habitual intoxication or drug addiction;

          2) EMPLOYEE's being convicted of a felony involving moral turpitude;



                                       6




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



          3) A  final  adjudication  by a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  of
          EMPLOYEE  being  mentally  incompetent  as  that  term is  defined  in
          accordance with the statutes of the state of New Jersey; or

          4) For  EMPLOYEE's  substantial  or material  breach of loyalty to the
          EMPLOYER.


      (c) EMPLOYER shall have the right to terminate this Agreement after giving
      to EMPLOYEE  ninety (90) days  written  notice of its  intention to do so,
      should EMPLOYEE,  because of "total and permanent disability" be unable to
      perform  any duties  required of  EMPLOYEE  hereunder  for a period of one
      hundred  twenty  (120)  consecutive  days;  the term "total and  permanent
      disability"  shall mean the  existence  of a permanent  mental or physical
      disability,  determined  by  a  physician  in  accordance  with  generally
      accepted  medical  principles,  which renders  EMPLOYEE  totally unable to
      perform the duties of EMPLOYEE under the terms of this  Agreement.  In the
      event of termination  in  accordance  with the  foregoing,  EMPLOYEE shall
      continue to be entitled to receive  from  EMPLOYER  any and all  salaries,
      bonuses, and benefits for the remainder of the term of this Agreement.




                                       7





<PAGE>
<PAGE>



      (d) If  EMPLOYER  terminates  this  Agreement  for any reason set forth in
      paragraph  15b above  EMPLOYEE  shall not be entitled to any  compensation
      provided for herein for any remainder of the term of this Agreement.


      17. CONTINUED  COMPENSATION.  In the event Employer terminates  Employee's
employment for any reason other than as provided in paragraph 15b, Company shall
be obliged to continue  Employee's  compensation  for the entire  balance of the
term of this  Agreement.  Payments will be made on Company's  regular  bimonthly
schedule.  Employee  shall be entitled upon such  termination to delivery of the
insurance policies referred to in paragraph 5.

      In Witness  Whereof,  the parties  hereto have signed this  agreement as a
sealed instrument in the day and year first above written.


ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

By:            J. SCOTT TANSEY
    ___________________________________

    ___________________________________
                         Vice President


Effective as of March 21, 1997


                                       RICHARD REISS
                                       _________________________________________
                                       RICHARD REISS


3-21-97
_________________________

_________________________


                                       8



<PAGE>





<PAGE>



                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                       VITAMIN REALTY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.,

                                     LESSOR,

                                     -AND-

                         ALL COMMUNICATION CORPORATION,

                                     LESSEE.




                      -------------------------------------

                              DATED: March 20, 1997

                      -------------------------------------




Prepared by:

Robert A. Klausner, Esquire
Shanley & Fisher, P.C.
131 Madison Avenue
Morristown, New Jersey 07962





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                      <C>
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT ..................................................    1
1.  DEFINITIONS ........................................................    1
2.  DEMISE; TERM .......................................................    6
3.  BASIC RENT; ADDITIONAL RENT; NET LEASE .............................    8
4.  OPERATING EXPENSES .................................................    9
5.  LAYOUT AND FINISH OF DEMISED PREMISES ..............................   11
6.  MAINTENANCE, ALTERATIONS AND
    ADDITIONS; REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES ...............................   15
7.  USE OF DEMISED PREMISES ............................................   16
8.  LESSOR'S SERVICES ..................................................   17
9.  INDEMNIFICATION; LIABILITY OF LESSOR ...............................   19
10. COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS .......................................   19
11. DISCHARGE OF LIENS .................................................   23
12. PERMITTED CONTESTS .................................................   23
13. INSURANCE ..........................................................   24
14. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES ..............................................   25
15. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING ..........................................   27
16. CASUALTY ...........................................................   32
17. CONDEMNATION .......................................................   33
18. EVENTS OF DEFAULT ..................................................   34
19. CONDITIONAL LIMITATIONS; REMEDIES ..................................   36
20. RIGHT OF ENTRY; RESERVATION OF EASEMENTS ...........................   39
21. ACCORD AND SATISFACTION ............................................   40
22. SUBORDINATION ......................................................   40
23. LESSEE'S REMOVAL ...................................................   42
24. BROKERS ............................................................   43
25. NOTICES ............................................................   43
26. NATURE OF LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS .....................................   43
27. SECURITY DEPOSIT ...................................................   44
28. RULES AND REGULATIONS ..............................................   45
29. MISCELLANEOUS ......................................................   45
30. RENEWAL OPTION .....................................................   48
</TABLE>

SCHEDULE A FLOOR PLAN
SCHEDULE B BASIC RENT


                                        i




<PAGE>
<PAGE>





                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

         LEASE  AGREEMENT  (this  "Lease"),  made as of March 20, 1997,  between
VITAMIN REALTY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C. (the "LESSOR"), a New Jersey limited liability
company,  having an address at 225 Long Avenue,  Hillside, New Jersey 07205, and
ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION (the "LESSEE"), a New Jersey corporation,  having
an address at 140 Route 22, Mountainside, New Jersey 07092.

                              PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

         LESSOR is the owner in fee simple of a certain  tract of land  situated
in the Township of Hillside,  County of Union and State of New Jersey,  which is
designated  on the  official tax map for the Township of Hillside as Block 1110,
Lot 1 (the "Land"). On the Land, there is an office and  warehouse building  the
"Building") and other related improvements; the Land and the Building, including
all other improvements now or hereafter constructed on the Land and all fixtures
and appurtenances to the Land and the Building,  are collectively referred to as
the  "Premises".  The Premises are commonly known as 225 Long Avenue,  Hillside,
New Jersey.

         The roadways,  the drainage  areas,  the landscape  areas and the other
common  portions of the Premises  will be  maintained  for the benefit,  use and
enjoyment of all tenants leasing space within the Premises.

         LESSEE desires to lease from LESSOR approximately 1,560 rentable square
feet of warehouse  space on the first floor of the  Building  and  approximately
7,180  rentable  square feet of office space on the second floor of the Building
(collectively,  the "Demised  Premises") in accordance with, and subject to, the
provisions of this Lease.  The location of the Demised Premises is cross-hatched
on the floor plan annexed hereto as Schedule A.

         NOW, THEREFORE, LESSOR and LESSEE agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.1.  As used in this Lease,  the  following  terms have the  following
respective meanings:

         (a) Additional Rent: defined in Section 3.2.

         (b) Alterations: defined in Section 6.5.





<PAGE>
<PAGE>





         (c) Basic  Rent:  defined in Section  3.1 and  specified  in Schedule B
annexed hereto.

         (d)  Basic  Rent  Payment  Dates:  the  first  day of each  consecutive
calendar month during the Term.

         (e) Building: defined in the Preliminary Statement.

         (f) Building Holidays:  Saturday,  Sunday, New Year's Day,  President's
Day, Memorial Day,  Independence Day, Labor Day,  Thanksgiving Day and Christmas
Day.

         (g) Business Hours:  8:00 AM to 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday,  except
for Building Holidays.

         (h) Change Orders: defined in Section 5.3.

         (i) Commencement Date: defined in Section 2.2.

         (j) Costs: defined in Section 5.2(a).

         (k) Demised Premises: defined in the Preliminary Statement.

         (l) Environmental Laws: all statutes, regulations, codes and ordinances
of any governmental entity, authority,  agency and/or department relating to (i)
air emissions, (ii) water discharges,  (iii) noise emissions, (iv) air, water or
ground  pollution or (v) any other  environmental  or health matter,  including,
without  limitation,  ISRA, the New Jersey Spill  Compensation  and Control Act,
N.J.S.A. 58:10-23.11 et seq. and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and the
Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C.
'SS' 9601 et seq. and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (m) Events of Default: defined in Article 18.

         (n) Excusable Delay: any delay caused by governmental  action,  or lack
thereof;  shortages  or  unavailability  of  materials  and/or  supplies;  labor
disputes  (including,  but not limited to,  strikes,  slow downs,  job  actions,
picketing  and/or  secondary  boycotts);  fire  or  other  casualty;  delays  in
transportation;  acts of God; directives or requests by any governmental entity,
authority,   agency  or  department;  any  court  or  administrative  orders  or
regulations;  adjustments  of  insurance;  acts of declared or  undeclared  war,
public  disorder,  riot or civil  commotion;  or by  anything  else  beyond  the
reasonable control of LESSOR,  including delays caused directly or indirectly by
an act or a failure to act by LESSEE or LESSEE'S Visitors.


                                        2





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




         (o) Finish Work: defined in Section 5.3.

         (p)  Insurance   Requirements:   all  terms  of  any  insurance  policy
maintained  by LESSOR with respect to the Premises and all  requirements  of the
National  Board of Fire  Underwriters  (or any  other  body  exercising  similar
function) applicable to or affecting all or any part of the Premises.

         (q) ISRA: The New Jersey Industrial Site Recovery Act, N.J.S.A. 13:1K-6
et seq. and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (r) Land: defined in the Preliminary Statement.

         (s) Legal Requirements: all statutes, regulations, codes and ordinances
of any governmental entity, authority, agency and/or department, which now or at
any time  hereafter  may be  applicable  to the  Premises  or any part  thereof,
including, but not limited to, all Environmental Laws.

         (t) LESSEE:  the party  defined as such in the first  paragraph of this
Lease.

         (u) LESSEE Finish Work: defined in Section 5.3.

         (v) LESSEE'S Finish Work Costs(s): defined in Section 5.2(a).

         (w) LESSEE'S Notice: defined in Section 15.2.

         (x) LESSEE'S  Proportionate Share: for all purposes of this Lease shall
be deemed to be 6.0%.

         (y)  LESSEE'S   Visitors:   LESSEE'S   agents,   servants,   employees,
subtenants,  contractors,  invitees,  licensees and all other persons invited by
LESSEE into the Demised Premises as guests or doing lawful business with LESSEE.

         (z) LESSOR:  the party  defined as such in the first  paragraph of this
Lease,  including at any time after the date hereof,  the then owner of LESSOR'S
interest in the Premises.

         (aa) LESSOR'S Estimated Operating Expenses: defined in Section 4.2.

         (ab) LESSOR'S Expense Statement: defined in Section 4.2.

         (ac)  LESSOR'S  Operating  Expenses:  those costs or  expenses  paid or
incurred by LESSOR in connection with the ownership,


                                       3


<PAGE>
<PAGE>



operation,  management,  maintenance,  repair and  replacement  of the Premises,
including, but not limited to, the cost of common area electricity;  sewer meter
charges; water; window cleaning;  exterminating;  insurance of all kinds carried
in good faith by LESSOR  and  applicable  to the  Premises  (including,  without
limitation, rent insurance);  snow and ice removal;  maintenance and cleaning of
the  parking  lots  and  driveways  (including   resurfacing  and  restripping);
regulation of traffic; landscape and grounds maintenance;  service, maintenance,
repair and replacement of all mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other systems
and/or equipment (other than any system or equipment  installed by LESSEE in the
Demised Premises);  general maintenance and repairs of any kind for which LESSOR
is not  reimbursed;  painting and/or sealing of the exterior of the Building and
the  common  areas;   management  fees;   maintenance  and  service  agreements;
compliance with any Legal or Insurance Requirements; Taxes; contesting the Taxes
and/or the assessed valuation of the Premises (including  reasonable  attorneys'
fees,  accounting  fees and  appraisal  fees);  any  expenses  allocable  to the
Premises and/or to LESSOR which relate to the common areas of the Premises;  the
cost of obtaining and maintaining  access and/or utility  licenses and easements
across any  contiguous  property  which serve the  Premises;  security  services
and/or alarm and fire protection systems and equipment;  wages, salaries, fringe
benefits  and  other  labor  costs of all  persons  engaged  by  LESSOR  for the
operation,  maintenance,  repair and replacement of the Premises;  payroll taxes
and  workers'  compensation  for such  persons;  legal and  accounting  expenses
(except legal  expenses  incurred in preparing  leases or enforcing the terms of
leases); licenses,  permits and other governmental charges;  depreciation on and
rentals of machinery and equipment used in the operation and  maintenance of the
Premises;  and any other expense or cost,  which,  in accordance  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  and  the  standard  management  practices  for
buildings  comparable  to the  Building,  would be  considered  as an expense of
operating,  managing,  maintaining,  repairing or replacing the Premises, plus a
sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate of the foregoing for general
overhead.  Excluded from  LESSOR'S  Operating  Expenses are costs  reimbursed by
insurance; the cost of any work or service performed by LESSOR for any tenant of
the  Building  pursuant to the terms of said  tenant's  lease to the extent such
work or service is in excess of the work or service which LESSOR is obligated to
perform under this Lease;  costs in connection  with  preparing  space for a new
tenant;  advertising  expenses;  real estate  brokers'  commissions;  franchise,
transfer,  inheritance  or capital  stock taxes or other taxes  imposed  upon or
measured  by the  income or  profits of  LESSOR;  and  administrative  wages and
salaries  or any other  general  and  administrative  overhead  of  LESSOR.  All
accounting for LESSOR'S Operating Expenses shall be on the accrual basis. In the
event that, at any time during the Term, the Building is not fully leased


                                        4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>




and occupied by tenants,  LESSOR'S  Operating  Expenses shall be projected as if
the Building were fully occupied at all times.

         (ad) Lien: any mortgage,  pledge, lien, charge, encumbrance or security
interest of any kind, including any inchoate mechanic's or materialmen's lien.

         (ae) Net Award: any insurance proceeds or condemnation award payable in
connection with any damage, destruction or Taking, less any expenses incurred by
LESSOR in recovering such amount.

         (af) Net  Rental  Proceeds:  in the case of a  sublease,  the amount by
which the  aggregate  of all rents,  additional  charges or other  consideration
payable under a sublease to LESSEE by the subtenant (including sums paid for the
sale  or  rental  of  LESSEE'S  fixtures,  leasehold  improvements,   equipment,
furniture or other personal property) exceeds the sum of (i) the Basic Rent plus
all amounts payable by LESSEE pursuant to the provisions  hereof during the term
of the sublease in respect of the subleased space, (ii) brokerage commissions at
prevailing  rates due and owing to a real estate  brokerage  firm, and (iii) the
then  net  unamortized  or  undepreciated   cost  of  the  fixtures,   leasehold
improvements,  equipment,  furniture or other personal  property included in the
subletting;  and in the case of an assignment,  the amount by which all sums and
other  considerations  paid to LESSEE by the  assignee  of this  Lease for or by
reason  of  such  assignment  (including  sums  paid  for the  sale of  LESSEE'S
fixtures,  leasehold  improvements,   equipment,  furniture  or  other  personal
property)  exceeds the sum of (i) brokerage  commissions at prevailing rates due
and owing to a real estate  brokerage firm, and (ii) the then net unamortized or
undepreciated cost of the fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture
or other personal property sold to the assignee.

         (ag) New Space: defined in Section 29.5.

         (ah) Premises: defined in the Preliminary Statement.

         (ai) Prime Rate: the prime commercial  lending rate published from time
to time in The Wall Street Journal.

         (aj) Punchlist Items: defined in Section 5.4.

         (ak) Recapture Notice: defined in Section 15.5.

         (al) Recapture Space: defined in Section 15.5.

         (am)  Restoration:  the  restoration,  replacement or rebuilding of the
Building or any portion thereof as nearly as


                                       5





<PAGE>
<PAGE>





practicable  to its value,  condition  and  character  immediately  prior to any
damage, destruction or Taking.

         (an) Rules and Regulations: defined in Article 28.

         (ao)  Taking:  a  taking  of all or any  part of the  Premises,  or any
interest therein or right accruing thereto,  as the result of, or in lieu of, or
in anticipation  of, the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain
pursuant  to any  law,  general  or  special,  or by  reason  of  the  temporary
requisition of the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof,  by any
governmental authority, civil or military.

         (ap)  Taxes:  all real  estate  taxes and  assessments  or  substitutes
therefor or supplements  thereto,  upon,  applicable,  attributable  or assessed
against the Premises or any part thereof,  or any  improvement  thereon owned by
LESSOR and used in connection with the operation of the Building.  If and to the
extent  that due to a  change  in the  method  of  taxation  or  assessment  any
franchise,  capital stock, capital,  rent, income, profit or other tax or charge
shall be  substituted  by the  applicable  taxing  authority for or added to the
Taxes now or hereafter imposed upon the Premises, such franchise, capital stock,
capital, rent, income, profit or other tax or charge shall be deemed included in
the term "Taxes",  provided,  however,  that the amount of such tax, assessment,
levy, imposition,  charge or fee deemed to be included in the term "Taxes" shall
be  determined  as if the  Premises  were the only asset of LESSOR and as if the
rent  received  therefrom  were the only  income  of  LESSOR.  In the  event the
Building  is not fully  leased  and  occupied  by  tenants,  the Taxes  shall be
projected as if the Building was fully occupied at all times.

         (aq) Term: defined in Section 2.2.

         (ar) Termination Date: the day preceding the fifth (5th) anniversary of
the Commencement Date, or such earlier date upon which the Term may expire or be
terminated pursuant to any of the conditions of this Lease or pursuant to law.

         (as) Underlying Encumbrances: defined in Section 22.1.

         (at) Working Drawings: defined in Section 5.3.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                  DEMISE; TERM

         2.1.  LESSOR,  for and in  consideration  of the covenants  hereinafter
contained  and made on the part of the LESSEE,  does hereby  demise and lease to
LESSEE, and LESSEE does hereby hire from


                                       6





<PAGE>
<PAGE>





LESSOR,  the Demised Premises,  together with the non-exclusive  right to use 40
automobile  parking  spaces  in the  general  parking  area on the  Land and the
non-exclusive  right to use such other  portions of the Premises as are intended
for common use,  subject,  however,  to the terms and  conditions of this Lease.
Tenant has  inspected  the Demised  Premises and accepts the same "as is" in its
present condition, subject to the construction of the Finish Work.

         2.2.  The term (the  "Term") of this Lease  shall  commence on (i) that
date when LESSOR  shall have  completed  the Demised  Premises  (as  provided in
Section  2.3) or (ii) the date on which  LESSEE  takes  occupancy of the Demised
Premises,  whichever is earlier (the "Commencement  Date"), and shall end on the
Termination Date.

         2.3.  The  Demised  Premises  shall  be  deemed  completed  on the  day
following LESSOR'S notice to LESSEE that:

         (a) all of the Finish  Work shall  have been  completed  other than (i)
details of construction,  decoration and mechanical  adjustments which are minor
in character and the non-completion of which do not unreasonably  interfere with
LESSEE'S use of the Demised Premises;  (ii) Change Orders; and (iii) any part of
the Finish  Work which is not  completed  due solely to any act or  omission  of
LESSEE or of LESSEE'S Visitors,  including,  without  limitation,  delays due to
changes in or additions to such work,  delays in  submission of  information  or
estimates  or  giving  authorizations  or  approvals,   or  delays  due  to  the
postponement  of any  Finish  Work at the  request  of LESSEE or  because of any
Change  Orders  reasonably  required  to be done in  advance  of Finish  Work so
postponed; and

         (b) all of the sanitary,  electrical,  heating,  air  conditioning  and
other  systems  servicing  the Demised  Premises  shall be completed and in good
order and  operating  condition  except  for (i)  details  of  construction  and
mechanical  adjustments  which are minor in character and the  noncompletion  of
which do not unreasonably  interfere with LESSEE'S use of the Demised  Premises;
and (ii) any part thereof the  noncompletion  of which shall be due to any delay
of the character referred to in clause 2.3(a)(ii) or (iii); and

         (c) LESSOR  shall  have (x)  obtained a valid  temporary  or  permanent
certificate of occupancy for the Demised Premises, if required, or (y) completed
all Finish Work and all work necessary to entitle LESSOR to the issuance of such
a certificate  of occupancy,  if required,  other than any Finish Work or Change
Orders the  noncompletion  of which  shall be due to any delay of the  character
referred to in clause 2.3(a)(ii).


                                        7




<PAGE>
<PAGE>





         If the occurrence of any condition listed above shall be delayed due to
any  act or  omission  of  any  nature  by  LESSEE  or  LESSEE'S  Visitors,  the
Commencement  Date shall be  accelerated by a time period equal to the number of
days of delay so caused by LESSEE or LESSEE'S Visitors.

         2.4.  LESSEE,  by entering  into  occupancy  of any part of the Demised
Premises, shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed that LESSOR up to the time
of such occupancy had performed all of its obligations hereunder with respect to
such part and that such  part,  except  for (a)  latent  defects,  and (b) minor
details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustment referred to above,
was in satisfactory  condition as of the date of such  occupancy,  unless within
fifteen (15) days after such date LESSEE shall give notice to LESSOR  specifying
the respects in which the same was not in such condition.

         2.5. When the Commencement  Date occurs,  LESSOR and LESSEE shall enter
into an agreement  memorializing  the Commencement and Termination Dates of this
Lease.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                     BASIC RENT; ADDITIONAL RENT; NET LEASE

         3.1.  LESSEE shall pay rent ("Basic Rent") to LESSOR during the Term in
the  amounts  and at the times  provided  in  Schedule B in lawful  money of the
United  States  of  America;  provided,  however,  LESSEE  shall  pay the  first
installment  of Basic Rent upon the  execution  of this Lease.  In the event the
Commencement  Date shall be other than a Basic Rent Payment Date, the Basic Rent
and  Additional  Rent  payable  hereunder  shall be prorated for the initial and
terminal fractional months of the Term.

         3.2. In addition to the Basic Rent,  LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR  during
the Term all other  amounts,  liabilities  and  obligations  which LESSEE herein
agrees  to  pay  to  LESSOR  as  and  when  the  same  become  due  (hereinafter
collectively referred to as "Additional Rent"); and LESSEE agrees that each such
amount,  liability and  obligation,  together with any interest,  penalty and/or
cost  thereon,  shall be deemed  Additional  Rent  regardless  of  whether it is
specifically referred to as Additional Rent in this Lease. LESSOR shall have all
the  rights,  powers  and  remedies  provided  for in this Lease or at law or in
equity or otherwise  for failure to pay  Additional  Rent as are  available  for
nonpayment of Basic Rent.

         3.3. If any  installment  of Basic Rent or Additional  Rent is not paid
when due,  LESSEE  shall pay to LESSOR on demand,  as  Additional  Rent,  a late
charge  equal to four  percent  (4%) of the  amount  unpaid.  In  addition,  any
installment or installments of

                                        8





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




Basic Rent or Additional  Rent accruing  hereunder which are not paid within ten
(10) days after the date when due,  shall bear  interest  at the Prime Rate plus
four percent (4%) per annum from the due date thereof until the date of payment,
which  interest shall be deemed  Additional  Rent hereunder and shall be payable
upon demand by LESSOR.

         3.4.  LESSEE will  contract for and pay all charges for  communications
services at any time  rendered  or used on or about the Demised  Premises to the
company providing the same.

         3.5. Except as herein  provided,  LESSEE hereby covenants and agrees to
pay to LESSOR during the Term,  at LESSOR'S  address for notices  hereunder,  or
such other place as LESSOR may from time to time designate,  without any offset,
set-off, counterclaim,  deduction, defense, abatement,  suspension, deferment or
diminution  of any kind (i) the  Basic  Rent,  without  notice or  demand,  (ii)
Additional Rent and (iii) all other sums payable by LESSEE hereunder.  Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein,  this Lease shall not terminate,  nor shall
LESSEE  have any right to  terminate  or avoid this Lease or be  entitled to the
abatement of any Basic Rent,  Additional Rent or other sums payable hereunder or
any reduction  thereof,  nor shall the  obligations  and  liabilities  of LESSEE
hereunder  be in any way  affected  for any reason.  The  obligations  of LESSEE
hereunder shall be separate and independent covenants and agreements.

                                    ARTICLE 4

                               OPERATING EXPENSES

         4.1.  LESSEE  shall  pay  to  LESSOR,  as  Additional  Rent,   LESSEE'S
Proportionate  Share of LESSOR'S Operating Expenses for any calendar year during
the Term.  LESSEE'S  Proportionate Share of LESSOR'S Operating Expenses for less
than a year shall be prorated and apportioned.

         4.2. On or about the  Commencement  Date, and thereafter  within ninety
(90) days  following the first day of each  succeeding  calendar year within the
Term,  LESSOR  shall  determine  or  estimate  LESSEE'S  Proportionate  Share of
LESSOR'S  Operating  Expenses  for  such  calendar  year  ("LESSOR'S   Estimated
Operating  Expenses")  and shall submit such  information to LESSEE in a written
statement ("LESSOR'S Expense Statement").

         4.3.  Commencing  on the first Basic Rent  Payment Date  following  the
submission of any LESSOR'S  Expense  Statement and continuing  thereafter  until
LESSOR renders the next LESSOR'S Expense  Statement,  LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR
on  account  of its  obligation  under  Section  4.1 of this  Lease,  a sum (the
"Monthly


                                        9





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




Expense Payment") equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of LESSEE'S Proportionate Share of
LESSOR'S  Estimated  Operating  Expenses for such calendar year.  LESSEE'S first
Monthly  Expense  Payment after receipt of LESSOR'S  Expense  Statement shall be
accompanied  by the  payment of an amount  equal to the product of the number of
full months,  if any, within the calendar year which shall have elapsed prior to
such first Monthly Expense Payment, times the Monthly Expense Payment; minus any
Additional  Rent  already  paid by LESSEE on  account  of its  obligation  under
Section 4.1 of this Lease for such calendar year.

         4.4.  LESSOR shall use  reasonable  efforts to deliver to LESSEE within
120 days after each  calendar year a statement of the final  Operating  Expenses
for the immediately  preceding  calendar year which shall reconcile the payments
made by LESSEE for such calendar  year.  Any balance due to LESSOR shall be paid
by LESSEE within thirty (30) days after  LESSEE'S  receipt of the final LESSOR'S
Expense Statement;  any surplus due to LESSEE shall be applied by LESSOR against
the next  accruing  monthly  installment(s)  of  Additional  Rent due under this
Article.  If the Term has expired or has been  terminated,  LESSEE shall pay the
balance  due to LESSOR or,  alternatively,  LESSOR  shall  refund the surplus to
LESSEE,  whichever  the case may be,  within  thirty  (30) days  after  LESSEE'S
receipt of the final LESSOR'S Expense Statement;  provided, however, if the Term
shall have been terminated as a result of a default by LESSEE, then LESSOR shall
have the right to retain such surplus to the extent LESSEE owes LESSOR any Basic
Rent or Additional Rent.

         4.5.  LESSEE or its  representative  shall  have the  right to  examine
LESSOR'S  books and  records  with  respect to the  reconciliation  of  LESSOR'S
Operating  Expenses for the prior  calendar year set forth in the final LESSOR'S
Expense  Statement  during normal  business hours at any time within thirty (30)
days following the delivery by LESSOR to LESSEE of such final  LESSOR'S  Expense
Statement.   Unless  LESSEE  shall  give  LESSOR  a  notice  objecting  to  said
reconciliation  and  specifying  the  respects in which said  reconciliation  is
claimed to be incorrect within ten (10) days after the date of said examination,
said  reconciliation  shall be  considered  as final  and  accepted  by  LESSEE.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, LESSEE shall
not be  permitted  to examine  LESSOR'S  books and  records  or to dispute  said
reconciliation unless LESSEE has paid to LESSOR the amount due as shown thereon;
said payment is a condition precedent to said examination and/or dispute.

         4.6.  (a) If LESSOR  shall  receive any refund of Taxes in respect of a
calendar  year and if LESSEE shall have paid  Additional  Rent  pursuant to this
Article 4 for said  calendar  year,  LESSOR  shall  credit  to  LESSEE  LESSEE'S
Proportionate Share of such refund (based upon the portion of said Taxes paid by
LESSEE)


                                       10





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




against the next accruing  monthly  installment(s)  of Additional Rent due under
this Article, or if the Term shall have expired, LESSEE'S Proportionate Share of
such refund shall be refunded to LESSEE  within  thirty (30) days after  receipt
thereof by LESSOR; provided, however, if the Term shall have expired as a result
of a default  by LESSEE,  then  LESSOR  shall have the right to retain  LESSEE'S
Proportionate  Share of the refund to the extent  LESSEE  owes  LESSOR any Basic
Rent or Additional Rent.

              (b) While proceedings for the reduction in assessed  valuation for
any year are  pending,  the  computation  of the Taxes  shall be based  upon the
original assessments for such year.

              (c)  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained in this
Lease,  LESSEE shall not have the right to contest or appeal the validity of any
Taxes or the amount of the assessed  valuation of the Premises without the prior
written consent of LESSOR.

         4.7. In no event shall any  adjustment  in LESSEE'S  obligation  to pay
Additional  Rent  under this  Article 4 result in a  decrease  in the Basic Rent
payable  hereunder.  LESSEE'S  obligation to pay  Additional  Rent, and LESSOR'S
obligation  to credit  and/or  refund  to LESSEE  any  amount,  pursuant  to the
provisions of this Article 4, shall survive the Termination Date.

         4.8. LESSEE shall also pay to LESSOR,  as Additional Rent, upon demand,
the amount of any increase in LESSOR'S  Operating Expenses which is attributable
to  LESSEE'S  use  or  manner  of use of the  Demised  Premises,  to  activities
conducted  on or about the Demised  Premises by LESSEE or on behalf of LESSEE or
to any additions, improvements or alterations to the Demised Premises made by or
on behalf of LESSEE.

         4.9. The  provisions  of Section  29.3 shall apply to LESSOR'S  Expense
Statement.

                                    ARTICLE 5

                      LAYOUT AND FINISH OF DEMISED PREMISES
                                                                          -

         5.1. (a) LESSOR shall construct improvements to the Demised Premises in
preparation  for LESSEE's  occupancy in accordance  with the  architectural  and
engineering working drawings and specifications (the "Working Drawings") for the
layout and finish of the Demised Premises,  titled  "Construction Plan" prepared
by T.L. dated February 24, 1997 (Drawing No. A1-A5).

              (b) LESSOR,  as promptly as is  practicable  after  receiving  the
necessary governmental approvals required for the

                                       11





<PAGE>
<PAGE>






commencement of construction,  shall,  through a contractor or contractors to be
engaged  by it for such  purpose,  proceed  with due  dispatch,  subject  to any
Excusable  Delay,  to do all the work shown on the Working  Drawings  (such work
being herein called the "Finish Work").

         5.2.  (a)  LESSOR  shall  pay all  Costs (as  hereinafter  defined)  in
connection with  constructing the Finish Work as shown on the Working  Drawings.
LESSEE  shall  reimburse  LESSOR for the amount by which the Costs of the Finish
Work exceeds  $75,000.00  ("LESSEE'S  Finish Work  Costs")  within ten (10) days
after LESSEE receives written  invoices  evidencing the Costs incurred by LESSOR
in  performing  the Finish Work.  The term  "Costs"  shall mean all actual costs
incurred by LESSOR for work  performed or caused to be performed by LESSOR,  its
architects,  engineers,  contractors  and  subcontractors,  including,  but  not
limited to, the cost of materials,  labor, permits, approvals and insurance. The
failure of LESSEE to pay such  amount to LESSOR  within such ten (10) day period
shall be a default by LESSEE of its obligations  hereunder,  and, as a result of
such default,  LESSOR shall have all rights and remedies  provided in Article 18
hereof.

              (b) LESSEE shall be solely  responsible  for the cost of preparing
the Working Drawings.

              (c)  LESSOR   shall  use   reasonable   efforts,   including   the
solicitation of competitive bids where  appropriate from reputable  contractors,
to obtain the construction of the Finish Work at a reasonable cost. LESSOR shall
deliver to LESSEE,  for  informational  purposes only, all bids from contractors
and  subcontractor  to  perform  any aspect of the Finish  Work  promptly  after
receipt of such bids.

         5.3. If LESSEE decides to amend, change or modify the Working Drawings,
LESSEE  shall  submit to LESSOR for its approval  (which  approval  shall not be
unreasonably   withheld)  a  reasonably  detailed   description  of  a  proposed
amendment, change or modification (hereinafter referred to as a "Change Order").
Within ten (10) business  days after  receipt of the Change Order,  LESSOR shall
notify LESSEE whether it approves or disapproves the Change Order, the estimated
construction  costs for the Change  Order and the effect,  if any, of the Change
Order on the  Commencement  Date. If LESSOR  approves the Change  Order,  LESSOR
shall notify LESSEE of such  approval and LESSEE shall notify LESSOR  whether it
approves the estimated  cost and the effect,  if any, on the  Commencement  Date
within five (5) business  days after  LESSEE's  receipt of LESSOR's  notice.  If
LESSEE fails to notify LESSOR of LESSEE's approval of the estimated cost and the
effect on the Commencement  Date within said five (5) business day period,  then
LESSEE shall be deemed to have  disapproved the estimated cost and effect on the
Commencement

                                       12





<PAGE>
<PAGE>





Date.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein,  LESSOR shall
not proceed with the work shown on any approved  Change Order unless  LESSEE has
approved  LESSOR's  determination of the cost and effect of the Change Order. If
LESSEE has notified  LESSOR of its  approval,  then LESSEE shall pay 100% of the
Costs of the Change Order in accordance  with the provisions of Sections  6.1(b)
and (f) hereof.

         5.4.  Upon  notification  by LESSOR to LESSEE  that the Finish Work has
been substantially completed as set forth herein, LESSOR and LESSEE will inspect
the Demises Premises and develop a list of all defects or incomplete items in or
of the Finish Work which would not materially interfere with LESSEE's use of the
Demised  Premises and which would  reasonably be  determined  in a  walk-through
inspection (the "Punchlist  Items").  LESSOR agrees to correct, at its sole cost
and expense, all Punchlist Items with due diligence.

         5.5.  LESSEE shall pay Costs of any Change  Orders as  Additional  Rent
hereunder at the time of the payment of LESSEE'S Finish Work Costs.

         5.6.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary,
and as an essential  inducement to LESSOR,  LESSEE agrees that,  while LESSOR is
performing Finish Work and Change Orders (if applicable):

              (a)  LESSEE  shall  not  perform  or  cause  to be  performed  any
alteration,  construction,  fixturing,  decoration  or other work in the Demised
Premises by LESSEE'S  Visitors  without  LESSOR'S prior written  consent in each
instance.  LESSEE  acknowledges that LESSOR shall have the right to withhold its
consent to the performance of any such alteration, construction or other work in
the exercise of its sole discretion.

              (b) In the event that LESSOR  shall grant its consent to LESSEE to
perform such alteration,  construction,  fixturing,  decoration or other work in
the Demised Premises, then LESSEE agrees promptly to notify LESSOR in writing of
the names of LESSEE'S Visitors who are to work in said Demised Premises,  and to
furnish LESSOR with such other information as LESSOR may require.  All work done
by LESSEE and LESSEE'S  Visitors  shall be scheduled  and performed so as not to
conflict,  interfere with, or delay LESSOR'S completion of the Demised Premises.
In the event that LESSEE or LESSEE'S  Visitors do not work in harmony  with,  or
interfere   with,   labor   employed  by  LESSOR,   its   agents,   contractors,
subcontractors or employees,  or in the event any work stoppage,  jurisdictional
labor  dispute or other  interference  with  LESSOR,  its  agents,  contractors,
subcontractors  or  employees  occurs,  of which facts  LESSOR shall be sole and
absolute judge, LESSOR shall have 

                                       13




<PAGE>
<PAGE>





the right to require LESSEE, upon written demand, to remove or cause the removal
forthwith of all LESSEE'S  Visitors from the Demised  Premises and LESSEE agrees
to comply with such demand immediately. In the event LESSEE fails to comply with
such demand  immediately,  and thereby  causes a delay in the  completion of the
Finish  Work and/or the Change  Orders,  the same shall be deemed a delay of the
character referred to in clause 2.3(a)(iii). If such delay does not cease within
a reasonable  period of time (not to exceed  twenty (20) days),  then such delay
shall  constitute a material breach of this Lease entitling LESSOR to all of its
rights  hereunder  and at law to  terminate  this Lease and to hold LESSEE fully
liable for all damages resulting therefrom.

              (c) LESSOR  shall in no event be liable in any way for any injury,
loss  or  damage  which  may  occur  to any  of  LESSEE'S  fixtures,  equipment,
decorations,  installations  or other  property of any nature  whatsoever  which
LESSEE elects to install or place in or about the Demised  Premises prior to the
Commencement  Date  pursuant to this  Article,  except in the event such injury,
loss or damage is caused by the gross negligence of LESSOR.  Such items shall be
installed  and/or  placed in or about the  Demised  Premises  solely at LESSEE'S
risk.  LESSEE shall be liable to LESSOR in the event LESSEE or LESSEE'S Visitors
damage LESSOR'S installations, or mechanical equipment, or other property.

              (d) Except  for the  obligation  to pay Basic Rent and  Additional
Rent,  the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply during any period that
LESSEE or LESSEE'S Visitors are performing work within the Demised Premises, and
LESSEE shall submit proof to LESSOR'S reasonable satisfaction, prior to entering
upon the  Demised  Premises  pursuant to this  Article,  that LESSEE has in full
force and effect comprehensive general public liability insurance complying with
the requirements of Article 13.

         5.7.  LESSOR shall obtain,  at LESSOR'S  expense,  only those  building
permits  required in  connection  with the portion of the Finish Work within the
scope of the Working Drawings and the Outline  Specifications,  and LESSEE shall
obtain,  at its expense,  all permits,  licenses or authorizations of any nature
required in connection  with the  operation of LESSEE'S  business at the Demised
Premises or any work performed by LESSEE or LESSEE'S Visitors.



                                       14





<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 6

                     MAINTENANCE, ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS;

                            REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

         6.1.  LESSEE agrees to keep the Demised  Premises  (including,  but not
limited to, all systems  located within the Demised  Premises and servicing only
the Demised  Premises) in good order and condition (except for ordinary wear and
tear)  and will  make all  non-structural  repairs,  alterations,  renewals  and
replacements, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, and shall take
such other action as may be necessary  or  appropriate  to keep and maintain the
Demised  Premises in good order and condition.  Except as expressly  provided in
this Lease,  LESSOR  shall not be  obligated  in any way to  maintain,  alter or
repair the Demised Premises. Notice is hereby given that, except with respect to
repairs or restoration  undertaken by LESSOR,  LESSOR will not be liable for any
labor,  services or materials  furnished  or to be  furnished  to LESSEE,  or to
anyone holding the Demised Premises or any part thereof through or under LESSEE,
and that no  mechanics'  or other  liens for any such labor or  materials  shall
attach to or affect the interest of LESSOR in and to the Demised Premises.

         6.2. If LESSOR is required to make any repairs and  replacements to the
Premises as a result of or arising out of the intentional  acts or negligence of
LESSEE or LESSEE'S  Visitors,  then LESSEE shall reimburse LESSOR,  upon demand,
for the reasonable cost thereof.

         6.3. All  maintenance  and repair,  and each  addition,  improvement or
alteration (a) must not, individually or in the aggregate,  adversely affect the
usefulness  of the  Demised  Premises  for use as  office  space,  (b)  shall be
completed expeditiously in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with
all applicable Legal and Insurance Requirements, (c) shall be completed free and
clear of all Liens and (d) shall be performed by contractors  approved by LESSOR
to the  extent  such  work  involves  any  work to any  electrical,  mechanical,
plumbing  or  other  system  of the  Building,  any work to the  outside  of the
Building,  any work to the roof of the  Building  or any work to any  structural
element of the Building.

         6.4.  LESSEE shall not make any addition,  improvement or alteration of
the  Demised  Premises  (any  such  work  being   hereinafter   referred  to  as
"Alterations"),   unless   LESSEE   submits   to  LESSOR   detailed   plans  and
specifications  therefor and LESSOR  approves such plans and  specifications  in
writing (which such approval shall be at LESSOR'S sole discretion).

         6.5. (a) All  additions,  improvements  and  alterations to the Demised
Premises shall, upon installation, become the property

                                       15





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




of  LESSOR  and  shall  be  deemed  part of, and shall be surrendered  with, the
Demised Premises,  unless LESSOR, by notice given to LESSEE at least thirty (30)
days prior to the Termination Date, elects to relinquish LESSOR'S right thereto.
If LESSOR elects to relinquish LESSOR'S right to any such addition,  improvement
or  alteration,  LESSEE shall remove said  addition,  improvement or alteration,
shall promptly repair any damage to the Demised  Premises caused by said removal
and shall restore the Demised  Premises to the condition  existing  prior to the
installation of said addition, improvement or alteration; all such work shall be
done prior to the Termination Date.

                  (b) LESSEE may  install or place or  reinstall  or replace and
remove from the Demised  Premises any trade  equipment,  machinery  and personal
property belonging to LESSEE,  provided, that (i) LESSEE shall repair all damage
caused  by such  removal  and (ii)  LESSEE  shall  not  install  any  equipment,
machinery  or other items upon the roof of the  Building or make any openings on
or about such roof. Such trade equipment,  machinery and personal property shall
not become the property of LESSOR.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                            USE OF DEMISED PREMISES

         7.1. LESSEE shall not, except with the prior consent of LESSOR,  use or
suffer or permit the use of the  Demised  Premises  or any part  thereof for any
purposes other than general, administrative and sales offices and warehousing of
inventory in connection therewith;  provided, however, anything in this Lease to
the  contrary  notwithstanding,  that (a) the  portions of the Demised  Premises
which are  identified  as toilets or utility  areas shall be used by LESSEE only
for the  purposes  for which they are  designed,  (b) LESSEE  complies  with the
requirements  of Section  7.2 hereof,  and (c) in no event shall  LESSEE use the
Demised Premises for retail purposes to the general public.

         7.2.  LESSEE shall not use, or suffer or permit the use of, the Demised
Premises or any part  thereof in any manner or for any  purpose or do,  bring or
keep anything, or suffer or permit anything to be done, brought or kept, therein
(including, but not limited to, the installation or operation of any electrical,
electronic or other equipment) (a) which would violate any covenant,  agreement,
term,  provision or condition of this  Lease or is unlawful or in  contravention
of the certificate of occupancy for the Building or the Demised Premises,  or is
in contravention of any Legal or Insurance  Requirement to which the Building or
the Demised  Premises is subject,  or (b) which would overload or could cause an
overload of the electrical or mechanical  systems of the Building or the Demised
Premises or which would exceed the floor load per


                                       16





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


square  foot which the floor was  designed to carry and which is allowed by law,
or (c) which in the  reasonable  judgment of the LESSOR may in any way impair or
interfere with the proper and economic heating, air conditioning of the Building
or (d) suffer or permit the Building or any component  thereof to be used in any
manner or  anything to be done  therein or  anything to be brought  into or kept
thereon which, in the reasonable judgment of LESSOR,  would in any way impair or
tend to  impair  or  exceed  the  design  criteria,  the  structural  integrity,
character or appearance of the Building, or result in the use of the Building or
any component  thereof in a manner or for a purpose not intended;  nor shall the
LESSEE  use,  or suffer or permit the use of, the  Demised  Premises or any part
thereof in any manner, or do, or suffer or permit the doing of, anything therein
or in  connection  with the  LESSEE'S  business  or  advertising  which,  in the
reasonable  judgment  of the  LESSOR,  may be  prejudicial  to the  business  of
LESSOR.

         7.3.  LESSEE shall obtain,  at its sole cost and expense,  all permits,
licenses  or  authorizations  of any  nature  required  in  connection  with the
operation of LESSEE'S business at the Demised Premises.


                                   ARTICLE 8

                               LESSOR'S SERVICES

         8.1. LESSOR shall furnish to LESSEE only the services set forth in this
Lease.

         8.2.  Throughout  the Term,  LESSOR shall supply the  following  items,
which shall be included in LESSOR'S Operating  Expenses (a) janitorial  services
for the Demised  Premises at times  reasonably  determined by LESSOR (other than
during Building Holidays);  and (b) snow and ice removal from the parking areas,
driveways  and  sidewalks  each day  (other  than  Building  Holidays)  within a
reasonable time after accumulation thereof.

         8.3.  (a)  LESSOR  shall   provide  to  the  Demised   Premises   HVAC,
electricity, hot and cold water and sewer services. The Demised Premises are not
separately metered,  and LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR as Additional Rent, LESSEE'S
Proportionate  Share of the cost of such  services,  which  payment shall be due
within  ten (10)  days  after  receipt  of a  statement  therefor  from  LESSOR.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, LESSEE hereby
expressly agrees and acknowledges that (i) LESSOR shall not be liable in any way
to LESSEE (A) for any loss, damage, failure, defect or change in the quantity or
character  of any  utility  furnished  to the Demised  Premises,  (B) or if such
quantity or character of any utility furnished to the Demised Premises is no


                                       17





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


longer  available  or  suitable  for  LESSEE'S  requirements,  or  (C)  for  any
cessation, diminution or interruption of the supply thereof.

                  (b) LESSEE shall be responsible for replacing all light bulbs,
fluorescent lamps,  non-Building standard lamps and bulbs, and all ballasts used
by  LESSEE in the  Demised  Premises.  At the  option of  LESSOR,  LESSEE  shall
purchase from LESSOR all fluorescent lamps, light bulbs and ballasts used in the
Demised Premises and pay LESSOR for the cost of same.

                  (c) LESSEE shall make no alteration to the existing electrical
equipment or connect any fixtures,  appliances or equipment  thereto (other than
electric typewriters,  personal computers,  calculators,  desk lights, photocopy
machines and other small,  ordinary office equipment)  without the prior written
consent  of LESSOR in each  instance.  Should  LESSOR  grant such  consent,  all
additional  risers or other  equipment  required  therefor  shall be provided by
LESSOR  and the cost  thereof  shall be paid by LESSEE as  Additional  Rent upon
LESSOR'S demand.

         8.4.  LESSOR  shall not be liable to LESSEE for any costs,  expenses or
damages  incurred  by LESSEE as a result of any  failure to furnish  any service
hereunder,  or any interruption of any utility service to the Demised  Premises,
and such failure or  interruption  (i) shall not be construed as a  constructive
eviction  or eviction of LESSEE,  (ii) shall not excuse  LESSEE from  failing to
perform any of its  obligations  hereunder and (iii) shall not entitle LESSEE to
any abatement or offset  against Basic Rent or  Additional  Rent.  LESSEE agrees
that any service to be provided by LESSOR may be stopped  and/or  interrupted in
connection with any inspection, repair, replacement or emergency.

         8.5. The parties  hereto shall comply with all  mandatory and voluntary
energy  conservation  controls and  requirements  imposed or  instituted  by the
Federal,  State or local  governments  and  applicable  to office and  warehouse
buildings,  including,  without  limitation,  controls on the permitted range of
temperature settings, and requirements  necessitating  curtailment of the volume
of energy  consumption  or the hours of operation of the Building.  Any terms or
conditions  of this Lease that  conflict  or  interfere  with such  controls  or
requirements   shall  be  suspended   for  the  duration  of  such  controls  or
requirements.  Compliance  with  such  controls  or  requirements  shall  not be
considered  an  eviction,  actual or  constructive,  of LESSEE  from the Demised
Premises and shall not entitle LESSEE to terminate this Lease or to an abatement
of any Basic Rent or Additional Rent.


                                       18





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE 9

                      INDEMNIFICATION; LIABILITY OF LESSOR

         9.1. LESSEE hereby indemnifies,  and shall pay, protect and hold LESSOR
harmless  from and against all  liabilities,  losses,  claims,  demands,  costs,
expenses  (including  attorneys' fees and expenses) and judgments of any nature,
(except to the extent LESSOR is  compensated  by insurance  maintained by LESSEE
hereunder and except for such of the foregoing as arise from the recklessness or
willful misconduct of LESSOR, its agents,  servants or employees),  arising,  or
alleged to arise,  from or in connection  with,  (a) any injury to, or the death
of, any person or loss or damage to property  on or about the Demised  Premises,
(b) any violation of this Lease or of any Legal or Insurance Requirement, or (c)
performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other
property in respect of the Demised  Premises  or any part  thereof.  LESSEE will
resist and defend any  action,  suit or  proceeding  brought  against  LESSOR by
reason of any such occurrence by independent  counsel selected by LESSEE,  which
is reasonably acceptable to LESSOR. The obligations of LESSEE under this Section
9.1 shall survive any termination of this Lease.

         9.2.  LESSEE agrees to make no claim  against  LESSOR for any injury or
damage to LESSEE or to any other  person or for any damage to, or loss (by theft
or  otherwise)  of, or loss of use of,  any  property  of LESSEE or of any other
person,  unless caused by the recklessness or willful  misconduct of LESSOR, its
agents, servants and employees, it being understood that LESSEE assumes all risk
in connection therewith.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                          COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS

         10.1.  At its sole cost and  expense,  LESSEE  will (a) comply with all
Legal and Insurance Requirements  applicable to the Demised Premises and the use
thereof  and (b)  maintain  and  comply  with all  permits,  licenses  and other
authorizations required by any governmental authority for its use of the Demised
Premises  and for the proper  operation,  maintenance  and repair of the Demised
Premises or any part thereof. LESSOR will join in the application for any permit
or  authorization  with  respect  to  Legal  Requirements  if  such  joinder  is
necessary.

         10.2. LESSEE shall not do, or permit to be done,  anything in or to the
Demised  Premises,  or bring or keep  anything  therein  which will, in any way,
increase  the cost of fire or public  liability  insurance on the  Premises,  or
invalidate or conflict  with the fire  insurance or public  liability  insurance
policies covering 


                                       19





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


the Premises or any  personal  property  kept therein by LESSOR,  or obstruct or
interfere  with the  rights of LESSOR or of other  tenants,  or in any other way
injure LESSOR or other tenants, or subject LESSOR to any liability for injury to
persons or damage to property,  or interfere with good order of the Building, or
conflict with the Legal Requirements. Any increase in fire insurance premiums on
the  Premises  or the  contents  within the  Building,  or any  increase  in the
premiums  of any  other  insurance  carried  by LESSOR  in  connection  with the
Building or the Demised Premises,  caused by the use or occupancy of the Demised
Premises  by LESSEE  and any  expense or cost  incurred  in  consequence  of the
negligence,  carelessness or willful action of LESSEE,  shall be Additional Rent
and paid by LESSEE to LESSOR  within  ten (10) days of demand  therefor  made by
LESSOR to LESSEE.

         10.3.  LESSEE  shall  deliver  promptly  to LESSOR a true and  complete
photocopy  of any  correspondence,  notice,  report,  sampling,  test,  finding,
declaration,  submission,  order,  complaint,  citation or any other instrument,
document,  agreement  and/or  information  submitted to, or received  from,  any
governmental  entity,  department or agency in connection with any Environmental
Law  relating to or  affecting  LESSEE,  LESSEE'S  employees,  LESSEE'S  use and
occupancy of the Demised Premises and/or the Demised Premises.

         10.4.  LESSEE shall not cause or permit  any  "hazardous  substance" or
"hazardous  waste"  (as  such  terms  are  defined  under  ISRA   or  any  other
Environmental  Law) to be  brought,  kept or  stored  on or  about  the  Demised
Premises,  and LESSEE  shall not engage in, or permit any other person or entity
to engage  in, any  activity,  operation  or  business  on or about the  Demised
Premises which involves the generation,  manufacture,  refining, transportation,
treatment,   storage,  handling  or  disposal  of  hazardous  substances  and/or
hazardous wastes.

         10.5.  (a) If a  spill  or  discharge  of a  hazardous  substance  or a
hazardous waste occurs on the Premises,  LESSEE shall give LESSOR immediate oral
and written notice of  such spill and/or discharge,  setting forth in reasonable
detail all relevant  facts. In the event such spill or discharge arose out of or
in connection with LESSEE'S use and occupancy of the Demised Premises, or in the
event such spill or discharge  was caused by the act,  negligence or omission of
LESSEE or  LESSEE'S  Visitors,  then  LESSEE  shall  pay all costs and  expenses
relating to compliance with the applicable Environmental Law (including, without
limitation, the costs and expenses of the site investigations and of the removal
and remediation of such hazardous substance or hazardous waste).

                  (b) Without  relieving  LESSEE of its  obligations  under this
Lease and without waiving any default by LESSEE under 



                                       20





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




this Lease,  LESSOR shall have the right,  but not the obligation,  to take such
action as LESSOR deems  necessary or  advisable to cleanup,  remove,  resolve or
minimize  the impact of or  otherwise  deal with any spill or  discharge  of any
hazardous  substance  or hazardous  waste.  In the event such spill or discharge
arose out of or in  connection  with  LESSEE'S use and  occupancy of the Demised
Premises,  or in the  event  such  spill or  discharge  was  caused  by the act,
negligence or omission of LESSEE or LESSEE'S Visitors,  then LESSEE shall pay to
LESSOR on demand,  as Additional Rent, all costs and expenses incurred by LESSOR
in connection with any action taken by LESSOR.

         10.6.  (a) If  LESSEE'S  operations  at  the  Demised  Premises  now or
hereafter  constitute  an "Industrial  Establishment" (as defined under ISRA) or
are subject to the  provisions of any  Environmental  Law, then LESSEE agrees to
comply,  at its sole cost and  expense,  with all  requirements  of ISRA or such
other  applicable  Environmental  Law to the  satisfaction  of  LESSOR  and  the
governmental entity,  department or agency having jurisdiction over such matters
(including,  but not limited to, performing site  investigations  and performing
any removal and  remediation  required in connection  therewith),  in connection
with (i) the occurrence of the  Termination  Date,  (ii) any termination of this
Lease  prior  to  the  Termination   Date,   (iii)  any  closure,   transfer  or
consolidation of LESSEE'S operations at the Demised Premises, (iv) any change in
the ownership or control of LESSEE, (iv) any permitted  assignment of this Lease
or  permitted  sublease of all or part of the Demised  Premises or (v) any other
action by LESSEE which triggers such Environmental Law.

                  (b) In connection  with  subsection  (a) above,  if LESSEE has
failed (i) with respect to ISRA, to obtain a no further action letter,  complete
an approved  remediation  agreement or otherwise comply with the requirements of
ISRA, or (ii) with respect to any other  applicable  Environmental  Law to fully
comply with the  applicable  provisions of such  Environmental  Law prior to the
Termination Date, LESSEE shall be deemed to be a holdover tenant, shall pay rent
at the rate set forth in Section 23.3 and shall  continue to  diligently  pursue
compliance  with  ISRA  and/or  such   Environmental  Law.  Upon  LESSEE'S  full
compliance  with ISRA and/or the provisions of such  Environmental  Law,  LESSEE
shall deliver  possession of the Demised  Premises to LESSOR in accordance  with
the provisions of this Lease and such holdover rent shall be adjusted as of said
date.

         10.7. (a) In connection  with (i) any sale or other  disposition of all
or part of LESSOR'S  interest in the Premises,  (ii) any change in the ownership
or control of LESSOR,  (iii) any  condemnation,  (iv) any foreclosure or (v) any
other action by LESSOR which triggers ISRA or any other applicable Environmental


                                       21





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Law, LESSOR shall comply, at its sole cost and expense, with all requirements of
ISRA or such  applicable  Environmental  Law;  provided,  however,  if any  site
investigation  is  required  as a result of LESSEE'S  use and  occupancy  of the
Demised  Premises or a spill or discharge of a hazardous  substance or hazardous
waste caused by the act,  negligence or omission of LESSEE or LESSEE'S Visitors,
then LESSEE  shall pay all costs  associated  with said site  investigation;  in
addition,  if any removal and  remediation is required as a result of a spill or
discharge  of a  hazardous  substance  or  hazardous  waste  caused  by the act,
negligence or omission of LESSEE or LESSEE'S Visitors, then LESSEE shall pay all
costs associated with said removal and remediation.

                  (b) If, in connection  with such  compliance,  LESSOR requires
any affidavits,  certifications or other information from LESSEE,  LESSEE agrees
to cooperate with LESSOR and to execute and deliver to LESSOR without charge all
such  documents  within five (5) business  days after  LESSEE'S  receipt of said
request.

         10.8. (a) LESSOR shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter
onto the Demised  Premises  from time to time during the Term for the purpose of
conducting such tests and investigations as LESSOR deems reasonably necessary to
determine whether LESSEE is complying with the provisions of this Article 10 and
all applicable Environmental Laws. In the event LESSOR determines that LESSEE is
not in compliance  with this Article 10 or any  Environmental  Law, LESSOR shall
notify LESSEE of such fact,  setting forth in such notice the basis for LESSOR'S
determination. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of LESSOR'S notice of
noncompliance,   LESSEE  shall  notify  LESSOR  whether  it  disputes   LESSOR'S
determination.  If LESSEE so notifies  LESSOR  within said ten (10) business day
period, then LESSOR and LESSEE, and their respective consultants,  shall meet to
resolve the dispute;  if LESSEE fails to notify LESSOR of any  objection  within
said ten (10) business day period,  then LESSEE shall be deemed to have accepted
LESSOR'S determination and LESSEE shall promptly remedy the noncompliance.

                  (b)  In  the  event  LESSEE  is not  in  compliance  with  the
provisions of this Article 10 or any applicable  Environmental Law, LESSEE shall
pay to LESSOR, as Additional Rent, upon demand, an amount equal to all costs and
expenses  incurred  by LESSOR in  connection  with the tests and  investigations
conducted by or on behalf of LESSOR.

                  (c)  LESSOR  shall use  reasonable  efforts  to  minimize  any
interference with or disruptions to LESSEE'S  operations at the Demised Premises
caused by such tests and investigations, to do all such tests and investigations
in a good and workmanlike  manner, to proceed with such tests and investigations
with reasonable 



                                       22





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




dispatch and to repair promptly all damage to the Demised Premises arising out
of or in connection with such tests and investigations.

         10.9.  LESSEE  hereby  agrees  to  defend,  indemnify  and hold  LESSOR
harmless  from and against any and all claims,  losses,  liability,  damages and
expenses (including,  without limitation,  site investigation costs, removal and
remediation  costs and attorneys' fees and  disbursements)  arising out of or in
connection with (i) LESSEE'S use and occupancy of the Demised Premises, (ii) any
spill or  discharge of a hazardous  substance  or  hazardous  waste by LESSEE or
LESSEE'S Visitors and/or (iii) LESSEE'S failure to comply with the provisions of
this Article 10.

         10.10. If LESSOR has given to LESSEE the name and address of any holder
of an Underlying  Encumbrance,  LESSEE agrees to send to said holder a photocopy
of those items given to LESSOR pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.3.

         10.11.  LESSEE'S  obligations  under this Article 10 shall  survive the
expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 11

                               DISCHARGE OF LIENS

         LESSEE will discharge  within fifteen (15) days after receipt of notice
thereof any Lien on the Demised  Premises or the Basic Rent,  Additional Rent or
any other sums  payable  under this Lease,  caused by or arising out of LESSEE'S
acts or LESSEE'S failure to perform any obligation hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE 12

                               PERMITTED CONTESTS

         LESSEE may contest by appropriate proceedings,  the amount, validity or
application of any Legal Requirement which LESSEE is obligated to comply with or
any  Lien  which  LESSEE  is  obligated  to  discharge,  provided  that (a) such
proceedings shall suspend the collection of any amounts due as a result thereof,
(b) no part of the Demised  Premises or of any Basic Rent or Additional  Rent or
other sum payable  hereunder would be subject to loss, sale or forfeiture during
such  proceedings,  (c) LESSOR  would not be  subject  to any civil or  criminal
liability  for failure to pay or perform,  as the case may be, (d) LESSEE  shall
have furnished such security as may be required in the proceedings or reasonably
requested by LESSOR,  (e) such proceedings shall not affect the payment of Basic
Rent,  Additional  Rent or any other sum payable to LESSOR  hereunder or prevent
LESSEE from using the Demised Premises for its permitted use hereunder,  and (f)
LESSEE shall notify LESSOR 


                                       23





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




of any such  proceedings  not less than ten (10) days prior to the  commencement
thereof,  and shall describe such proceedings in reasonable detail.  LESSEE will
conduct  all such  contests  in good  faith  and with due  diligence  and  will,
promptly after the determination of such contest,  pay and discharge all amounts
which shall be determined to be payable therein.

                                   ARTICLE 13

                                   INSURANCE

         13.1.  LESSEE will maintain with insurers  authorized to do business in
the  State of New  Jersey  and which are  rated  A-Plus  in  Best's  Key  Rating
Guide:

         (a) comprehensive  general liability insurance  (including,  during any
period  when  LESSEE  is  making  alterations  or  improvements  to the  Demised
Premises,  coverage  for any  construction  on or about the  Demised  Premises),
against  claims for bodily injury,  personal  injury,  death or property  damage
occurring on, in or about the Demised Premises in a combined single limit of not
less than $2,000,000.00;

         (b) workers'  compensation  insurance  coverage for the full  statutory
liability of LESSEE;

         (c) such other  insurance with respect to the Demised  Premises in such
amounts and against such insurable  exposures as may reasonably and  customarily
be carried by tenants in similar quality  buildings in the vicinity in which the
Building is located.

         13.2.  The policies of insurance  required to be  maintained  by LESSEE
pursuant to Section 13.1 shall name as the insured  parties (except for workers'
compensation  insurance)  LESSOR and LESSEE,  as their respective  interests may
appear,  and shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  to LESSOR.  In  addition,  said
policies of insurance  (except for worker's  compensation  insurance)  shall (i)
provide that thirty (30) days' prior written notice of suspension, cancellation,
termination,  modification,  non-renewal or lapse or material change of coverage
shall be given and that such  insurance  shall not be  invalidated by any act or
neglect  of LESSOR or LESSEE or any owner of the  Demised  Premises,  nor by any
change in the title or ownership of the Demised  Premises,  nor by occupation of
the Demised  Premises for purposes  more  hazardous  than are  permitted by such
policy,  and (ii) not contain a provision  relieving  the insurer  thereunder of
liability for any loss by reason of the existence of other policies of insurance
covering the Demised Premises against the peril involved, whether collectible or
not; and the policies of insurance  required to be maintained by LESSEE pursuant
to subsection 13.1(a) shall also include a contractual 


                                       24





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


liability  endorsement  evidencing  coverage of LESSEE'S obligation to indemnify
LESSOR pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof.

         13.3. On the Commencement Date, LESSEE shall deliver to LESSOR original
or  duplicate  policies  or  certificates  of the  insurers  evidencing  all the
insurance  which is required to be maintained  hereunder by LESSEE,  and, within
ten (10) days prior to the expiration of any such  insurance,  other original or
duplicate policies or certificates evidencing the renewal of such insurance.

         13.4. LESSEE shall not obtain or carry separate insurance concurrent in
form or  contributing  in the event of loss with that  required by Section  13.1
unless LESSOR and LESSEE are named as insureds therein.

         13.5. (a) LESSOR hereby waives and releases  LESSEE,  and LESSEE hereby
waives and releases LESSOR, from any and all liabilities,  claims and losses for
which the released party is or may be held liable to the extent of any insurance
proceeds received by said injured party.

                  (b) Each party hereto  agrees to have  included in each of its
insurance  policies  (insuring the Building in the case of LESSOR,  and insuring
LESSEE'S personal  property,  trade fixtures,  equipment and improvements in the
case of LESSEE, against loss, damage or destruction by fire or other casualty) a
waiver of the  insurer's  right of  subrogation  against the other party to this
Lease.  If there is any extra charge for such waiver,  the party  requesting the
waiver shall pay the extra charge therefor. If such waiver is not enforceable or
is unattainable,  then such insurance policy shall contain either (i) an express
agreement  that such  policy  shall  not be  invalidated  if  LESSOR or  LESSEE,
whichever the case may be, waives the right of recovery  against the other party
to this  Lease or (ii) any other  form for the  release  of  LESSOR  or  LESSEE,
whichever the case may be. If such waiver, agreement or release shall not be, or
shall cease to be,  obtainable from LESSOR'S  insurance company or from LESSEE'S
insurance company, whichever the case may be, then LESSOR or LESSEE shall notify
the  other  party of such fact and shall  use its best  efforts  to obtain  such
waiver,  agreement or release  from another  insurance  company  satisfying  the
requirements of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 14

                             ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

         14.1.  At any time and from  time to time,  upon not less than ten (10)
days' prior notice by LESSOR,  LESSEE shall execute,  acknowledge and deliver to
LESSOR a statement  (or, if LESSEE is a  corporation,  an authorized  officer of
LESSEE shall execute, 

                                       25





<PAGE>
<PAGE>


acknowledge and deliver to LESSOR a statement) certifying the following: (i) the
Commencement  Date,  (ii)  the  Termination  Date,  (iii)  the  date(s)  of  any
amendment(s)  and/or  modification(s)  to this  Lease,  (iv) that this Lease was
properly  executed  and  is in  full  force  and  effect  without  amendment  or
modification,  or,  alternatively,  that this  Lease and all  amendments  and/or
modifications  thereto  have been  properly  executed  and are in full force and
effect,  (v) the current annual Basic Rent, the current monthly  installments of
Basic  Rent  and  the  date on  which  LESSEE'S  obligation  to pay  Basic  Rent
commenced, (vi) the current monthly installment of Additional Rent for Taxes and
LESSOR'S Operating  Expenses,  (vii) the date to which Basic Rent and Additional
Rent have been paid,  (viii) the amount of the security  deposit,  if any,  (ix)
that all work to be done to the Demised Premises by LESSOR has been completed in
accordance  with  this  Lease  and have  been  accepted  by  LESSEE,  except  as
specifically  provided in the estoppel  certificate,  (x) that no installment of
Basic  Rent or  Additional  Rent has been  paid more  than  thirty  (30) days in
advance,  (xi) that LESSEE is not in arrears in the payment of any Basic Rent or
Additional Rent, (xii) that, to the best of LESSEE'S knowledge, neither party to
this  Lease is in default  in the  keeping,  observance  or  performance  of any
covenant, agreement, provision or condition contained in this Lease and no event
has occurred  which,  with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both,
would result in a default by either party,  except as  specifically  provided in
the estoppel certificate,  (xiii) that LESSEE has no existing defenses, offsets,
liens,  claims or credits  against the Basic Rent or Additional  Rent or against
enforcement of this Lease by LESSOR,  (xiv) that LESSEE has not been granted any
options  or rights of first  refusal  to extend  the Term,  to lease  additional
space,  to terminate this Lease before the  Termination  Date or to purchase the
Premises,  except as specifically  provided in this Lease,  (xv) that LESSEE has
not  received  any  notice  of  violation  of Legal  Requirements  or  Insurance
Requirements  relating to the Demised  Premises or to the  Premises,  (xvi) that
LESSEE has not  assigned  this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Demised
Premises,  (xvii) that  no "hazardous  substances"  or  "hazardous  wastes" have
been generated,  manufactured,  refined, transported,  treated, stored, handled,
disposed or spilled on or about the  Demised  Premises  and  (xviii)  such other
reasonable  matters  as the  person or entity  requesting  the  Certificate  may
request. LESSEE hereby acknowledges and agrees that such statement may be relied
upon  by  any  mortgagee,  or  any  prospective  purchaser,  lessee,  sublessee,
mortgagee  or assignee  of any  mortgage,  of the  Demised  Premises or any part
thereof.  If LESSEE is unable to certify as to any of the  information  provided
above,  LESSEE  shall  set forth  the  reasons  therefor  in the  statement,  in
reasonable detail.

         14.2.  If LESSEE shall fail or otherwise  refuse to execute an estoppel
certificate in accordance with Section 14.1, then 


                                       26





<PAGE>
<PAGE>




and upon such event,  LESSEE shall be deemed to have appointed LESSOR and LESSOR
shall thereupon be regarded as the irrevocable  attorney-in-fact  of LESSEE duly
authorized to execute and deliver the required  certificate for and on behalf of
LESSEE,  but the exercise of such power shall not be deemed a waiver of LESSEE'S
default.

                                   ARTICLE 15

                           ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

         15.1. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article 15, LESSEE
shall  not  sell,  assign,  transfer,  hypothecate,  mortgage,  encumber,  grant
concessions or licenses,  sublet,  or otherwise  dispose of any interest in this
Lease or the Demised  Premises,  by operation of law or  otherwise,  without the
prior written  consent of LESSOR.  Any consent granted by LESSOR in any instance
shall not be  construed  to  constitute  a  consent  with  respect  to any other
instance or  request.  If the Demised  Premises  or any part  thereof  should be
sublet,  used, or occupied by anyone other than LESSEE,  or if this Lease should
be  assigned  by LESSEE,  LESSOR  shall have the right to collect  rent from the
assignee, subtenant, user or occupant, but no such assignment,  subletting, use,
occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of LESSOR'S rights under
the  provisions  of this  Section  15.1,  a waiver of any of LESSEE'S  covenants
contained in this Article 15, the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant, user or
occupant as tenant, or a release of LESSEE from further performance by LESSEE of
LESSEE'S obligations under the Lease.

         15.2.  If LESSEE  shall  desire to sublet the  Demised  Premises  or to
assign this Lease, it shall first submit to LESSOR a  written notice  ("LESSEE'S
Notice") setting forth in reasonable detail:

         (a) the name and address of the proposed sublessee or assignee;

         (b) the terms and  conditions of the proposed  subletting or assignment
(including the proposed  commencement date of the sublease or the effective date
of the  assignment,  which  shall be at least  thirty  (30) days after  LESSEE'S
Notice is given);

         (c) the nature and character of the business of the proposed  sublessee
or assignee;

         (d) banking,  financial,  and other credit information  relating to the
proposed  sublessee or assignee,  in  reasonably  sufficient  detail,  to enable
LESSOR  to  determine  the  proposed   sublessee's   or   assignee's   financial
responsibility; and 


                                       27







<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                 (e)  in  the  case  of  a   subletting,   complete   plans  and
specifications  for any and all work to be done in the  Demised  Premises  to be
sublet.

                 15.3.  Within  thirty  (30)  days  after  LESSOR'S  receipt  of
LESSEE'S  Notice,  LESSOR agrees that it shall notify LESSEE  whether LESSOR (i)
consents  to the  proposed  sublet or  assignment,  (ii) does not consent to the
proposed sublet or assignment,  or (iii) elects to exercise its recapture right,
as described in Section  15.5.  If LESSOR fails to so notify  LESSEE within said
thirty  (30) day period,  LESSOR  shall be deemed to have not  consented  to the
proposed  sublet or  assignment.  In the  event  that  LESSOR  does not elect to
exercise its right of recapture,  LESSOR  agrees that it shall not  unreasonably
withhold  its  consent to an  assignment  of the Lease or a sublease of all or a
part of the Demised Premises.

                 15.4. In addition to the foregoing requirements,

                 (a) no  assignment  or sublease  shall be permitted  if, at the
effective date of such  assignment or sublease,  LESSEE is in default under this
Lease; and

                 (b) no assignment or sublease shall be permitted  unless LESSEE
agrees,  at the time of the  proposed  assignment  or  sublease  and in LESSEE'S
Notice,  to pay to LESSOR,  immediately  upon  receipt  thereof,  all Net Rental
Proceeds,  of whatever nature,  payable by the prospective assignee or sublessee
to LESSEE pursuant to such assignment or sublease.

                 15.5.  (a)  LESSOR  shall have the right,  to be  exercised  by
giving written notice (the "Recapture Notice") to LESSEE within thirty (30) days
after receipt of LESSEE'S  Notice,  to recapture the space described in LESSEE'S
Notice (the "Recapture Space").  The Recapture Notice shall cancel and terminate
this Lease with respect to the Recapture Space as of the date stated in LESSEE'S
Notice for the commencement of the proposed  assignment or sublease as fully and
completely as if that date had been herein definitively fixed as the Termination
Date, and LESSEE shall  surrender  possession of the Recapture  Space as of such
date. Thereafter, the Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be equitably adjusted
based upon the square  footage of the Demised  Premises  then  remaining,  after
deducting the square footage attributable to the Recapture Space.

                 (b) In the event LESSOR elects to exercise its recapture  right
and the Recaptured Space is less than the entire Demised Premises,  then LESSOR,
at its sole expense, shall have the right to make any alterations to the Demised
Premises  required,  in LESSOR'S  reasonable  judgment,  to make such Recaptured
Space a self-contained rental unit. LESSOR agrees to perform all such work, if


                                       28







<PAGE>
<PAGE>





any,  with  as  little  inconvenience  to  LESSEE'S  business  as is  reasonably
possible;  provided,  however, LESSOR shall not be required to perform such work
after LESSEE'S business hours or on weekends; and provided further, LESSOR shall
not be deemed guilty of an eviction, partial eviction,  constructive eviction or
disturbance of LESSEE'S use or possession of the Demised Premises, and shall not
be liable to LESSEE for same.

                 15.6. In addition to the foregoing  requirements,  any sublease
must contain the following provisions:

                 (a) the sublease shall be subject and subordinate to all of the
terms and conditions of this Lease;

                 (b)  at  LESSOR'S  option,  in the  event  of  cancellation  or
termination of this Lease for any reason or the surrender of this Lease, whether
voluntarily,  involuntarily,  or by operation of law, prior to the expiration of
such sublease, including extensions and renewals of such sublease, the subtenant
shall make full and complete attornment to LESSOR for the balance of the term of
the  sublease.  The  attornment  shall be  evidenced by an agreement in form and
substance  satisfactory  to LESSOR which the subtenant shall execute and deliver
at any time within five (5) days after request by LESSOR or its  successors  and
assigns;

                 (c) the term of the  sublease  shall not  extend  beyond a date
which is one day prior to the Termination Date;

                 (d) no subtenant  shall be  permitted to further  sublet all or
any portion of the subleased  space or to assign its sublease  without  LESSOR'S
prior written consent; and

                 (e) the subtenant  shall waive the provisions of any law now or
subsequently  in effect  which may give the  subtenant  any right of election to
terminate the sublease or to surrender  possession of the space subleased in the
event that any proceeding is brought by LESSOR to terminate this Lease.

                 15.7.  Each  of  the  following   events  shall  be  deemed  to
constitute  an assignment of this Lease and each shall require the prior written
consent of LESSOR:

                 (a) any  assignment  or transfer of this Lease by  operation of
law; or

                 (b) any hypothecation, pledge, or collateral assignment of this
Lease; or

                                       29







<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                 (c) any  involuntary  assignment  or  transfer of this Lease in
connection with bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, or similar proceeding; or

                 (d) any assignment,  transfer, disposition, sale or acquisition
of a  controlling  interest in LESSEE to or by any person,  entity,  or group of
related persons or affiliated entities,  whether in a single transaction or in a
series of related or unrelated transactions; or

                 (e) any issuance of an interest or interests in LESSEE (whether
stock,  partnership interests,  or otherwise) to any person, entity, or group of
related persons or affiliated entities,  whether in a single transaction or in a
series of related  or  unrelated  transactions,  which  results in such  person,
entity, or group holding a controlling  interest in LESSEE.  For purposes of the
immediately foregoing, a "controlling interest" of LESSEE shall mean 50% or more
of the aggregate  issued and  outstanding  equitable  interests  (whether stock,
partnership interests,  or otherwise) of LESSEE. The transfer of the outstanding
capital stock of any corporate  tenant shall not be deemed an assignment of this
Lease if such  transfer  shall be  effected  by the  sale of stock  through  the
"over-the-counter-market" or through any recognized stock exchange.

                 15.8.  It is a further  condition to the  effectiveness  of any
assignment  otherwise  complying with this Article 15 that the assignee execute,
acknowledge,   and  deliver  to  LESSOR  an  agreement  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory  to LESSOR whereby the assignee  assumes all of the  obligations of
LESSEE under this Lease and agrees that the  provisions of this Article 15 shall
continue to be binding upon it with respect to all future assignments and deemed
assignments of this Lease.

                 15.9.  No  assignment  of this Lease nor any sublease of all or
any portion of the Demised  Premises shall release or discharge  LESSEE from any
liability,  whether past, present, or future,  under this Lease and LESSEE shall
continue to remain primarily liable under this Lease.

                 15.10.  LESSEE shall be  responsible  for obtaining all permits
and  approvals  required  by any  governmental  or  quasi-governmental agency in
connection  with any  assignment of this Lease or any  subletting of the Demised
Premises,  and LESSEE shall deliver copies of these documents to LESSOR prior to
the commencement of any work, if work is to be done.  LESSEE is also responsible
for and is  required  to  reimburse  LESSOR  for all fees,  costs and  expenses,
including,  but not limited to,  reasonable  attorneys' fees and  disbursements,
which LESSOR  incurs in reviewing  any proposed  assignment  of this Lease,  any
proposed sublease of the Demised

                                       30







<PAGE>
<PAGE>




Premises,  and  any  permits,  approvals,  and  applications   for  CONSTRUCTION
WITHIN THE Demised Premises.

                 15.11.  If  LESSOR  consents  to  any  proposed  assignment  or
sublease  and LESSEE fails to  consummate  the  assignment  or sublease to which
LESSOR  consented  within  ninety  (90) days after the  giving of such  consent,
LESSEE  shall  be  required  again to  comply  with  all of the  provisions  and
conditions  of this Article 15 before  assigning  this Lease or  subletting  the
Demised  Premises.  If LESSEE  consummates  the  assignment or sublease to which
LESSOR consented within said ninety (90) day period, LESSEE agrees that it shall
deliver  to  LESSOR a fully  executed,  duplicate  original  counterpart  of the
assignment or sublease  agreement  within ten (10) days of the date of execution
of such item.

                 15.12.  LESSEE agrees that under no circumstances  shall LESSOR
be liable in damages or subject to  liability  by reason of LESSOR'S  failure or
refusal  to grant  its  consent  to any  proposed  assignment  of this  Lease or
subletting of the Demised Premises.

                 15.13.  If  LESSOR   withholds  its  consent  of  any  proposed
assignment or sublease, LESSEE shall defend, indemnify, and hold LESSOR harmless
from and reimburse LESSOR for all liability,  damages,  costs,  fees,  expenses,
penalties,  and charges  (including,  but not limited to, reasonable  attorneys'
fees and  disbursements)  arising  out of any  claims  that may be made  against
LESSOR  by any  brokers  or other  persons  claiming  a  commission  or  similar
compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.

                 15.14. (a)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained
in this Lease,  in the event that this Lease is assigned to any person or entity
pursuant to the provisions of the  Bankruptcy  Code, any and all monies or other
consideration  payable or  otherwise to be  delivered  in  connection  with such
assignment  shall  be paid or  delivered  to  LESSOR,  shall be and  remain  the
exclusive  property of LESSOR and shall not constitute  property of LESSEE or of
the estate of LESSEE  within the  meaning of the  Bankruptcy  Code.  Any and all
monies or other consideration constituting LESSOR'S property under the preceding
sentence  not paid or delivered to LESSOR shall be held in trust for the benefit
of LESSOR and be promptly paid to or turned over to LESSOR.

                 (b) If LESSEE  proposes  to assign  this Lease  pursuant to the
provisions of the Bankruptcy  Code to any person or entity who shall have made a
bona fide offer to accept an  assignment  of this Lease on terms  acceptable  to
LESSEE,  then notice of such proposed  assignment setting forth (i) the name and
address of such person or entity,  (ii) all of the terms and  conditions of such
offer and (iii) the adequate assurance to be provided by LESSEE to assure

                                       31






<PAGE>
<PAGE>




such  person's  or  entity's  future  performance  under  this Lease, including,
without  limitation,  the  assurance  referred  to   in   Section  365(b)(3)  of
the  Bankruptcy  Code, or any such  successor or substitute  legislation or rule
thereto, shall be given to LESSOR by LESSEE no later than twenty (20) days after
receipt  by  LESSEE,  but in any event no later  than ten (10) days prior to the
date that LESSEE shall make application to a court of competent jurisdiction for
authority  and approval to enter into such  assignment  and  assumption.  LESSOR
shall  thereupon  have the prior right and option,  to be exercised by notice to
LESSEE  given  at any  time  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  such  proposed
assignment,  to accept  an  assignment  of this  Lease  upon the same  terms and
conditions and for the same  consideration,  if any, as the bona fide offer made
by such person for the  assignment of this Lease.  Any person or entity to which
this Lease is assigned  pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy  Code shall
be deemed  without  further act or deed to have  assumed all of the  obligations
arising  under  this  Lease on or after  the date of such  assignment.  Any such
assignee  shall,  upon  demand,  execute  and  deliver  to LESSOR an  instrument
confirming such assumption.

                                   ARTICLE 16

                                    CASUALTY

                 16.1. If there is any damage to or  destruction  of the Demised
Premises,  LESSEE shall promptly give notice  thereof to LESSOR,  describing the
nature and extent thereof.

                 16.2. If the Demised Premises are damaged,  but are not thereby
rendered  partially  or wholly  untenantable,  and this Lease is not  terminated
pursuant to Section 16.4, 16.5 or 16.6 hereof, LESSOR shall, at its own expense,
cause  Restoration to be completed as soon as reasonably  practicable  but in no
event later than ninety (90) days from the occurrence,  subject to any Excusable
Delays, and the Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall not abate.

                 16.3. If the Demised  Premises are damaged or destroyed and are
rendered  partially  or wholly  untenantable,  and this Lease is not  terminated
pursuant to Section 16.4, 16.5 or 16.6 hereof, LESSOR shall, at its own expense,
cause  Restoration to be completed as soon as reasonably  practicable  but in no
event later than one hundred eighty (180) days from the  occurrence,  subject to
any Excusable Delays,  and the Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be equitably
abated.

                 16.4.  If, in the sole  opinion  of  LESSOR,  the  Building  is
damaged or destroyed  and the total cost of  Restoration  shall amount to twenty
percent (20%) or more of the full insurable  value of the Building,  LESSOR,  in
lieu of Restoration, may elect to

                                       32







<PAGE>
<PAGE>




terminate this Lease,  provided that notice of such termination shall be sent to
LESSEE within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such  casualty.  If LESSOR
exercises its right to terminate this Lease,  this Lease shall cease,  terminate
and expire, and all Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be prorated,  as of the
date of such damage or destruction.

                 16.5. If the Building is damaged or destroyed  and, in the sole
opinion of LESSOR,  more than one hundred  eighty  (180) days are  necessary  to
complete  Restoration,  or if  during  the  final  year of the Term the  Demised
Premises are damaged or destroyed and rendered partially or wholly untenantable,
then in either case LESSOR may elect to terminate this Lease provided  notice of
such  termination  shall be sent to LESSEE  within  sixty  (60)  days  after the
occurrence of such  casualty.  If LESSOR  exercises its right to terminate  this
Lease,  this Lease shall  cease,  terminate  and expire,  and all Basic Rent and
Additional Rent shall be prorated, as of the date of such damage or destruction.

                 16.6. LESSOR shall not be required to expend for Restoration an
amount in excess of the Net Award  received by it. In the event the Net Award is
not adequate or the holder of an Underlying Encumbrance elects to retain the Net
Award,  LESSOR shall have the right to terminate this Lease  provided  notice of
such termination shall be sent to LESSEE within sixty (60) days after the amount
of such Net Award is  ascertained,  or after the date on which the holder of the
Underlying  Encumbrance  notifies  LESSOR  that it has elected to retain the Net
Award,  whichever  the case may be. If LESSOR  exercises  its right to terminate
this Lease, this Lease shall cease, terminate and expire, and all Basic Rent and
Additional Rent shall be prorated, as of the date of such damage or destruction.

                                   ARTICLE 17

                                  CONDEMNATION

                 17.1. LESSEE hereby irrevocably  assigns to LESSOR any award or
payment to which LESSEE  becomes  entitled by reason of any Taking of all or any
part of the  Demised  Premises,  whether  the same  shall be paid or  payable in
respect of LESSEE'S  leasehold  interest  hereunder  or  otherwise,  except that
LESSEE  shall be  entitled  to any award or payment  for the Taking of  LESSEE'S
trade  fixtures or  personal  property or for loss of  business,  relocation  or
moving  expenses  provided  the amount of the Net Award  payable to LESSOR  with
respect to the fee interest is not diminished.  All amounts payable  pursuant to
any agreement with any condemning  authority  which have been made in settlement
of or under threat of any condemnation or other eminent domain  proceeding shall
be deemed to be an award made in such proceeding. LESSEE agrees that this Lease

                                       33







<PAGE>
<PAGE>




shall  control the rights of LESSOR and LESSEE in any Net Award and any contrary
provision of any present or future law is hereby waived.

                 17.2.  In the  event of a Taking  of the  whole of the  Demised
Premises, then the Term shall cease and terminate as of the date when possession
is taken by the  condemning  authority  and all Basic Rent and  Additional  Rent
shall be paid up to that date.

                 17.3.  In the event of a Taking of thirty (30%) percent or more
of the Demised  Premises,  then,  if LESSEE  shall  determine  in good faith and
certify to LESSOR that  because of such Taking,  continuance  of its business at
the Demised Premises would be uneconomical,  LESSEE may at any time either prior
to or within a period of sixty (60) days after the date when  possession of such
premises shall be required by the condemning authority,  elect to terminate this
Lease.  In the event that  LESSEE  shall  fail to  exercise  any such  option to
terminate this Lease, or in the event of a Taking of the Demised  Premises under
circumstances  under which LESSEE will have no such option,  then, and in either
of such events,  LESSOR shall,  subject to the provisions of Section 17.4. cause
Restoration  to be completed as soon as reasonably  practicable,  but in no case
later  than  ninety  (90) days  after the date the  condemning  authority  takes
possession  of such portion of the Demised  Premises,  subject to any  Excusable
Delays,  and the Basic Rent and Additional  Rent  thereafter  payable during the
Term shall be equitably  prorated based upon the square foot area of the Demised
Premises and/or of the Building actually taken.

                 17.4.   If  (a)  the  Net  Award  is   inadequate  to  complete
Restoration  of the Demised  Premises,  or (b) in the case of a Taking of thirty
(30%)  percent  or more of the  Demised  Premises,  LESSEE  has not  elected  to
terminate  this Lease  pursuant to Section  17.3  hereof,  then LESSOR may elect
either to complete such  Restoration or terminate this Lease by giving notice to
LESSEE  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  (x) the  amount  of the Net  Award  is
ascertained  or (y) the  expiration  of the sixty (60) day period  within  which
LESSEE may terminate this Lease (as described in Section 17.3 hereof), whichever
the case may be. In such  event,  all Basic  Rent and  Additional  Rent shall be
apportioned as of the date the condemning authority actually takes possession of
the Demised Premises.

                                   ARTICLE 18

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                 18.1.  Any of the  following  occurrences,  conditions  or acts
shall constitute an "Event of Default" under this Lease:

                                       34








<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                 (a) if LESSEE shall  default in making  payment when due of any
Basic Rent,  Additional  Rent or other amount payable by LESSEE  hereunder,  and
such default shall continue for ten (10) days; or

                 (b) if  LESSEE  shall  fail to  take  actual  occupancy  of the
Demised  Premises within thirty (30) days after the  Commencement  Date or shall
thereafter  vacate the  Demised  Premises  for a period in excess of thirty (30)
days; or

                 (c) if the Demised  Premises shall be abandoned by LESSEE for a
period of thirty (30) consecutive days; or

                 (d) if LESSEE shall file a petition in  bankruptcy  pursuant to
the  Bankruptcy  Code or under any  similar  federal or state  law,  or shall be
adjudicated  a  bankrupt  or  become  insolvent,  or  shall  commit  any  act of
bankruptcy  as defined in any such law, or shall take any action in  furtherance
of any of the foregoing; or

                 (e) if a  petition  or  answer  shall  be filed  proposing  the
adjudication  of LESSEE as a bankrupt  pursuant  to the  Bankruptcy  Code or any
similar  federal  or state  law,  and (i)  LESSEE  shall  consent  to the filing
thereof,  or (ii) such  petition  or answer  shall not be  discharged  or denied
within sixty (60) days after the filing thereof; or

                 (f) if a  receiver,  trustee or  liquidator  (or other  similar
official) of LESSEE or of all or substantially  all of its business or assets or
of the estate or interest of LESSEE in the Demised  Premises  shall be appointed
and shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days thereafter or if LESSEE shall
consent to or acquiesce in such appointment; or

                 (g) if the estate or interest of LESSEE in the Demised Premises
shall be levied upon or attached in any proceeding and such process shall not be
vacated or discharged within sixty (60) days after such levy or attachment; or

                 (h) if LESSEE  shall  use or  suffer  or permit  the use of the
Demised  Premises  or any part  thereof  for any  purpose  other than  expressly
specified in Section 7.1; or

                 (i) if  LESSEE  fails to  discharge  any Lien  within  the time
period set forth in Article 11; or

                 (j) if LESSEE fails to maintain the insurance required pursuant
to Article 13, or LESSEE fails to deliver to LESSOR the  insurance  certificates
required by Article 13 within the time periods set forth in Section 13.3; or

                                       35







<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                 (k)  if  LESSEE   fails  to  deliver  to  LESSOR  the  estoppel
certificate required by Article 14 within the time period set forth therein; or

                 (l) if LESSEE  assigns this Lease or sublets all or any portion
of the Demised Premises without complying with all the Provisions of Article 15;
or

                 (m) if LESSEE  fails to  deliver  to LESSOR  the  subordination
agreement required by Section 22.1 within the time period set forth therein; or

                 (n) if  LESSEE  fails to  comply  with any  Legal or  Insurance
Requirement,  and such  failure  continues  for a period of  ten (10) days after
LESSOR shall have given notice to LESSEE  specifying  such default and demanding
that the same be cured; or

                 (o) if LESSEE shall default in the observance or performance of
any provision of this Lease other than those  provisions  contemplated by clause
(i) through  (n),  inclusive,  of this  Section  18.1,  and such  default  shall
continue  for thirty (30) days after  LESSOR  shall have given  notice to LESSEE
specifying  such  default  and  demanding  that the same be cured  (unless  such
default cannot be cured by the payment of money and cannot with due diligence be
wholly cured within such period of thirty (30) days,  in which case LESSEE shall
have such longer  period as shall be necessary  to cure the default,  so long as
LESSEE  begins  promptly  to cure the same  within  such thirty (30) day period,
prosecutes  the cure to completion  with due  diligence and advises  LESSOR from
time to time, upon LESSOR'S  request,  of the actions which LESSEE is taking and
the progress being made).

                                   ARTICLE 19

                        CONDITIONAL LIMITATIONS; REMEDIES

                 19.1.  This Lease and the Term and estate  hereby  granted  are
subject to the limitation  that whenever an Event of Default shall have happened
and be  continuing,  LESSOR  shall  have the  right,  at its  election,  then or
thereafter  while any such Event of Default shall  continue and  notwithstanding
the fact  that  LESSOR  may have some  other  remedy  hereunder  or at law or in
equity,  to give LESSEE written  notice of LESSOR'S  intention to terminate this
Lease on a date specified in such notice,  which date shall be not less than ten
(10) days after the giving of such notice, and upon the date so specified,  this
Lease and the estate hereby  granted  shall expire and  terminate  with the same
force  and  effect  as if the  date  specified  in such  notice  were  the  date
hereinbefore  fixed for the  expiration  of this Lease,  and all right of LESSEE
hereunder shall expire and terminate,  and LESSEE shall be liable as hereinafter
in

                                       36







<PAGE>
<PAGE>




this Article 19  provided.  If any such notice is given,  LESSOR shall have,  on
such date so  specified,  the right of re-entry  and  possession  of the Demised
Premises and the right to remove all persons and property therefrom and to store
such  property in a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk and expense,  and for the
account, of LESSEE. Should LESSOR elect to re-enter as herein provided or should
LESSOR take possession  pursuant to legal  proceedings or pursuant to any notice
provided for by law, LESSOR may from time to time re-let the Demised Premises or
any part  thereof  for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon
such terms and conditions as LESSOR may deem  advisable,  with the right to make
alterations in and repairs to the Demised Premises.

                 19.2. In the event of any  termination of this Lease as in this
Article 19 provided or as required or permitted by law,  LESSEE shall  forthwith
quit and  surrender  the  Demised  Premises to LESSOR,  and LESSOR may,  without
further notice,  enter upon, reenter,  possess and repossess the same by summary
proceedings,  ejectment or  otherwise,  and again have,  repossess and enjoy the
same as if this  Lease had not been made,  and in any such  event  LESSEE and no
person claiming  through or under LESSEE by virtue of any law or an order of any
court shall be entitled to  possession or to remain in possession of the Demised
Premises but shall forthwith quit and surrender the Demised Premises, and LESSOR
at its option  shall  forthwith,  notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this
Lease, be entitled to recover from LESSEE,  as and for liquidated  damages,  the
sum of:

                 (a) all Basic Rent,  Additional  Rent and other amounts payable
by LESSEE hereunder then due or accrued and unpaid, and

                 (b) for loss of the bargain,  an amount equal to the  aggregate
of all unpaid  Basic Rent and  Additional  Rent which would have been payable if
this Lease had not been terminated  prior to the end of the Term then in effect,
discounted  to its then present  value in  accordance  with  accepted  financial
practice using a rate equal to six percent (6%) per annum; and

                 (c) all other damages and expenses  (including  attorneys' fees
and expenses),  which LESSOR shall have sustained by reason of the breach of any
provision of this Lease.

                 19.3.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall limit or prejudice the
right of LESSOR,  in any bankruptcy or insolvency  proceeding,  to prove for and
obtain as liquidated  damages by reason of such  termination  an amount equal to
the maximum allowed by any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or to prove for
and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal

                                       37








<PAGE>
<PAGE>




to the maximum  allowed by any statute or rule of law whether  such amount shall
be greater or less than the excess referred to above.

                 19.4.  In the event that  LESSEE  should  abandon  the  Demised
Premises, LESSOR may, at its option and for so long as LESSOR does not terminate
LESSEE'S right to possession of the Demised Premises,  enforce all of its rights
and remedies  under this Lease,  including  the right to recover all Basic Rent,
Additional  Rent and other payments as they become due hereunder.  Additionally,
LESSOR  shall be entitled to recover  from LESSEE all costs of  maintenance  and
preservation of the Demised Premises,  and all costs,  including  attorneys' and
receiver's  fees,  incurred in connection with the appointment of or performance
by a receiver to protect the Demised  Premises and LESSOR'S  interest under this
Lease.

                 19.5.  Nothing  herein  shall be deemed to affect  the right of
LESSOR to indemnification pursuant to Section 8.1 of this Lease.

                 19.6. At the request of LESSOR upon the  occurrence of an Event
of Default, LESSEE will quit and surrender the Demised Premises to LESSOR or its
agents, and LESSOR may without further notice enter upon, re-enter and repossess
the Demised Premises by summary proceedings,  ejectment or otherwise.  The words
"enter",  "re-enter", and "re-entry" are not restricted to their technical legal
meanings.

                 19.7.  If  LESSEE  shall be in  default  in the  observance  or
performance  of any provision of this Lease,  and an action shall be brought for
the  enforcement  thereof  in which it shall be  determined  that  LESSEE was in
default, LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR all fees, costs and other expenses which may
become  payable  as a  result  thereof  or in  connection  therewith,  including
attorneys' fees and expenses.

                 19.8.  If LESSEE shall  default in the keeping,  observance  or
performance  of any covenant,  agreement,  term,  provision or condition  herein
contained,  LESSOR,  without thereby waiving such default,  may perform the same
for the  account  and at the  expense of LESSEE (a)  immediately  or at any time
thereafter  and without  notice in the case of emergency or in case such default
will  result in a violation  of any Legal or  Insurance  Requirement,  or in the
imposition of any Lien against all or any portion of the Premises and (b) in any
other case if such default continues after thirty (30) days from the date of the
giving by LESSOR to LESSEE of notice of  LESSOR'S  intention  so to perform  the
same.  All costs and  expenses  incurred by LESSOR in  connection  with any such
performance  by it for the  account of LESSEE  and also all costs and  expenses,
including attorneys' fees and disbursements incurred by LESSOR in

                                       38








<PAGE>
<PAGE>



any action or proceeding  (including any summary dispossess  proceeding) brought
by LESSOR to enforce any  obligation  of LESSEE under this Lease and/or right of
LESSOR in or to the  Demised  Premises,  shall be paid by LESSEE to LESSOR  upon
demand.

                 19.9. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 19, no right
or  remedy  herein  conferred  upon or  reserved  to LESSOR  is  intended  to be
exclusive  of any other  right or remedy,  and every  right and remedy  shall be
cumulative and in addition to any other legal or equitable right or remedy given
hereunder, or now or hereafter existing. No waiver by LESSOR of any provision of
this  Lease  shall be  deemed  to have been  made  unless  expressly  so made in
writing. LESSOR shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to injunctive
relief in case of the violation,  or attempted or threatened  violation,  of any
provision of this Lease, or to a decree compelling  observance or performance of
any provision of this Lease, or to any other legal or equitable remedy.

                                   ARTICLE 20

                    RIGHT OF ENTRY; RESERVATION OF EASEMENTS

                 20.1. LESSOR and LESSOR'S agents and representatives shall have
the right to enter into or upon the Demised  Premises,  or any part thereof,  at
all  reasonable  hours for the  following  purposes:  (1)  examining the Demised
Premises;  (2) making such repairs or alterations therein as may be necessary in
LESSOR'S  sole judgment for the safety and  preservation  of the Building or the
Demised  Premises;  (3)  erecting,  maintaining,  repairing or replacing  wires,
cables,  ducts, pipes,  conduits,  vents or plumbing equipment running in, to or
through the Demised  Premises;  (4) showing the Demised  Premises to prospective
new tenants  during the last twelve (12) months of the Term;  or (5) showing the
Demised Premises during the Term to any mortgagees or prospective  purchasers of
the  Premises.  LESSOR shall give LESSEE three (3) business  days prior  written
notice before commencing any non-emergency repair or alteration.

                 20.2. LESSOR may enter upon the Demised Premises at any time in
case of emergency without prior notice to LESSEE.

                 20.3.  LESSOR,  in  exercising  any of its  rights  under  this
Article  20,  shall  not be  deemed  guilty of an  eviction,  partial  eviction,
constructive  eviction or  disturbance  of  LESSEE'S  use or  possession  of the
Demised Premises and shall not be liable to LESSEE for same.

                 20.4. All work performed by or on behalf of LESSOR in or on the
Demised Premises pursuant to this Article 20 shall be

                                       39







<PAGE>
<PAGE>




performed  with as little  inconvenience  to LESSEE'S  business as is reasonably
possible.

                 20.5.  LESSEE  shall  not  change  any  locks  or  install  any
additional locks on doors entering into the Demised Premises without the consent
of LESSOR and, if any change is made, a copy of any such lock key shall be given
to LESSOR.  If in an  emergency  LESSOR is unable to gain  entry to the  Demised
Premises by unlocking  entry doors thereto,  LESSOR may force or otherwise enter
the  Demised  Premises,  without  liability  to LESSEE for any damage  resulting
directly or indirectly  therefrom.  LESSEE shall be responsible  for all damages
created or caused by its  failure  to give  LESSOR a copy of any key to any lock
installed by LESSEE controlling entry to the Demised Premises.

                 20.6.  LESSOR reserves the right to make changes,  alterations,
additions,  improvements,  repairs or  replacements  in or to the Premises,  the
Building (including the Demised Premises) and the fixtures and equipment thereof
from  time to  time as  LESSOR  may  reasonably  deem  necessary  or  desirable;
provided,  however,  that there be no  unreasonable  obstruction of the means of
access to the Demised Premises or unreasonable interference with LESSEE'S use of
the Demised  Premises and the usable square foot area of the Demised Premises is
not unreasonably  affected  thereby.  Nothing contained in this Article shall be
deemed to relieve  LESSEE of any duty,  obligation  or  liability of LESSEE with
respect to making any repair,  replacement  or improvement or complying with any
law, order or requirement of any governmental authority.

                                   ARTICLE 21

                             ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

                 The  receipt by LESSOR of any  installment  of Basic Rent or of
any  Additional  Rent with  knowledge of a default by LESSEE under the terms and
conditions  of this  Lease  shall  not be deemed a waiver  of such  default.  No
payment by LESSEE or receipt by LESSOR of a lesser  amount  than the rent herein
stipulated  shall  be  deemed  to be  other  than  on  account  of the  earliest
stipulated  rent,  nor shall any  endorsement  or  statement on any check or any
letter  accompanying  any check or  payment  as rent be  deemed  an  accord  and
satisfaction,  and LESSOR may accept such check or payment without  prejudice to
LESSOR'S right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in
this Lease provided.

                                       40








<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE 22

                                  SUBORDINATION

                 22.1. This Lease and the term and estate hereby granted are and
shall be subject and  subordinate  to the lien of each mortgage which may now or
at any time  hereafter  affect all or any  portion of the  Premises  or LESSOR'S
interest therein and to all ground leases which may now or at any time hereafter
affect all or any portion of the  Premises  (any such  mortgage or ground  lease
being herein called an "Underlying  Encumbrance").  The foregoing provisions for
the  subordination  of this Lease and the term and estate  hereby  granted to an
Underlying Encumbrance shall be self-operative and no further  instrument  shall
be required to effect any such subordination; provided, however, at any time and
from time to time,  upon not less than ten (10)  days'  prior  notice by LESSOR,
LESSEE shall execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to LESSOR any and all reasonable
instruments  that may be necessary or proper to effect such  subordination or to
confirm or evidence the same.

                 22.2. If all or any portion of LESSOR'S  estate in the Premises
shall be sold or conveyed to any person,  firm or corporation  upon the exercise
of any remedy  provided  for in any  mortgage or by law or equity,  such person,
firm or corporation and each person, firm or corporation  thereafter  succeeding
to its  interest in the Premises (a) shall not be liable for any act or omission
of LESSOR under this Lease occurring prior to such sale or conveyance, (b) shall
not be subject to any offset,  defense or  counterclaim  accruing  prior to such
sale or conveyance,  (c) shall not be bound by any payment prior to such sale or
conveyance of Basic Rent,  Additional  Rent or other  payments for more than one
month  in  advance  (except  prepayments  in the  nature  of  security  for  the
performance by LESSEE of its obligations hereunder), and (d) shall be liable for
the keeping,  observance  and  performance of the other  covenants,  agreements,
terms,  provisions and  conditions to be kept,  observed and performed by LESSOR
under this Lease only during the period such person,  firm or corporation  shall
hold such interest.

                 22.3.  In the event of an act or omission by LESSOR which would
give  LESSEE  the right to  terminate  this Lease or to claim a partial or total
eviction,  LESSEE will not  exercise  any such right until it has given  written
notice of such act or omission,  or, in the case of the Demised  Premises or any
part thereof  becoming  untenantable  as the result of damage from fire or other
casualty,  written notice of the occurrence of such damage, to the holder of any
Underlying  Encumbrance  whose  name and  address  shall  previously  have  been
furnished to LESSEE in writing,  by delivering such notice of such act, omission
or damage  addressed to such holder at said address or if such holder  hereafter
furnishes another address to LESSEE in writing at the last address of such

                                       41







<PAGE>
<PAGE>



holder so furnished to LESSEE,  and, unless otherwise  provided herein,  until a
reasonable  period for remedying such act, omission or damage shall have elapsed
following such giving of such notice,  provided any such holder, with reasonable
diligence,  shall,  following  the giving of such  notice,  have  commenced  and
continued  to  remedy  such act,  omission  or damage or to cause the same to be
remedied.

                 22.4.  If,  in  connection  with  obtaining  financing  for the
Premises or refinancing any mortgage  encumbering the Premises,  the prospective
lender requests reasonable  modifications to this Lease as a condition precedent
to such financing or refinancing, then LESSEE hereby covenants and agrees not to
unreasonably  withhold,  delay or condition  its consent to such  modifications,
provided such  modifications  do not increase the Basic Rent or Additional Rent,
do not reduce the length of the Term, do not materially and adversely affect the
leasehold  interest  created by this Lease and do not  materially  and adversely
affect the manner in which  LESSEE'S  operations  are  conducted  at the Demised
Premises.

                                   ARTICLE 23

                                LESSEE'S REMOVAL

                 23.1. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease,
LESSEE shall  surrender the Demised  Premises to LESSOR in the condition same is
required to be  maintained  under  Article 7 of this Lease and broom clean.  Any
personal  property which shall remain in any part of the Demised  Premises after
the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be deemed to have been
abandoned,  and  either  may be  retained  by LESSOR as its  property  or may be
disposed  of in such  manner as LESSOR  may see fit;  provided,  however,  that,
notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  LESSEE  will,  upon request of LESSOR made not
later than thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier  termination of this
Lease, promptly remove from the Demised Premises any such personal property.

                 23.2.  If, at any time  during the last three (3) months of the
Term,  LESSEE  shall not occupy any part of the Demised  Premises in  connection
with the conduct of its business, LESSOR may elect, at its option, to enter such
part of the Demised Premises to alter and/or redecorate such part of the Demised
Premises, and LESSEE hereby irrevocably grants to LESSOR a license to enter such
part  of the  Demised  Premises  in  connection  with  such  alterations  and/or
redecorations. LESSOR'S exercise of such right shall not relieve LESSEE from any
of its obligation under this Lease.

                 23.3. If LESSEE holds over  possession of the Demised  Premises
beyond the Termination Date, such holding over shall not be deemed to extend the
Term or renew this Lease but such holding

                                       42







<PAGE>
<PAGE>




over shall  continue  upon the terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this Lease
except that LESSEE  agrees that the charge for use and  occupancy of the Demised
Premises for each calendar month or portion thereof that LESSEE holds over (even
if such part shall be one day) shall be a  liquidated  sum equal to  one-twelfth
(1/12th) of two (2) times the Basic Rent and Additional Rent required to be paid
by LESSEE during the calendar year preceding the  Termination  Date. The parties
recognize  and agree that the  damage to LESSOR  resulting  from any  failure by
LESSEE to timely surrender  possession of the Demised Premises will be extremely
substantial,  will  exceed the amount of the monthly  Basic Rent and  Additional
Rent payable  hereunder and will be impossible  to  accurately  measure.  If the
Demised Premises are not surrendered  upon the expiration of this Lease,  LESSEE
shall indemnify,  defend and hold harmless LESSOR against any and all losses and
liabilities resulting therefrom,  including, without limitation, any claims made
by any  succeeding  tenant  founded upon such delay.  Nothing  contained in this
Lease shall be construed as a consent by LESSOR to the  occupancy or  possession
by LESSEE of the Demised Premises beyond the Termination Date, and LESSOR,  upon
said  Termination  Date,  shall be entitled to the benefit of all legal remedies
that now may be in force or may be hereafter  enacted  relating to the immediate
repossession  of the Demised  Premises.  The  provisions  of this Article  shall
survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 24

                                     BROKERS

                 LESSEE and  LESSOR  each  represents  to the other that no real
estate broker or sales  representative  participated in this  transaction or has
any  interest  herein.  LESSEE  and LESSOR  each  agrees to  indemnify  and hold
harmless  the other and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees  and
partners,  from and against any  threatened  or  asserted  claims,  liabilities,
losses or judgments (including  reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements) by
any broker or sales  representative  other than as named above arising out of or
in connection with this Lease.  The provisions of this Article shall survive the
expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE 25

                                     NOTICES

                 All notices, demands, requests,  consents,  approvals,  offers,
statements and other instruments or  communications  required or permitted to be
given  hereunder  shall  be in  writing,  shall  be  either  hand  delivered  by
respectable  priority  overnight  delivery  service,  or mailed  by first  class
registered or certified

                                       43







<PAGE>
<PAGE>



mail, postage prepaid,  addressed to the address for such party set forth above,
or to such  other  address  as  either  party  shall  designate  to the other in
writing,  and shall be deemed to have been  given when  delivered,  or three (3)
days after being mailed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice changing the
address of a party shall not be deemed given until received by the party to whom
it was addressed.

                                   ARTICLE 26

                         NATURE OF LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS

                 Anything  in the  Lease  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  no
recourse or relief shall be had under any rule of law,  statute or  constitution
or by any enforcement of any assessments or penalties,  or otherwise or based on
or in respect of this Lease  (whether by breach of any  obligation,  monetary or
non-monetary),   against  LESSOR,   it  being  expressly   understood  that  all
obligations  of LESSOR  under or relating  to this Lease are solely  obligations
payable  out of  the  Premises  and  are  compensable  solely  therefrom.  It is
expressly  understood that all such liability is and is being  expressly  waived
and  released as a condition  of and as a condition  for the  execution  of this
Lease,  and  LESSEE  expressly  waives  and  releases  all such  liability  as a
condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Lease by LESSOR.

                                   ARTICLE 27

                                SECURITY DEPOSIT

                 27.1. (a) Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, LESSEE
shall deposit with LESSOR the sum of $5,306.00, the same to be held by LESSOR as
security  for the full and  faithful  performance  by  LESSEE  of the  terms and
conditions  by it to be observed  and  performed  hereunder.  If any Basic Rent,
Additional  Rent or other sum  payable by LESSEE to LESSOR  becomes  overdue and
remains  unpaid,  or should  LESSOR make any  payments  on behalf of LESSEE,  or
should  LESSEE  fail to perform any of the terms and  conditions  of this Lease,
then  LESSOR,  at its option,  and without  prejudice  to any other remedy which
LESSOR may have on account thereof, shall appropriate and apply said deposit, or
so much thereof as may be required to  compensate  or reimburse  LESSOR,  as the
case may be, toward the payment of Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other such sum
payable  hereunder,  or loss or damage  sustained by LESSOR due to the breach or
failure to perform on the part of LESSEE, and upon demand,  LESSEE shall restore
such security to the original sum deposited.

                 (b) LESSEE hereby agrees that the security  deposit shall equal
$5,306.67 one (1) month's Basic Rent at all times during

                                       44






<PAGE>
<PAGE>



the Term, and LESSEE agrees to deposit with LESSOR such additional sum as may be
required to satisfy such requirement  within thirty (30) days after any increase
in the Basic Rent.

                 27.2.  Conditioned upon the full compliance by LESSEE of all of
the terms of this Lease,  and the prompt payment of all sums due  hereunder,  as
and when they fall due,  said deposit shall be returned in full to LESSEE within
fifteen (15) days after the end of the Term.

                 27.3.  In the  event  of  bankruptcy  or  other debtor-creditor
proceeding  against LESSEE,  such security deposit shall be deemed to be applied
first to the payment of rent and other  charges due LESSOR for all periods prior
to filing of such proceedings.

                 27.4. In the event of any transfer of title to the Premises, or
any  assignment  of LESSOR'S  interest  under this Lease,  LESSOR shall have the
right to transfer  the  security  deposit to said  transferee  or assignee  and,
provided that the transferee or assignee  assumes in writing the  obligations of
LESSOR under this Lease,  LESSOR shall  thereupon be released by LESSEE from all
liability for the return of such security deposit.  In such event, LESSEE agrees
to look to the new lessor for the return of the security  deposit.  It is hereby
agreed that the  provisions  of this  Section  shall apply to every  transfer or
assignment made of the security deposit to a new lessor.

                                   ARTICLE 28

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

                 LESSOR  shall  have the right to adopt at any time  during  the
Term  such  rules and  regulations  with  respect  to the  Premises  as it deems
reasonably  necessary for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises,  the
preservation  of good  order  therein  and the  general  convenience  of all the
tenants,  and LESSEE and  LESSEE'S  Visitors  shall  comply  with such rules and
regulations  after twenty (20) days'  written  notice  thereof from LESSOR (such
rules and regulations,  as the same may be amended pursuant to this Section, are
collectively  referred to as the "Rules and  Regulations").  LESSOR may make, at
its sole discretion, reasonable amendments thereto from time to time, and LESSEE
and LESSEE'S Visitors shall comply with such amended Rules and Regulations after
twenty (20) days' written notice thereof from LESSOR.  All Rules and Regulations
shall apply to all tenants  occupying  space within the  Building,  and will not
materially  interfere  with the use and  enjoyment  of the  Demised  Premises by
LESSEE.  In the event there is a conflict  between the  provisions of this Lease
and the Rules and Regulations, the provisions of this Lease shall govern.

                                       45






<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE 29

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                 29.1.  This Lease  may not be amended,  modified or terminated,
nor may any  obligation  hereunder  be waived,  orally,  and no such  amendment,
modification,  termination or waiver,  shall be effective  unless in writing and
signed by the party  against whom  enforcement  thereof is sought.  No waiver by
LESSOR of any  obligation  of LESSEE  hereunder  shall be deemed to constitute a
waiver of the future  performance of such obligation by LESSEE. If any provision
of this Lease or any application thereof shall be invalid or unenforceable,  the
remainder of this Lease and any other application of such provision shall not be
affected  thereby.  This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
and be  enforceable  by the  respective  successors  and  assigns of the parties
hereto,  except as provided in Article 15. Upon due performance of the covenants
and agreements to be performed by LESSEE under this Lease, LESSOR covenants that
LESSEE shall and may at all times peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the
Demised Premises during the Term. The table of contents and the article headings
are for  convenience of reference  only and shall not limit or otherwise  affect
the meaning hereof.  Schedules A and B annexed hereto are incorporated into this
Lease. This Lease will be simultaneously executed in several counterparts,  each
of which when so executed and  delivered,  shall  constitute an original,  fully
enforceable  counterpart  for all purposes.  This Lease shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

                 29.2. No act or thing done by LESSOR or LESSOR'S  agents during
the Term shall be deemed an acceptance  of a surrender of the Demised  Premises,
and no agreement to accept such  surrender  shall be valid unless in writing and
signed by  LESSOR.  No  employee  of LESSOR or  LESSOR'S  agents  shall have any
authority to accept the keys to the Demised  Premises  prior to the  Termination
Date and the delivery of keys to any employee of LESSOR or LESSOR'S agents shall
not operate as an acceptance of a termination  of this Lease or an acceptance of
a surrender of the Demised Premises.

                 29.3.  LESSOR'S  failure during the Term to prepare and deliver
any of the statements, notices or bills set forth in this Lease shall not in any
way cause LESSOR to forfeit or  surrender  its rights to collect any amount that
may have become due and owing to it during the Term.

                 29.4.  The  submission of this Lease to LESSEE for  examination
does not  constitute  an offer to lease the  Demised  Premises  on the terms set
forth herein, and this Lease shall become

                                       46







<PAGE>
<PAGE>



effective  as a lease  agreement  only upon the  execution  and delivery of this
Lease by LESSOR and LESSEE.

                 29.5.  (a) LESSOR  hereby  reserves  the right to relocate  the
portion of the Demised  Premises  which is  warehouse  space to other  warehouse
space of comparable size within the first floor of Building (the "New Space") at
any time during the Term. If LESSOR elects to relocate LESSEE,  LESSOR agrees to
(i)  reimburse  LESSEE  for  all  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  LESSEE  in
connection  with its move to the New Space within ten (10)  business  days after
receipt of a reasonably detailed statement describing each expense.

                 (b) LESSEE agrees to relocate to the New Space on or before the
later to occur of (i) sixty  (60)  days  after  the date of  LESSOR'S  notice to
LESSEE  electing  to  relocate  LESSEE or (ii) ten (10)  days  after the date of
LESSOR'S  notice to  LESSEE  stating  that the New  Space is ready for  LESSEE'S
occupancy.

                 (c) LESSOR and LESSEE  hereby  agree,  within  twenty (20) days
after  LESSEE  takes  possession  of the New  Space,  to  promptly  amend  those
provisions of this Lease which are affected by the relocation and the change, if
any, in the rentable area.

                 (d) LESSOR  and LESSEE  hereby  agree  further  that all of the
terms and  conditions  of this Lease,  as amended  pursuant to Section  29.5(c),
shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the New Space.

                 29.6. If either  LESSOR or LESSEE shall  institute an action or
proceeding against the other relating to any of the terms, covenants, conditions
or provisions of this Lease, or a default herein, the unsuccessful party in such
action or  proceeding  shall  reimburse  the  successful  party  for  reasonable
attorneys' fees or other costs and expenses  incurred  therein by the successful
party, including fees, costs and expenses incurred in any applicable proceeding.

                 29.7.  LESSOR,  at its sole cost and expense,  shall install in
the lobby of the Building a directory board  indicating the floor upon which the
Demised Premises are located.

                                       47







<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                 29.8.  LESSOR  represents that the Preliminary  Assessment/Site
Investigation  Report  prepared by Dan Raviv  Associates,  Inc. dated October 8,
1996 is the most recent  environmental  report obtained by LESSOR  regarding the
Premises.

                                   ARTICLE 30

                                 RENEWAL OPTION

                 30.1.  (a) Subject to the terms and  conditions of this Section
30.1., LESSOR hereby grants to LESSEE the right to extend the original five-year
term of this Lease for one  period of five  years.  LESSEE  shall  exercise  the
renewal option by delivering  written notice thereof at least one (1) year prior
to the Termination Date, time being of the essence with respect to  the delivery
of such notice.

                 (b) In the event LESSEE  exercises  its renewal  right,  LESSOR
shall  deliver to LESSEE,  its  determination  of the Basic Rent for the renewal
period  within  thirty  (30) days after the date  LESSEE  exercises  its renewal
right.   LESSEE  shall  have  thirty  (30)  days  from  receipt  from   LESSOR'S
determination of the Basic Rent for the renewal period to revoke its exercise of
the renewal option by delivering written notice thereof to LESSOR, time being of
the essence with respect to the delivery of such  revocation  notice.  If LESSEE
does not timely revoke its exercise of the renewal  option,  then the Basic Rent
for the renewal period shall be the amount  determined by LESSOR as set forth in
LESSOR'S notice.

                 (c) LESSEE'S  right to exercise its renewal option is expressly
subject to the  following:  (i) LESSEE shall not be in default as of the date of
LESSEE's notice  exercising such renewal option or as of the commencement of the
renewal  period;  (ii)  LESSEE  shall  be in  occupancy  of the  entire  Demised
Premises;  and (iii)  LESSEE  shall not have  sublet  all or any  portion of the
Demised  Premises.  If any of the foregoing  conditions  is not  accurate,  then
LESSEE  shall not have the right to renew this  Lease and any notice  exercising
such renewal rights shall be deemed automatically null and void.

                                       48







<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Lease as of
the date first above written.

                                       LESSOR:

                                       VITAMIN REALTY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.


                                       By:      ERIC FRIEDMAN
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name: Eric Friedman
                                          Title: Member


                                       LESSEE:

                                       ALL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION


                                       By:       RICHARD REISS
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name:  RICHARD REISS
                                          Title: PRES.





                                       49






<PAGE>
<PAGE>





                                   SCHEDULE B

                                   BASIC RENT

                 The Basic Rent shall be payable in equal monthly  installments,
in advance,  on the Basic Rent Payment Dates.  The Basic Rent for the Term shall
be $63,680.00 per annum, payable in equal monthly installments of $5,306.67.







<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                             [SECOND FLOOR PLAN LAYOUT]



SECOND FLOOR TENANT SPACE PLAN
- ------------------------------

THIS PLAN IS BASED ON A DRAWING ENTITLED
"BUILDING IS SECOND FLOOR PLAN OF EXISTING CONDITIONS"
PREPARED BY SANCHEZ AND FIGUEROA, ARCHITECTS
DATED 26 JANUARY 1987.




TENANT          NET            ADD-         RENTABLE
SPACE           AREA           ON             AREA
- -----           ----           ----         --------
 A               6,775        1,258.75        8.073.76
 B               1,100          210.75        1,310.75
 C               1,060          203.04        1,263.04
 D               3,680          705.06        4,385.06
 E               4,550          545.22        5,855.22
 F               3,055          532.84        3,687.84
 G               3,400          651.55        4,051.35
 H               8,300        1,705.65       10,605.63
 I               1,330          381.24        2,371.23
 J               1,075          206.46        1,281.46
 K               1,060          207.32        1,287.32
 L                 810          155.00          363.06
 M                 810          155.06          365.06
 N                 825          158.45          583.45
 O               1,425          286.14        1,781.14
 P               3,650          422.93        4,343.33
                ------        --------       ---------
                44,635        8,567          53,262


PROPOSED TENANT DIVISION IN
BUILDING 15 FOR
LIBERTY HILLSIDE ASSOCIATES
ROUTE 22
HILLSIDE NEW JERSEY





<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                             [FIRST FLOOR PLAN LAYOUT]


                                                                    FIRST FLOOR
                                                                 91,000 SQ. FT.

<PAGE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission